[www-releases] r336152 - Add 6.0.1 docs
Tom Stellard via llvm-commits
llvm-commits at lists.llvm.org
Mon Jul 2 16:21:47 PDT 2018
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/lit.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/lit.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/lit.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/lit.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+lit - LLVM Integrated Tester
+============================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`lit` [*options*] [*tests*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+:program:`lit` is a portable tool for executing LLVM and Clang style test
+suites, summarizing their results, and providing indication of failures.
+:program:`lit` is designed to be a lightweight testing tool with as simple a
+user interface as possible.
+
+:program:`lit` should be run with one or more *tests* to run specified on the
+command line. Tests can be either individual test files or directories to
+search for tests (see :ref:`test-discovery`).
+
+Each specified test will be executed (potentially in parallel) and once all
+tests have been run :program:`lit` will print summary information on the number
+of tests which passed or failed (see :ref:`test-status-results`). The
+:program:`lit` program will execute with a non-zero exit code if any tests
+fail.
+
+By default :program:`lit` will use a succinct progress display and will only
+print summary information for test failures. See :ref:`output-options` for
+options controlling the :program:`lit` progress display and output.
+
+:program:`lit` also includes a number of options for controlling how tests are
+executed (specific features may depend on the particular test format). See
+:ref:`execution-options` for more information.
+
+Finally, :program:`lit` also supports additional options for only running a
+subset of the options specified on the command line, see
+:ref:`selection-options` for more information.
+
+Users interested in the :program:`lit` architecture or designing a
+:program:`lit` testing implementation should see :ref:`lit-infrastructure`.
+
+GENERAL OPTIONS
+---------------
+
+.. option:: -h, --help
+
+ Show the :program:`lit` help message.
+
+.. option:: -j N, --threads=N
+
+ Run ``N`` tests in parallel. By default, this is automatically chosen to
+ match the number of detected available CPUs.
+
+.. option:: --config-prefix=NAME
+
+ Search for :file:`{NAME}.cfg` and :file:`{NAME}.site.cfg` when searching for
+ test suites, instead of :file:`lit.cfg` and :file:`lit.site.cfg`.
+
+.. option:: -D NAME[=VALUE], --param NAME[=VALUE]
+
+ Add a user defined parameter ``NAME`` with the given ``VALUE`` (or the empty
+ string if not given). The meaning and use of these parameters is test suite
+ dependent.
+
+.. _output-options:
+
+OUTPUT OPTIONS
+--------------
+
+.. option:: -q, --quiet
+
+ Suppress any output except for test failures.
+
+.. option:: -s, --succinct
+
+ Show less output, for example don't show information on tests that pass.
+
+.. option:: -v, --verbose
+
+ Show more information on test failures, for example the entire test output
+ instead of just the test result.
+
+.. option:: -vv, --echo-all-commands
+
+ Echo all commands to stdout, as they are being executed.
+ This can be valuable for debugging test failures, as the last echoed command
+ will be the one which has failed.
+ This option implies ``--verbose``.
+
+.. option:: -a, --show-all
+
+ Show more information about all tests, for example the entire test
+ commandline and output.
+
+.. option:: --no-progress-bar
+
+ Do not use curses based progress bar.
+
+.. option:: --show-unsupported
+
+ Show the names of unsupported tests.
+
+.. option:: --show-xfail
+
+ Show the names of tests that were expected to fail.
+
+.. _execution-options:
+
+EXECUTION OPTIONS
+-----------------
+
+.. option:: --path=PATH
+
+ Specify an additional ``PATH`` to use when searching for executables in tests.
+
+.. option:: --vg
+
+ Run individual tests under valgrind (using the memcheck tool). The
+ ``--error-exitcode`` argument for valgrind is used so that valgrind failures
+ will cause the program to exit with a non-zero status.
+
+ When this option is enabled, :program:`lit` will also automatically provide a
+ "``valgrind``" feature that can be used to conditionally disable (or expect
+ failure in) certain tests.
+
+.. option:: --vg-arg=ARG
+
+ When :option:`--vg` is used, specify an additional argument to pass to
+ :program:`valgrind` itself.
+
+.. option:: --vg-leak
+
+ When :option:`--vg` is used, enable memory leak checks. When this option is
+ enabled, :program:`lit` will also automatically provide a "``vg_leak``"
+ feature that can be used to conditionally disable (or expect failure in)
+ certain tests.
+
+.. option:: --time-tests
+
+ Track the wall time individual tests take to execute and includes the results
+ in the summary output. This is useful for determining which tests in a test
+ suite take the most time to execute. Note that this option is most useful
+ with ``-j 1``.
+
+.. _selection-options:
+
+SELECTION OPTIONS
+-----------------
+
+.. option:: --max-tests=N
+
+ Run at most ``N`` tests and then terminate.
+
+.. option:: --max-time=N
+
+ Spend at most ``N`` seconds (approximately) running tests and then terminate.
+
+.. option:: --shuffle
+
+ Run the tests in a random order.
+
+.. option:: --num-shards=M
+
+ Divide the set of selected tests into ``M`` equal-sized subsets or
+ "shards", and run only one of them. Must be used with the
+ ``--run-shard=N`` option, which selects the shard to run. The environment
+ variable ``LIT_NUM_SHARDS`` can also be used in place of this
+ option. These two options provide a coarse mechanism for paritioning large
+ testsuites, for parallel execution on separate machines (say in a large
+ testing farm).
+
+.. option:: --run-shard=N
+
+ Select which shard to run, assuming the ``--num-shards=M`` option was
+ provided. The two options must be used together, and the value of ``N``
+ must be in the range ``1..M``. The environment variable
+ ``LIT_RUN_SHARD`` can also be used in place of this option.
+
+.. option:: --filter=REGEXP
+
+ Run only those tests whose name matches the regular expression specified in
+ ``REGEXP``. The environment variable ``LIT_FILTER`` can be also used in place
+ of this option, which is especially useful in environments where the call
+ to ``lit`` is issued indirectly.
+
+ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
+------------------
+
+.. option:: --debug
+
+ Run :program:`lit` in debug mode, for debugging configuration issues and
+ :program:`lit` itself.
+
+.. option:: --show-suites
+
+ List the discovered test suites and exit.
+
+.. option:: --show-tests
+
+ List all of the discovered tests and exit.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+:program:`lit` will exit with an exit code of 1 if there are any FAIL or XPASS
+results. Otherwise, it will exit with the status 0. Other exit codes are used
+for non-test related failures (for example a user error or an internal program
+error).
+
+.. _test-discovery:
+
+TEST DISCOVERY
+--------------
+
+The inputs passed to :program:`lit` can be either individual tests, or entire
+directories or hierarchies of tests to run. When :program:`lit` starts up, the
+first thing it does is convert the inputs into a complete list of tests to run
+as part of *test discovery*.
+
+In the :program:`lit` model, every test must exist inside some *test suite*.
+:program:`lit` resolves the inputs specified on the command line to test suites
+by searching upwards from the input path until it finds a :file:`lit.cfg` or
+:file:`lit.site.cfg` file. These files serve as both a marker of test suites
+and as configuration files which :program:`lit` loads in order to understand
+how to find and run the tests inside the test suite.
+
+Once :program:`lit` has mapped the inputs into test suites it traverses the
+list of inputs adding tests for individual files and recursively searching for
+tests in directories.
+
+This behavior makes it easy to specify a subset of tests to run, while still
+allowing the test suite configuration to control exactly how tests are
+interpreted. In addition, :program:`lit` always identifies tests by the test
+suite they are in, and their relative path inside the test suite. For
+appropriately configured projects, this allows :program:`lit` to provide
+convenient and flexible support for out-of-tree builds.
+
+.. _test-status-results:
+
+TEST STATUS RESULTS
+-------------------
+
+Each test ultimately produces one of the following six results:
+
+**PASS**
+
+ The test succeeded.
+
+**XFAIL**
+
+ The test failed, but that is expected. This is used for test formats which allow
+ specifying that a test does not currently work, but wish to leave it in the test
+ suite.
+
+**XPASS**
+
+ The test succeeded, but it was expected to fail. This is used for tests which
+ were specified as expected to fail, but are now succeeding (generally because
+ the feature they test was broken and has been fixed).
+
+**FAIL**
+
+ The test failed.
+
+**UNRESOLVED**
+
+ The test result could not be determined. For example, this occurs when the test
+ could not be run, the test itself is invalid, or the test was interrupted.
+
+**UNSUPPORTED**
+
+ The test is not supported in this environment. This is used by test formats
+ which can report unsupported tests.
+
+Depending on the test format tests may produce additional information about
+their status (generally only for failures). See the :ref:`output-options`
+section for more information.
+
+.. _lit-infrastructure:
+
+LIT INFRASTRUCTURE
+------------------
+
+This section describes the :program:`lit` testing architecture for users interested in
+creating a new :program:`lit` testing implementation, or extending an existing one.
+
+:program:`lit` proper is primarily an infrastructure for discovering and running
+arbitrary tests, and to expose a single convenient interface to these
+tests. :program:`lit` itself doesn't know how to run tests, rather this logic is
+defined by *test suites*.
+
+TEST SUITES
+~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+As described in :ref:`test-discovery`, tests are always located inside a *test
+suite*. Test suites serve to define the format of the tests they contain, the
+logic for finding those tests, and any additional information to run the tests.
+
+:program:`lit` identifies test suites as directories containing ``lit.cfg`` or
+``lit.site.cfg`` files (see also :option:`--config-prefix`). Test suites are
+initially discovered by recursively searching up the directory hierarchy for
+all the input files passed on the command line. You can use
+:option:`--show-suites` to display the discovered test suites at startup.
+
+Once a test suite is discovered, its config file is loaded. Config files
+themselves are Python modules which will be executed. When the config file is
+executed, two important global variables are predefined:
+
+**lit_config**
+
+ The global **lit** configuration object (a *LitConfig* instance), which defines
+ the builtin test formats, global configuration parameters, and other helper
+ routines for implementing test configurations.
+
+**config**
+
+ This is the config object (a *TestingConfig* instance) for the test suite,
+ which the config file is expected to populate. The following variables are also
+ available on the *config* object, some of which must be set by the config and
+ others are optional or predefined:
+
+ **name** *[required]* The name of the test suite, for use in reports and
+ diagnostics.
+
+ **test_format** *[required]* The test format object which will be used to
+ discover and run tests in the test suite. Generally this will be a builtin test
+ format available from the *lit.formats* module.
+
+ **test_source_root** The filesystem path to the test suite root. For out-of-dir
+ builds this is the directory that will be scanned for tests.
+
+ **test_exec_root** For out-of-dir builds, the path to the test suite root inside
+ the object directory. This is where tests will be run and temporary output files
+ placed.
+
+ **environment** A dictionary representing the environment to use when executing
+ tests in the suite.
+
+ **suffixes** For **lit** test formats which scan directories for tests, this
+ variable is a list of suffixes to identify test files. Used by: *ShTest*.
+
+ **substitutions** For **lit** test formats which substitute variables into a test
+ script, the list of substitutions to perform. Used by: *ShTest*.
+
+ **unsupported** Mark an unsupported directory, all tests within it will be
+ reported as unsupported. Used by: *ShTest*.
+
+ **parent** The parent configuration, this is the config object for the directory
+ containing the test suite, or None.
+
+ **root** The root configuration. This is the top-most :program:`lit` configuration in
+ the project.
+
+ **pipefail** Normally a test using a shell pipe fails if any of the commands
+ on the pipe fail. If this is not desired, setting this variable to false
+ makes the test fail only if the last command in the pipe fails.
+
+ **available_features** A set of features that can be used in `XFAIL`,
+ `REQUIRES`, and `UNSUPPORTED` directives.
+
+TEST DISCOVERY
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Once test suites are located, :program:`lit` recursively traverses the source
+directory (following *test_source_root*) looking for tests. When :program:`lit`
+enters a sub-directory, it first checks to see if a nested test suite is
+defined in that directory. If so, it loads that test suite recursively,
+otherwise it instantiates a local test config for the directory (see
+:ref:`local-configuration-files`).
+
+Tests are identified by the test suite they are contained within, and the
+relative path inside that suite. Note that the relative path may not refer to
+an actual file on disk; some test formats (such as *GoogleTest*) define
+"virtual tests" which have a path that contains both the path to the actual
+test file and a subpath to identify the virtual test.
+
+.. _local-configuration-files:
+
+LOCAL CONFIGURATION FILES
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+When :program:`lit` loads a subdirectory in a test suite, it instantiates a
+local test configuration by cloning the configuration for the parent directory
+--- the root of this configuration chain will always be a test suite. Once the
+test configuration is cloned :program:`lit` checks for a *lit.local.cfg* file
+in the subdirectory. If present, this file will be loaded and can be used to
+specialize the configuration for each individual directory. This facility can
+be used to define subdirectories of optional tests, or to change other
+configuration parameters --- for example, to change the test format, or the
+suffixes which identify test files.
+
+PRE-DEFINED SUBSTITUTIONS
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+:program:`lit` provides various patterns that can be used with the RUN command.
+These are defined in TestRunner.py. The base set of substitutions are:
+
+ ========== ==============
+ Macro Substitution
+ ========== ==============
+ %s source path (path to the file currently being run)
+ %S source dir (directory of the file currently being run)
+ %p same as %S
+ %{pathsep} path separator
+ %t temporary file name unique to the test
+ %T temporary directory unique to the test
+ %% %
+ ========== ==============
+
+Other substitutions are provided that are variations on this base set and
+further substitution patterns can be defined by each test module. See the
+modules :ref:`local-configuration-files`.
+
+More detailed information on substitutions can be found in the
+:doc:`../TestingGuide`.
+
+TEST RUN OUTPUT FORMAT
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The :program:`lit` output for a test run conforms to the following schema, in
+both short and verbose modes (although in short mode no PASS lines will be
+shown). This schema has been chosen to be relatively easy to reliably parse by
+a machine (for example in buildbot log scraping), and for other tools to
+generate.
+
+Each test result is expected to appear on a line that matches:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ <result code>: <test name> (<progress info>)
+
+where ``<result-code>`` is a standard test result such as PASS, FAIL, XFAIL,
+XPASS, UNRESOLVED, or UNSUPPORTED. The performance result codes of IMPROVED and
+REGRESSED are also allowed.
+
+The ``<test name>`` field can consist of an arbitrary string containing no
+newline.
+
+The ``<progress info>`` field can be used to report progress information such
+as (1/300) or can be empty, but even when empty the parentheses are required.
+
+Each test result may include additional (multiline) log information in the
+following format:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ <log delineator> TEST '(<test name>)' <trailing delineator>
+ ... log message ...
+ <log delineator>
+
+where ``<test name>`` should be the name of a preceding reported test, ``<log
+delineator>`` is a string of "*" characters *at least* four characters long
+(the recommended length is 20), and ``<trailing delineator>`` is an arbitrary
+(unparsed) string.
+
+The following is an example of a test run output which consists of four tests A,
+B, C, and D, and a log message for the failing test C:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ PASS: A (1 of 4)
+ PASS: B (2 of 4)
+ FAIL: C (3 of 4)
+ ******************** TEST 'C' FAILED ********************
+ Test 'C' failed as a result of exit code 1.
+ ********************
+ PASS: D (4 of 4)
+
+LIT EXAMPLE TESTS
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The :program:`lit` distribution contains several example implementations of
+test suites in the *ExampleTests* directory.
+
+SEE ALSO
+--------
+
+valgrind(1)
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llc.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llc.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llc.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llc.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+llc - LLVM static compiler
+==========================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llc` [*options*] [*filename*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+The :program:`llc` command compiles LLVM source inputs into assembly language
+for a specified architecture. The assembly language output can then be passed
+through a native assembler and linker to generate a native executable.
+
+The choice of architecture for the output assembly code is automatically
+determined from the input file, unless the :option:`-march` option is used to
+override the default.
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+If ``filename`` is "``-``" or omitted, :program:`llc` reads from standard input.
+Otherwise, it will from ``filename``. Inputs can be in either the LLVM assembly
+language format (``.ll``) or the LLVM bitcode format (``.bc``).
+
+If the :option:`-o` option is omitted, then :program:`llc` will send its output
+to standard output if the input is from standard input. If the :option:`-o`
+option specifies "``-``", then the output will also be sent to standard output.
+
+If no :option:`-o` option is specified and an input file other than "``-``" is
+specified, then :program:`llc` creates the output filename by taking the input
+filename, removing any existing ``.bc`` extension, and adding a ``.s`` suffix.
+
+Other :program:`llc` options are described below.
+
+End-user Options
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. option:: -help
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+.. option:: -O=uint
+
+ Generate code at different optimization levels. These correspond to the
+ ``-O0``, ``-O1``, ``-O2``, and ``-O3`` optimization levels used by
+ :program:`clang`.
+
+.. option:: -mtriple=<target triple>
+
+ Override the target triple specified in the input file with the specified
+ string.
+
+.. option:: -march=<arch>
+
+ Specify the architecture for which to generate assembly, overriding the target
+ encoded in the input file. See the output of ``llc -help`` for a list of
+ valid architectures. By default this is inferred from the target triple or
+ autodetected to the current architecture.
+
+.. option:: -mcpu=<cpuname>
+
+ Specify a specific chip in the current architecture to generate code for.
+ By default this is inferred from the target triple and autodetected to
+ the current architecture. For a list of available CPUs, use:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ llvm-as < /dev/null | llc -march=xyz -mcpu=help
+
+.. option:: -filetype=<output file type>
+
+ Specify what kind of output ``llc`` should generated. Options are: ``asm``
+ for textual assembly ( ``'.s'``), ``obj`` for native object files (``'.o'``)
+ and ``null`` for not emitting anything (for performance testing).
+
+ Note that not all targets support all options.
+
+.. option:: -mattr=a1,+a2,-a3,...
+
+ Override or control specific attributes of the target, such as whether SIMD
+ operations are enabled or not. The default set of attributes is set by the
+ current CPU. For a list of available attributes, use:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ llvm-as < /dev/null | llc -march=xyz -mattr=help
+
+.. option:: --disable-fp-elim
+
+ Disable frame pointer elimination optimization.
+
+.. option:: --disable-excess-fp-precision
+
+ Disable optimizations that may produce excess precision for floating point.
+ Note that this option can dramatically slow down code on some systems
+ (e.g. X86).
+
+.. option:: --enable-no-infs-fp-math
+
+ Enable optimizations that assume no Inf values.
+
+.. option:: --enable-no-nans-fp-math
+
+ Enable optimizations that assume no NAN values.
+
+.. option:: --enable-unsafe-fp-math
+
+ Enable optimizations that make unsafe assumptions about IEEE math (e.g. that
+ addition is associative) or may not work for all input ranges. These
+ optimizations allow the code generator to make use of some instructions which
+ would otherwise not be usable (such as ``fsin`` on X86).
+
+.. option:: --stats
+
+ Print statistics recorded by code-generation passes.
+
+.. option:: --time-passes
+
+ Record the amount of time needed for each pass and print a report to standard
+ error.
+
+.. option:: --load=<dso_path>
+
+ Dynamically load ``dso_path`` (a path to a dynamically shared object) that
+ implements an LLVM target. This will permit the target name to be used with
+ the :option:`-march` option so that code can be generated for that target.
+
+.. option:: -meabi=[default|gnu|4|5]
+
+ Specify which EABI version should conform to. Valid EABI versions are *gnu*,
+ *4* and *5*. Default value (*default*) depends on the triple.
+
+.. option:: -stack-size-section
+
+ Emit the .stack_sizes section which contains stack size metadata. The section
+ contains an array of pairs of function symbol references (8 byte) and stack
+ sizes (unsigned LEB128). The stack size values only include the space allocated
+ in the function prologue. Functions with dynamic stack allocations are not
+ included.
+
+
+Tuning/Configuration Options
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. option:: --print-machineinstrs
+
+ Print generated machine code between compilation phases (useful for debugging).
+
+.. option:: --regalloc=<allocator>
+
+ Specify the register allocator to use.
+ Valid register allocators are:
+
+ *basic*
+
+ Basic register allocator.
+
+ *fast*
+
+ Fast register allocator. It is the default for unoptimized code.
+
+ *greedy*
+
+ Greedy register allocator. It is the default for optimized code.
+
+ *pbqp*
+
+ Register allocator based on 'Partitioned Boolean Quadratic Programming'.
+
+.. option:: --spiller=<spiller>
+
+ Specify the spiller to use for register allocators that support it. Currently
+ this option is used only by the linear scan register allocator. The default
+ ``spiller`` is *local*. Valid spillers are:
+
+ *simple*
+
+ Simple spiller
+
+ *local*
+
+ Local spiller
+
+Intel IA-32-specific Options
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. option:: --x86-asm-syntax=[att|intel]
+
+ Specify whether to emit assembly code in AT&T syntax (the default) or Intel
+ syntax.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+If :program:`llc` succeeds, it will exit with 0. Otherwise, if an error
+occurs, it will exit with a non-zero value.
+
+SEE ALSO
+--------
+
+lli
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/lli.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/lli.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/lli.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/lli.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+lli - directly execute programs from LLVM bitcode
+=================================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`lli` [*options*] [*filename*] [*program args*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+:program:`lli` directly executes programs in LLVM bitcode format. It takes a program
+in LLVM bitcode format and executes it using a just-in-time compiler or an
+interpreter.
+
+:program:`lli` is *not* an emulator. It will not execute IR of different architectures
+and it can only interpret (or JIT-compile) for the host architecture.
+
+The JIT compiler takes the same arguments as other tools, like :program:`llc`,
+but they don't necessarily work for the interpreter.
+
+If `filename` is not specified, then :program:`lli` reads the LLVM bitcode for the
+program from standard input.
+
+The optional *args* specified on the command line are passed to the program as
+arguments.
+
+GENERAL OPTIONS
+---------------
+
+.. option:: -fake-argv0=executable
+
+ Override the ``argv[0]`` value passed into the executing program.
+
+.. option:: -force-interpreter={false,true}
+
+ If set to true, use the interpreter even if a just-in-time compiler is available
+ for this architecture. Defaults to false.
+
+.. option:: -help
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+.. option:: -load=pluginfilename
+
+ Causes :program:`lli` to load the plugin (shared object) named *pluginfilename* and use
+ it for optimization.
+
+.. option:: -stats
+
+ Print statistics from the code-generation passes. This is only meaningful for
+ the just-in-time compiler, at present.
+
+.. option:: -time-passes
+
+ Record the amount of time needed for each code-generation pass and print it to
+ standard error.
+
+.. option:: -version
+
+ Print out the version of :program:`lli` and exit without doing anything else.
+
+TARGET OPTIONS
+--------------
+
+.. option:: -mtriple=target triple
+
+ Override the target triple specified in the input bitcode file with the
+ specified string. This may result in a crash if you pick an
+ architecture which is not compatible with the current system.
+
+.. option:: -march=arch
+
+ Specify the architecture for which to generate assembly, overriding the target
+ encoded in the bitcode file. See the output of **llc -help** for a list of
+ valid architectures. By default this is inferred from the target triple or
+ autodetected to the current architecture.
+
+.. option:: -mcpu=cpuname
+
+ Specify a specific chip in the current architecture to generate code for.
+ By default this is inferred from the target triple and autodetected to
+ the current architecture. For a list of available CPUs, use:
+ **llvm-as < /dev/null | llc -march=xyz -mcpu=help**
+
+.. option:: -mattr=a1,+a2,-a3,...
+
+ Override or control specific attributes of the target, such as whether SIMD
+ operations are enabled or not. The default set of attributes is set by the
+ current CPU. For a list of available attributes, use:
+ **llvm-as < /dev/null | llc -march=xyz -mattr=help**
+
+FLOATING POINT OPTIONS
+----------------------
+
+.. option:: -disable-excess-fp-precision
+
+ Disable optimizations that may increase floating point precision.
+
+.. option:: -enable-no-infs-fp-math
+
+ Enable optimizations that assume no Inf values.
+
+.. option:: -enable-no-nans-fp-math
+
+ Enable optimizations that assume no NAN values.
+
+.. option:: -enable-unsafe-fp-math
+
+ Causes :program:`lli` to enable optimizations that may decrease floating point
+ precision.
+
+.. option:: -soft-float
+
+ Causes :program:`lli` to generate software floating point library calls instead of
+ equivalent hardware instructions.
+
+CODE GENERATION OPTIONS
+-----------------------
+
+.. option:: -code-model=model
+
+ Choose the code model from:
+
+ .. code-block:: text
+
+ default: Target default code model
+ small: Small code model
+ kernel: Kernel code model
+ medium: Medium code model
+ large: Large code model
+
+.. option:: -disable-post-RA-scheduler
+
+ Disable scheduling after register allocation.
+
+.. option:: -disable-spill-fusing
+
+ Disable fusing of spill code into instructions.
+
+.. option:: -jit-enable-eh
+
+ Exception handling should be enabled in the just-in-time compiler.
+
+.. option:: -join-liveintervals
+
+ Coalesce copies (default=true).
+
+.. option:: -nozero-initialized-in-bss
+
+ Don't place zero-initialized symbols into the BSS section.
+
+.. option:: -pre-RA-sched=scheduler
+
+ Instruction schedulers available (before register allocation):
+
+ .. code-block:: text
+
+ =default: Best scheduler for the target
+ =none: No scheduling: breadth first sequencing
+ =simple: Simple two pass scheduling: minimize critical path and maximize processor utilization
+ =simple-noitin: Simple two pass scheduling: Same as simple except using generic latency
+ =list-burr: Bottom-up register reduction list scheduling
+ =list-tdrr: Top-down register reduction list scheduling
+ =list-td: Top-down list scheduler -print-machineinstrs - Print generated machine code
+
+.. option:: -regalloc=allocator
+
+ Register allocator to use (default=linearscan)
+
+ .. code-block:: text
+
+ =bigblock: Big-block register allocator
+ =linearscan: linear scan register allocator =local - local register allocator
+ =simple: simple register allocator
+
+.. option:: -relocation-model=model
+
+ Choose relocation model from:
+
+ .. code-block:: text
+
+ =default: Target default relocation model
+ =static: Non-relocatable code =pic - Fully relocatable, position independent code
+ =dynamic-no-pic: Relocatable external references, non-relocatable code
+
+.. option:: -spiller
+
+ Spiller to use (default=local)
+
+ .. code-block:: text
+
+ =simple: simple spiller
+ =local: local spiller
+
+.. option:: -x86-asm-syntax=syntax
+
+ Choose style of code to emit from X86 backend:
+
+ .. code-block:: text
+
+ =att: Emit AT&T-style assembly
+ =intel: Emit Intel-style assembly
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+If :program:`lli` fails to load the program, it will exit with an exit code of 1.
+Otherwise, it will return the exit code of the program it executes.
+
+SEE ALSO
+--------
+
+:program:`llc`
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-ar.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-ar.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-ar.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-ar.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+llvm-ar - LLVM archiver
+=======================
+
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+
+**llvm-ar** [-]{dmpqrtx}[Rabfikou] [relpos] [count] <archive> [files...]
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+
+The **llvm-ar** command is similar to the common Unix utility, ``ar``. It
+archives several files together into a single file. The intent for this is
+to produce archive libraries by LLVM bitcode that can be linked into an
+LLVM program. However, the archive can contain any kind of file. By default,
+**llvm-ar** generates a symbol table that makes linking faster because
+only the symbol table needs to be consulted, not each individual file member
+of the archive.
+
+The **llvm-ar** command can be used to *read* SVR4, GNU and BSD style archive
+files. However, right now it can only write in the GNU format. If an
+SVR4 or BSD style archive is used with the ``r`` (replace) or ``q`` (quick
+update) operations, the archive will be reconstructed in GNU format.
+
+Here's where **llvm-ar** departs from previous ``ar`` implementations:
+
+
+*Symbol Table*
+
+ Since **llvm-ar** supports bitcode files. The symbol table it creates
+ is in GNU format and includes both native and bitcode files.
+
+
+*Long Paths*
+
+ Currently **llvm-ar** can read GNU and BSD long file names, but only writes
+ archives with the GNU format.
+
+
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+
+The options to **llvm-ar** are compatible with other ``ar`` implementations.
+However, there are a few modifiers (*R*) that are not found in other ``ar``
+implementations. The options to **llvm-ar** specify a single basic operation to
+perform on the archive, a variety of modifiers for that operation, the name of
+the archive file, and an optional list of file names. These options are used to
+determine how **llvm-ar** should process the archive file.
+
+The Operations and Modifiers are explained in the sections below. The minimal
+set of options is at least one operator and the name of the archive. Typically
+archive files end with a ``.a`` suffix, but this is not required. Following
+the *archive-name* comes a list of *files* that indicate the specific members
+of the archive to operate on. If the *files* option is not specified, it
+generally means either "none" or "all" members, depending on the operation.
+
+Operations
+~~~~~~~~~~
+
+
+
+d
+
+ Delete files from the archive. No modifiers are applicable to this operation.
+ The *files* options specify which members should be removed from the
+ archive. It is not an error if a specified file does not appear in the archive.
+ If no *files* are specified, the archive is not modified.
+
+
+
+m[abi]
+
+ Move files from one location in the archive to another. The *a*, *b*, and
+ *i* modifiers apply to this operation. The *files* will all be moved
+ to the location given by the modifiers. If no modifiers are used, the files
+ will be moved to the end of the archive. If no *files* are specified, the
+ archive is not modified.
+
+
+
+p
+
+ Print files to the standard output. This operation simply prints the
+ *files* indicated to the standard output. If no *files* are
+ specified, the entire archive is printed. Printing bitcode files is
+ ill-advised as they might confuse your terminal settings. The *p*
+ operation never modifies the archive.
+
+
+
+q
+
+ Quickly append files to the end of the archive. This operation quickly adds the
+ *files* to the archive without checking for duplicates that should be
+ removed first. If no *files* are specified, the archive is not modified.
+ Because of the way that **llvm-ar** constructs the archive file, its dubious
+ whether the *q* operation is any faster than the *r* operation.
+
+
+
+r[abu]
+
+ Replace or insert file members. The *a*, *b*, and *u*
+ modifiers apply to this operation. This operation will replace existing
+ *files* or insert them at the end of the archive if they do not exist. If no
+ *files* are specified, the archive is not modified.
+
+
+
+t[v]
+
+ Print the table of contents. Without any modifiers, this operation just prints
+ the names of the members to the standard output. With the *v* modifier,
+ **llvm-ar** also prints out the file type (B=bitcode, S=symbol
+ table, blank=regular file), the permission mode, the owner and group, the
+ size, and the date. If any *files* are specified, the listing is only for
+ those files. If no *files* are specified, the table of contents for the
+ whole archive is printed.
+
+
+
+x[oP]
+
+ Extract archive members back to files. The *o* modifier applies to this
+ operation. This operation retrieves the indicated *files* from the archive
+ and writes them back to the operating system's file system. If no
+ *files* are specified, the entire archive is extract.
+
+
+
+
+Modifiers (operation specific)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+
+The modifiers below are specific to certain operations. See the Operations
+section (above) to determine which modifiers are applicable to which operations.
+
+
+[a]
+
+ When inserting or moving member files, this option specifies the destination of
+ the new files as being after the *relpos* member. If *relpos* is not found,
+ the files are placed at the end of the archive.
+
+
+
+[b]
+
+ When inserting or moving member files, this option specifies the destination of
+ the new files as being before the *relpos* member. If *relpos* is not
+ found, the files are placed at the end of the archive. This modifier is
+ identical to the *i* modifier.
+
+
+
+[i]
+
+ A synonym for the *b* option.
+
+
+
+[o]
+
+ When extracting files, this option will cause **llvm-ar** to preserve the
+ original modification times of the files it writes.
+
+
+
+[u]
+
+ When replacing existing files in the archive, only replace those files that have
+ a time stamp than the time stamp of the member in the archive.
+
+
+
+
+Modifiers (generic)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+
+The modifiers below may be applied to any operation.
+
+
+[c]
+
+ For all operations, **llvm-ar** will always create the archive if it doesn't
+ exist. Normally, **llvm-ar** will print a warning message indicating that the
+ archive is being created. Using this modifier turns off that warning.
+
+
+
+[s]
+
+ This modifier requests that an archive index (or symbol table) be added to the
+ archive. This is the default mode of operation. The symbol table will contain
+ all the externally visible functions and global variables defined by all the
+ bitcode files in the archive.
+
+
+
+[S]
+
+ This modifier is the opposite of the *s* modifier. It instructs **llvm-ar** to
+ not build the symbol table. If both *s* and *S* are used, the last modifier to
+ occur in the options will prevail.
+
+
+
+[v]
+
+ This modifier instructs **llvm-ar** to be verbose about what it is doing. Each
+ editing operation taken against the archive will produce a line of output saying
+ what is being done.
+
+
+
+
+
+STANDARDS
+---------
+
+
+The **llvm-ar** utility is intended to provide a superset of the IEEE Std 1003.2
+(POSIX.2) functionality for ``ar``. **llvm-ar** can read both SVR4 and BSD4.4 (or
+Mac OS X) archives. If the ``f`` modifier is given to the ``x`` or ``r`` operations
+then **llvm-ar** will write SVR4 compatible archives. Without this modifier,
+**llvm-ar** will write BSD4.4 compatible archives that have long names
+immediately after the header and indicated using the "#1/ddd" notation for the
+name in the header.
+
+
+FILE FORMAT
+-----------
+
+
+The file format for LLVM Archive files is similar to that of BSD 4.4 or Mac OSX
+archive files. In fact, except for the symbol table, the ``ar`` commands on those
+operating systems should be able to read LLVM archive files. The details of the
+file format follow.
+
+Each archive begins with the archive magic number which is the eight printable
+characters "!<arch>\n" where \n represents the newline character (0x0A).
+Following the magic number, the file is composed of even length members that
+begin with an archive header and end with a \n padding character if necessary
+(to make the length even). Each file member is composed of a header (defined
+below), an optional newline-terminated "long file name" and the contents of
+the file.
+
+The fields of the header are described in the items below. All fields of the
+header contain only ASCII characters, are left justified and are right padded
+with space characters.
+
+
+name - char[16]
+
+ This field of the header provides the name of the archive member. If the name is
+ longer than 15 characters or contains a slash (/) character, then this field
+ contains ``#1/nnn`` where ``nnn`` provides the length of the name and the ``#1/``
+ is literal. In this case, the actual name of the file is provided in the ``nnn``
+ bytes immediately following the header. If the name is 15 characters or less, it
+ is contained directly in this field and terminated with a slash (/) character.
+
+
+
+date - char[12]
+
+ This field provides the date of modification of the file in the form of a
+ decimal encoded number that provides the number of seconds since the epoch
+ (since 00:00:00 Jan 1, 1970) per Posix specifications.
+
+
+
+uid - char[6]
+
+ This field provides the user id of the file encoded as a decimal ASCII string.
+ This field might not make much sense on non-Unix systems. On Unix, it is the
+ same value as the st_uid field of the stat structure returned by the stat(2)
+ operating system call.
+
+
+
+gid - char[6]
+
+ This field provides the group id of the file encoded as a decimal ASCII string.
+ This field might not make much sense on non-Unix systems. On Unix, it is the
+ same value as the st_gid field of the stat structure returned by the stat(2)
+ operating system call.
+
+
+
+mode - char[8]
+
+ This field provides the access mode of the file encoded as an octal ASCII
+ string. This field might not make much sense on non-Unix systems. On Unix, it
+ is the same value as the st_mode field of the stat structure returned by the
+ stat(2) operating system call.
+
+
+
+size - char[10]
+
+ This field provides the size of the file, in bytes, encoded as a decimal ASCII
+ string.
+
+
+
+fmag - char[2]
+
+ This field is the archive file member magic number. Its content is always the
+ two characters back tick (0x60) and newline (0x0A). This provides some measure
+ utility in identifying archive files that have been corrupted.
+
+
+offset - vbr encoded 32-bit integer
+
+ The offset item provides the offset into the archive file where the bitcode
+ member is stored that is associated with the symbol. The offset value is 0
+ based at the start of the first "normal" file member. To derive the actual
+ file offset of the member, you must add the number of bytes occupied by the file
+ signature (8 bytes) and the symbol tables. The value of this item is encoded
+ using variable bit rate encoding to reduce the size of the symbol table.
+ Variable bit rate encoding uses the high bit (0x80) of each byte to indicate
+ if there are more bytes to follow. The remaining 7 bits in each byte carry bits
+ from the value. The final byte does not have the high bit set.
+
+
+
+length - vbr encoded 32-bit integer
+
+ The length item provides the length of the symbol that follows. Like this
+ *offset* item, the length is variable bit rate encoded.
+
+
+
+symbol - character array
+
+ The symbol item provides the text of the symbol that is associated with the
+ *offset*. The symbol is not terminated by any character. Its length is provided
+ by the *length* field. Note that is allowed (but unwise) to use non-printing
+ characters (even 0x00) in the symbol. This allows for multiple encodings of
+ symbol names.
+
+
+
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+
+If **llvm-ar** succeeds, it will exit with 0. A usage error, results
+in an exit code of 1. A hard (file system typically) error results in an
+exit code of 2. Miscellaneous or unknown errors result in an
+exit code of 3.
+
+
+SEE ALSO
+--------
+
+
+ar(1)
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-as.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-as.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-as.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-as.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+llvm-as - LLVM assembler
+========================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+**llvm-as** [*options*] [*filename*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+**llvm-as** is the LLVM assembler. It reads a file containing human-readable
+LLVM assembly language, translates it to LLVM bitcode, and writes the result
+into a file or to standard output.
+
+If *filename* is omitted or is ``-``, then **llvm-as** reads its input from
+standard input.
+
+If an output file is not specified with the **-o** option, then
+**llvm-as** sends its output to a file or standard output by following
+these rules:
+
+* If the input is standard input, then the output is standard output.
+
+* If the input is a file that ends with ``.ll``, then the output file is of the
+ same name, except that the suffix is changed to ``.bc``.
+
+* If the input is a file that does not end with the ``.ll`` suffix, then the
+ output file has the same name as the input file, except that the ``.bc``
+ suffix is appended.
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+**-f**
+ Enable binary output on terminals. Normally, **llvm-as** will refuse to
+ write raw bitcode output if the output stream is a terminal. With this option,
+ **llvm-as** will write raw bitcode regardless of the output device.
+
+**-help**
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+**-o** *filename*
+ Specify the output file name. If *filename* is ``-``, then **llvm-as**
+ sends its output to standard output.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+If **llvm-as** succeeds, it will exit with 0. Otherwise, if an error occurs, it
+will exit with a non-zero value.
+
+SEE ALSO
+--------
+
+llvm-dis|llvm-dis, gccas|gccas
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-bcanalyzer.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-bcanalyzer.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-bcanalyzer.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-bcanalyzer.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+llvm-bcanalyzer - LLVM bitcode analyzer
+=======================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-bcanalyzer` [*options*] [*filename*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+The :program:`llvm-bcanalyzer` command is a small utility for analyzing bitcode
+files. The tool reads a bitcode file (such as generated with the
+:program:`llvm-as` tool) and produces a statistical report on the contents of
+the bitcode file. The tool can also dump a low level but human readable
+version of the bitcode file. This tool is probably not of much interest or
+utility except for those working directly with the bitcode file format. Most
+LLVM users can just ignore this tool.
+
+If *filename* is omitted or is ``-``, then :program:`llvm-bcanalyzer` reads its
+input from standard input. This is useful for combining the tool into a
+pipeline. Output is written to the standard output.
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+.. program:: llvm-bcanalyzer
+
+.. option:: -nodetails
+
+ Causes :program:`llvm-bcanalyzer` to abbreviate its output by writing out only
+ a module level summary. The details for individual functions are not
+ displayed.
+
+.. option:: -dump
+
+ Causes :program:`llvm-bcanalyzer` to dump the bitcode in a human readable
+ format. This format is significantly different from LLVM assembly and
+ provides details about the encoding of the bitcode file.
+
+.. option:: -verify
+
+ Causes :program:`llvm-bcanalyzer` to verify the module produced by reading the
+ bitcode. This ensures that the statistics generated are based on a consistent
+ module.
+
+.. option:: -help
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+If :program:`llvm-bcanalyzer` succeeds, it will exit with 0. Otherwise, if an
+error occurs, it will exit with a non-zero value, usually 1.
+
+SUMMARY OUTPUT DEFINITIONS
+--------------------------
+
+The following items are always printed by llvm-bcanalyzer. They comprize the
+summary output.
+
+**Bitcode Analysis Of Module**
+
+ This just provides the name of the module for which bitcode analysis is being
+ generated.
+
+**Bitcode Version Number**
+
+ The bitcode version (not LLVM version) of the file read by the analyzer.
+
+**File Size**
+
+ The size, in bytes, of the entire bitcode file.
+
+**Module Bytes**
+
+ The size, in bytes, of the module block. Percentage is relative to File Size.
+
+**Function Bytes**
+
+ The size, in bytes, of all the function blocks. Percentage is relative to File
+ Size.
+
+**Global Types Bytes**
+
+ The size, in bytes, of the Global Types Pool. Percentage is relative to File
+ Size. This is the size of the definitions of all types in the bitcode file.
+
+**Constant Pool Bytes**
+
+ The size, in bytes, of the Constant Pool Blocks Percentage is relative to File
+ Size.
+
+**Module Globals Bytes**
+
+ Ths size, in bytes, of the Global Variable Definitions and their initializers.
+ Percentage is relative to File Size.
+
+**Instruction List Bytes**
+
+ The size, in bytes, of all the instruction lists in all the functions.
+ Percentage is relative to File Size. Note that this value is also included in
+ the Function Bytes.
+
+**Compaction Table Bytes**
+
+ The size, in bytes, of all the compaction tables in all the functions.
+ Percentage is relative to File Size. Note that this value is also included in
+ the Function Bytes.
+
+**Symbol Table Bytes**
+
+ The size, in bytes, of all the symbol tables in all the functions. Percentage is
+ relative to File Size. Note that this value is also included in the Function
+ Bytes.
+
+**Dependent Libraries Bytes**
+
+ The size, in bytes, of the list of dependent libraries in the module. Percentage
+ is relative to File Size. Note that this value is also included in the Module
+ Global Bytes.
+
+**Number Of Bitcode Blocks**
+
+ The total number of blocks of any kind in the bitcode file.
+
+**Number Of Functions**
+
+ The total number of function definitions in the bitcode file.
+
+**Number Of Types**
+
+ The total number of types defined in the Global Types Pool.
+
+**Number Of Constants**
+
+ The total number of constants (of any type) defined in the Constant Pool.
+
+**Number Of Basic Blocks**
+
+ The total number of basic blocks defined in all functions in the bitcode file.
+
+**Number Of Instructions**
+
+ The total number of instructions defined in all functions in the bitcode file.
+
+**Number Of Long Instructions**
+
+ The total number of long instructions defined in all functions in the bitcode
+ file. Long instructions are those taking greater than 4 bytes. Typically long
+ instructions are GetElementPtr with several indices, PHI nodes, and calls to
+ functions with large numbers of arguments.
+
+**Number Of Operands**
+
+ The total number of operands used in all instructions in the bitcode file.
+
+**Number Of Compaction Tables**
+
+ The total number of compaction tables in all functions in the bitcode file.
+
+**Number Of Symbol Tables**
+
+ The total number of symbol tables in all functions in the bitcode file.
+
+**Number Of Dependent Libs**
+
+ The total number of dependent libraries found in the bitcode file.
+
+**Total Instruction Size**
+
+ The total size of the instructions in all functions in the bitcode file.
+
+**Average Instruction Size**
+
+ The average number of bytes per instruction across all functions in the bitcode
+ file. This value is computed by dividing Total Instruction Size by Number Of
+ Instructions.
+
+**Maximum Type Slot Number**
+
+ The maximum value used for a type's slot number. Larger slot number values take
+ more bytes to encode.
+
+**Maximum Value Slot Number**
+
+ The maximum value used for a value's slot number. Larger slot number values take
+ more bytes to encode.
+
+**Bytes Per Value**
+
+ The average size of a Value definition (of any type). This is computed by
+ dividing File Size by the total number of values of any type.
+
+**Bytes Per Global**
+
+ The average size of a global definition (constants and global variables).
+
+**Bytes Per Function**
+
+ The average number of bytes per function definition. This is computed by
+ dividing Function Bytes by Number Of Functions.
+
+**# of VBR 32-bit Integers**
+
+ The total number of 32-bit integers encoded using the Variable Bit Rate
+ encoding scheme.
+
+**# of VBR 64-bit Integers**
+
+ The total number of 64-bit integers encoded using the Variable Bit Rate encoding
+ scheme.
+
+**# of VBR Compressed Bytes**
+
+ The total number of bytes consumed by the 32-bit and 64-bit integers that use
+ the Variable Bit Rate encoding scheme.
+
+**# of VBR Expanded Bytes**
+
+ The total number of bytes that would have been consumed by the 32-bit and 64-bit
+ integers had they not been compressed with the Variable Bit Rage encoding
+ scheme.
+
+**Bytes Saved With VBR**
+
+ The total number of bytes saved by using the Variable Bit Rate encoding scheme.
+ The percentage is relative to # of VBR Expanded Bytes.
+
+DETAILED OUTPUT DEFINITIONS
+---------------------------
+
+The following definitions occur only if the -nodetails option was not given.
+The detailed output provides additional information on a per-function basis.
+
+**Type**
+
+ The type signature of the function.
+
+**Byte Size**
+
+ The total number of bytes in the function's block.
+
+**Basic Blocks**
+
+ The number of basic blocks defined by the function.
+
+**Instructions**
+
+ The number of instructions defined by the function.
+
+**Long Instructions**
+
+ The number of instructions using the long instruction format in the function.
+
+**Operands**
+
+ The number of operands used by all instructions in the function.
+
+**Instruction Size**
+
+ The number of bytes consumed by instructions in the function.
+
+**Average Instruction Size**
+
+ The average number of bytes consumed by the instructions in the function.
+ This value is computed by dividing Instruction Size by Instructions.
+
+**Bytes Per Instruction**
+
+ The average number of bytes used by the function per instruction. This value
+ is computed by dividing Byte Size by Instructions. Note that this is not the
+ same as Average Instruction Size. It computes a number relative to the total
+ function size not just the size of the instruction list.
+
+**Number of VBR 32-bit Integers**
+
+ The total number of 32-bit integers found in this function (for any use).
+
+**Number of VBR 64-bit Integers**
+
+ The total number of 64-bit integers found in this function (for any use).
+
+**Number of VBR Compressed Bytes**
+
+ The total number of bytes in this function consumed by the 32-bit and 64-bit
+ integers that use the Variable Bit Rate encoding scheme.
+
+**Number of VBR Expanded Bytes**
+
+ The total number of bytes in this function that would have been consumed by
+ the 32-bit and 64-bit integers had they not been compressed with the Variable
+ Bit Rate encoding scheme.
+
+**Bytes Saved With VBR**
+
+ The total number of bytes saved in this function by using the Variable Bit
+ Rate encoding scheme. The percentage is relative to # of VBR Expanded Bytes.
+
+SEE ALSO
+--------
+
+:doc:`/CommandGuide/llvm-dis`, :doc:`/BitCodeFormat`
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-build.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-build.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-build.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-build.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+llvm-build - LLVM Project Build Utility
+=======================================
+
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+
+**llvm-build** [*options*]
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+
+**llvm-build** is a tool for working with LLVM projects that use the LLVMBuild
+system for describing their components.
+
+At heart, **llvm-build** is responsible for loading, verifying, and manipulating
+the project's component data. The tool is primarily designed for use in
+implementing build systems and tools which need access to the project structure
+information.
+
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+
+
+**-h**, **--help**
+
+ Print the builtin program help.
+
+
+
+**--source-root**\ =\ *PATH*
+
+ If given, load the project at the given source root path. If this option is not
+ given, the location of the project sources will be inferred from the location of
+ the **llvm-build** script itself.
+
+
+
+**--print-tree**
+
+ Print the component tree for the project.
+
+
+
+**--write-library-table**
+
+ Write out the C++ fragment which defines the components, library names, and
+ required libraries. This C++ fragment is built into llvm-config|llvm-config
+ in order to provide clients with the list of required libraries for arbitrary
+ component combinations.
+
+
+
+**--write-llvmbuild**
+
+ Write out new *LLVMBuild.txt* files based on the loaded components. This is
+ useful for auto-upgrading the schema of the files. **llvm-build** will try to a
+ limited extent to preserve the comments which were written in the original
+ source file, although at this time it only preserves block comments that precede
+ the section names in the *LLVMBuild* files.
+
+
+
+**--write-cmake-fragment**
+
+ Write out the LLVMBuild in the form of a CMake fragment, so it can easily be
+ consumed by the CMake based build system. The exact contents and format of this
+ file are closely tied to how LLVMBuild is integrated with CMake, see LLVM's
+ top-level CMakeLists.txt.
+
+
+
+**--write-make-fragment**
+
+ Write out the LLVMBuild in the form of a Makefile fragment, so it can easily be
+ consumed by a Make based build system. The exact contents and format of this
+ file are closely tied to how LLVMBuild is integrated with the Makefiles, see
+ LLVM's Makefile.rules.
+
+
+
+**--llvmbuild-source-root**\ =\ *PATH*
+
+ If given, expect the *LLVMBuild* files for the project to be rooted at the
+ given path, instead of inside the source tree itself. This option is primarily
+ designed for use in conjunction with **--write-llvmbuild** to test changes to
+ *LLVMBuild* schema.
+
+
+
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+
+**llvm-build** exits with 0 if operation was successful. Otherwise, it will exist
+with a non-zero value.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-config.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-config.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-config.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-config.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+llvm-config - Print LLVM compilation options
+============================================
+
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+
+**llvm-config** *option* [*components*...]
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+
+**llvm-config** makes it easier to build applications that use LLVM. It can
+print the compiler flags, linker flags and object libraries needed to link
+against LLVM.
+
+
+EXAMPLES
+--------
+
+
+To link against the JIT:
+
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+ g++ `llvm-config --cxxflags` -o HowToUseJIT.o -c HowToUseJIT.cpp
+ g++ `llvm-config --ldflags` -o HowToUseJIT HowToUseJIT.o \
+ `llvm-config --libs engine bcreader scalaropts`
+
+
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+
+
+**--version**
+
+ Print the version number of LLVM.
+
+
+
+**-help**
+
+ Print a summary of **llvm-config** arguments.
+
+
+
+**--prefix**
+
+ Print the installation prefix for LLVM.
+
+
+
+**--src-root**
+
+ Print the source root from which LLVM was built.
+
+
+
+**--obj-root**
+
+ Print the object root used to build LLVM.
+
+
+
+**--bindir**
+
+ Print the installation directory for LLVM binaries.
+
+
+
+**--includedir**
+
+ Print the installation directory for LLVM headers.
+
+
+
+**--libdir**
+
+ Print the installation directory for LLVM libraries.
+
+
+
+**--cxxflags**
+
+ Print the C++ compiler flags needed to use LLVM headers.
+
+
+
+**--ldflags**
+
+ Print the flags needed to link against LLVM libraries.
+
+
+
+**--libs**
+
+ Print all the libraries needed to link against the specified LLVM
+ *components*, including any dependencies.
+
+
+
+**--libnames**
+
+ Similar to **--libs**, but prints the bare filenames of the libraries
+ without **-l** or pathnames. Useful for linking against a not-yet-installed
+ copy of LLVM.
+
+
+
+**--libfiles**
+
+ Similar to **--libs**, but print the full path to each library file. This is
+ useful when creating makefile dependencies, to ensure that a tool is relinked if
+ any library it uses changes.
+
+
+
+**--components**
+
+ Print all valid component names.
+
+
+
+**--targets-built**
+
+ Print the component names for all targets supported by this copy of LLVM.
+
+
+
+**--build-mode**
+
+ Print the build mode used when LLVM was built (e.g. Debug or Release)
+
+
+
+
+COMPONENTS
+----------
+
+
+To print a list of all available components, run **llvm-config
+--components**. In most cases, components correspond directly to LLVM
+libraries. Useful "virtual" components include:
+
+
+**all**
+
+ Includes all LLVM libraries. The default if no components are specified.
+
+
+
+**backend**
+
+ Includes either a native backend or the C backend.
+
+
+
+**engine**
+
+ Includes either a native JIT or the bitcode interpreter.
+
+
+
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+
+If **llvm-config** succeeds, it will exit with 0. Otherwise, if an error
+occurs, it will exit with a non-zero value.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-cov.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-cov.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-cov.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-cov.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+llvm-cov - emit coverage information
+====================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-cov` *command* [*args...*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+The :program:`llvm-cov` tool shows code coverage information for
+programs that are instrumented to emit profile data. It can be used to
+work with ``gcov``\-style coverage or with ``clang``\'s instrumentation
+based profiling.
+
+If the program is invoked with a base name of ``gcov``, it will behave as if
+the :program:`llvm-cov gcov` command were called. Otherwise, a command should
+be provided.
+
+COMMANDS
+--------
+
+* :ref:`gcov <llvm-cov-gcov>`
+* :ref:`show <llvm-cov-show>`
+* :ref:`report <llvm-cov-report>`
+* :ref:`export <llvm-cov-export>`
+
+.. program:: llvm-cov gcov
+
+.. _llvm-cov-gcov:
+
+GCOV COMMAND
+------------
+
+SYNOPSIS
+^^^^^^^^
+
+:program:`llvm-cov gcov` [*options*] *SOURCEFILE*
+
+DESCRIPTION
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The :program:`llvm-cov gcov` tool reads code coverage data files and displays
+the coverage information for a specified source file. It is compatible with the
+``gcov`` tool from version 4.2 of ``GCC`` and may also be compatible with some
+later versions of ``gcov``.
+
+To use :program:`llvm-cov gcov`, you must first build an instrumented version
+of your application that collects coverage data as it runs. Compile with the
+``-fprofile-arcs`` and ``-ftest-coverage`` options to add the
+instrumentation. (Alternatively, you can use the ``--coverage`` option, which
+includes both of those other options.) You should compile with debugging
+information (``-g``) and without optimization (``-O0``); otherwise, the
+coverage data cannot be accurately mapped back to the source code.
+
+At the time you compile the instrumented code, a ``.gcno`` data file will be
+generated for each object file. These ``.gcno`` files contain half of the
+coverage data. The other half of the data comes from ``.gcda`` files that are
+generated when you run the instrumented program, with a separate ``.gcda``
+file for each object file. Each time you run the program, the execution counts
+are summed into any existing ``.gcda`` files, so be sure to remove any old
+files if you do not want their contents to be included.
+
+By default, the ``.gcda`` files are written into the same directory as the
+object files, but you can override that by setting the ``GCOV_PREFIX`` and
+``GCOV_PREFIX_STRIP`` environment variables. The ``GCOV_PREFIX_STRIP``
+variable specifies a number of directory components to be removed from the
+start of the absolute path to the object file directory. After stripping those
+directories, the prefix from the ``GCOV_PREFIX`` variable is added. These
+environment variables allow you to run the instrumented program on a machine
+where the original object file directories are not accessible, but you will
+then need to copy the ``.gcda`` files back to the object file directories
+where :program:`llvm-cov gcov` expects to find them.
+
+Once you have generated the coverage data files, run :program:`llvm-cov gcov`
+for each main source file where you want to examine the coverage results. This
+should be run from the same directory where you previously ran the
+compiler. The results for the specified source file are written to a file named
+by appending a ``.gcov`` suffix. A separate output file is also created for
+each file included by the main source file, also with a ``.gcov`` suffix added.
+
+The basic content of an ``.gcov`` output file is a copy of the source file with
+an execution count and line number prepended to every line. The execution
+count is shown as ``-`` if a line does not contain any executable code. If
+a line contains code but that code was never executed, the count is displayed
+as ``#####``.
+
+OPTIONS
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. option:: -a, --all-blocks
+
+ Display all basic blocks. If there are multiple blocks for a single line of
+ source code, this option causes llvm-cov to show the count for each block
+ instead of just one count for the entire line.
+
+.. option:: -b, --branch-probabilities
+
+ Display conditional branch probabilities and a summary of branch information.
+
+.. option:: -c, --branch-counts
+
+ Display branch counts instead of probabilities (requires -b).
+
+.. option:: -f, --function-summaries
+
+ Show a summary of coverage for each function instead of just one summary for
+ an entire source file.
+
+.. option:: --help
+
+ Display available options (--help-hidden for more).
+
+.. option:: -l, --long-file-names
+
+ For coverage output of files included from the main source file, add the
+ main file name followed by ``##`` as a prefix to the output file names. This
+ can be combined with the --preserve-paths option to use complete paths for
+ both the main file and the included file.
+
+.. option:: -n, --no-output
+
+ Do not output any ``.gcov`` files. Summary information is still
+ displayed.
+
+.. option:: -o=<DIR|FILE>, --object-directory=<DIR>, --object-file=<FILE>
+
+ Find objects in DIR or based on FILE's path. If you specify a particular
+ object file, the coverage data files are expected to have the same base name
+ with ``.gcno`` and ``.gcda`` extensions. If you specify a directory, the
+ files are expected in that directory with the same base name as the source
+ file.
+
+.. option:: -p, --preserve-paths
+
+ Preserve path components when naming the coverage output files. In addition
+ to the source file name, include the directories from the path to that
+ file. The directories are separate by ``#`` characters, with ``.`` directories
+ removed and ``..`` directories replaced by ``^`` characters. When used with
+ the --long-file-names option, this applies to both the main file name and the
+ included file name.
+
+.. option:: -u, --unconditional-branches
+
+ Include unconditional branches in the output for the --branch-probabilities
+ option.
+
+.. option:: -version
+
+ Display the version of llvm-cov.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+:program:`llvm-cov gcov` returns 1 if it cannot read input files. Otherwise,
+it exits with zero.
+
+
+.. program:: llvm-cov show
+
+.. _llvm-cov-show:
+
+SHOW COMMAND
+------------
+
+SYNOPSIS
+^^^^^^^^
+
+:program:`llvm-cov show` [*options*] -instr-profile *PROFILE* *BIN* [*-object BIN,...*] [[*-object BIN*]] [*SOURCES*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The :program:`llvm-cov show` command shows line by line coverage of the
+binaries *BIN*,... using the profile data *PROFILE*. It can optionally be
+filtered to only show the coverage for the files listed in *SOURCES*.
+
+To use :program:`llvm-cov show`, you need a program that is compiled with
+instrumentation to emit profile and coverage data. To build such a program with
+``clang`` use the ``-fprofile-instr-generate`` and ``-fcoverage-mapping``
+flags. If linking with the ``clang`` driver, pass ``-fprofile-instr-generate``
+to the link stage to make sure the necessary runtime libraries are linked in.
+
+The coverage information is stored in the built executable or library itself,
+and this is what you should pass to :program:`llvm-cov show` as a *BIN*
+argument. The profile data is generated by running this instrumented program
+normally. When the program exits it will write out a raw profile file,
+typically called ``default.profraw``, which can be converted to a format that
+is suitable for the *PROFILE* argument using the :program:`llvm-profdata merge`
+tool.
+
+OPTIONS
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. option:: -show-line-counts
+
+ Show the execution counts for each line. Defaults to true, unless another
+ ``-show`` option is used.
+
+.. option:: -show-expansions
+
+ Expand inclusions, such as preprocessor macros or textual inclusions, inline
+ in the display of the source file. Defaults to false.
+
+.. option:: -show-instantiations
+
+ For source regions that are instantiated multiple times, such as templates in
+ ``C++``, show each instantiation separately as well as the combined summary.
+ Defaults to true.
+
+.. option:: -show-regions
+
+ Show the execution counts for each region by displaying a caret that points to
+ the character where the region starts. Defaults to false.
+
+.. option:: -show-line-counts-or-regions
+
+ Show the execution counts for each line if there is only one region on the
+ line, but show the individual regions if there are multiple on the line.
+ Defaults to false.
+
+.. option:: -use-color
+
+ Enable or disable color output. By default this is autodetected.
+
+.. option:: -arch=[*NAMES*]
+
+ Specify a list of architectures such that the Nth entry in the list
+ corresponds to the Nth specified binary. If the covered object is a universal
+ binary, this specifies the architecture to use. It is an error to specify an
+ architecture that is not included in the universal binary or to use an
+ architecture that does not match a non-universal binary.
+
+.. option:: -name=<NAME>
+
+ Show code coverage only for functions with the given name.
+
+.. option:: -name-whitelist=<FILE>
+
+ Show code coverage only for functions listed in the given file. Each line in
+ the file should start with `whitelist_fun:`, immediately followed by the name
+ of the function to accept. This name can be a wildcard expression.
+
+.. option:: -name-regex=<PATTERN>
+
+ Show code coverage only for functions that match the given regular expression.
+
+.. option:: -format=<FORMAT>
+
+ Use the specified output format. The supported formats are: "text", "html".
+
+.. option:: -tab-size=<TABSIZE>
+
+ Replace tabs with <TABSIZE> spaces when preparing reports. Currently, this is
+ only supported for the html format.
+
+.. option:: -output-dir=PATH
+
+ Specify a directory to write coverage reports into. If the directory does not
+ exist, it is created. When used in function view mode (i.e when -name or
+ -name-regex are used to select specific functions), the report is written to
+ PATH/functions.EXTENSION. When used in file view mode, a report for each file
+ is written to PATH/REL_PATH_TO_FILE.EXTENSION.
+
+.. option:: -Xdemangler=<TOOL>|<TOOL-OPTION>
+
+ Specify a symbol demangler. This can be used to make reports more
+ human-readable. This option can be specified multiple times to supply
+ arguments to the demangler (e.g `-Xdemangler c++filt -Xdemangler -n` for C++).
+ The demangler is expected to read a newline-separated list of symbols from
+ stdin and write a newline-separated list of the same length to stdout.
+
+.. option:: -num-threads=N, -j=N
+
+ Use N threads to write file reports (only applicable when -output-dir is
+ specified). When N=0, llvm-cov auto-detects an appropriate number of threads to
+ use. This is the default.
+
+.. option:: -line-coverage-gt=<N>
+
+ Show code coverage only for functions with line coverage greater than the
+ given threshold.
+
+.. option:: -line-coverage-lt=<N>
+
+ Show code coverage only for functions with line coverage less than the given
+ threshold.
+
+.. option:: -region-coverage-gt=<N>
+
+ Show code coverage only for functions with region coverage greater than the
+ given threshold.
+
+.. option:: -region-coverage-lt=<N>
+
+ Show code coverage only for functions with region coverage less than the given
+ threshold.
+
+.. option:: -path-equivalence=<from>,<to>
+
+ Map the paths in the coverage data to local source file paths. This allows you
+ to generate the coverage data on one machine, and then use llvm-cov on a
+ different machine where you have the same files on a different path.
+
+.. program:: llvm-cov report
+
+.. _llvm-cov-report:
+
+REPORT COMMAND
+--------------
+
+SYNOPSIS
+^^^^^^^^
+
+:program:`llvm-cov report` [*options*] -instr-profile *PROFILE* *BIN* [*-object BIN,...*] [[*-object BIN*]] [*SOURCES*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The :program:`llvm-cov report` command displays a summary of the coverage of
+the binaries *BIN*,... using the profile data *PROFILE*. It can optionally be
+filtered to only show the coverage for the files listed in *SOURCES*.
+
+If no source files are provided, a summary line is printed for each file in the
+coverage data. If any files are provided, summaries are shown for each function
+in the listed files instead.
+
+For information on compiling programs for coverage and generating profile data,
+see :ref:`llvm-cov-show`.
+
+OPTIONS
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. option:: -use-color[=VALUE]
+
+ Enable or disable color output. By default this is autodetected.
+
+.. option:: -arch=<name>
+
+ If the covered binary is a universal binary, select the architecture to use.
+ It is an error to specify an architecture that is not included in the
+ universal binary or to use an architecture that does not match a
+ non-universal binary.
+
+.. option:: -show-functions
+
+ Show coverage summaries for each function. Defaults to false.
+
+.. option:: -show-instantiation-summary
+
+ Show statistics for all function instantiations. Defaults to false.
+
+.. program:: llvm-cov export
+
+.. _llvm-cov-export:
+
+EXPORT COMMAND
+--------------
+
+SYNOPSIS
+^^^^^^^^
+
+:program:`llvm-cov export` [*options*] -instr-profile *PROFILE* *BIN* [*-object BIN,...*] [[*-object BIN*]]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The :program:`llvm-cov export` command exports regions, functions, expansions,
+and summaries of the coverage of the binaries *BIN*,... using the profile data
+*PROFILE* as JSON.
+
+For information on compiling programs for coverage and generating profile data,
+see :ref:`llvm-cov-show`.
+
+OPTIONS
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. option:: -arch=<name>
+
+ If the covered binary is a universal binary, select the architecture to use.
+ It is an error to specify an architecture that is not included in the
+ universal binary or to use an architecture that does not match a
+ non-universal binary.
+
+.. option:: -summary-only
+
+ Export only summary information for each file in the coverage data. This mode
+ will not export coverage information for smaller units such as individual
+ functions or regions. The result will be the same as produced by :program:
+ `llvm-cov report` command, but presented in JSON format rather than text.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-diff.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-diff.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-diff.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-diff.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+llvm-diff - LLVM structural 'diff'
+==================================
+
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+
+**llvm-diff** [*options*] *module 1* *module 2* [*global name ...*]
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+
+**llvm-diff** compares the structure of two LLVM modules, primarily
+focusing on differences in function definitions. Insignificant
+differences, such as changes in the ordering of globals or in the
+names of local values, are ignored.
+
+An input module will be interpreted as an assembly file if its name
+ends in '.ll'; otherwise it will be read in as a bitcode file.
+
+If a list of global names is given, just the values with those names
+are compared; otherwise, all global values are compared, and
+diagnostics are produced for globals which only appear in one module
+or the other.
+
+**llvm-diff** compares two functions by comparing their basic blocks,
+beginning with the entry blocks. If the terminators seem to match,
+then the corresponding successors are compared; otherwise they are
+ignored. This algorithm is very sensitive to changes in control flow,
+which tend to stop any downstream changes from being detected.
+
+**llvm-diff** is intended as a debugging tool for writers of LLVM
+passes and frontends. It does not have a stable output format.
+
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+
+If **llvm-diff** finds no differences between the modules, it will exit
+with 0 and produce no output. Otherwise it will exit with a non-zero
+value.
+
+
+BUGS
+----
+
+
+Many important differences, like changes in linkage or function
+attributes, are not diagnosed.
+
+Changes in memory behavior (for example, coalescing loads) can cause
+massive detected differences in blocks.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-dis.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-dis.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-dis.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-dis.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+llvm-dis - LLVM disassembler
+============================
+
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+
+**llvm-dis** [*options*] [*filename*]
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+
+The **llvm-dis** command is the LLVM disassembler. It takes an LLVM
+bitcode file and converts it into human-readable LLVM assembly language.
+
+If filename is omitted or specified as ``-``, **llvm-dis** reads its
+input from standard input.
+
+If the input is being read from standard input, then **llvm-dis**
+will send its output to standard output by default. Otherwise, the
+output will be written to a file named after the input file, with
+a ``.ll`` suffix added (any existing ``.bc`` suffix will first be
+removed). You can override the choice of output file using the
+**-o** option.
+
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+
+
+**-f**
+
+ Enable binary output on terminals. Normally, **llvm-dis** will refuse to
+ write raw bitcode output if the output stream is a terminal. With this option,
+ **llvm-dis** will write raw bitcode regardless of the output device.
+
+
+
+**-help**
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+
+
+**-o** *filename*
+
+ Specify the output file name. If *filename* is -, then the output is sent
+ to standard output.
+
+
+
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+
+If **llvm-dis** succeeds, it will exit with 0. Otherwise, if an error
+occurs, it will exit with a non-zero value.
+
+
+SEE ALSO
+--------
+
+
+llvm-as|llvm-as
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-dwarfdump.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-dwarfdump.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-dwarfdump.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-dwarfdump.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+llvm-dwarfdump - dump and verify DWARF debug information
+========================================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-dwarfdump` [*options*] [*filename ...*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+:program:`llvm-dwarfdump` parses DWARF sections in object files,
+archives, and `.dSYM` bundles and prints their contents in
+human-readable form. Only the .debug_info section is printed unless one of
+the section-specific options or :option:`--all` is specified.
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+.. option:: -a, --all
+
+ Disassemble all supported DWARF sections.
+
+.. option:: --arch=<arch>
+
+ Dump DWARF debug information for the specified CPU architecture.
+ Architectures may be specified by name or by number. This
+ option can be specified multiple times, once for each desired
+ architecture. All CPU architectures will be printed by
+ default.
+
+.. option:: -c, --show-children
+
+ Show a debug info entry's children when using
+ the :option:`--debug-info`, :option:`--find`,
+ and :option:`--name` options.
+
+.. option:: -f <name>, --find=<name>
+
+ Search for the exact text <name> in the accelerator tables
+ and print the matching debug information entries.
+ When there is no accelerator tables or the name of the DIE
+ you are looking for is not found in the accelerator tables,
+ try using the slower but more complete :option:`--name` option.
+
+.. option:: -F, --show-form
+
+ Show DWARF form types after the DWARF attribute types.
+
+.. option:: -h, --help
+
+ Show help and usage for this command.
+
+.. option:: -i, --ignore-case
+
+ Ignore case distinctions in when searching entries by name
+ or by regular expression.
+
+.. option:: -n <pattern>, --name=<pattern>
+
+ Find and print all debug info entries whose name
+ (`DW_AT_name` attribute) matches the exact text in
+ <pattern>. Use the :option:`--regex` option to have
+ <pattern> become a regular expression for more flexible
+ pattern matching.
+
+.. option:: --lookup=<address>
+
+ Lookup <address> in the debug information and print out the file,
+ function, block, and line table details.
+
+.. option:: -o <path>, --out-file=<path>
+
+ Redirect output to a file specified by <path>.
+
+.. option:: -p, --show-parents
+
+ Show a debug info entry's parent objects when using the
+ :option:`--debug-info`, :option:`--find`, and
+ :option:`--name` options.
+
+.. option:: -r <n>, --recurse-depth=<n>
+
+ Only recurse to a maximum depth of <n> when dumping debug info
+ entries.
+
+.. option:: --statistics
+
+ Collect debug info quality metrics and print the results
+ as machine-readable single-line JSON output.
+
+.. option:: -x, --regex
+
+ Treat any <pattern> strings as regular expressions when searching
+ instead of just as an exact string match.
+
+.. option:: -u, --uuid
+
+ Show the UUID for each architecture.
+
+.. option:: --diff
+
+ Dump the output in a format that is more friendly for comparing
+ DWARF output from two different files.
+
+.. option:: -v, --verbose
+
+ Display verbose information when dumping. This can help to debug
+ DWARF issues.
+
+.. option:: --verify
+
+ Verify the structure of the DWARF information by verifying the
+ compile unit chains, DIE relationships graph, address
+ ranges, and more.
+
+.. option:: --version
+
+ Display the version of the tool.
+
+.. option:: --debug-abbrev, --debug-aranges, --debug-cu-index, --debug-frame [=<offset>], --debug-gnu-pubnames, --debug-gnu-pubtypes, --debug-info [=<offset>], --debug-line [=<offset>], --debug-loc [=<offset>], --debug-macro, --debug-pubnames, --debug-pubtypes, --debug-ranges, --debug-str, --debug-str-offsets, --debug-tu-index, --debug-types, --eh-frame, --gdb-index, --apple-names, --apple-types, --apple-namespaces, --apple-objc
+
+ Dump the specified DWARF section by name. Only the
+ `.debug_info` section is shown by default. Some entries
+ support adding an `=<offset>` as a way to provide an
+ optional offset of the exact entry to dump within the
+ respective section. When an offset is provided, only the
+ entry at that offset will be dumped, else the entire
+ section will be dumped. Children of items at a specific
+ offset can be dumped by also using the
+ :option:`--show-children` option where applicable.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+:program:`llvm-dwarfdump` returns 0 if the input files were parsed and dumped
+successfully. Otherwise, it returns 1.
+
+SEE ALSO
+--------
+
+:manpage:`dsymutil(1)`
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-extract.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-extract.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-extract.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-extract.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+llvm-extract - extract a function from an LLVM module
+=====================================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-extract` [*options*] **--func** *function-name* [*filename*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+The :program:`llvm-extract` command takes the name of a function and extracts
+it from the specified LLVM bitcode file. It is primarily used as a debugging
+tool to reduce test cases from larger programs that are triggering a bug.
+
+In addition to extracting the bitcode of the specified function,
+:program:`llvm-extract` will also remove unreachable global variables,
+prototypes, and unused types.
+
+The :program:`llvm-extract` command reads its input from standard input if
+filename is omitted or if filename is ``-``. The output is always written to
+standard output, unless the **-o** option is specified (see below).
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+**-f**
+
+ Enable binary output on terminals. Normally, :program:`llvm-extract` will
+ refuse to write raw bitcode output if the output stream is a terminal. With
+ this option, :program:`llvm-extract` will write raw bitcode regardless of the
+ output device.
+
+**--func** *function-name*
+
+ Extract the function named *function-name* from the LLVM bitcode. May be
+ specified multiple times to extract multiple functions at once.
+
+**--rfunc** *function-regular-expr*
+
+ Extract the function(s) matching *function-regular-expr* from the LLVM bitcode.
+ All functions matching the regular expression will be extracted. May be
+ specified multiple times.
+
+**--glob** *global-name*
+
+ Extract the global variable named *global-name* from the LLVM bitcode. May be
+ specified multiple times to extract multiple global variables at once.
+
+**--rglob** *glob-regular-expr*
+
+ Extract the global variable(s) matching *global-regular-expr* from the LLVM
+ bitcode. All global variables matching the regular expression will be
+ extracted. May be specified multiple times.
+
+**-help**
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+**-o** *filename*
+
+ Specify the output filename. If filename is "-" (the default), then
+ :program:`llvm-extract` sends its output to standard output.
+
+**-S**
+
+ Write output in LLVM intermediate language (instead of bitcode).
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+If :program:`llvm-extract` succeeds, it will exit with 0. Otherwise, if an error
+occurs, it will exit with a non-zero value.
+
+SEE ALSO
+--------
+
+bugpoint
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-lib.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-lib.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-lib.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-lib.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+llvm-lib - LLVM lib.exe compatible library tool
+===============================================
+
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+
+**llvm-lib** [/libpath:<path>] [/out:<output>] [/llvmlibthin]
+[/ignore] [/machine] [/nologo] [files...]
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+
+The **llvm-lib** command is intended to be a ``lib.exe`` compatible
+tool. See https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/7ykb2k5f for the
+general description.
+
+**llvm-lib** has the following extensions:
+
+* Bitcode files in symbol tables.
+ **llvm-lib** includes symbols from both bitcode files and regular
+ object files in the symbol table.
+
+* Creating thin archives.
+ The /llvmlibthin option causes **llvm-lib** to create thin archive
+ that contain only the symbol table and the header for the various
+ members. These files are much smaller, but are not compatible with
+ link.exe (lld can handle them).
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-link.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-link.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-link.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-link.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+llvm-link - LLVM bitcode linker
+===============================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-link` [*options*] *filename ...*
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+:program:`llvm-link` takes several LLVM bitcode files and links them together
+into a single LLVM bitcode file. It writes the output file to standard output,
+unless the :option:`-o` option is used to specify a filename.
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+.. option:: -f
+
+ Enable binary output on terminals. Normally, :program:`llvm-link` will refuse
+ to write raw bitcode output if the output stream is a terminal. With this
+ option, :program:`llvm-link` will write raw bitcode regardless of the output
+ device.
+
+.. option:: -o filename
+
+ Specify the output file name. If ``filename`` is "``-``", then
+ :program:`llvm-link` will write its output to standard output.
+
+.. option:: -S
+
+ Write output in LLVM intermediate language (instead of bitcode).
+
+.. option:: -d
+
+ If specified, :program:`llvm-link` prints a human-readable version of the
+ output bitcode file to standard error.
+
+.. option:: -help
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+.. option:: -v
+
+ Verbose mode. Print information about what :program:`llvm-link` is doing.
+ This typically includes a message for each bitcode file linked in and for each
+ library found.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+If :program:`llvm-link` succeeds, it will exit with 0. Otherwise, if an error
+occurs, it will exit with a non-zero value.
+
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-nm.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-nm.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-nm.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-nm.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+llvm-nm - list LLVM bitcode and object file's symbol table
+==========================================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-nm` [*options*] [*filenames...*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+The :program:`llvm-nm` utility lists the names of symbols from the LLVM bitcode
+files, object files, or :program:`ar` archives containing them, named on the
+command line. Each symbol is listed along with some simple information about
+its provenance. If no file name is specified, or *-* is used as a file name,
+:program:`llvm-nm` will process a file on its standard input stream.
+
+:program:`llvm-nm`'s default output format is the traditional BSD :program:`nm`
+output format. Each such output record consists of an (optional) 8-digit
+hexadecimal address, followed by a type code character, followed by a name, for
+each symbol. One record is printed per line; fields are separated by spaces.
+When the address is omitted, it is replaced by 8 spaces.
+
+Type code characters currently supported, and their meanings, are as follows:
+
+U
+
+ Named object is referenced but undefined in this bitcode file
+
+C
+
+ Common (multiple definitions link together into one def)
+
+W
+
+ Weak reference (multiple definitions link together into zero or one definitions)
+
+t
+
+ Local function (text) object
+
+T
+
+ Global function (text) object
+
+d
+
+ Local data object
+
+D
+
+ Global data object
+
+?
+
+ Something unrecognizable
+
+Because LLVM bitcode files typically contain objects that are not considered to
+have addresses until they are linked into an executable image or dynamically
+compiled "just-in-time", :program:`llvm-nm` does not print an address for any
+symbol in an LLVM bitcode file, even symbols which are defined in the bitcode
+file.
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+.. program:: llvm-nm
+
+.. option:: -B (default)
+
+ Use BSD output format. Alias for `--format=bsd`.
+
+.. option:: -P
+
+ Use POSIX.2 output format. Alias for `--format=posix`.
+
+.. option:: --debug-syms, -a
+
+ Show all symbols, even debugger only.
+
+.. option:: --defined-only
+
+ Print only symbols defined in this file (as opposed to
+ symbols which may be referenced by objects in this file, but not
+ defined in this file.)
+
+.. option:: --dynamic, -D
+
+ Display dynamic symbols instead of normal symbols.
+
+.. option:: --extern-only, -g
+
+ Print only symbols whose definitions are external; that is, accessible
+ from other files.
+
+.. option:: --format=format, -f format
+
+ Select an output format; *format* may be *sysv*, *posix*, or *bsd*. The default
+ is *bsd*.
+
+.. option:: -help
+
+ Print a summary of command-line options and their meanings.
+
+.. option:: --no-sort, -p
+
+ Shows symbols in order encountered.
+
+.. option:: --numeric-sort, -n, -v
+
+ Sort symbols by address.
+
+.. option:: --print-file-name, -A, -o
+
+ Precede each symbol with the file it came from.
+
+.. option:: --print-size, -S
+
+ Show symbol size instead of address.
+
+.. option:: --size-sort
+
+ Sort symbols by size.
+
+.. option:: --undefined-only, -u
+
+ Print only symbols referenced but not defined in this file.
+
+.. option:: --radix=RADIX, -t
+
+ Specify the radix of the symbol address(es). Values accepted d(decimal),
+ x(hexadecomal) and o(octal).
+
+BUGS
+----
+
+ * :program:`llvm-nm` does not support the full set of arguments that GNU
+ :program:`nm` does.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+:program:`llvm-nm` exits with an exit code of zero.
+
+SEE ALSO
+--------
+
+llvm-dis, ar(1), nm(1)
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-pdbutil.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-pdbutil.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-pdbutil.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-pdbutil.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,585 @@
+llvm-pdbutil - PDB File forensics and diagnostics
+=================================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-pdbutil` [*subcommand*] [*options*]
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+Display types, symbols, CodeView records, and other information from a
+PDB file, as well as manipulate and create PDB files. :program:`llvm-pdbutil`
+is normally used by FileCheck-based tests to test LLVM's PDB reading and
+writing functionality, but can also be used for general PDB file investigation
+and forensics, or as a replacement for cvdump.
+
+Subcommands
+-----------
+
+:program:`llvm-pdbutil` is separated into several subcommands each tailored to
+a different purpose. A brief summary of each command follows, with more detail
+in the sections that follow.
+
+ * :ref:`pretty_subcommand` - Dump symbol and type information in a format that
+ tries to look as much like the original source code as possible.
+ * :ref:`dump_subcommand` - Dump low level types and structures from the PDB
+ file, including CodeView records, hash tables, PDB streams, etc.
+ * :ref:`bytes_subcommand` - Dump data from the PDB file's streams, records,
+ types, symbols, etc as raw bytes.
+ * :ref:`yaml2pdb_subcommand` - Given a yaml description of a PDB file, produce
+ a valid PDB file that matches that description.
+ * :ref:`pdb2yaml_subcommand` - For a given PDB file, produce a YAML
+ description of some or all of the file in a way that the PDB can be
+ reconstructed.
+ * :ref:`merge_subcommand` - Given two PDBs, produce a third PDB that is the
+ result of merging the two input PDBs.
+
+.. _pretty_subcommand:
+
+pretty
+~~~~~~
+
+.. program:: llvm-pdbutil pretty
+
+.. important::
+ The **pretty** subcommand is built on the Windows DIA SDK, and as such is not
+ supported on non-Windows platforms.
+
+USAGE: :program:`llvm-pdbutil` pretty [*options*] <input PDB file>
+
+Summary
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The *pretty* subcommand displays a very high level representation of your
+program's debug info. Since it is built on the Windows DIA SDK which is the
+standard API that Windows tools and debuggers query debug information, it
+presents a more authoritative view of how a debugger is going to interpret your
+debug information than a mode which displays low-level CodeView records.
+
+Options
+^^^^^^^
+
+Filtering and Sorting Options
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+.. note::
+ *exclude* filters take priority over *include* filters. So if a filter
+ matches both an include and an exclude rule, then it is excluded.
+
+.. option:: -exclude-compilands=<string>
+
+ When dumping compilands, compiland source-file contributions, or per-compiland
+ symbols, this option instructs **llvm-pdbutil** to omit any compilands that
+ match the specified regular expression.
+
+.. option:: -exclude-symbols=<string>
+
+ When dumping global, public, or per-compiland symbols, this option instructs
+ **llvm-pdbutil** to omit any symbols that match the specified regular
+ expression.
+
+.. option:: -exclude-types=<string>
+
+ When dumping types, this option instructs **llvm-pdbutil** to omit any types
+ that match the specified regular expression.
+
+.. option:: -include-compilands=<string>
+
+ When dumping compilands, compiland source-file contributions, or per-compiland
+ symbols, limit the initial search to only those compilands that match the
+ specified regular expression.
+
+.. option:: -include-symbols=<string>
+
+ When dumping global, public, or per-compiland symbols, limit the initial
+ search to only those symbols that match the specified regular expression.
+
+.. option:: -include-types=<string>
+
+ When dumping types, limit the initial search to only those types that match
+ the specified regular expression.
+
+.. option:: -min-class-padding=<uint>
+
+ Only display types that have at least the specified amount of alignment
+ padding, accounting for padding in base classes and aggregate field members.
+
+.. option:: -min-class-padding-imm=<uint>
+
+ Only display types that have at least the specified amount of alignment
+ padding, ignoring padding in base classes and aggregate field members.
+
+.. option:: -min-type-size=<uint>
+
+ Only display types T where sizeof(T) is greater than or equal to the specified
+ amount.
+
+.. option:: -no-compiler-generated
+
+ Don't show compiler generated types and symbols
+
+.. option:: -no-enum-definitions
+
+ When dumping an enum, don't show the full enum (e.g. the individual enumerator
+ values).
+
+.. option:: -no-system-libs
+
+ Don't show symbols from system libraries
+
+Symbol Type Options
++++++++++++++++++++
+.. option:: -all
+
+ Implies all other options in this category.
+
+.. option:: -class-definitions=<format>
+
+ Displays class definitions in the specified format.
+
+ .. code-block:: text
+
+ =all - Display all class members including data, constants, typedefs, functions, etc (default)
+ =layout - Only display members that contribute to class size.
+ =none - Don't display class definitions (e.g. only display the name and base list)
+
+.. option:: -class-order
+
+ Displays classes in the specified order.
+
+ .. code-block:: text
+
+ =none - Undefined / no particular sort order (default)
+ =name - Sort classes by name
+ =size - Sort classes by size
+ =padding - Sort classes by amount of padding
+ =padding-pct - Sort classes by percentage of space consumed by padding
+ =padding-imm - Sort classes by amount of immediate padding
+ =padding-pct-imm - Sort classes by percentage of space consumed by immediate padding
+
+.. option:: -class-recurse-depth=<uint>
+
+ When dumping class definitions, stop after recursing the specified number of times. The
+ default is 0, which is no limit.
+
+.. option:: -classes
+
+ Display classes
+
+.. option:: -compilands
+
+ Display compilands (e.g. object files)
+
+.. option:: -enums
+
+ Display enums
+
+.. option:: -externals
+
+ Dump external (e.g. exported) symbols
+
+.. option:: -globals
+
+ Dump global symbols
+
+.. option:: -lines
+
+ Dump the mappings between source lines and code addresses.
+
+.. option:: -module-syms
+
+ Display symbols (variables, functions, etc) for each compiland
+
+.. option:: -sym-types=<types>
+
+ Type of symbols to dump when -globals, -externals, or -module-syms is
+ specified. (default all)
+
+ .. code-block:: text
+
+ =thunks - Display thunk symbols
+ =data - Display data symbols
+ =funcs - Display function symbols
+ =all - Display all symbols (default)
+
+.. option:: -symbol-order=<order>
+
+ For symbols dumped via the -module-syms, -globals, or -externals options, sort
+ the results in specified order.
+
+ .. code-block:: text
+
+ =none - Undefined / no particular sort order
+ =name - Sort symbols by name
+ =size - Sort symbols by size
+
+.. option:: -typedefs
+
+ Display typedef types
+
+.. option:: -types
+
+ Display all types (implies -classes, -enums, -typedefs)
+
+Other Options
++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -color-output
+
+ Force color output on or off. By default, color if used if outputting to a
+ terminal.
+
+.. option:: -load-address=<uint>
+
+ When displaying relative virtual addresses, assume the process is loaded at the
+ given address and display what would be the absolute address.
+
+.. _dump_subcommand:
+
+dump
+~~~~
+
+USAGE: :program:`llvm-pdbutil` dump [*options*] <input PDB file>
+
+.. program:: llvm-pdbutil dump
+
+Summary
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The **dump** subcommand displays low level information about the structure of a
+PDB file. It is used heavily by LLVM's testing infrastructure, but can also be
+used for PDB forensics. It serves a role similar to that of Microsoft's
+`cvdump` tool.
+
+.. note::
+ The **dump** subcommand exposes internal details of the file format. As
+ such, the reader should be familiar with :doc:`/PDB/index` before using this
+ command.
+
+Options
+^^^^^^^
+
+MSF Container Options
++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -streams
+
+ dump a summary of all of the streams in the PDB file.
+
+.. option:: -stream-blocks
+
+ In conjunction with :option:`-streams`, add information to the output about
+ what blocks the specified stream occupies.
+
+.. option:: -summary
+
+ Dump MSF and PDB header information.
+
+Module & File Options
++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -modi=<uint>
+
+ For all options that dump information from each module/compiland, limit to
+ the specified module.
+
+.. option:: -files
+
+ Dump the source files that contribute to each displayed module.
+
+.. option:: -il
+
+ Dump inlinee line information (DEBUG_S_INLINEELINES CodeView subsection)
+
+.. option:: -l
+
+ Dump line information (DEBUG_S_LINES CodeView subsection)
+
+.. option:: -modules
+
+ Dump compiland information
+
+.. option:: -xme
+
+ Dump cross module exports (DEBUG_S_CROSSSCOPEEXPORTS CodeView subsection)
+
+.. option:: -xmi
+
+ Dump cross module imports (DEBUG_S_CROSSSCOPEIMPORTS CodeView subsection)
+
+Symbol Options
+++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -globals
+
+ dump global symbol records
+
+.. option:: -global-extras
+
+ dump additional information about the globals, such as hash buckets and hash
+ values.
+
+.. option:: -publics
+
+ dump public symbol records
+
+.. option:: -public-extras
+
+ dump additional information about the publics, such as hash buckets and hash
+ values.
+
+.. option:: -symbols
+
+ dump symbols (functions, variables, etc) for each module dumped.
+
+.. option:: -sym-data
+
+ For each symbol record dumped as a result of the :option:`-symbols` option,
+ display the full bytes of the record in binary as well.
+
+Type Record Options
++++++++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -types
+
+ Dump CodeView type records from TPI stream
+
+.. option:: -type-extras
+
+ Dump additional information from the TPI stream, such as hashes and the type
+ index offsets array.
+
+.. option:: -type-data
+
+ For each type record dumped, display the full bytes of the record in binary as
+ well.
+
+.. option:: -type-index=<uint>
+
+ Only dump types with the specified type index.
+
+.. option:: -ids
+
+ Dump CodeView type records from IPI stream.
+
+.. option:: -id-extras
+
+ Dump additional information from the IPI stream, such as hashes and the type
+ index offsets array.
+
+.. option:: -id-data
+
+ For each ID record dumped, display the full bytes of the record in binary as
+ well.
+
+.. option:: -id-index=<uint>
+
+ only dump ID records with the specified hexadecimal type index.
+
+.. option:: -dependents
+
+ When used in conjunction with :option:`-type-index` or :option:`-id-index`,
+ dumps the entire dependency graph for the specified index instead of just the
+ single record with the specified index. For example, if type index 0x4000 is
+ a function whose return type has index 0x3000, and you specify
+ `-dependents=0x4000`, then this would dump both records (as well as any other
+ dependents in the tree).
+
+Miscellaneous Options
++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -all
+
+ Implies most other options.
+
+.. option:: -section-contribs
+
+ Dump section contributions.
+
+.. option:: -section-headers
+
+ Dump image section headers.
+
+.. option:: -section-map
+
+ Dump section map.
+
+.. option:: -string-table
+
+ Dump PDB string table.
+
+.. _bytes_subcommand:
+
+bytes
+~~~~~
+
+USAGE: :program:`llvm-pdbutil` bytes [*options*] <input PDB file>
+
+.. program:: llvm-pdbutil bytes
+
+Summary
+^^^^^^^
+
+Like the **dump** subcommand, the **bytes** subcommand displays low level
+information about the structure of a PDB file, but it is used for even deeper
+forensics. The **bytes** subcommand finds various structures in a PDB file
+based on the command line options specified, and dumps them in hex. Someone
+working on support for emitting PDBs would use this heavily, for example, to
+compare one PDB against another PDB to ensure byte-for-byte compatibility. It
+is not enough to simply compare the bytes of an entire file, or an entire stream
+because it's perfectly fine for the same structure to exist at different
+locations in two different PDBs, and "finding" the structure is half the battle.
+
+Options
+^^^^^^^
+
+MSF File Options
+++++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -block-range=<start[-end]>
+
+ Dump binary data from specified range of MSF file blocks.
+
+.. option:: -byte-range=<start[-end]>
+
+ Dump binary data from specified range of bytes in the file.
+
+.. option:: -fpm
+
+ Dump the MSF free page map.
+
+.. option:: -stream-data=<string>
+
+ Dump binary data from the specified streams. Format is SN[:Start][@Size].
+ For example, `-stream-data=7:3 at 12` dumps 12 bytes from stream 7, starting
+ at offset 3 in the stream.
+
+PDB Stream Options
+++++++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -name-map
+
+ Dump bytes of PDB Name Map
+
+DBI Stream Options
+++++++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -ec
+
+ Dump the edit and continue map substream of the DBI stream.
+
+.. option:: -files
+
+ Dump the file info substream of the DBI stream.
+
+.. option:: -modi
+
+ Dump the modi substream of the DBI stream.
+
+.. option:: -sc
+
+ Dump section contributions substream of the DBI stream.
+
+.. option:: -sm
+
+ Dump the section map from the DBI stream.
+
+.. option:: -type-server
+
+ Dump the type server map from the DBI stream.
+
+Module Options
+++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -mod=<uint>
+
+ Limit all options in this category to the specified module index. By default,
+ options in this category will dump bytes from all modules.
+
+.. option:: -chunks
+
+ Dump the bytes of each module's C13 debug subsection.
+
+.. option:: -split-chunks
+
+ When specified with :option:`-chunks`, split the C13 debug subsection into a
+ separate chunk for each subsection type, and dump them separately.
+
+.. option:: -syms
+
+ Dump the symbol record substream from each module.
+
+Type Record Options
++++++++++++++++++++
+
+.. option:: -id=<uint>
+
+ Dump the record from the IPI stream with the given type index.
+
+.. option:: -type=<uint>
+
+ Dump the record from the TPI stream with the given type index.
+
+.. _pdb2yaml_subcommand:
+
+pdb2yaml
+~~~~~~~~
+
+USAGE: :program:`llvm-pdbutil` pdb2yaml [*options*] <input PDB file>
+
+.. program:: llvm-pdbutil pdb2yaml
+
+Summary
+^^^^^^^
+
+Options
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. _yaml2pdb_subcommand:
+
+yaml2pdb
+~~~~~~~~
+
+USAGE: :program:`llvm-pdbutil` yaml2pdb [*options*] <input YAML file>
+
+.. program:: llvm-pdbutil yaml2pdb
+
+Summary
+^^^^^^^
+
+Generate a PDB file from a YAML description. The YAML syntax is not described
+here. Instead, use :ref:`llvm-pdbutil pdb2yaml <pdb2yaml_subcommand>` and
+examine the output for an example starting point.
+
+Options
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. option:: -pdb=<file-name>
+
+Write the resulting PDB to the specified file.
+
+.. _merge_subcommand:
+
+merge
+~~~~~
+
+USAGE: :program:`llvm-pdbutil` merge [*options*] <input PDB file 1> <input PDB file 2>
+
+.. program:: llvm-pdbutil merge
+
+Summary
+^^^^^^^
+
+Merge two PDB files into a single file.
+
+Options
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. option:: -pdb=<file-name>
+
+Write the resulting PDB to the specified file.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-profdata.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-profdata.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-profdata.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-profdata.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+llvm-profdata - Profile data tool
+=================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-profdata` *command* [*args...*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+The :program:`llvm-profdata` tool is a small utility for working with profile
+data files.
+
+COMMANDS
+--------
+
+* :ref:`merge <profdata-merge>`
+* :ref:`show <profdata-show>`
+
+.. program:: llvm-profdata merge
+
+.. _profdata-merge:
+
+MERGE
+-----
+
+SYNOPSIS
+^^^^^^^^
+
+:program:`llvm-profdata merge` [*options*] [*filename...*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+:program:`llvm-profdata merge` takes several profile data files
+generated by PGO instrumentation and merges them together into a single
+indexed profile data file.
+
+By default profile data is merged without modification. This means that the
+relative importance of each input file is proportional to the number of samples
+or counts it contains. In general, the input from a longer training run will be
+interpreted as relatively more important than a shorter run. Depending on the
+nature of the training runs it may be useful to adjust the weight given to each
+input file by using the ``-weighted-input`` option.
+
+Profiles passed in via ``-weighted-input``, ``-input-files``, or via positional
+arguments are processed once for each time they are seen.
+
+
+OPTIONS
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. option:: -help
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+.. option:: -output=output, -o=output
+
+ Specify the output file name. *Output* cannot be ``-`` as the resulting
+ indexed profile data can't be written to standard output.
+
+.. option:: -weighted-input=weight,filename
+
+ Specify an input file name along with a weight. The profile counts of the
+ supplied ``filename`` will be scaled (multiplied) by the supplied
+ ``weight``, where where ``weight`` is a decimal integer >= 1.
+ Input files specified without using this option are assigned a default
+ weight of 1. Examples are shown below.
+
+.. option:: -input-files=path, -f=path
+
+ Specify a file which contains a list of files to merge. The entries in this
+ file are newline-separated. Lines starting with '#' are skipped. Entries may
+ be of the form <filename> or <weight>,<filename>.
+
+.. option:: -instr (default)
+
+ Specify that the input profile is an instrumentation-based profile.
+
+.. option:: -sample
+
+ Specify that the input profile is a sample-based profile.
+
+ The format of the generated file can be generated in one of three ways:
+
+ .. option:: -binary (default)
+
+ Emit the profile using a binary encoding. For instrumentation-based profile
+ the output format is the indexed binary format.
+
+ .. option:: -text
+
+ Emit the profile in text mode. This option can also be used with both
+ sample-based and instrumentation-based profile. When this option is used
+ the profile will be dumped in the text format that is parsable by the profile
+ reader.
+
+ .. option:: -gcc
+
+ Emit the profile using GCC's gcov format (Not yet supported).
+
+.. option:: -sparse[=true|false]
+
+ Do not emit function records with 0 execution count. Can only be used in
+ conjunction with -instr. Defaults to false, since it can inhibit compiler
+ optimization during PGO.
+
+.. option:: -num-threads=N, -j=N
+
+ Use N threads to perform profile merging. When N=0, llvm-profdata auto-detects
+ an appropriate number of threads to use. This is the default.
+
+EXAMPLES
+^^^^^^^^
+Basic Usage
++++++++++++
+Merge three profiles:
+
+::
+
+ llvm-profdata merge foo.profdata bar.profdata baz.profdata -output merged.profdata
+
+Weighted Input
+++++++++++++++
+The input file `foo.profdata` is especially important, multiply its counts by 10:
+
+::
+
+ llvm-profdata merge -weighted-input=10,foo.profdata bar.profdata baz.profdata -output merged.profdata
+
+Exactly equivalent to the previous invocation (explicit form; useful for programmatic invocation):
+
+::
+
+ llvm-profdata merge -weighted-input=10,foo.profdata -weighted-input=1,bar.profdata -weighted-input=1,baz.profdata -output merged.profdata
+
+.. program:: llvm-profdata show
+
+.. _profdata-show:
+
+SHOW
+----
+
+SYNOPSIS
+^^^^^^^^
+
+:program:`llvm-profdata show` [*options*] [*filename*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+:program:`llvm-profdata show` takes a profile data file and displays the
+information about the profile counters for this file and
+for any of the specified function(s).
+
+If *filename* is omitted or is ``-``, then **llvm-profdata show** reads its
+input from standard input.
+
+OPTIONS
+^^^^^^^
+
+.. option:: -all-functions
+
+ Print details for every function.
+
+.. option:: -counts
+
+ Print the counter values for the displayed functions.
+
+.. option:: -function=string
+
+ Print details for a function if the function's name contains the given string.
+
+.. option:: -help
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+.. option:: -output=output, -o=output
+
+ Specify the output file name. If *output* is ``-`` or it isn't specified,
+ then the output is sent to standard output.
+
+.. option:: -instr (default)
+
+ Specify that the input profile is an instrumentation-based profile.
+
+.. option:: -text
+
+ Instruct the profile dumper to show profile counts in the text format of the
+ instrumentation-based profile data representation. By default, the profile
+ information is dumped in a more human readable form (also in text) with
+ annotations.
+
+.. option:: -topn=n
+
+ Instruct the profile dumper to show the top ``n`` functions with the
+ hottest basic blocks in the summary section. By default, the topn functions
+ are not dumped.
+
+.. option:: -sample
+
+ Specify that the input profile is a sample-based profile.
+
+.. option:: -memop-sizes
+
+ Show the profiled sizes of the memory intrinsic calls for shown functions.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+:program:`llvm-profdata` returns 1 if the command is omitted or is invalid,
+if it cannot read input files, or if there is a mismatch between their data.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-readobj.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-readobj.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-readobj.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-readobj.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+llvm-readobj - LLVM Object Reader
+=================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-readobj` [*options*] [*input...*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+The :program:`llvm-readobj` tool displays low-level format-specific information
+about one or more object files. The tool and its output is primarily designed
+for use in FileCheck-based tests.
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+If ``input`` is "``-``" or omitted, :program:`llvm-readobj` reads from standard
+input. Otherwise, it will read from the specified ``filenames``.
+
+.. option:: -help
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+.. option:: -version
+
+ Display the version of this program
+
+.. option:: -file-headers, -h
+
+ Display file headers.
+
+.. option:: -sections, -s
+
+ Display all sections.
+
+.. option:: -section-data, -sd
+
+ When used with ``-sections``, display section data for each section shown.
+
+.. option:: -section-relocations, -sr
+
+ When used with ``-sections``, display relocations for each section shown.
+
+.. option:: -section-symbols, -st
+
+ When used with ``-sections``, display symbols for each section shown.
+
+.. option:: -relocations, -r
+
+ Display the relocation entries in the file.
+
+.. option:: -symbols, -t
+
+ Display the symbol table.
+
+.. option:: -dyn-symbols
+
+ Display the dynamic symbol table (only for ELF object files).
+
+.. option:: -unwind, -u
+
+ Display unwind information.
+
+.. option:: -expand-relocs
+
+ When used with ``-relocations``, display each relocation in an expanded
+ multi-line format.
+
+.. option:: -dynamic-table
+
+ Display the ELF .dynamic section table (only for ELF object files).
+
+.. option:: -needed-libs
+
+ Display the needed libraries (only for ELF object files).
+
+.. option:: -program-headers
+
+ Display the ELF program headers (only for ELF object files).
+
+.. option:: -elf-section-groups, -g
+
+ Display section groups (only for ELF object files).
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+:program:`llvm-readobj` returns 0.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-stress.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-stress.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-stress.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-stress.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+llvm-stress - generate random .ll files
+=======================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-stress` [-size=filesize] [-seed=initialseed] [-o=outfile]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+The :program:`llvm-stress` tool is used to generate random ``.ll`` files that
+can be used to test different components of LLVM.
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+.. option:: -o filename
+
+ Specify the output filename.
+
+.. option:: -size size
+
+ Specify the size of the generated ``.ll`` file.
+
+.. option:: -seed seed
+
+ Specify the seed to be used for the randomly generated instructions.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+:program:`llvm-stress` returns 0.
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-symbolizer.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-symbolizer.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-symbolizer.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/llvm-symbolizer.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+llvm-symbolizer - convert addresses into source code locations
+==============================================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`llvm-symbolizer` [options]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+:program:`llvm-symbolizer` reads object file names and addresses from standard
+input and prints corresponding source code locations to standard output.
+If object file is specified in command line, :program:`llvm-symbolizer`
+processes only addresses from standard input, the rest is output verbatim.
+This program uses debug info sections and symbol table in the object files.
+
+EXAMPLE
+--------
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ $ cat addr.txt
+ a.out 0x4004f4
+ /tmp/b.out 0x400528
+ /tmp/c.so 0x710
+ /tmp/mach_universal_binary:i386 0x1f84
+ /tmp/mach_universal_binary:x86_64 0x100000f24
+ $ llvm-symbolizer < addr.txt
+ main
+ /tmp/a.cc:4
+
+ f(int, int)
+ /tmp/b.cc:11
+
+ h_inlined_into_g
+ /tmp/header.h:2
+ g_inlined_into_f
+ /tmp/header.h:7
+ f_inlined_into_main
+ /tmp/source.cc:3
+ main
+ /tmp/source.cc:8
+
+ _main
+ /tmp/source_i386.cc:8
+
+ _main
+ /tmp/source_x86_64.cc:8
+ $ cat addr2.txt
+ 0x4004f4
+ 0x401000
+ $ llvm-symbolizer -obj=a.out < addr2.txt
+ main
+ /tmp/a.cc:4
+
+ foo(int)
+ /tmp/a.cc:12
+ $cat addr.txt
+ 0x40054d
+ $llvm-symbolizer -inlining -print-address -pretty-print -obj=addr.exe < addr.txt
+ 0x40054d: inc at /tmp/x.c:3:3
+ (inlined by) main at /tmp/x.c:9:0
+ $llvm-symbolizer -inlining -pretty-print -obj=addr.exe < addr.txt
+ inc at /tmp/x.c:3:3
+ (inlined by) main at /tmp/x.c:9:0
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+.. option:: -obj
+
+ Path to object file to be symbolized.
+
+.. option:: -functions=[none|short|linkage]
+
+ Specify the way function names are printed (omit function name,
+ print short function name, or print full linkage name, respectively).
+ Defaults to ``linkage``.
+
+.. option:: -use-symbol-table
+
+ Prefer function names stored in symbol table to function names
+ in debug info sections. Defaults to true.
+
+.. option:: -demangle
+
+ Print demangled function names. Defaults to true.
+
+.. option:: -inlining
+
+ If a source code location is in an inlined function, prints all the
+ inlnied frames. Defaults to true.
+
+.. option:: -default-arch
+
+ If a binary contains object files for multiple architectures (e.g. it is a
+ Mach-O universal binary), symbolize the object file for a given architecture.
+ You can also specify architecture by writing ``binary_name:arch_name`` in the
+ input (see example above). If architecture is not specified in either way,
+ address will not be symbolized. Defaults to empty string.
+
+.. option:: -dsym-hint=<path/to/file.dSYM>
+
+ (Darwin-only flag). If the debug info for a binary isn't present in the default
+ location, look for the debug info at the .dSYM path provided via the
+ ``-dsym-hint`` flag. This flag can be used multiple times.
+
+.. option:: -print-address
+
+ Print address before the source code location. Defaults to false.
+
+.. option:: -pretty-print
+
+ Print human readable output. If ``-inlining`` is specified, enclosing scope is
+ prefixed by (inlined by). Refer to listed examples.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+:program:`llvm-symbolizer` returns 0. Other exit codes imply internal program error.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/opt.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/opt.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/opt.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/opt.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+opt - LLVM optimizer
+====================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`opt` [*options*] [*filename*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+The :program:`opt` command is the modular LLVM optimizer and analyzer. It
+takes LLVM source files as input, runs the specified optimizations or analyses
+on it, and then outputs the optimized file or the analysis results. The
+function of :program:`opt` depends on whether the `-analyze` option is
+given.
+
+When `-analyze` is specified, :program:`opt` performs various analyses
+of the input source. It will usually print the results on standard output, but
+in a few cases, it will print output to standard error or generate a file with
+the analysis output, which is usually done when the output is meant for another
+program.
+
+While `-analyze` is *not* given, :program:`opt` attempts to produce an
+optimized output file. The optimizations available via :program:`opt` depend
+upon what libraries were linked into it as well as any additional libraries
+that have been loaded with the :option:`-load` option. Use the :option:`-help`
+option to determine what optimizations you can use.
+
+If ``filename`` is omitted from the command line or is "``-``", :program:`opt`
+reads its input from standard input. Inputs can be in either the LLVM assembly
+language format (``.ll``) or the LLVM bitcode format (``.bc``).
+
+If an output filename is not specified with the :option:`-o` option,
+:program:`opt` writes its output to the standard output.
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+.. option:: -f
+
+ Enable binary output on terminals. Normally, :program:`opt` will refuse to
+ write raw bitcode output if the output stream is a terminal. With this option,
+ :program:`opt` will write raw bitcode regardless of the output device.
+
+.. option:: -help
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+.. option:: -o <filename>
+
+ Specify the output filename.
+
+.. option:: -S
+
+ Write output in LLVM intermediate language (instead of bitcode).
+
+.. option:: -{passname}
+
+ :program:`opt` provides the ability to run any of LLVM's optimization or
+ analysis passes in any order. The :option:`-help` option lists all the passes
+ available. The order in which the options occur on the command line are the
+ order in which they are executed (within pass constraints).
+
+.. option:: -disable-inlining
+
+ This option simply removes the inlining pass from the standard list.
+
+.. option:: -disable-opt
+
+ This option is only meaningful when `-std-link-opts` is given. It
+ disables most passes.
+
+.. option:: -strip-debug
+
+ This option causes opt to strip debug information from the module before
+ applying other optimizations. It is essentially the same as `-strip`
+ but it ensures that stripping of debug information is done first.
+
+.. option:: -verify-each
+
+ This option causes opt to add a verify pass after every pass otherwise
+ specified on the command line (including `-verify`). This is useful
+ for cases where it is suspected that a pass is creating an invalid module but
+ it is not clear which pass is doing it.
+
+.. option:: -stats
+
+ Print statistics.
+
+.. option:: -time-passes
+
+ Record the amount of time needed for each pass and print it to standard
+ error.
+
+.. option:: -debug
+
+ If this is a debug build, this option will enable debug printouts from passes
+ which use the ``DEBUG()`` macro. See the `LLVM Programmer's Manual
+ <../ProgrammersManual.html>`_, section ``#DEBUG`` for more information.
+
+.. option:: -load=<plugin>
+
+ Load the dynamic object ``plugin``. This object should register new
+ optimization or analysis passes. Once loaded, the object will add new command
+ line options to enable various optimizations or analyses. To see the new
+ complete list of optimizations, use the :option:`-help` and :option:`-load`
+ options together. For example:
+
+ .. code-block:: sh
+
+ opt -load=plugin.so -help
+
+.. option:: -p
+
+ Print module after each transformation.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+If :program:`opt` succeeds, it will exit with 0. Otherwise, if an error
+occurs, it will exit with a non-zero value.
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/tblgen.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/tblgen.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/tblgen.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandGuide/tblgen.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+tblgen - Target Description To C++ Code Generator
+=================================================
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+:program:`tblgen` [*options*] [*filename*]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+:program:`tblgen` translates from target description (``.td``) files into C++
+code that can be included in the definition of an LLVM target library. Most
+users of LLVM will not need to use this program. It is only for assisting with
+writing an LLVM target backend.
+
+The input and output of :program:`tblgen` is beyond the scope of this short
+introduction; please see the :doc:`introduction to TableGen
+<../TableGen/index>`.
+
+The *filename* argument specifies the name of a Target Description (``.td``)
+file to read as input.
+
+OPTIONS
+-------
+
+.. program:: tblgen
+
+.. option:: -help
+
+ Print a summary of command line options.
+
+.. option:: -o filename
+
+ Specify the output file name. If ``filename`` is ``-``, then
+ :program:`tblgen` sends its output to standard output.
+
+.. option:: -I directory
+
+ Specify where to find other target description files for inclusion. The
+ ``directory`` value should be a full or partial path to a directory that
+ contains target description files.
+
+.. option:: -asmparsernum N
+
+ Make -gen-asm-parser emit assembly writer number ``N``.
+
+.. option:: -asmwriternum N
+
+ Make -gen-asm-writer emit assembly writer number ``N``.
+
+.. option:: -class className
+
+ Print the enumeration list for this class.
+
+.. option:: -print-records
+
+ Print all records to standard output (default).
+
+.. option:: -print-enums
+
+ Print enumeration values for a class.
+
+.. option:: -print-sets
+
+ Print expanded sets for testing DAG exprs.
+
+.. option:: -gen-emitter
+
+ Generate machine code emitter.
+
+.. option:: -gen-register-info
+
+ Generate registers and register classes info.
+
+.. option:: -gen-instr-info
+
+ Generate instruction descriptions.
+
+.. option:: -gen-asm-writer
+
+ Generate the assembly writer.
+
+.. option:: -gen-disassembler
+
+ Generate disassembler.
+
+.. option:: -gen-pseudo-lowering
+
+ Generate pseudo instruction lowering.
+
+.. option:: -gen-dag-isel
+
+ Generate a DAG (Directed Acycle Graph) instruction selector.
+
+.. option:: -gen-asm-matcher
+
+ Generate assembly instruction matcher.
+
+.. option:: -gen-dfa-packetizer
+
+ Generate DFA Packetizer for VLIW targets.
+
+.. option:: -gen-fast-isel
+
+ Generate a "fast" instruction selector.
+
+.. option:: -gen-subtarget
+
+ Generate subtarget enumerations.
+
+.. option:: -gen-intrinsic
+
+ Generate intrinsic information.
+
+.. option:: -gen-tgt-intrinsic
+
+ Generate target intrinsic information.
+
+.. option:: -gen-enhanced-disassembly-info
+
+ Generate enhanced disassembly info.
+
+.. option:: -version
+
+ Show the version number of this program.
+
+EXIT STATUS
+-----------
+
+If :program:`tblgen` succeeds, it will exit with 0. Otherwise, if an error
+occurs, it will exit with a non-zero value.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandLine.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandLine.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandLine.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CommandLine.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,1732 @@
+==============================
+CommandLine 2.0 Library Manual
+==============================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document describes the CommandLine argument processing library. It will
+show you how to use it, and what it can do. The CommandLine library uses a
+declarative approach to specifying the command line options that your program
+takes. By default, these options declarations implicitly hold the value parsed
+for the option declared (of course this `can be changed`_).
+
+Although there are a **lot** of command line argument parsing libraries out
+there in many different languages, none of them fit well with what I needed. By
+looking at the features and problems of other libraries, I designed the
+CommandLine library to have the following features:
+
+#. Speed: The CommandLine library is very quick and uses little resources. The
+ parsing time of the library is directly proportional to the number of
+ arguments parsed, not the number of options recognized. Additionally,
+ command line argument values are captured transparently into user defined
+ global variables, which can be accessed like any other variable (and with the
+ same performance).
+
+#. Type Safe: As a user of CommandLine, you don't have to worry about
+ remembering the type of arguments that you want (is it an int? a string? a
+ bool? an enum?) and keep casting it around. Not only does this help prevent
+ error prone constructs, it also leads to dramatically cleaner source code.
+
+#. No subclasses required: To use CommandLine, you instantiate variables that
+ correspond to the arguments that you would like to capture, you don't
+ subclass a parser. This means that you don't have to write **any**
+ boilerplate code.
+
+#. Globally accessible: Libraries can specify command line arguments that are
+ automatically enabled in any tool that links to the library. This is
+ possible because the application doesn't have to keep a list of arguments to
+ pass to the parser. This also makes supporting `dynamically loaded options`_
+ trivial.
+
+#. Cleaner: CommandLine supports enum and other types directly, meaning that
+ there is less error and more security built into the library. You don't have
+ to worry about whether your integral command line argument accidentally got
+ assigned a value that is not valid for your enum type.
+
+#. Powerful: The CommandLine library supports many different types of arguments,
+ from simple `boolean flags`_ to `scalars arguments`_ (`strings`_,
+ `integers`_, `enums`_, `doubles`_), to `lists of arguments`_. This is
+ possible because CommandLine is...
+
+#. Extensible: It is very simple to add a new argument type to CommandLine.
+ Simply specify the parser that you want to use with the command line option
+ when you declare it. `Custom parsers`_ are no problem.
+
+#. Labor Saving: The CommandLine library cuts down on the amount of grunt work
+ that you, the user, have to do. For example, it automatically provides a
+ ``-help`` option that shows the available command line options for your tool.
+ Additionally, it does most of the basic correctness checking for you.
+
+#. Capable: The CommandLine library can handle lots of different forms of
+ options often found in real programs. For example, `positional`_ arguments,
+ ``ls`` style `grouping`_ options (to allow processing '``ls -lad``'
+ naturally), ``ld`` style `prefix`_ options (to parse '``-lmalloc
+ -L/usr/lib``'), and interpreter style options.
+
+This document will hopefully let you jump in and start using CommandLine in your
+utility quickly and painlessly. Additionally it should be a simple reference
+manual to figure out how stuff works.
+
+Quick Start Guide
+=================
+
+This section of the manual runs through a simple CommandLine'ification of a
+basic compiler tool. This is intended to show you how to jump into using the
+CommandLine library in your own program, and show you some of the cool things it
+can do.
+
+To start out, you need to include the CommandLine header file into your program:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
+
+Additionally, you need to add this as the first line of your main program:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
+ cl::ParseCommandLineOptions(argc, argv);
+ ...
+ }
+
+... which actually parses the arguments and fills in the variable declarations.
+
+Now that you are ready to support command line arguments, we need to tell the
+system which ones we want, and what type of arguments they are. The CommandLine
+library uses a declarative syntax to model command line arguments with the
+global variable declarations that capture the parsed values. This means that
+for every command line option that you would like to support, there should be a
+global variable declaration to capture the result. For example, in a compiler,
+we would like to support the Unix-standard '``-o <filename>``' option to specify
+where to put the output. With the CommandLine library, this is represented like
+this:
+
+.. _scalars arguments:
+.. _here:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::opt<string> OutputFilename("o", cl::desc("Specify output filename"), cl::value_desc("filename"));
+
+This declares a global variable "``OutputFilename``" that is used to capture the
+result of the "``o``" argument (first parameter). We specify that this is a
+simple scalar option by using the "``cl::opt``" template (as opposed to the
+"``cl::list``" template), and tell the CommandLine library that the data
+type that we are parsing is a string.
+
+The second and third parameters (which are optional) are used to specify what to
+output for the "``-help``" option. In this case, we get a line that looks like
+this:
+
+::
+
+ USAGE: compiler [options]
+
+ OPTIONS:
+ -help - display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+ -o <filename> - Specify output filename
+
+Because we specified that the command line option should parse using the
+``string`` data type, the variable declared is automatically usable as a real
+string in all contexts that a normal C++ string object may be used. For
+example:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ ...
+ std::ofstream Output(OutputFilename.c_str());
+ if (Output.good()) ...
+ ...
+
+There are many different options that you can use to customize the command line
+option handling library, but the above example shows the general interface to
+these options. The options can be specified in any order, and are specified
+with helper functions like `cl::desc(...)`_, so there are no positional
+dependencies to remember. The available options are discussed in detail in the
+`Reference Guide`_.
+
+Continuing the example, we would like to have our compiler take an input
+filename as well as an output filename, but we do not want the input filename to
+be specified with a hyphen (ie, not ``-filename.c``). To support this style of
+argument, the CommandLine library allows for `positional`_ arguments to be
+specified for the program. These positional arguments are filled with command
+line parameters that are not in option form. We use this feature like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+
+ cl::opt<string> InputFilename(cl::Positional, cl::desc("<input file>"), cl::init("-"));
+
+This declaration indicates that the first positional argument should be treated
+as the input filename. Here we use the `cl::init`_ option to specify an initial
+value for the command line option, which is used if the option is not specified
+(if you do not specify a `cl::init`_ modifier for an option, then the default
+constructor for the data type is used to initialize the value). Command line
+options default to being optional, so if we would like to require that the user
+always specify an input filename, we would add the `cl::Required`_ flag, and we
+could eliminate the `cl::init`_ modifier, like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::opt<string> InputFilename(cl::Positional, cl::desc("<input file>"), cl::Required);
+
+Again, the CommandLine library does not require the options to be specified in
+any particular order, so the above declaration is equivalent to:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::opt<string> InputFilename(cl::Positional, cl::Required, cl::desc("<input file>"));
+
+By simply adding the `cl::Required`_ flag, the CommandLine library will
+automatically issue an error if the argument is not specified, which shifts all
+of the command line option verification code out of your application into the
+library. This is just one example of how using flags can alter the default
+behaviour of the library, on a per-option basis. By adding one of the
+declarations above, the ``-help`` option synopsis is now extended to:
+
+::
+
+ USAGE: compiler [options] <input file>
+
+ OPTIONS:
+ -help - display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+ -o <filename> - Specify output filename
+
+... indicating that an input filename is expected.
+
+Boolean Arguments
+-----------------
+
+In addition to input and output filenames, we would like the compiler example to
+support three boolean flags: "``-f``" to force writing binary output to a
+terminal, "``--quiet``" to enable quiet mode, and "``-q``" for backwards
+compatibility with some of our users. We can support these by declaring options
+of boolean type like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::opt<bool> Force ("f", cl::desc("Enable binary output on terminals"));
+ cl::opt<bool> Quiet ("quiet", cl::desc("Don't print informational messages"));
+ cl::opt<bool> Quiet2("q", cl::desc("Don't print informational messages"), cl::Hidden);
+
+This does what you would expect: it declares three boolean variables
+("``Force``", "``Quiet``", and "``Quiet2``") to recognize these options. Note
+that the "``-q``" option is specified with the "`cl::Hidden`_" flag. This
+modifier prevents it from being shown by the standard "``-help``" output (note
+that it is still shown in the "``-help-hidden``" output).
+
+The CommandLine library uses a `different parser`_ for different data types.
+For example, in the string case, the argument passed to the option is copied
+literally into the content of the string variable... we obviously cannot do that
+in the boolean case, however, so we must use a smarter parser. In the case of
+the boolean parser, it allows no options (in which case it assigns the value of
+true to the variable), or it allows the values "``true``" or "``false``" to be
+specified, allowing any of the following inputs:
+
+::
+
+ compiler -f # No value, 'Force' == true
+ compiler -f=true # Value specified, 'Force' == true
+ compiler -f=TRUE # Value specified, 'Force' == true
+ compiler -f=FALSE # Value specified, 'Force' == false
+
+... you get the idea. The `bool parser`_ just turns the string values into
+boolean values, and rejects things like '``compiler -f=foo``'. Similarly, the
+`float`_, `double`_, and `int`_ parsers work like you would expect, using the
+'``strtol``' and '``strtod``' C library calls to parse the string value into the
+specified data type.
+
+With the declarations above, "``compiler -help``" emits this:
+
+::
+
+ USAGE: compiler [options] <input file>
+
+ OPTIONS:
+ -f - Enable binary output on terminals
+ -o - Override output filename
+ -quiet - Don't print informational messages
+ -help - display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+
+and "``compiler -help-hidden``" prints this:
+
+::
+
+ USAGE: compiler [options] <input file>
+
+ OPTIONS:
+ -f - Enable binary output on terminals
+ -o - Override output filename
+ -q - Don't print informational messages
+ -quiet - Don't print informational messages
+ -help - display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+
+This brief example has shown you how to use the '`cl::opt`_' class to parse
+simple scalar command line arguments. In addition to simple scalar arguments,
+the CommandLine library also provides primitives to support CommandLine option
+`aliases`_, and `lists`_ of options.
+
+.. _aliases:
+
+Argument Aliases
+----------------
+
+So far, the example works well, except for the fact that we need to check the
+quiet condition like this now:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ ...
+ if (!Quiet && !Quiet2) printInformationalMessage(...);
+ ...
+
+... which is a real pain! Instead of defining two values for the same
+condition, we can use the "`cl::alias`_" class to make the "``-q``" option an
+**alias** for the "``-quiet``" option, instead of providing a value itself:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::opt<bool> Force ("f", cl::desc("Overwrite output files"));
+ cl::opt<bool> Quiet ("quiet", cl::desc("Don't print informational messages"));
+ cl::alias QuietA("q", cl::desc("Alias for -quiet"), cl::aliasopt(Quiet));
+
+The third line (which is the only one we modified from above) defines a "``-q``"
+alias that updates the "``Quiet``" variable (as specified by the `cl::aliasopt`_
+modifier) whenever it is specified. Because aliases do not hold state, the only
+thing the program has to query is the ``Quiet`` variable now. Another nice
+feature of aliases is that they automatically hide themselves from the ``-help``
+output (although, again, they are still visible in the ``-help-hidden output``).
+
+Now the application code can simply use:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ ...
+ if (!Quiet) printInformationalMessage(...);
+ ...
+
+... which is much nicer! The "`cl::alias`_" can be used to specify an
+alternative name for any variable type, and has many uses.
+
+.. _unnamed alternatives using the generic parser:
+
+Selecting an alternative from a set of possibilities
+----------------------------------------------------
+
+So far we have seen how the CommandLine library handles builtin types like
+``std::string``, ``bool`` and ``int``, but how does it handle things it doesn't
+know about, like enums or '``int*``'s?
+
+The answer is that it uses a table-driven generic parser (unless you specify
+your own parser, as described in the `Extension Guide`_). This parser maps
+literal strings to whatever type is required, and requires you to tell it what
+this mapping should be.
+
+Let's say that we would like to add four optimization levels to our optimizer,
+using the standard flags "``-g``", "``-O0``", "``-O1``", and "``-O2``". We
+could easily implement this with boolean options like above, but there are
+several problems with this strategy:
+
+#. A user could specify more than one of the options at a time, for example,
+ "``compiler -O3 -O2``". The CommandLine library would not be able to catch
+ this erroneous input for us.
+
+#. We would have to test 4 different variables to see which ones are set.
+
+#. This doesn't map to the numeric levels that we want... so we cannot easily
+ see if some level >= "``-O1``" is enabled.
+
+To cope with these problems, we can use an enum value, and have the CommandLine
+library fill it in with the appropriate level directly, which is used like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ enum OptLevel {
+ g, O1, O2, O3
+ };
+
+ cl::opt<OptLevel> OptimizationLevel(cl::desc("Choose optimization level:"),
+ cl::values(
+ clEnumVal(g , "No optimizations, enable debugging"),
+ clEnumVal(O1, "Enable trivial optimizations"),
+ clEnumVal(O2, "Enable default optimizations"),
+ clEnumVal(O3, "Enable expensive optimizations")));
+
+ ...
+ if (OptimizationLevel >= O2) doPartialRedundancyElimination(...);
+ ...
+
+This declaration defines a variable "``OptimizationLevel``" of the
+"``OptLevel``" enum type. This variable can be assigned any of the values that
+are listed in the declaration. The CommandLine library enforces that
+the user can only specify one of the options, and it ensure that only valid enum
+values can be specified. The "``clEnumVal``" macros ensure that the command
+line arguments matched the enum values. With this option added, our help output
+now is:
+
+::
+
+ USAGE: compiler [options] <input file>
+
+ OPTIONS:
+ Choose optimization level:
+ -g - No optimizations, enable debugging
+ -O1 - Enable trivial optimizations
+ -O2 - Enable default optimizations
+ -O3 - Enable expensive optimizations
+ -f - Enable binary output on terminals
+ -help - display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+ -o <filename> - Specify output filename
+ -quiet - Don't print informational messages
+
+In this case, it is sort of awkward that flag names correspond directly to enum
+names, because we probably don't want a enum definition named "``g``" in our
+program. Because of this, we can alternatively write this example like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ enum OptLevel {
+ Debug, O1, O2, O3
+ };
+
+ cl::opt<OptLevel> OptimizationLevel(cl::desc("Choose optimization level:"),
+ cl::values(
+ clEnumValN(Debug, "g", "No optimizations, enable debugging"),
+ clEnumVal(O1 , "Enable trivial optimizations"),
+ clEnumVal(O2 , "Enable default optimizations"),
+ clEnumVal(O3 , "Enable expensive optimizations")));
+
+ ...
+ if (OptimizationLevel == Debug) outputDebugInfo(...);
+ ...
+
+By using the "``clEnumValN``" macro instead of "``clEnumVal``", we can directly
+specify the name that the flag should get. In general a direct mapping is nice,
+but sometimes you can't or don't want to preserve the mapping, which is when you
+would use it.
+
+Named Alternatives
+------------------
+
+Another useful argument form is a named alternative style. We shall use this
+style in our compiler to specify different debug levels that can be used.
+Instead of each debug level being its own switch, we want to support the
+following options, of which only one can be specified at a time:
+"``--debug-level=none``", "``--debug-level=quick``",
+"``--debug-level=detailed``". To do this, we use the exact same format as our
+optimization level flags, but we also specify an option name. For this case,
+the code looks like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ enum DebugLev {
+ nodebuginfo, quick, detailed
+ };
+
+ // Enable Debug Options to be specified on the command line
+ cl::opt<DebugLev> DebugLevel("debug_level", cl::desc("Set the debugging level:"),
+ cl::values(
+ clEnumValN(nodebuginfo, "none", "disable debug information"),
+ clEnumVal(quick, "enable quick debug information"),
+ clEnumVal(detailed, "enable detailed debug information")));
+
+This definition defines an enumerated command line variable of type "``enum
+DebugLev``", which works exactly the same way as before. The difference here is
+just the interface exposed to the user of your program and the help output by
+the "``-help``" option:
+
+::
+
+ USAGE: compiler [options] <input file>
+
+ OPTIONS:
+ Choose optimization level:
+ -g - No optimizations, enable debugging
+ -O1 - Enable trivial optimizations
+ -O2 - Enable default optimizations
+ -O3 - Enable expensive optimizations
+ -debug_level - Set the debugging level:
+ =none - disable debug information
+ =quick - enable quick debug information
+ =detailed - enable detailed debug information
+ -f - Enable binary output on terminals
+ -help - display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+ -o <filename> - Specify output filename
+ -quiet - Don't print informational messages
+
+Again, the only structural difference between the debug level declaration and
+the optimization level declaration is that the debug level declaration includes
+an option name (``"debug_level"``), which automatically changes how the library
+processes the argument. The CommandLine library supports both forms so that you
+can choose the form most appropriate for your application.
+
+.. _lists:
+
+Parsing a list of options
+-------------------------
+
+Now that we have the standard run-of-the-mill argument types out of the way,
+lets get a little wild and crazy. Lets say that we want our optimizer to accept
+a **list** of optimizations to perform, allowing duplicates. For example, we
+might want to run: "``compiler -dce -constprop -inline -dce -strip``". In this
+case, the order of the arguments and the number of appearances is very
+important. This is what the "``cl::list``" template is for. First, start by
+defining an enum of the optimizations that you would like to perform:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ enum Opts {
+ // 'inline' is a C++ keyword, so name it 'inlining'
+ dce, constprop, inlining, strip
+ };
+
+Then define your "``cl::list``" variable:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::list<Opts> OptimizationList(cl::desc("Available Optimizations:"),
+ cl::values(
+ clEnumVal(dce , "Dead Code Elimination"),
+ clEnumVal(constprop , "Constant Propagation"),
+ clEnumValN(inlining, "inline", "Procedure Integration"),
+ clEnumVal(strip , "Strip Symbols")));
+
+This defines a variable that is conceptually of the type
+"``std::vector<enum Opts>``". Thus, you can access it with standard vector
+methods:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i != OptimizationList.size(); ++i)
+ switch (OptimizationList[i])
+ ...
+
+... to iterate through the list of options specified.
+
+Note that the "``cl::list``" template is completely general and may be used with
+any data types or other arguments that you can use with the "``cl::opt``"
+template. One especially useful way to use a list is to capture all of the
+positional arguments together if there may be more than one specified. In the
+case of a linker, for example, the linker takes several '``.o``' files, and
+needs to capture them into a list. This is naturally specified as:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ ...
+ cl::list<std::string> InputFilenames(cl::Positional, cl::desc("<Input files>"), cl::OneOrMore);
+ ...
+
+This variable works just like a "``vector<string>``" object. As such, accessing
+the list is simple, just like above. In this example, we used the
+`cl::OneOrMore`_ modifier to inform the CommandLine library that it is an error
+if the user does not specify any ``.o`` files on our command line. Again, this
+just reduces the amount of checking we have to do.
+
+Collecting options as a set of flags
+------------------------------------
+
+Instead of collecting sets of options in a list, it is also possible to gather
+information for enum values in a **bit vector**. The representation used by the
+`cl::bits`_ class is an ``unsigned`` integer. An enum value is represented by a
+0/1 in the enum's ordinal value bit position. 1 indicating that the enum was
+specified, 0 otherwise. As each specified value is parsed, the resulting enum's
+bit is set in the option's bit vector:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ bits |= 1 << (unsigned)enum;
+
+Options that are specified multiple times are redundant. Any instances after
+the first are discarded.
+
+Reworking the above list example, we could replace `cl::list`_ with `cl::bits`_:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::bits<Opts> OptimizationBits(cl::desc("Available Optimizations:"),
+ cl::values(
+ clEnumVal(dce , "Dead Code Elimination"),
+ clEnumVal(constprop , "Constant Propagation"),
+ clEnumValN(inlining, "inline", "Procedure Integration"),
+ clEnumVal(strip , "Strip Symbols")));
+
+To test to see if ``constprop`` was specified, we can use the ``cl:bits::isSet``
+function:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ if (OptimizationBits.isSet(constprop)) {
+ ...
+ }
+
+It's also possible to get the raw bit vector using the ``cl::bits::getBits``
+function:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ unsigned bits = OptimizationBits.getBits();
+
+Finally, if external storage is used, then the location specified must be of
+**type** ``unsigned``. In all other ways a `cl::bits`_ option is equivalent to a
+`cl::list`_ option.
+
+.. _additional extra text:
+
+Adding freeform text to help output
+-----------------------------------
+
+As our program grows and becomes more mature, we may decide to put summary
+information about what it does into the help output. The help output is styled
+to look similar to a Unix ``man`` page, providing concise information about a
+program. Unix ``man`` pages, however often have a description about what the
+program does. To add this to your CommandLine program, simply pass a third
+argument to the `cl::ParseCommandLineOptions`_ call in main. This additional
+argument is then printed as the overview information for your program, allowing
+you to include any additional information that you want. For example:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
+ cl::ParseCommandLineOptions(argc, argv, " CommandLine compiler example\n\n"
+ " This program blah blah blah...\n");
+ ...
+ }
+
+would yield the help output:
+
+::
+
+ **OVERVIEW: CommandLine compiler example
+
+ This program blah blah blah...**
+
+ USAGE: compiler [options] <input file>
+
+ OPTIONS:
+ ...
+ -help - display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+ -o <filename> - Specify output filename
+
+.. _grouping options into categories:
+
+Grouping options into categories
+--------------------------------
+
+If our program has a large number of options it may become difficult for users
+of our tool to navigate the output of ``-help``. To alleviate this problem we
+can put our options into categories. This can be done by declaring option
+categories (`cl::OptionCategory`_ objects) and then placing our options into
+these categories using the `cl::cat`_ option attribute. For example:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::OptionCategory StageSelectionCat("Stage Selection Options",
+ "These control which stages are run.");
+
+ cl::opt<bool> Preprocessor("E",cl::desc("Run preprocessor stage."),
+ cl::cat(StageSelectionCat));
+
+ cl::opt<bool> NoLink("c",cl::desc("Run all stages except linking."),
+ cl::cat(StageSelectionCat));
+
+The output of ``-help`` will become categorized if an option category is
+declared. The output looks something like ::
+
+ OVERVIEW: This is a small program to demo the LLVM CommandLine API
+ USAGE: Sample [options]
+
+ OPTIONS:
+
+ General options:
+
+ -help - Display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+ -help-list - Display list of available options (-help-list-hidden for more)
+
+
+ Stage Selection Options:
+ These control which stages are run.
+
+ -E - Run preprocessor stage.
+ -c - Run all stages except linking.
+
+In addition to the behaviour of ``-help`` changing when an option category is
+declared, the command line option ``-help-list`` becomes visible which will
+print the command line options as uncategorized list.
+
+Note that Options that are not explicitly categorized will be placed in the
+``cl::GeneralCategory`` category.
+
+.. _Reference Guide:
+
+Reference Guide
+===============
+
+Now that you know the basics of how to use the CommandLine library, this section
+will give you the detailed information you need to tune how command line options
+work, as well as information on more "advanced" command line option processing
+capabilities.
+
+.. _positional:
+.. _positional argument:
+.. _Positional Arguments:
+.. _Positional arguments section:
+.. _positional options:
+
+Positional Arguments
+--------------------
+
+Positional arguments are those arguments that are not named, and are not
+specified with a hyphen. Positional arguments should be used when an option is
+specified by its position alone. For example, the standard Unix ``grep`` tool
+takes a regular expression argument, and an optional filename to search through
+(which defaults to standard input if a filename is not specified). Using the
+CommandLine library, this would be specified as:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::opt<string> Regex (cl::Positional, cl::desc("<regular expression>"), cl::Required);
+ cl::opt<string> Filename(cl::Positional, cl::desc("<input file>"), cl::init("-"));
+
+Given these two option declarations, the ``-help`` output for our grep
+replacement would look like this:
+
+::
+
+ USAGE: spiffygrep [options] <regular expression> <input file>
+
+ OPTIONS:
+ -help - display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+
+... and the resultant program could be used just like the standard ``grep``
+tool.
+
+Positional arguments are sorted by their order of construction. This means that
+command line options will be ordered according to how they are listed in a .cpp
+file, but will not have an ordering defined if the positional arguments are
+defined in multiple .cpp files. The fix for this problem is simply to define
+all of your positional arguments in one .cpp file.
+
+Specifying positional options with hyphens
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Sometimes you may want to specify a value to your positional argument that
+starts with a hyphen (for example, searching for '``-foo``' in a file). At
+first, you will have trouble doing this, because it will try to find an argument
+named '``-foo``', and will fail (and single quotes will not save you). Note
+that the system ``grep`` has the same problem:
+
+::
+
+ $ spiffygrep '-foo' test.txt
+ Unknown command line argument '-foo'. Try: spiffygrep -help'
+
+ $ grep '-foo' test.txt
+ grep: illegal option -- f
+ grep: illegal option -- o
+ grep: illegal option -- o
+ Usage: grep -hblcnsviw pattern file . . .
+
+The solution for this problem is the same for both your tool and the system
+version: use the '``--``' marker. When the user specifies '``--``' on the
+command line, it is telling the program that all options after the '``--``'
+should be treated as positional arguments, not options. Thus, we can use it
+like this:
+
+::
+
+ $ spiffygrep -- -foo test.txt
+ ...output...
+
+Determining absolute position with getPosition()
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Sometimes an option can affect or modify the meaning of another option. For
+example, consider ``gcc``'s ``-x LANG`` option. This tells ``gcc`` to ignore the
+suffix of subsequent positional arguments and force the file to be interpreted
+as if it contained source code in language ``LANG``. In order to handle this
+properly, you need to know the absolute position of each argument, especially
+those in lists, so their interaction(s) can be applied correctly. This is also
+useful for options like ``-llibname`` which is actually a positional argument
+that starts with a dash.
+
+So, generally, the problem is that you have two ``cl::list`` variables that
+interact in some way. To ensure the correct interaction, you can use the
+``cl::list::getPosition(optnum)`` method. This method returns the absolute
+position (as found on the command line) of the ``optnum`` item in the
+``cl::list``.
+
+The idiom for usage is like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ static cl::list<std::string> Files(cl::Positional, cl::OneOrMore);
+ static cl::list<std::string> Libraries("l", cl::ZeroOrMore);
+
+ int main(int argc, char**argv) {
+ // ...
+ std::vector<std::string>::iterator fileIt = Files.begin();
+ std::vector<std::string>::iterator libIt = Libraries.begin();
+ unsigned libPos = 0, filePos = 0;
+ while ( 1 ) {
+ if ( libIt != Libraries.end() )
+ libPos = Libraries.getPosition( libIt - Libraries.begin() );
+ else
+ libPos = 0;
+ if ( fileIt != Files.end() )
+ filePos = Files.getPosition( fileIt - Files.begin() );
+ else
+ filePos = 0;
+
+ if ( filePos != 0 && (libPos == 0 || filePos < libPos) ) {
+ // Source File Is next
+ ++fileIt;
+ }
+ else if ( libPos != 0 && (filePos == 0 || libPos < filePos) ) {
+ // Library is next
+ ++libIt;
+ }
+ else
+ break; // we're done with the list
+ }
+ }
+
+Note that, for compatibility reasons, the ``cl::opt`` also supports an
+``unsigned getPosition()`` option that will provide the absolute position of
+that option. You can apply the same approach as above with a ``cl::opt`` and a
+``cl::list`` option as you can with two lists.
+
+.. _interpreter style options:
+.. _cl::ConsumeAfter:
+.. _this section for more information:
+
+The ``cl::ConsumeAfter`` modifier
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::ConsumeAfter`` `formatting option`_ is used to construct programs that
+use "interpreter style" option processing. With this style of option
+processing, all arguments specified after the last positional argument are
+treated as special interpreter arguments that are not interpreted by the command
+line argument.
+
+As a concrete example, lets say we are developing a replacement for the standard
+Unix Bourne shell (``/bin/sh``). To run ``/bin/sh``, first you specify options
+to the shell itself (like ``-x`` which turns on trace output), then you specify
+the name of the script to run, then you specify arguments to the script. These
+arguments to the script are parsed by the Bourne shell command line option
+processor, but are not interpreted as options to the shell itself. Using the
+CommandLine library, we would specify this as:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::opt<string> Script(cl::Positional, cl::desc("<input script>"), cl::init("-"));
+ cl::list<string> Argv(cl::ConsumeAfter, cl::desc("<program arguments>..."));
+ cl::opt<bool> Trace("x", cl::desc("Enable trace output"));
+
+which automatically provides the help output:
+
+::
+
+ USAGE: spiffysh [options] <input script> <program arguments>...
+
+ OPTIONS:
+ -help - display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+ -x - Enable trace output
+
+At runtime, if we run our new shell replacement as ```spiffysh -x test.sh -a -x
+-y bar``', the ``Trace`` variable will be set to true, the ``Script`` variable
+will be set to "``test.sh``", and the ``Argv`` list will contain ``["-a", "-x",
+"-y", "bar"]``, because they were specified after the last positional argument
+(which is the script name).
+
+There are several limitations to when ``cl::ConsumeAfter`` options can be
+specified. For example, only one ``cl::ConsumeAfter`` can be specified per
+program, there must be at least one `positional argument`_ specified, there must
+not be any `cl::list`_ positional arguments, and the ``cl::ConsumeAfter`` option
+should be a `cl::list`_ option.
+
+.. _can be changed:
+.. _Internal vs External Storage:
+
+Internal vs External Storage
+----------------------------
+
+By default, all command line options automatically hold the value that they
+parse from the command line. This is very convenient in the common case,
+especially when combined with the ability to define command line options in the
+files that use them. This is called the internal storage model.
+
+Sometimes, however, it is nice to separate the command line option processing
+code from the storage of the value parsed. For example, lets say that we have a
+'``-debug``' option that we would like to use to enable debug information across
+the entire body of our program. In this case, the boolean value controlling the
+debug code should be globally accessible (in a header file, for example) yet the
+command line option processing code should not be exposed to all of these
+clients (requiring lots of .cpp files to ``#include CommandLine.h``).
+
+To do this, set up your .h file with your option, like this for example:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ // DebugFlag.h - Get access to the '-debug' command line option
+ //
+
+ // DebugFlag - This boolean is set to true if the '-debug' command line option
+ // is specified. This should probably not be referenced directly, instead, use
+ // the DEBUG macro below.
+ //
+ extern bool DebugFlag;
+
+ // DEBUG macro - This macro should be used by code to emit debug information.
+ // In the '-debug' option is specified on the command line, and if this is a
+ // debug build, then the code specified as the option to the macro will be
+ // executed. Otherwise it will not be.
+ #ifdef NDEBUG
+ #define DEBUG(X)
+ #else
+ #define DEBUG(X) do { if (DebugFlag) { X; } } while (0)
+ #endif
+
+This allows clients to blissfully use the ``DEBUG()`` macro, or the
+``DebugFlag`` explicitly if they want to. Now we just need to be able to set
+the ``DebugFlag`` boolean when the option is set. To do this, we pass an
+additional argument to our command line argument processor, and we specify where
+to fill in with the `cl::location`_ attribute:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ bool DebugFlag; // the actual value
+ static cl::opt<bool, true> // The parser
+ Debug("debug", cl::desc("Enable debug output"), cl::Hidden, cl::location(DebugFlag));
+
+In the above example, we specify "``true``" as the second argument to the
+`cl::opt`_ template, indicating that the template should not maintain a copy of
+the value itself. In addition to this, we specify the `cl::location`_
+attribute, so that ``DebugFlag`` is automatically set.
+
+Option Attributes
+-----------------
+
+This section describes the basic attributes that you can specify on options.
+
+* The option name attribute (which is required for all options, except
+ `positional options`_) specifies what the option name is. This option is
+ specified in simple double quotes:
+
+ .. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::opt<bool> Quiet("quiet");
+
+.. _cl::desc(...):
+
+* The **cl::desc** attribute specifies a description for the option to be
+ shown in the ``-help`` output for the program. This attribute supports
+ multi-line descriptions with lines separated by '\n'.
+
+.. _cl::value_desc:
+
+* The **cl::value_desc** attribute specifies a string that can be used to
+ fine tune the ``-help`` output for a command line option. Look `here`_ for an
+ example.
+
+.. _cl::init:
+
+* The **cl::init** attribute specifies an initial value for a `scalar`_
+ option. If this attribute is not specified then the command line option value
+ defaults to the value created by the default constructor for the
+ type.
+
+ .. warning::
+
+ If you specify both **cl::init** and **cl::location** for an option, you
+ must specify **cl::location** first, so that when the command-line parser
+ sees **cl::init**, it knows where to put the initial value. (You will get an
+ error at runtime if you don't put them in the right order.)
+
+.. _cl::location:
+
+* The **cl::location** attribute where to store the value for a parsed command
+ line option if using external storage. See the section on `Internal vs
+ External Storage`_ for more information.
+
+.. _cl::aliasopt:
+
+* The **cl::aliasopt** attribute specifies which option a `cl::alias`_ option is
+ an alias for.
+
+.. _cl::values:
+
+* The **cl::values** attribute specifies the string-to-value mapping to be used
+ by the generic parser. It takes a list of (option, value, description)
+ triplets that specify the option name, the value mapped to, and the
+ description shown in the ``-help`` for the tool. Because the generic parser
+ is used most frequently with enum values, two macros are often useful:
+
+ #. The **clEnumVal** macro is used as a nice simple way to specify a triplet
+ for an enum. This macro automatically makes the option name be the same as
+ the enum name. The first option to the macro is the enum, the second is
+ the description for the command line option.
+
+ #. The **clEnumValN** macro is used to specify macro options where the option
+ name doesn't equal the enum name. For this macro, the first argument is
+ the enum value, the second is the flag name, and the second is the
+ description.
+
+ You will get a compile time error if you try to use cl::values with a parser
+ that does not support it.
+
+.. _cl::multi_val:
+
+* The **cl::multi_val** attribute specifies that this option takes has multiple
+ values (example: ``-sectalign segname sectname sectvalue``). This attribute
+ takes one unsigned argument - the number of values for the option. This
+ attribute is valid only on ``cl::list`` options (and will fail with compile
+ error if you try to use it with other option types). It is allowed to use all
+ of the usual modifiers on multi-valued options (besides
+ ``cl::ValueDisallowed``, obviously).
+
+.. _cl::cat:
+
+* The **cl::cat** attribute specifies the option category that the option
+ belongs to. The category should be a `cl::OptionCategory`_ object.
+
+Option Modifiers
+----------------
+
+Option modifiers are the flags and expressions that you pass into the
+constructors for `cl::opt`_ and `cl::list`_. These modifiers give you the
+ability to tweak how options are parsed and how ``-help`` output is generated to
+fit your application well.
+
+These options fall into five main categories:
+
+#. Hiding an option from ``-help`` output
+
+#. Controlling the number of occurrences required and allowed
+
+#. Controlling whether or not a value must be specified
+
+#. Controlling other formatting options
+
+#. Miscellaneous option modifiers
+
+It is not possible to specify two options from the same category (you'll get a
+runtime error) to a single option, except for options in the miscellaneous
+category. The CommandLine library specifies defaults for all of these settings
+that are the most useful in practice and the most common, which mean that you
+usually shouldn't have to worry about these.
+
+Hiding an option from ``-help`` output
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::NotHidden``, ``cl::Hidden``, and ``cl::ReallyHidden`` modifiers are
+used to control whether or not an option appears in the ``-help`` and
+``-help-hidden`` output for the compiled program:
+
+.. _cl::NotHidden:
+
+* The **cl::NotHidden** modifier (which is the default for `cl::opt`_ and
+ `cl::list`_ options) indicates the option is to appear in both help
+ listings.
+
+.. _cl::Hidden:
+
+* The **cl::Hidden** modifier (which is the default for `cl::alias`_ options)
+ indicates that the option should not appear in the ``-help`` output, but
+ should appear in the ``-help-hidden`` output.
+
+.. _cl::ReallyHidden:
+
+* The **cl::ReallyHidden** modifier indicates that the option should not appear
+ in any help output.
+
+Controlling the number of occurrences required and allowed
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+This group of options is used to control how many time an option is allowed (or
+required) to be specified on the command line of your program. Specifying a
+value for this setting allows the CommandLine library to do error checking for
+you.
+
+The allowed values for this option group are:
+
+.. _cl::Optional:
+
+* The **cl::Optional** modifier (which is the default for the `cl::opt`_ and
+ `cl::alias`_ classes) indicates that your program will allow either zero or
+ one occurrence of the option to be specified.
+
+.. _cl::ZeroOrMore:
+
+* The **cl::ZeroOrMore** modifier (which is the default for the `cl::list`_
+ class) indicates that your program will allow the option to be specified zero
+ or more times.
+
+.. _cl::Required:
+
+* The **cl::Required** modifier indicates that the specified option must be
+ specified exactly one time.
+
+.. _cl::OneOrMore:
+
+* The **cl::OneOrMore** modifier indicates that the option must be specified at
+ least one time.
+
+* The **cl::ConsumeAfter** modifier is described in the `Positional arguments
+ section`_.
+
+If an option is not specified, then the value of the option is equal to the
+value specified by the `cl::init`_ attribute. If the ``cl::init`` attribute is
+not specified, the option value is initialized with the default constructor for
+the data type.
+
+If an option is specified multiple times for an option of the `cl::opt`_ class,
+only the last value will be retained.
+
+Controlling whether or not a value must be specified
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+This group of options is used to control whether or not the option allows a
+value to be present. In the case of the CommandLine library, a value is either
+specified with an equal sign (e.g. '``-index-depth=17``') or as a trailing
+string (e.g. '``-o a.out``').
+
+The allowed values for this option group are:
+
+.. _cl::ValueOptional:
+
+* The **cl::ValueOptional** modifier (which is the default for ``bool`` typed
+ options) specifies that it is acceptable to have a value, or not. A boolean
+ argument can be enabled just by appearing on the command line, or it can have
+ an explicit '``-foo=true``'. If an option is specified with this mode, it is
+ illegal for the value to be provided without the equal sign. Therefore
+ '``-foo true``' is illegal. To get this behavior, you must use
+ the `cl::ValueRequired`_ modifier.
+
+.. _cl::ValueRequired:
+
+* The **cl::ValueRequired** modifier (which is the default for all other types
+ except for `unnamed alternatives using the generic parser`_) specifies that a
+ value must be provided. This mode informs the command line library that if an
+ option is not provides with an equal sign, that the next argument provided
+ must be the value. This allows things like '``-o a.out``' to work.
+
+.. _cl::ValueDisallowed:
+
+* The **cl::ValueDisallowed** modifier (which is the default for `unnamed
+ alternatives using the generic parser`_) indicates that it is a runtime error
+ for the user to specify a value. This can be provided to disallow users from
+ providing options to boolean options (like '``-foo=true``').
+
+In general, the default values for this option group work just like you would
+want them to. As mentioned above, you can specify the `cl::ValueDisallowed`_
+modifier to a boolean argument to restrict your command line parser. These
+options are mostly useful when `extending the library`_.
+
+.. _formatting option:
+
+Controlling other formatting options
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The formatting option group is used to specify that the command line option has
+special abilities and is otherwise different from other command line arguments.
+As usual, you can only specify one of these arguments at most.
+
+.. _cl::NormalFormatting:
+
+* The **cl::NormalFormatting** modifier (which is the default all options)
+ specifies that this option is "normal".
+
+.. _cl::Positional:
+
+* The **cl::Positional** modifier specifies that this is a positional argument
+ that does not have a command line option associated with it. See the
+ `Positional Arguments`_ section for more information.
+
+* The **cl::ConsumeAfter** modifier specifies that this option is used to
+ capture "interpreter style" arguments. See `this section for more
+ information`_.
+
+.. _prefix:
+.. _cl::Prefix:
+
+* The **cl::Prefix** modifier specifies that this option prefixes its value.
+ With 'Prefix' options, the equal sign does not separate the value from the
+ option name specified. Instead, the value is everything after the prefix,
+ including any equal sign if present. This is useful for processing odd
+ arguments like ``-lmalloc`` and ``-L/usr/lib`` in a linker tool or
+ ``-DNAME=value`` in a compiler tool. Here, the '``l``', '``D``' and '``L``'
+ options are normal string (or list) options, that have the **cl::Prefix**
+ modifier added to allow the CommandLine library to recognize them. Note that
+ **cl::Prefix** options must not have the **cl::ValueDisallowed** modifier
+ specified.
+
+.. _grouping:
+.. _cl::Grouping:
+
+* The **cl::Grouping** modifier is used to implement Unix-style tools (like
+ ``ls``) that have lots of single letter arguments, but only require a single
+ dash. For example, the '``ls -labF``' command actually enables four different
+ options, all of which are single letters. Note that **cl::Grouping** options
+ cannot have values.
+
+The CommandLine library does not restrict how you use the **cl::Prefix** or
+**cl::Grouping** modifiers, but it is possible to specify ambiguous argument
+settings. Thus, it is possible to have multiple letter options that are prefix
+or grouping options, and they will still work as designed.
+
+To do this, the CommandLine library uses a greedy algorithm to parse the input
+option into (potentially multiple) prefix and grouping options. The strategy
+basically looks like this:
+
+::
+
+ parse(string OrigInput) {
+
+ 1. string input = OrigInput;
+ 2. if (isOption(input)) return getOption(input).parse(); // Normal option
+ 3. while (!isOption(input) && !input.empty()) input.pop_back(); // Remove the last letter
+ 4. if (input.empty()) return error(); // No matching option
+ 5. if (getOption(input).isPrefix())
+ return getOption(input).parse(input);
+ 6. while (!input.empty()) { // Must be grouping options
+ getOption(input).parse();
+ OrigInput.erase(OrigInput.begin(), OrigInput.begin()+input.length());
+ input = OrigInput;
+ while (!isOption(input) && !input.empty()) input.pop_back();
+ }
+ 7. if (!OrigInput.empty()) error();
+
+ }
+
+Miscellaneous option modifiers
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The miscellaneous option modifiers are the only flags where you can specify more
+than one flag from the set: they are not mutually exclusive. These flags
+specify boolean properties that modify the option.
+
+.. _cl::CommaSeparated:
+
+* The **cl::CommaSeparated** modifier indicates that any commas specified for an
+ option's value should be used to split the value up into multiple values for
+ the option. For example, these two options are equivalent when
+ ``cl::CommaSeparated`` is specified: "``-foo=a -foo=b -foo=c``" and
+ "``-foo=a,b,c``". This option only makes sense to be used in a case where the
+ option is allowed to accept one or more values (i.e. it is a `cl::list`_
+ option).
+
+.. _cl::PositionalEatsArgs:
+
+* The **cl::PositionalEatsArgs** modifier (which only applies to positional
+ arguments, and only makes sense for lists) indicates that positional argument
+ should consume any strings after it (including strings that start with a "-")
+ up until another recognized positional argument. For example, if you have two
+ "eating" positional arguments, "``pos1``" and "``pos2``", the string "``-pos1
+ -foo -bar baz -pos2 -bork``" would cause the "``-foo -bar -baz``" strings to
+ be applied to the "``-pos1``" option and the "``-bork``" string to be applied
+ to the "``-pos2``" option.
+
+.. _cl::Sink:
+
+* The **cl::Sink** modifier is used to handle unknown options. If there is at
+ least one option with ``cl::Sink`` modifier specified, the parser passes
+ unrecognized option strings to it as values instead of signaling an error. As
+ with ``cl::CommaSeparated``, this modifier only makes sense with a `cl::list`_
+ option.
+
+So far, these are the only three miscellaneous option modifiers.
+
+.. _response files:
+
+Response files
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Some systems, such as certain variants of Microsoft Windows and some older
+Unices have a relatively low limit on command-line length. It is therefore
+customary to use the so-called 'response files' to circumvent this
+restriction. These files are mentioned on the command-line (using the "@file")
+syntax. The program reads these files and inserts the contents into argv,
+thereby working around the command-line length limits.
+
+Top-Level Classes and Functions
+-------------------------------
+
+Despite all of the built-in flexibility, the CommandLine option library really
+only consists of one function `cl::ParseCommandLineOptions`_) and three main
+classes: `cl::opt`_, `cl::list`_, and `cl::alias`_. This section describes
+these three classes in detail.
+
+.. _cl::getRegisteredOptions:
+
+The ``cl::getRegisteredOptions`` function
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::getRegisteredOptions`` function is designed to give a programmer
+access to declared non-positional command line options so that how they appear
+in ``-help`` can be modified prior to calling `cl::ParseCommandLineOptions`_.
+Note this method should not be called during any static initialisation because
+it cannot be guaranteed that all options will have been initialised. Hence it
+should be called from ``main``.
+
+This function can be used to gain access to options declared in libraries that
+the tool writter may not have direct access to.
+
+The function retrieves a :ref:`StringMap <dss_stringmap>` that maps the option
+string (e.g. ``-help``) to an ``Option*``.
+
+Here is an example of how the function could be used:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ using namespace llvm;
+ int main(int argc, char **argv) {
+ cl::OptionCategory AnotherCategory("Some options");
+
+ StringMap<cl::Option*> &Map = cl::getRegisteredOptions();
+
+ //Unhide useful option and put it in a different category
+ assert(Map.count("print-all-options") > 0);
+ Map["print-all-options"]->setHiddenFlag(cl::NotHidden);
+ Map["print-all-options"]->setCategory(AnotherCategory);
+
+ //Hide an option we don't want to see
+ assert(Map.count("enable-no-infs-fp-math") > 0);
+ Map["enable-no-infs-fp-math"]->setHiddenFlag(cl::Hidden);
+
+ //Change --version to --show-version
+ assert(Map.count("version") > 0);
+ Map["version"]->setArgStr("show-version");
+
+ //Change --help description
+ assert(Map.count("help") > 0);
+ Map["help"]->setDescription("Shows help");
+
+ cl::ParseCommandLineOptions(argc, argv, "This is a small program to demo the LLVM CommandLine API");
+ ...
+ }
+
+
+.. _cl::ParseCommandLineOptions:
+
+The ``cl::ParseCommandLineOptions`` function
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::ParseCommandLineOptions`` function is designed to be called directly
+from ``main``, and is used to fill in the values of all of the command line
+option variables once ``argc`` and ``argv`` are available.
+
+The ``cl::ParseCommandLineOptions`` function requires two parameters (``argc``
+and ``argv``), but may also take an optional third parameter which holds
+`additional extra text`_ to emit when the ``-help`` option is invoked.
+
+.. _cl::ParseEnvironmentOptions:
+
+The ``cl::ParseEnvironmentOptions`` function
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::ParseEnvironmentOptions`` function has mostly the same effects as
+`cl::ParseCommandLineOptions`_, except that it is designed to take values for
+options from an environment variable, for those cases in which reading the
+command line is not convenient or desired. It fills in the values of all the
+command line option variables just like `cl::ParseCommandLineOptions`_ does.
+
+It takes four parameters: the name of the program (since ``argv`` may not be
+available, it can't just look in ``argv[0]``), the name of the environment
+variable to examine, and the optional `additional extra text`_ to emit when the
+``-help`` option is invoked.
+
+``cl::ParseEnvironmentOptions`` will break the environment variable's value up
+into words and then process them using `cl::ParseCommandLineOptions`_.
+**Note:** Currently ``cl::ParseEnvironmentOptions`` does not support quoting, so
+an environment variable containing ``-option "foo bar"`` will be parsed as three
+words, ``-option``, ``"foo``, and ``bar"``, which is different from what you
+would get from the shell with the same input.
+
+The ``cl::SetVersionPrinter`` function
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::SetVersionPrinter`` function is designed to be called directly from
+``main`` and *before* ``cl::ParseCommandLineOptions``. Its use is optional. It
+simply arranges for a function to be called in response to the ``--version``
+option instead of having the ``CommandLine`` library print out the usual version
+string for LLVM. This is useful for programs that are not part of LLVM but wish
+to use the ``CommandLine`` facilities. Such programs should just define a small
+function that takes no arguments and returns ``void`` and that prints out
+whatever version information is appropriate for the program. Pass the address of
+that function to ``cl::SetVersionPrinter`` to arrange for it to be called when
+the ``--version`` option is given by the user.
+
+.. _cl::opt:
+.. _scalar:
+
+The ``cl::opt`` class
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::opt`` class is the class used to represent scalar command line
+options, and is the one used most of the time. It is a templated class which
+can take up to three arguments (all except for the first have default values
+though):
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ namespace cl {
+ template <class DataType, bool ExternalStorage = false,
+ class ParserClass = parser<DataType> >
+ class opt;
+ }
+
+The first template argument specifies what underlying data type the command line
+argument is, and is used to select a default parser implementation. The second
+template argument is used to specify whether the option should contain the
+storage for the option (the default) or whether external storage should be used
+to contain the value parsed for the option (see `Internal vs External Storage`_
+for more information).
+
+The third template argument specifies which parser to use. The default value
+selects an instantiation of the ``parser`` class based on the underlying data
+type of the option. In general, this default works well for most applications,
+so this option is only used when using a `custom parser`_.
+
+.. _lists of arguments:
+.. _cl::list:
+
+The ``cl::list`` class
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::list`` class is the class used to represent a list of command line
+options. It too is a templated class which can take up to three arguments:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ namespace cl {
+ template <class DataType, class Storage = bool,
+ class ParserClass = parser<DataType> >
+ class list;
+ }
+
+This class works the exact same as the `cl::opt`_ class, except that the second
+argument is the **type** of the external storage, not a boolean value. For this
+class, the marker type '``bool``' is used to indicate that internal storage
+should be used.
+
+.. _cl::bits:
+
+The ``cl::bits`` class
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::bits`` class is the class used to represent a list of command line
+options in the form of a bit vector. It is also a templated class which can
+take up to three arguments:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ namespace cl {
+ template <class DataType, class Storage = bool,
+ class ParserClass = parser<DataType> >
+ class bits;
+ }
+
+This class works the exact same as the `cl::list`_ class, except that the second
+argument must be of **type** ``unsigned`` if external storage is used.
+
+.. _cl::alias:
+
+The ``cl::alias`` class
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::alias`` class is a nontemplated class that is used to form aliases for
+other arguments.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ namespace cl {
+ class alias;
+ }
+
+The `cl::aliasopt`_ attribute should be used to specify which option this is an
+alias for. Alias arguments default to being `cl::Hidden`_, and use the aliased
+options parser to do the conversion from string to data.
+
+.. _cl::extrahelp:
+
+The ``cl::extrahelp`` class
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::extrahelp`` class is a nontemplated class that allows extra help text
+to be printed out for the ``-help`` option.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ namespace cl {
+ struct extrahelp;
+ }
+
+To use the extrahelp, simply construct one with a ``const char*`` parameter to
+the constructor. The text passed to the constructor will be printed at the
+bottom of the help message, verbatim. Note that multiple ``cl::extrahelp``
+**can** be used, but this practice is discouraged. If your tool needs to print
+additional help information, put all that help into a single ``cl::extrahelp``
+instance.
+
+For example:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ cl::extrahelp("\nADDITIONAL HELP:\n\n This is the extra help\n");
+
+.. _cl::OptionCategory:
+
+The ``cl::OptionCategory`` class
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``cl::OptionCategory`` class is a simple class for declaring
+option categories.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ namespace cl {
+ class OptionCategory;
+ }
+
+An option category must have a name and optionally a description which are
+passed to the constructor as ``const char*``.
+
+Note that declaring an option category and associating it with an option before
+parsing options (e.g. statically) will change the output of ``-help`` from
+uncategorized to categorized. If an option category is declared but not
+associated with an option then it will be hidden from the output of ``-help``
+but will be shown in the output of ``-help-hidden``.
+
+.. _different parser:
+.. _discussed previously:
+
+Builtin parsers
+---------------
+
+Parsers control how the string value taken from the command line is translated
+into a typed value, suitable for use in a C++ program. By default, the
+CommandLine library uses an instance of ``parser<type>`` if the command line
+option specifies that it uses values of type '``type``'. Because of this,
+custom option processing is specified with specializations of the '``parser``'
+class.
+
+The CommandLine library provides the following builtin parser specializations,
+which are sufficient for most applications. It can, however, also be extended to
+work with new data types and new ways of interpreting the same data. See the
+`Writing a Custom Parser`_ for more details on this type of library extension.
+
+.. _enums:
+.. _cl::parser:
+
+* The generic ``parser<t>`` parser can be used to map strings values to any data
+ type, through the use of the `cl::values`_ property, which specifies the
+ mapping information. The most common use of this parser is for parsing enum
+ values, which allows you to use the CommandLine library for all of the error
+ checking to make sure that only valid enum values are specified (as opposed to
+ accepting arbitrary strings). Despite this, however, the generic parser class
+ can be used for any data type.
+
+.. _boolean flags:
+.. _bool parser:
+
+* The **parser<bool> specialization** is used to convert boolean strings to a
+ boolean value. Currently accepted strings are "``true``", "``TRUE``",
+ "``True``", "``1``", "``false``", "``FALSE``", "``False``", and "``0``".
+
+* The **parser<boolOrDefault> specialization** is used for cases where the value
+ is boolean, but we also need to know whether the option was specified at all.
+ boolOrDefault is an enum with 3 values, BOU_UNSET, BOU_TRUE and BOU_FALSE.
+ This parser accepts the same strings as **``parser<bool>``**.
+
+.. _strings:
+
+* The **parser<string> specialization** simply stores the parsed string into the
+ string value specified. No conversion or modification of the data is
+ performed.
+
+.. _integers:
+.. _int:
+
+* The **parser<int> specialization** uses the C ``strtol`` function to parse the
+ string input. As such, it will accept a decimal number (with an optional '+'
+ or '-' prefix) which must start with a non-zero digit. It accepts octal
+ numbers, which are identified with a '``0``' prefix digit, and hexadecimal
+ numbers with a prefix of '``0x``' or '``0X``'.
+
+.. _doubles:
+.. _float:
+.. _double:
+
+* The **parser<double>** and **parser<float> specializations** use the standard
+ C ``strtod`` function to convert floating point strings into floating point
+ values. As such, a broad range of string formats is supported, including
+ exponential notation (ex: ``1.7e15``) and properly supports locales.
+
+.. _Extension Guide:
+.. _extending the library:
+
+Extension Guide
+===============
+
+Although the CommandLine library has a lot of functionality built into it
+already (as discussed previously), one of its true strengths lie in its
+extensibility. This section discusses how the CommandLine library works under
+the covers and illustrates how to do some simple, common, extensions.
+
+.. _Custom parsers:
+.. _custom parser:
+.. _Writing a Custom Parser:
+
+Writing a custom parser
+-----------------------
+
+One of the simplest and most common extensions is the use of a custom parser.
+As `discussed previously`_, parsers are the portion of the CommandLine library
+that turns string input from the user into a particular parsed data type,
+validating the input in the process.
+
+There are two ways to use a new parser:
+
+#. Specialize the `cl::parser`_ template for your custom data type.
+
+ This approach has the advantage that users of your custom data type will
+ automatically use your custom parser whenever they define an option with a
+ value type of your data type. The disadvantage of this approach is that it
+ doesn't work if your fundamental data type is something that is already
+ supported.
+
+#. Write an independent class, using it explicitly from options that need it.
+
+ This approach works well in situations where you would line to parse an
+ option using special syntax for a not-very-special data-type. The drawback
+ of this approach is that users of your parser have to be aware that they are
+ using your parser instead of the builtin ones.
+
+To guide the discussion, we will discuss a custom parser that accepts file
+sizes, specified with an optional unit after the numeric size. For example, we
+would like to parse "102kb", "41M", "1G" into the appropriate integer value. In
+this case, the underlying data type we want to parse into is '``unsigned``'. We
+choose approach #2 above because we don't want to make this the default for all
+``unsigned`` options.
+
+To start out, we declare our new ``FileSizeParser`` class:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ struct FileSizeParser : public cl::parser<unsigned> {
+ // parse - Return true on error.
+ bool parse(cl::Option &O, StringRef ArgName, const std::string &ArgValue,
+ unsigned &Val);
+ };
+
+Our new class inherits from the ``cl::parser`` template class to fill in
+the default, boiler plate code for us. We give it the data type that we parse
+into, the last argument to the ``parse`` method, so that clients of our custom
+parser know what object type to pass in to the parse method. (Here we declare
+that we parse into '``unsigned``' variables.)
+
+For most purposes, the only method that must be implemented in a custom parser
+is the ``parse`` method. The ``parse`` method is called whenever the option is
+invoked, passing in the option itself, the option name, the string to parse, and
+a reference to a return value. If the string to parse is not well-formed, the
+parser should output an error message and return true. Otherwise it should
+return false and set '``Val``' to the parsed value. In our example, we
+implement ``parse`` as:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ bool FileSizeParser::parse(cl::Option &O, StringRef ArgName,
+ const std::string &Arg, unsigned &Val) {
+ const char *ArgStart = Arg.c_str();
+ char *End;
+
+ // Parse integer part, leaving 'End' pointing to the first non-integer char
+ Val = (unsigned)strtol(ArgStart, &End, 0);
+
+ while (1) {
+ switch (*End++) {
+ case 0: return false; // No error
+ case 'i': // Ignore the 'i' in KiB if people use that
+ case 'b': case 'B': // Ignore B suffix
+ break;
+
+ case 'g': case 'G': Val *= 1024*1024*1024; break;
+ case 'm': case 'M': Val *= 1024*1024; break;
+ case 'k': case 'K': Val *= 1024; break;
+
+ default:
+ // Print an error message if unrecognized character!
+ return O.error("'" + Arg + "' value invalid for file size argument!");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+This function implements a very simple parser for the kinds of strings we are
+interested in. Although it has some holes (it allows "``123KKK``" for example),
+it is good enough for this example. Note that we use the option itself to print
+out the error message (the ``error`` method always returns true) in order to get
+a nice error message (shown below). Now that we have our parser class, we can
+use it like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ static cl::opt<unsigned, false, FileSizeParser>
+ MFS("max-file-size", cl::desc("Maximum file size to accept"),
+ cl::value_desc("size"));
+
+Which adds this to the output of our program:
+
+::
+
+ OPTIONS:
+ -help - display available options (-help-hidden for more)
+ ...
+ -max-file-size=<size> - Maximum file size to accept
+
+And we can test that our parse works correctly now (the test program just prints
+out the max-file-size argument value):
+
+::
+
+ $ ./test
+ MFS: 0
+ $ ./test -max-file-size=123MB
+ MFS: 128974848
+ $ ./test -max-file-size=3G
+ MFS: 3221225472
+ $ ./test -max-file-size=dog
+ -max-file-size option: 'dog' value invalid for file size argument!
+
+It looks like it works. The error message that we get is nice and helpful, and
+we seem to accept reasonable file sizes. This wraps up the "custom parser"
+tutorial.
+
+Exploiting external storage
+---------------------------
+
+Several of the LLVM libraries define static ``cl::opt`` instances that will
+automatically be included in any program that links with that library. This is
+a feature. However, sometimes it is necessary to know the value of the command
+line option outside of the library. In these cases the library does or should
+provide an external storage location that is accessible to users of the
+library. Examples of this include the ``llvm::DebugFlag`` exported by the
+``lib/Support/Debug.cpp`` file and the ``llvm::TimePassesIsEnabled`` flag
+exported by the ``lib/VMCore/PassManager.cpp`` file.
+
+.. todo::
+
+ TODO: complete this section
+
+.. _dynamically loaded options:
+
+Dynamically adding command line options
+---------------------------------------
+
+.. todo::
+
+ TODO: fill in this section
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CompileCudaWithLLVM.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CompileCudaWithLLVM.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CompileCudaWithLLVM.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CompileCudaWithLLVM.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
+=========================
+Compiling CUDA with clang
+=========================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document describes how to compile CUDA code with clang, and gives some
+details about LLVM and clang's CUDA implementations.
+
+This document assumes a basic familiarity with CUDA. Information about CUDA
+programming can be found in the
+`CUDA programming guide
+<http://docs.nvidia.com/cuda/cuda-c-programming-guide/index.html>`_.
+
+Compiling CUDA Code
+===================
+
+Prerequisites
+-------------
+
+CUDA is supported in llvm 3.9, but it's still in active development, so we
+recommend you `compile clang/LLVM from HEAD
+<http://llvm.org/docs/GettingStarted.html>`_.
+
+Before you build CUDA code, you'll need to have installed the appropriate
+driver for your nvidia GPU and the CUDA SDK. See `NVIDIA's CUDA installation
+guide <https://docs.nvidia.com/cuda/cuda-installation-guide-linux/index.html>`_
+for details. Note that clang `does not support
+<https://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=26966>`_ the CUDA toolkit as installed
+by many Linux package managers; you probably need to install nvidia's package.
+
+You will need CUDA 7.0, 7.5, or 8.0 to compile with clang.
+
+CUDA compilation is supported on Linux, on MacOS as of 2016-11-18, and on
+Windows as of 2017-01-05.
+
+Invoking clang
+--------------
+
+Invoking clang for CUDA compilation works similarly to compiling regular C++.
+You just need to be aware of a few additional flags.
+
+You can use `this <https://gist.github.com/855e277884eb6b388cd2f00d956c2fd4>`_
+program as a toy example. Save it as ``axpy.cu``. (Clang detects that you're
+compiling CUDA code by noticing that your filename ends with ``.cu``.
+Alternatively, you can pass ``-x cuda``.)
+
+To build and run, run the following commands, filling in the parts in angle
+brackets as described below:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ $ clang++ axpy.cu -o axpy --cuda-gpu-arch=<GPU arch> \
+ -L<CUDA install path>/<lib64 or lib> \
+ -lcudart_static -ldl -lrt -pthread
+ $ ./axpy
+ y[0] = 2
+ y[1] = 4
+ y[2] = 6
+ y[3] = 8
+
+On MacOS, replace `-lcudart_static` with `-lcudart`; otherwise, you may get
+"CUDA driver version is insufficient for CUDA runtime version" errors when you
+run your program.
+
+* ``<CUDA install path>`` -- the directory where you installed CUDA SDK.
+ Typically, ``/usr/local/cuda``.
+
+ Pass e.g. ``-L/usr/local/cuda/lib64`` if compiling in 64-bit mode; otherwise,
+ pass e.g. ``-L/usr/local/cuda/lib``. (In CUDA, the device code and host code
+ always have the same pointer widths, so if you're compiling 64-bit code for
+ the host, you're also compiling 64-bit code for the device.)
+
+* ``<GPU arch>`` -- the `compute capability
+ <https://developer.nvidia.com/cuda-gpus>`_ of your GPU. For example, if you
+ want to run your program on a GPU with compute capability of 3.5, specify
+ ``--cuda-gpu-arch=sm_35``.
+
+ Note: You cannot pass ``compute_XX`` as an argument to ``--cuda-gpu-arch``;
+ only ``sm_XX`` is currently supported. However, clang always includes PTX in
+ its binaries, so e.g. a binary compiled with ``--cuda-gpu-arch=sm_30`` would be
+ forwards-compatible with e.g. ``sm_35`` GPUs.
+
+ You can pass ``--cuda-gpu-arch`` multiple times to compile for multiple archs.
+
+The `-L` and `-l` flags only need to be passed when linking. When compiling,
+you may also need to pass ``--cuda-path=/path/to/cuda`` if you didn't install
+the CUDA SDK into ``/usr/local/cuda``, ``/usr/local/cuda-7.0``, or
+``/usr/local/cuda-7.5``.
+
+Flags that control numerical code
+---------------------------------
+
+If you're using GPUs, you probably care about making numerical code run fast.
+GPU hardware allows for more control over numerical operations than most CPUs,
+but this results in more compiler options for you to juggle.
+
+Flags you may wish to tweak include:
+
+* ``-ffp-contract={on,off,fast}`` (defaults to ``fast`` on host and device when
+ compiling CUDA) Controls whether the compiler emits fused multiply-add
+ operations.
+
+ * ``off``: never emit fma operations, and prevent ptxas from fusing multiply
+ and add instructions.
+ * ``on``: fuse multiplies and adds within a single statement, but never
+ across statements (C11 semantics). Prevent ptxas from fusing other
+ multiplies and adds.
+ * ``fast``: fuse multiplies and adds wherever profitable, even across
+ statements. Doesn't prevent ptxas from fusing additional multiplies and
+ adds.
+
+ Fused multiply-add instructions can be much faster than the unfused
+ equivalents, but because the intermediate result in an fma is not rounded,
+ this flag can affect numerical code.
+
+* ``-fcuda-flush-denormals-to-zero`` (default: off) When this is enabled,
+ floating point operations may flush `denormal
+ <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Denormal_number>`_ inputs and/or outputs to 0.
+ Operations on denormal numbers are often much slower than the same operations
+ on normal numbers.
+
+* ``-fcuda-approx-transcendentals`` (default: off) When this is enabled, the
+ compiler may emit calls to faster, approximate versions of transcendental
+ functions, instead of using the slower, fully IEEE-compliant versions. For
+ example, this flag allows clang to emit the ptx ``sin.approx.f32``
+ instruction.
+
+ This is implied by ``-ffast-math``.
+
+Standard library support
+========================
+
+In clang and nvcc, most of the C++ standard library is not supported on the
+device side.
+
+``<math.h>`` and ``<cmath>``
+----------------------------
+
+In clang, ``math.h`` and ``cmath`` are available and `pass
+<https://github.com/llvm-mirror/test-suite/blob/master/External/CUDA/math_h.cu>`_
+`tests
+<https://github.com/llvm-mirror/test-suite/blob/master/External/CUDA/cmath.cu>`_
+adapted from libc++'s test suite.
+
+In nvcc ``math.h`` and ``cmath`` are mostly available. Versions of ``::foof``
+in namespace std (e.g. ``std::sinf``) are not available, and where the standard
+calls for overloads that take integral arguments, these are usually not
+available.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ #include <math.h>
+ #include <cmath.h>
+
+ // clang is OK with everything in this function.
+ __device__ void test() {
+ std::sin(0.); // nvcc - ok
+ std::sin(0); // nvcc - error, because no std::sin(int) override is available.
+ sin(0); // nvcc - same as above.
+
+ sinf(0.); // nvcc - ok
+ std::sinf(0.); // nvcc - no such function
+ }
+
+``<std::complex>``
+------------------
+
+nvcc does not officially support ``std::complex``. It's an error to use
+``std::complex`` in ``__device__`` code, but it often works in ``__host__
+__device__`` code due to nvcc's interpretation of the "wrong-side rule" (see
+below). However, we have heard from implementers that it's possible to get
+into situations where nvcc will omit a call to an ``std::complex`` function,
+especially when compiling without optimizations.
+
+As of 2016-11-16, clang supports ``std::complex`` without these caveats. It is
+tested with libstdc++ 4.8.5 and newer, but is known to work only with libc++
+newer than 2016-11-16.
+
+``<algorithm>``
+---------------
+
+In C++14, many useful functions from ``<algorithm>`` (notably, ``std::min`` and
+``std::max``) become constexpr. You can therefore use these in device code,
+when compiling with clang.
+
+Detecting clang vs NVCC from code
+=================================
+
+Although clang's CUDA implementation is largely compatible with NVCC's, you may
+still want to detect when you're compiling CUDA code specifically with clang.
+
+This is tricky, because NVCC may invoke clang as part of its own compilation
+process! For example, NVCC uses the host compiler's preprocessor when
+compiling for device code, and that host compiler may in fact be clang.
+
+When clang is actually compiling CUDA code -- rather than being used as a
+subtool of NVCC's -- it defines the ``__CUDA__`` macro. ``__CUDA_ARCH__`` is
+defined only in device mode (but will be defined if NVCC is using clang as a
+preprocessor). So you can use the following incantations to detect clang CUDA
+compilation, in host and device modes:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ #if defined(__clang__) && defined(__CUDA__) && !defined(__CUDA_ARCH__)
+ // clang compiling CUDA code, host mode.
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(__clang__) && defined(__CUDA__) && defined(__CUDA_ARCH__)
+ // clang compiling CUDA code, device mode.
+ #endif
+
+Both clang and nvcc define ``__CUDACC__`` during CUDA compilation. You can
+detect NVCC specifically by looking for ``__NVCC__``.
+
+Dialect Differences Between clang and nvcc
+==========================================
+
+There is no formal CUDA spec, and clang and nvcc speak slightly different
+dialects of the language. Below, we describe some of the differences.
+
+This section is painful; hopefully you can skip this section and live your life
+blissfully unaware.
+
+Compilation Models
+------------------
+
+Most of the differences between clang and nvcc stem from the different
+compilation models used by clang and nvcc. nvcc uses *split compilation*,
+which works roughly as follows:
+
+ * Run a preprocessor over the input ``.cu`` file to split it into two source
+ files: ``H``, containing source code for the host, and ``D``, containing
+ source code for the device.
+
+ * For each GPU architecture ``arch`` that we're compiling for, do:
+
+ * Compile ``D`` using nvcc proper. The result of this is a ``ptx`` file for
+ ``P_arch``.
+
+ * Optionally, invoke ``ptxas``, the PTX assembler, to generate a file,
+ ``S_arch``, containing GPU machine code (SASS) for ``arch``.
+
+ * Invoke ``fatbin`` to combine all ``P_arch`` and ``S_arch`` files into a
+ single "fat binary" file, ``F``.
+
+ * Compile ``H`` using an external host compiler (gcc, clang, or whatever you
+ like). ``F`` is packaged up into a header file which is force-included into
+ ``H``; nvcc generates code that calls into this header to e.g. launch
+ kernels.
+
+clang uses *merged parsing*. This is similar to split compilation, except all
+of the host and device code is present and must be semantically-correct in both
+compilation steps.
+
+ * For each GPU architecture ``arch`` that we're compiling for, do:
+
+ * Compile the input ``.cu`` file for device, using clang. ``__host__`` code
+ is parsed and must be semantically correct, even though we're not
+ generating code for the host at this time.
+
+ The output of this step is a ``ptx`` file ``P_arch``.
+
+ * Invoke ``ptxas`` to generate a SASS file, ``S_arch``. Note that, unlike
+ nvcc, clang always generates SASS code.
+
+ * Invoke ``fatbin`` to combine all ``P_arch`` and ``S_arch`` files into a
+ single fat binary file, ``F``.
+
+ * Compile ``H`` using clang. ``__device__`` code is parsed and must be
+ semantically correct, even though we're not generating code for the device
+ at this time.
+
+ ``F`` is passed to this compilation, and clang includes it in a special ELF
+ section, where it can be found by tools like ``cuobjdump``.
+
+(You may ask at this point, why does clang need to parse the input file
+multiple times? Why not parse it just once, and then use the AST to generate
+code for the host and each device architecture?
+
+Unfortunately this can't work because we have to define different macros during
+host compilation and during device compilation for each GPU architecture.)
+
+clang's approach allows it to be highly robust to C++ edge cases, as it doesn't
+need to decide at an early stage which declarations to keep and which to throw
+away. But it has some consequences you should be aware of.
+
+Overloading Based on ``__host__`` and ``__device__`` Attributes
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Let "H", "D", and "HD" stand for "``__host__`` functions", "``__device__``
+functions", and "``__host__ __device__`` functions", respectively. Functions
+with no attributes behave the same as H.
+
+nvcc does not allow you to create H and D functions with the same signature:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ // nvcc: error - function "foo" has already been defined
+ __host__ void foo() {}
+ __device__ void foo() {}
+
+However, nvcc allows you to "overload" H and D functions with different
+signatures:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ // nvcc: no error
+ __host__ void foo(int) {}
+ __device__ void foo() {}
+
+In clang, the ``__host__`` and ``__device__`` attributes are part of a
+function's signature, and so it's legal to have H and D functions with
+(otherwise) the same signature:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ // clang: no error
+ __host__ void foo() {}
+ __device__ void foo() {}
+
+HD functions cannot be overloaded by H or D functions with the same signature:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ // nvcc: error - function "foo" has already been defined
+ // clang: error - redefinition of 'foo'
+ __host__ __device__ void foo() {}
+ __device__ void foo() {}
+
+ // nvcc: no error
+ // clang: no error
+ __host__ __device__ void bar(int) {}
+ __device__ void bar() {}
+
+When resolving an overloaded function, clang considers the host/device
+attributes of the caller and callee. These are used as a tiebreaker during
+overload resolution. See `IdentifyCUDAPreference
+<http://clang.llvm.org/doxygen/SemaCUDA_8cpp.html>`_ for the full set of rules,
+but at a high level they are:
+
+ * D functions prefer to call other Ds. HDs are given lower priority.
+
+ * Similarly, H functions prefer to call other Hs, or ``__global__`` functions
+ (with equal priority). HDs are given lower priority.
+
+ * HD functions prefer to call other HDs.
+
+ When compiling for device, HDs will call Ds with lower priority than HD, and
+ will call Hs with still lower priority. If it's forced to call an H, the
+ program is malformed if we emit code for this HD function. We call this the
+ "wrong-side rule", see example below.
+
+ The rules are symmetrical when compiling for host.
+
+Some examples:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ __host__ void foo();
+ __device__ void foo();
+
+ __host__ void bar();
+ __host__ __device__ void bar();
+
+ __host__ void test_host() {
+ foo(); // calls H overload
+ bar(); // calls H overload
+ }
+
+ __device__ void test_device() {
+ foo(); // calls D overload
+ bar(); // calls HD overload
+ }
+
+ __host__ __device__ void test_hd() {
+ foo(); // calls H overload when compiling for host, otherwise D overload
+ bar(); // always calls HD overload
+ }
+
+Wrong-side rule example:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ __host__ void host_only();
+
+ // We don't codegen inline functions unless they're referenced by a
+ // non-inline function. inline_hd1() is called only from the host side, so
+ // does not generate an error. inline_hd2() is called from the device side,
+ // so it generates an error.
+ inline __host__ __device__ void inline_hd1() { host_only(); } // no error
+ inline __host__ __device__ void inline_hd2() { host_only(); } // error
+
+ __host__ void host_fn() { inline_hd1(); }
+ __device__ void device_fn() { inline_hd2(); }
+
+ // This function is not inline, so it's always codegen'ed on both the host
+ // and the device. Therefore, it generates an error.
+ __host__ __device__ void not_inline_hd() { host_only(); }
+
+For the purposes of the wrong-side rule, templated functions also behave like
+``inline`` functions: They aren't codegen'ed unless they're instantiated
+(usually as part of the process of invoking them).
+
+clang's behavior with respect to the wrong-side rule matches nvcc's, except
+nvcc only emits a warning for ``not_inline_hd``; device code is allowed to call
+``not_inline_hd``. In its generated code, nvcc may omit ``not_inline_hd``'s
+call to ``host_only`` entirely, or it may try to generate code for
+``host_only`` on the device. What you get seems to depend on whether or not
+the compiler chooses to inline ``host_only``.
+
+Member functions, including constructors, may be overloaded using H and D
+attributes. However, destructors cannot be overloaded.
+
+Using a Different Class on Host/Device
+--------------------------------------
+
+Occasionally you may want to have a class with different host/device versions.
+
+If all of the class's members are the same on the host and device, you can just
+provide overloads for the class's member functions.
+
+However, if you want your class to have different members on host/device, you
+won't be able to provide working H and D overloads in both classes. In this
+case, clang is likely to be unhappy with you.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ #ifdef __CUDA_ARCH__
+ struct S {
+ __device__ void foo() { /* use device_only */ }
+ int device_only;
+ };
+ #else
+ struct S {
+ __host__ void foo() { /* use host_only */ }
+ double host_only;
+ };
+
+ __device__ void test() {
+ S s;
+ // clang generates an error here, because during host compilation, we
+ // have ifdef'ed away the __device__ overload of S::foo(). The __device__
+ // overload must be present *even during host compilation*.
+ S.foo();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+We posit that you don't really want to have classes with different members on H
+and D. For example, if you were to pass one of these as a parameter to a
+kernel, it would have a different layout on H and D, so would not work
+properly.
+
+To make code like this compatible with clang, we recommend you separate it out
+into two classes. If you need to write code that works on both host and
+device, consider writing an overloaded wrapper function that returns different
+types on host and device.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ struct HostS { ... };
+ struct DeviceS { ... };
+
+ __host__ HostS MakeStruct() { return HostS(); }
+ __device__ DeviceS MakeStruct() { return DeviceS(); }
+
+ // Now host and device code can call MakeStruct().
+
+Unfortunately, this idiom isn't compatible with nvcc, because it doesn't allow
+you to overload based on the H/D attributes. Here's an idiom that works with
+both clang and nvcc:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ struct HostS { ... };
+ struct DeviceS { ... };
+
+ #ifdef __NVCC__
+ #ifndef __CUDA_ARCH__
+ __host__ HostS MakeStruct() { return HostS(); }
+ #else
+ __device__ DeviceS MakeStruct() { return DeviceS(); }
+ #endif
+ #else
+ __host__ HostS MakeStruct() { return HostS(); }
+ __device__ DeviceS MakeStruct() { return DeviceS(); }
+ #endif
+
+ // Now host and device code can call MakeStruct().
+
+Hopefully you don't have to do this sort of thing often.
+
+Optimizations
+=============
+
+Modern CPUs and GPUs are architecturally quite different, so code that's fast
+on a CPU isn't necessarily fast on a GPU. We've made a number of changes to
+LLVM to make it generate good GPU code. Among these changes are:
+
+* `Straight-line scalar optimizations <https://goo.gl/4Rb9As>`_ -- These
+ reduce redundancy within straight-line code.
+
+* `Aggressive speculative execution
+ <http://llvm.org/docs/doxygen/html/SpeculativeExecution_8cpp_source.html>`_
+ -- This is mainly for promoting straight-line scalar optimizations, which are
+ most effective on code along dominator paths.
+
+* `Memory space inference
+ <http://llvm.org/doxygen/NVPTXInferAddressSpaces_8cpp_source.html>`_ --
+ In PTX, we can operate on pointers that are in a paricular "address space"
+ (global, shared, constant, or local), or we can operate on pointers in the
+ "generic" address space, which can point to anything. Operations in a
+ non-generic address space are faster, but pointers in CUDA are not explicitly
+ annotated with their address space, so it's up to LLVM to infer it where
+ possible.
+
+* `Bypassing 64-bit divides
+ <http://llvm.org/docs/doxygen/html/BypassSlowDivision_8cpp_source.html>`_ --
+ This was an existing optimization that we enabled for the PTX backend.
+
+ 64-bit integer divides are much slower than 32-bit ones on NVIDIA GPUs.
+ Many of the 64-bit divides in our benchmarks have a divisor and dividend
+ which fit in 32-bits at runtime. This optimization provides a fast path for
+ this common case.
+
+* Aggressive loop unrooling and function inlining -- Loop unrolling and
+ function inlining need to be more aggressive for GPUs than for CPUs because
+ control flow transfer in GPU is more expensive. More aggressive unrolling and
+ inlining also promote other optimizations, such as constant propagation and
+ SROA, which sometimes speed up code by over 10x.
+
+ (Programmers can force unrolling and inline using clang's `loop unrolling pragmas
+ <http://clang.llvm.org/docs/AttributeReference.html#pragma-unroll-pragma-nounroll>`_
+ and ``__attribute__((always_inline))``.)
+
+Publication
+===========
+
+The team at Google published a paper in CGO 2016 detailing the optimizations
+they'd made to clang/LLVM. Note that "gpucc" is no longer a meaningful name:
+The relevant tools are now just vanilla clang/LLVM.
+
+| `gpucc: An Open-Source GPGPU Compiler <http://dl.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=2854041>`_
+| Jingyue Wu, Artem Belevich, Eli Bendersky, Mark Heffernan, Chris Leary, Jacques Pienaar, Bjarke Roune, Rob Springer, Xuetian Weng, Robert Hundt
+| *Proceedings of the 2016 International Symposium on Code Generation and Optimization (CGO 2016)*
+|
+| `Slides from the CGO talk <http://wujingyue.com/docs/gpucc-talk.pdf>`_
+|
+| `Tutorial given at CGO <http://wujingyue.com/docs/gpucc-tutorial.pdf>`_
+
+Obtaining Help
+==============
+
+To obtain help on LLVM in general and its CUDA support, see `the LLVM
+community <http://llvm.org/docs/#mailing-lists>`_.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CompilerWriterInfo.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CompilerWriterInfo.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CompilerWriterInfo.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CompilerWriterInfo.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+========================================================
+Architecture & Platform Information for Compiler Writers
+========================================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+.. note::
+
+ This document is a work-in-progress. Additions and clarifications are
+ welcome.
+
+Hardware
+========
+
+AArch64 & ARM
+-------------
+
+* `ARMv8-A Architecture Reference Manual <http://infocenter.arm.com/help/index.jsp?topic=/com.arm.doc.ddi0487a.h/index.html>`_ (authentication required, free sign-up). This document covers both AArch64 and ARM instructions
+
+* `ARMv7-M Architecture Reference Manual <http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ddi0403e.b/index.html>`_ (authentication required, free sign-up). This covers the Thumb2-only microcontrollers
+
+* `ARMv6-M Architecture Reference Manual <http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ddi0419c/index.html>`_ (authentication required, free sign-up). This covers the Thumb1-only microcontrollers
+
+* `ARM C Language Extensions <http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0053c/IHI0053C_acle_2_0.pdf>`_
+
+* AArch32 `ABI Addenda and Errata <http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0045d/IHI0045D_ABI_addenda.pdf>`_
+
+Itanium (ia64)
+--------------
+
+* `Itanium documentation <http://developer.intel.com/design/itanium2/documentation.htm>`_
+
+Lanai
+-----
+
+* `Lanai Instruction Set Architecture <http://g.co/lanai/isa>`_
+
+
+MIPS
+----
+
+* `MIPS Processor Architecture <https://imgtec.com/mips/architectures/>`_
+
+* `MIPS 64-bit ELF Object File Specification <http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf>`_
+
+PowerPC
+-------
+
+IBM - Official manuals and docs
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+* `Power Instruction Set Architecture, Versions 2.03 through 2.06 (authentication required, free sign-up) <https://www.power.org/technology-introduction/standards-specifications>`_
+
+* `PowerPC Compiler Writer's Guide <http://www.ibm.com/chips/techlib/techlib.nsf/techdocs/852569B20050FF7785256996007558C6>`_
+
+* `Intro to PowerPC Architecture <http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-powarch/>`_
+
+* `PowerPC Processor Manuals (embedded) <http://www.ibm.com/chips/techlib/techlib.nsf/products/PowerPC>`_
+
+* `Various IBM specifications and white papers <https://www.power.org/documentation/?document_company=105&document_category=all&publish_year=all&grid_order=DESC&grid_sort=title>`_
+
+* `IBM AIX/5L for POWER Assembly Reference <http://publibn.boulder.ibm.com/doc_link/en_US/a_doc_lib/aixassem/alangref/alangreftfrm.htm>`_
+
+Other documents, collections, notes
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+* `PowerPC ABI documents <http://penguinppc.org/dev/#library>`_
+* `PowerPC64 alignment of long doubles (from GCC) <http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-09/msg00997.html>`_
+* `Long branch stubs for powerpc64-linux (from binutils) <http://sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2002-04/msg00573.html>`_
+
+AMDGPU
+------
+
+Refer to :doc:`AMDGPUUsage` for additional documentation.
+
+RISC-V
+------
+* `RISC-V User-Level ISA Specification <https://riscv.org/specifications/>`_
+
+SPARC
+-----
+
+* `SPARC standards <http://sparc.org/standards>`_
+* `SPARC V9 ABI <http://sparc.org/standards/64.psabi.1.35.ps.Z>`_
+* `SPARC V8 ABI <http://sparc.org/standards/psABI3rd.pdf>`_
+
+SystemZ
+-------
+
+* `z/Architecture Principles of Operation (registration required, free sign-up) <http://www-01.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=isg2b9de5f05a9d57819852571c500428f9a>`_
+
+X86
+---
+
+* `AMD processor manuals <http://developer.amd.com/resources/developer-guides-manuals/>`_
+* `Intel 64 and IA-32 manuals <http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/processors/architectures-software-developer-manuals.html>`_
+* `Intel Itanium documentation <http://www.intel.com/design/itanium/documentation.htm?iid=ipp_srvr_proc_itanium2+techdocs>`_
+* `X86 and X86-64 SysV psABI <https://github.com/hjl-tools/x86-psABI/wiki/X86-psABI>`_
+* `Calling conventions for different C++ compilers and operating systems <http://www.agner.org/optimize/calling_conventions.pdf>`_
+
+XCore
+-----
+
+* `The XMOS XS1 Architecture (ISA) <https://www.xmos.com/en/download/public/The-XMOS-XS1-Architecture%28X7879A%29.pdf>`_
+* `Tools Development Guide (includes ABI) <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>`_
+
+Hexagon
+-------
+
+* `Hexagon Programmer's Reference Manuals and Hexagon ABI Specification (registration required, free sign-up) <https://developer.qualcomm.com/software/hexagon-dsp-sdk/tools>`_
+
+Other relevant lists
+--------------------
+
+* `GCC reading list <http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html>`_
+
+ABI
+===
+
+* `System V Application Binary Interface <http://www.sco.com/developers/gabi/latest/contents.html>`_
+* `Itanium C++ ABI <http://itanium-cxx-abi.github.io/cxx-abi/>`_
+
+Linux
+-----
+
+* `Linux extensions to gabi <https://github.com/hjl-tools/linux-abi/wiki/Linux-Extensions-to-gABI>`_
+* `PowerPC 64-bit ELF ABI Supplement <http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/>`_
+* `Procedure Call Standard for the AArch64 Architecture <http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0055a/IHI0055A_aapcs64.pdf>`_
+* `ELF for the ARM Architecture <http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0044e/IHI0044E_aaelf.pdf>`_
+* `ELF for the ARM 64-bit Architecture (AArch64) <http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0056a/IHI0056A_aaelf64.pdf>`_
+* `System z ELF ABI Supplement <http://legacy.redhat.com/pub/redhat/linux/7.1/es/os/s390x/doc/lzsabi0.pdf>`_
+
+OS X
+----
+
+* `Mach-O Runtime Architecture <http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Darwin/RuntimeArchitecture-date.html>`_
+* `Notes on Mach-O ABI <http://www.unsanity.org/archives/000044.php>`_
+
+Windows
+-------
+
+* `Microsoft PE/COFF Specification <http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/system/platform/firmware/pecoff.mspx>`_
+
+NVPTX
+=====
+
+* `CUDA Documentation <http://docs.nvidia.com/cuda/index.html>`_ includes the PTX
+ ISA and Driver API documentation
+
+Miscellaneous Resources
+=======================
+
+* `Executable File Format library <http://www.nondot.org/sabre/os/articles/ExecutableFileFormats/>`_
+
+* `GCC prefetch project <http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/prefetch.html>`_ page has a
+ good survey of the prefetching capabilities of a variety of modern
+ processors.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Coroutines.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Coroutines.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Coroutines.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Coroutines.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,1293 @@
+=====================================
+Coroutines in LLVM
+=====================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+ :depth: 3
+
+.. warning::
+ This is a work in progress. Compatibility across LLVM releases is not
+ guaranteed.
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+.. _coroutine handle:
+
+LLVM coroutines are functions that have one or more `suspend points`_.
+When a suspend point is reached, the execution of a coroutine is suspended and
+control is returned back to its caller. A suspended coroutine can be resumed
+to continue execution from the last suspend point or it can be destroyed.
+
+In the following example, we call function `f` (which may or may not be a
+coroutine itself) that returns a handle to a suspended coroutine
+(**coroutine handle**) that is used by `main` to resume the coroutine twice and
+then destroy it:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define i32 @main() {
+ entry:
+ %hdl = call i8* @f(i32 4)
+ call void @llvm.coro.resume(i8* %hdl)
+ call void @llvm.coro.resume(i8* %hdl)
+ call void @llvm.coro.destroy(i8* %hdl)
+ ret i32 0
+ }
+
+.. _coroutine frame:
+
+In addition to the function stack frame which exists when a coroutine is
+executing, there is an additional region of storage that contains objects that
+keep the coroutine state when a coroutine is suspended. This region of storage
+is called **coroutine frame**. It is created when a coroutine is called and
+destroyed when a coroutine runs to completion or destroyed by a call to
+the `coro.destroy`_ intrinsic.
+
+An LLVM coroutine is represented as an LLVM function that has calls to
+`coroutine intrinsics`_ defining the structure of the coroutine.
+After lowering, a coroutine is split into several
+functions that represent three different ways of how control can enter the
+coroutine:
+
+1. a ramp function, which represents an initial invocation of the coroutine that
+ creates the coroutine frame and executes the coroutine code until it
+ encounters a suspend point or reaches the end of the function;
+
+2. a coroutine resume function that is invoked when the coroutine is resumed;
+
+3. a coroutine destroy function that is invoked when the coroutine is destroyed.
+
+.. note:: Splitting out resume and destroy functions are just one of the
+ possible ways of lowering the coroutine. We chose it for initial
+ implementation as it matches closely the mental model and results in
+ reasonably nice code.
+
+Coroutines by Example
+=====================
+
+Coroutine Representation
+------------------------
+
+Let's look at an example of an LLVM coroutine with the behavior sketched
+by the following pseudo-code.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ void *f(int n) {
+ for(;;) {
+ print(n++);
+ <suspend> // returns a coroutine handle on first suspend
+ }
+ }
+
+This coroutine calls some function `print` with value `n` as an argument and
+suspends execution. Every time this coroutine resumes, it calls `print` again with an argument one bigger than the last time. This coroutine never completes by itself and must be destroyed explicitly. If we use this coroutine with
+a `main` shown in the previous section. It will call `print` with values 4, 5
+and 6 after which the coroutine will be destroyed.
+
+The LLVM IR for this coroutine looks like this:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define i8* @f(i32 %n) {
+ entry:
+ %id = call token @llvm.coro.id(i32 0, i8* null, i8* null, i8* null)
+ %size = call i32 @llvm.coro.size.i32()
+ %alloc = call i8* @malloc(i32 %size)
+ %hdl = call noalias i8* @llvm.coro.begin(token %id, i8* %alloc)
+ br label %loop
+ loop:
+ %n.val = phi i32 [ %n, %entry ], [ %inc, %loop ]
+ %inc = add nsw i32 %n.val, 1
+ call void @print(i32 %n.val)
+ %0 = call i8 @llvm.coro.suspend(token none, i1 false)
+ switch i8 %0, label %suspend [i8 0, label %loop
+ i8 1, label %cleanup]
+ cleanup:
+ %mem = call i8* @llvm.coro.free(token %id, i8* %hdl)
+ call void @free(i8* %mem)
+ br label %suspend
+ suspend:
+ %unused = call i1 @llvm.coro.end(i8* %hdl, i1 false)
+ ret i8* %hdl
+ }
+
+The `entry` block establishes the coroutine frame. The `coro.size`_ intrinsic is
+lowered to a constant representing the size required for the coroutine frame.
+The `coro.begin`_ intrinsic initializes the coroutine frame and returns the
+coroutine handle. The second parameter of `coro.begin` is given a block of memory
+to be used if the coroutine frame needs to be allocated dynamically.
+The `coro.id`_ intrinsic serves as coroutine identity useful in cases when the
+`coro.begin`_ intrinsic get duplicated by optimization passes such as
+jump-threading.
+
+The `cleanup` block destroys the coroutine frame. The `coro.free`_ intrinsic,
+given the coroutine handle, returns a pointer of the memory block to be freed or
+`null` if the coroutine frame was not allocated dynamically. The `cleanup`
+block is entered when coroutine runs to completion by itself or destroyed via
+call to the `coro.destroy`_ intrinsic.
+
+The `suspend` block contains code to be executed when coroutine runs to
+completion or suspended. The `coro.end`_ intrinsic marks the point where
+a coroutine needs to return control back to the caller if it is not an initial
+invocation of the coroutine.
+
+The `loop` blocks represents the body of the coroutine. The `coro.suspend`_
+intrinsic in combination with the following switch indicates what happens to
+control flow when a coroutine is suspended (default case), resumed (case 0) or
+destroyed (case 1).
+
+Coroutine Transformation
+------------------------
+
+One of the steps of coroutine lowering is building the coroutine frame. The
+def-use chains are analyzed to determine which objects need be kept alive across
+suspend points. In the coroutine shown in the previous section, use of virtual register
+`%n.val` is separated from the definition by a suspend point, therefore, it
+cannot reside on the stack frame since the latter goes away once the coroutine
+is suspended and control is returned back to the caller. An i32 slot is
+allocated in the coroutine frame and `%n.val` is spilled and reloaded from that
+slot as needed.
+
+We also store addresses of the resume and destroy functions so that the
+`coro.resume` and `coro.destroy` intrinsics can resume and destroy the coroutine
+when its identity cannot be determined statically at compile time. For our
+example, the coroutine frame will be:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ %f.frame = type { void (%f.frame*)*, void (%f.frame*)*, i32 }
+
+After resume and destroy parts are outlined, function `f` will contain only the
+code responsible for creation and initialization of the coroutine frame and
+execution of the coroutine until a suspend point is reached:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define i8* @f(i32 %n) {
+ entry:
+ %id = call token @llvm.coro.id(i32 0, i8* null, i8* null, i8* null)
+ %alloc = call noalias i8* @malloc(i32 24)
+ %0 = call noalias i8* @llvm.coro.begin(token %id, i8* %alloc)
+ %frame = bitcast i8* %0 to %f.frame*
+ %1 = getelementptr %f.frame, %f.frame* %frame, i32 0, i32 0
+ store void (%f.frame*)* @f.resume, void (%f.frame*)** %1
+ %2 = getelementptr %f.frame, %f.frame* %frame, i32 0, i32 1
+ store void (%f.frame*)* @f.destroy, void (%f.frame*)** %2
+
+ %inc = add nsw i32 %n, 1
+ %inc.spill.addr = getelementptr inbounds %f.Frame, %f.Frame* %FramePtr, i32 0, i32 2
+ store i32 %inc, i32* %inc.spill.addr
+ call void @print(i32 %n)
+
+ ret i8* %frame
+ }
+
+Outlined resume part of the coroutine will reside in function `f.resume`:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define internal fastcc void @f.resume(%f.frame* %frame.ptr.resume) {
+ entry:
+ %inc.spill.addr = getelementptr %f.frame, %f.frame* %frame.ptr.resume, i64 0, i32 2
+ %inc.spill = load i32, i32* %inc.spill.addr, align 4
+ %inc = add i32 %n.val, 1
+ store i32 %inc, i32* %inc.spill.addr, align 4
+ tail call void @print(i32 %inc)
+ ret void
+ }
+
+Whereas function `f.destroy` will contain the cleanup code for the coroutine:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define internal fastcc void @f.destroy(%f.frame* %frame.ptr.destroy) {
+ entry:
+ %0 = bitcast %f.frame* %frame.ptr.destroy to i8*
+ tail call void @free(i8* %0)
+ ret void
+ }
+
+Avoiding Heap Allocations
+-------------------------
+
+A particular coroutine usage pattern, which is illustrated by the `main`
+function in the overview section, where a coroutine is created, manipulated and
+destroyed by the same calling function, is common for coroutines implementing
+RAII idiom and is suitable for allocation elision optimization which avoid
+dynamic allocation by storing the coroutine frame as a static `alloca` in its
+caller.
+
+In the entry block, we will call `coro.alloc`_ intrinsic that will return `true`
+when dynamic allocation is required, and `false` if dynamic allocation is
+elided.
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ entry:
+ %id = call token @llvm.coro.id(i32 0, i8* null, i8* null, i8* null)
+ %need.dyn.alloc = call i1 @llvm.coro.alloc(token %id)
+ br i1 %need.dyn.alloc, label %dyn.alloc, label %coro.begin
+ dyn.alloc:
+ %size = call i32 @llvm.coro.size.i32()
+ %alloc = call i8* @CustomAlloc(i32 %size)
+ br label %coro.begin
+ coro.begin:
+ %phi = phi i8* [ null, %entry ], [ %alloc, %dyn.alloc ]
+ %hdl = call noalias i8* @llvm.coro.begin(token %id, i8* %phi)
+
+In the cleanup block, we will make freeing the coroutine frame conditional on
+`coro.free`_ intrinsic. If allocation is elided, `coro.free`_ returns `null`
+thus skipping the deallocation code:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ cleanup:
+ %mem = call i8* @llvm.coro.free(token %id, i8* %hdl)
+ %need.dyn.free = icmp ne i8* %mem, null
+ br i1 %need.dyn.free, label %dyn.free, label %if.end
+ dyn.free:
+ call void @CustomFree(i8* %mem)
+ br label %if.end
+ if.end:
+ ...
+
+With allocations and deallocations represented as described as above, after
+coroutine heap allocation elision optimization, the resulting main will be:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define i32 @main() {
+ entry:
+ call void @print(i32 4)
+ call void @print(i32 5)
+ call void @print(i32 6)
+ ret i32 0
+ }
+
+Multiple Suspend Points
+-----------------------
+
+Let's consider the coroutine that has more than one suspend point:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ void *f(int n) {
+ for(;;) {
+ print(n++);
+ <suspend>
+ print(-n);
+ <suspend>
+ }
+ }
+
+Matching LLVM code would look like (with the rest of the code remaining the same
+as the code in the previous section):
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ loop:
+ %n.addr = phi i32 [ %n, %entry ], [ %inc, %loop.resume ]
+ call void @print(i32 %n.addr) #4
+ %2 = call i8 @llvm.coro.suspend(token none, i1 false)
+ switch i8 %2, label %suspend [i8 0, label %loop.resume
+ i8 1, label %cleanup]
+ loop.resume:
+ %inc = add nsw i32 %n.addr, 1
+ %sub = xor i32 %n.addr, -1
+ call void @print(i32 %sub)
+ %3 = call i8 @llvm.coro.suspend(token none, i1 false)
+ switch i8 %3, label %suspend [i8 0, label %loop
+ i8 1, label %cleanup]
+
+In this case, the coroutine frame would include a suspend index that will
+indicate at which suspend point the coroutine needs to resume. The resume
+function will use an index to jump to an appropriate basic block and will look
+as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define internal fastcc void @f.Resume(%f.Frame* %FramePtr) {
+ entry.Resume:
+ %index.addr = getelementptr inbounds %f.Frame, %f.Frame* %FramePtr, i64 0, i32 2
+ %index = load i8, i8* %index.addr, align 1
+ %switch = icmp eq i8 %index, 0
+ %n.addr = getelementptr inbounds %f.Frame, %f.Frame* %FramePtr, i64 0, i32 3
+ %n = load i32, i32* %n.addr, align 4
+ br i1 %switch, label %loop.resume, label %loop
+
+ loop.resume:
+ %sub = xor i32 %n, -1
+ call void @print(i32 %sub)
+ br label %suspend
+ loop:
+ %inc = add nsw i32 %n, 1
+ store i32 %inc, i32* %n.addr, align 4
+ tail call void @print(i32 %inc)
+ br label %suspend
+
+ suspend:
+ %storemerge = phi i8 [ 0, %loop ], [ 1, %loop.resume ]
+ store i8 %storemerge, i8* %index.addr, align 1
+ ret void
+ }
+
+If different cleanup code needs to get executed for different suspend points,
+a similar switch will be in the `f.destroy` function.
+
+.. note ::
+
+ Using suspend index in a coroutine state and having a switch in `f.resume` and
+ `f.destroy` is one of the possible implementation strategies. We explored
+ another option where a distinct `f.resume1`, `f.resume2`, etc. are created for
+ every suspend point, and instead of storing an index, the resume and destroy
+ function pointers are updated at every suspend. Early testing showed that the
+ current approach is easier on the optimizer than the latter so it is a
+ lowering strategy implemented at the moment.
+
+Distinct Save and Suspend
+-------------------------
+
+In the previous example, setting a resume index (or some other state change that
+needs to happen to prepare a coroutine for resumption) happens at the same time as
+a suspension of a coroutine. However, in certain cases, it is necessary to control
+when coroutine is prepared for resumption and when it is suspended.
+
+In the following example, a coroutine represents some activity that is driven
+by completions of asynchronous operations `async_op1` and `async_op2` which get
+a coroutine handle as a parameter and resume the coroutine once async
+operation is finished.
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ void g() {
+ for (;;)
+ if (cond()) {
+ async_op1(<coroutine-handle>); // will resume once async_op1 completes
+ <suspend>
+ do_one();
+ }
+ else {
+ async_op2(<coroutine-handle>); // will resume once async_op2 completes
+ <suspend>
+ do_two();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+In this case, coroutine should be ready for resumption prior to a call to
+`async_op1` and `async_op2`. The `coro.save`_ intrinsic is used to indicate a
+point when coroutine should be ready for resumption (namely, when a resume index
+should be stored in the coroutine frame, so that it can be resumed at the
+correct resume point):
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ if.true:
+ %save1 = call token @llvm.coro.save(i8* %hdl)
+ call void @async_op1(i8* %hdl)
+ %suspend1 = call i1 @llvm.coro.suspend(token %save1, i1 false)
+ switch i8 %suspend1, label %suspend [i8 0, label %resume1
+ i8 1, label %cleanup]
+ if.false:
+ %save2 = call token @llvm.coro.save(i8* %hdl)
+ call void @async_op2(i8* %hdl)
+ %suspend2 = call i1 @llvm.coro.suspend(token %save2, i1 false)
+ switch i8 %suspend1, label %suspend [i8 0, label %resume2
+ i8 1, label %cleanup]
+
+.. _coroutine promise:
+
+Coroutine Promise
+-----------------
+
+A coroutine author or a frontend may designate a distinguished `alloca` that can
+be used to communicate with the coroutine. This distinguished alloca is called
+**coroutine promise** and is provided as the second parameter to the
+`coro.id`_ intrinsic.
+
+The following coroutine designates a 32 bit integer `promise` and uses it to
+store the current value produced by a coroutine.
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define i8* @f(i32 %n) {
+ entry:
+ %promise = alloca i32
+ %pv = bitcast i32* %promise to i8*
+ %id = call token @llvm.coro.id(i32 0, i8* %pv, i8* null, i8* null)
+ %need.dyn.alloc = call i1 @llvm.coro.alloc(token %id)
+ br i1 %need.dyn.alloc, label %dyn.alloc, label %coro.begin
+ dyn.alloc:
+ %size = call i32 @llvm.coro.size.i32()
+ %alloc = call i8* @malloc(i32 %size)
+ br label %coro.begin
+ coro.begin:
+ %phi = phi i8* [ null, %entry ], [ %alloc, %dyn.alloc ]
+ %hdl = call noalias i8* @llvm.coro.begin(token %id, i8* %phi)
+ br label %loop
+ loop:
+ %n.val = phi i32 [ %n, %coro.begin ], [ %inc, %loop ]
+ %inc = add nsw i32 %n.val, 1
+ store i32 %n.val, i32* %promise
+ %0 = call i8 @llvm.coro.suspend(token none, i1 false)
+ switch i8 %0, label %suspend [i8 0, label %loop
+ i8 1, label %cleanup]
+ cleanup:
+ %mem = call i8* @llvm.coro.free(token %id, i8* %hdl)
+ call void @free(i8* %mem)
+ br label %suspend
+ suspend:
+ %unused = call i1 @llvm.coro.end(i8* %hdl, i1 false)
+ ret i8* %hdl
+ }
+
+A coroutine consumer can rely on the `coro.promise`_ intrinsic to access the
+coroutine promise.
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define i32 @main() {
+ entry:
+ %hdl = call i8* @f(i32 4)
+ %promise.addr.raw = call i8* @llvm.coro.promise(i8* %hdl, i32 4, i1 false)
+ %promise.addr = bitcast i8* %promise.addr.raw to i32*
+ %val0 = load i32, i32* %promise.addr
+ call void @print(i32 %val0)
+ call void @llvm.coro.resume(i8* %hdl)
+ %val1 = load i32, i32* %promise.addr
+ call void @print(i32 %val1)
+ call void @llvm.coro.resume(i8* %hdl)
+ %val2 = load i32, i32* %promise.addr
+ call void @print(i32 %val2)
+ call void @llvm.coro.destroy(i8* %hdl)
+ ret i32 0
+ }
+
+After example in this section is compiled, result of the compilation will be:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define i32 @main() {
+ entry:
+ tail call void @print(i32 4)
+ tail call void @print(i32 5)
+ tail call void @print(i32 6)
+ ret i32 0
+ }
+
+.. _final:
+.. _final suspend:
+
+Final Suspend
+-------------
+
+A coroutine author or a frontend may designate a particular suspend to be final,
+by setting the second argument of the `coro.suspend`_ intrinsic to `true`.
+Such a suspend point has two properties:
+
+* it is possible to check whether a suspended coroutine is at the final suspend
+ point via `coro.done`_ intrinsic;
+
+* a resumption of a coroutine stopped at the final suspend point leads to
+ undefined behavior. The only possible action for a coroutine at a final
+ suspend point is destroying it via `coro.destroy`_ intrinsic.
+
+From the user perspective, the final suspend point represents an idea of a
+coroutine reaching the end. From the compiler perspective, it is an optimization
+opportunity for reducing number of resume points (and therefore switch cases) in
+the resume function.
+
+The following is an example of a function that keeps resuming the coroutine
+until the final suspend point is reached after which point the coroutine is
+destroyed:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define i32 @main() {
+ entry:
+ %hdl = call i8* @f(i32 4)
+ br label %while
+ while:
+ call void @llvm.coro.resume(i8* %hdl)
+ %done = call i1 @llvm.coro.done(i8* %hdl)
+ br i1 %done, label %end, label %while
+ end:
+ call void @llvm.coro.destroy(i8* %hdl)
+ ret i32 0
+ }
+
+Usually, final suspend point is a frontend injected suspend point that does not
+correspond to any explicitly authored suspend point of the high level language.
+For example, for a Python generator that has only one suspend point:
+
+.. code-block:: python
+
+ def coroutine(n):
+ for i in range(n):
+ yield i
+
+Python frontend would inject two more suspend points, so that the actual code
+looks like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ void* coroutine(int n) {
+ int current_value;
+ <designate current_value to be coroutine promise>
+ <SUSPEND> // injected suspend point, so that the coroutine starts suspended
+ for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
+ current_value = i; <SUSPEND>; // corresponds to "yield i"
+ }
+ <SUSPEND final=true> // injected final suspend point
+ }
+
+and python iterator `__next__` would look like:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ int __next__(void* hdl) {
+ coro.resume(hdl);
+ if (coro.done(hdl)) throw StopIteration();
+ return *(int*)coro.promise(hdl, 4, false);
+ }
+
+Intrinsics
+==========
+
+Coroutine Manipulation Intrinsics
+---------------------------------
+
+Intrinsics described in this section are used to manipulate an existing
+coroutine. They can be used in any function which happen to have a pointer
+to a `coroutine frame`_ or a pointer to a `coroutine promise`_.
+
+.. _coro.destroy:
+
+'llvm.coro.destroy' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Syntax:
+"""""""
+
+::
+
+ declare void @llvm.coro.destroy(i8* <handle>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.destroy``' intrinsic destroys a suspended
+coroutine.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The argument is a coroutine handle to a suspended coroutine.
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+When possible, the `coro.destroy` intrinsic is replaced with a direct call to
+the coroutine destroy function. Otherwise it is replaced with an indirect call
+based on the function pointer for the destroy function stored in the coroutine
+frame. Destroying a coroutine that is not suspended leads to undefined behavior.
+
+.. _coro.resume:
+
+'llvm.coro.resume' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+::
+
+ declare void @llvm.coro.resume(i8* <handle>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.resume``' intrinsic resumes a suspended coroutine.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The argument is a handle to a suspended coroutine.
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+When possible, the `coro.resume` intrinsic is replaced with a direct call to the
+coroutine resume function. Otherwise it is replaced with an indirect call based
+on the function pointer for the resume function stored in the coroutine frame.
+Resuming a coroutine that is not suspended leads to undefined behavior.
+
+.. _coro.done:
+
+'llvm.coro.done' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+::
+
+ declare i1 @llvm.coro.done(i8* <handle>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.done``' intrinsic checks whether a suspended coroutine is at
+the final suspend point or not.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The argument is a handle to a suspended coroutine.
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+Using this intrinsic on a coroutine that does not have a `final suspend`_ point
+or on a coroutine that is not suspended leads to undefined behavior.
+
+.. _coro.promise:
+
+'llvm.coro.promise' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+::
+
+ declare i8* @llvm.coro.promise(i8* <ptr>, i32 <alignment>, i1 <from>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.promise``' intrinsic obtains a pointer to a
+`coroutine promise`_ given a coroutine handle and vice versa.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The first argument is a handle to a coroutine if `from` is false. Otherwise,
+it is a pointer to a coroutine promise.
+
+The second argument is an alignment requirements of the promise.
+If a frontend designated `%promise = alloca i32` as a promise, the alignment
+argument to `coro.promise` should be the alignment of `i32` on the target
+platform. If a frontend designated `%promise = alloca i32, align 16` as a
+promise, the alignment argument should be 16.
+This argument only accepts constants.
+
+The third argument is a boolean indicating a direction of the transformation.
+If `from` is true, the intrinsic returns a coroutine handle given a pointer
+to a promise. If `from` is false, the intrinsics return a pointer to a promise
+from a coroutine handle. This argument only accepts constants.
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+Using this intrinsic on a coroutine that does not have a coroutine promise
+leads to undefined behavior. It is possible to read and modify coroutine
+promise of the coroutine which is currently executing. The coroutine author and
+a coroutine user are responsible to makes sure there is no data races.
+
+Example:
+""""""""
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define i8* @f(i32 %n) {
+ entry:
+ %promise = alloca i32
+ %pv = bitcast i32* %promise to i8*
+ ; the second argument to coro.id points to the coroutine promise.
+ %id = call token @llvm.coro.id(i32 0, i8* %pv, i8* null, i8* null)
+ ...
+ %hdl = call noalias i8* @llvm.coro.begin(token %id, i8* %alloc)
+ ...
+ store i32 42, i32* %promise ; store something into the promise
+ ...
+ ret i8* %hdl
+ }
+
+ define i32 @main() {
+ entry:
+ %hdl = call i8* @f(i32 4) ; starts the coroutine and returns its handle
+ %promise.addr.raw = call i8* @llvm.coro.promise(i8* %hdl, i32 4, i1 false)
+ %promise.addr = bitcast i8* %promise.addr.raw to i32*
+ %val = load i32, i32* %promise.addr ; load a value from the promise
+ call void @print(i32 %val)
+ call void @llvm.coro.destroy(i8* %hdl)
+ ret i32 0
+ }
+
+.. _coroutine intrinsics:
+
+Coroutine Structure Intrinsics
+------------------------------
+Intrinsics described in this section are used within a coroutine to describe
+the coroutine structure. They should not be used outside of a coroutine.
+
+.. _coro.size:
+
+'llvm.coro.size' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+::
+
+ declare i32 @llvm.coro.size.i32()
+ declare i64 @llvm.coro.size.i64()
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.size``' intrinsic returns the number of bytes
+required to store a `coroutine frame`_.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+None
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+The `coro.size` intrinsic is lowered to a constant representing the size of
+the coroutine frame.
+
+.. _coro.begin:
+
+'llvm.coro.begin' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+::
+
+ declare i8* @llvm.coro.begin(token <id>, i8* <mem>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.begin``' intrinsic returns an address of the coroutine frame.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The first argument is a token returned by a call to '``llvm.coro.id``'
+identifying the coroutine.
+
+The second argument is a pointer to a block of memory where coroutine frame
+will be stored if it is allocated dynamically.
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+Depending on the alignment requirements of the objects in the coroutine frame
+and/or on the codegen compactness reasons the pointer returned from `coro.begin`
+may be at offset to the `%mem` argument. (This could be beneficial if
+instructions that express relative access to data can be more compactly encoded
+with small positive and negative offsets).
+
+A frontend should emit exactly one `coro.begin` intrinsic per coroutine.
+
+.. _coro.free:
+
+'llvm.coro.free' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+::
+
+ declare i8* @llvm.coro.free(token %id, i8* <frame>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.free``' intrinsic returns a pointer to a block of memory where
+coroutine frame is stored or `null` if this instance of a coroutine did not use
+dynamically allocated memory for its coroutine frame.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The first argument is a token returned by a call to '``llvm.coro.id``'
+identifying the coroutine.
+
+The second argument is a pointer to the coroutine frame. This should be the same
+pointer that was returned by prior `coro.begin` call.
+
+Example (custom deallocation function):
+"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ cleanup:
+ %mem = call i8* @llvm.coro.free(token %id, i8* %frame)
+ %mem_not_null = icmp ne i8* %mem, null
+ br i1 %mem_not_null, label %if.then, label %if.end
+ if.then:
+ call void @CustomFree(i8* %mem)
+ br label %if.end
+ if.end:
+ ret void
+
+Example (standard deallocation functions):
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ cleanup:
+ %mem = call i8* @llvm.coro.free(token %id, i8* %frame)
+ call void @free(i8* %mem)
+ ret void
+
+.. _coro.alloc:
+
+'llvm.coro.alloc' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+::
+
+ declare i1 @llvm.coro.alloc(token <id>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.alloc``' intrinsic returns `true` if dynamic allocation is
+required to obtain a memory for the coroutine frame and `false` otherwise.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The first argument is a token returned by a call to '``llvm.coro.id``'
+identifying the coroutine.
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+A frontend should emit at most one `coro.alloc` intrinsic per coroutine.
+The intrinsic is used to suppress dynamic allocation of the coroutine frame
+when possible.
+
+Example:
+""""""""
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ entry:
+ %id = call token @llvm.coro.id(i32 0, i8* null, i8* null, i8* null)
+ %dyn.alloc.required = call i1 @llvm.coro.alloc(token %id)
+ br i1 %dyn.alloc.required, label %coro.alloc, label %coro.begin
+
+ coro.alloc:
+ %frame.size = call i32 @llvm.coro.size()
+ %alloc = call i8* @MyAlloc(i32 %frame.size)
+ br label %coro.begin
+
+ coro.begin:
+ %phi = phi i8* [ null, %entry ], [ %alloc, %coro.alloc ]
+ %frame = call i8* @llvm.coro.begin(token %id, i8* %phi)
+
+.. _coro.frame:
+
+'llvm.coro.frame' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+::
+
+ declare i8* @llvm.coro.frame()
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.frame``' intrinsic returns an address of the coroutine frame of
+the enclosing coroutine.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+None
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+This intrinsic is lowered to refer to the `coro.begin`_ instruction. This is
+a frontend convenience intrinsic that makes it easier to refer to the
+coroutine frame.
+
+.. _coro.id:
+
+'llvm.coro.id' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+::
+
+ declare token @llvm.coro.id(i32 <align>, i8* <promise>, i8* <coroaddr>,
+ i8* <fnaddrs>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.id``' intrinsic returns a token identifying a coroutine.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The first argument provides information on the alignment of the memory returned
+by the allocation function and given to `coro.begin` by the first argument. If
+this argument is 0, the memory is assumed to be aligned to 2 * sizeof(i8*).
+This argument only accepts constants.
+
+The second argument, if not `null`, designates a particular alloca instruction
+to be a `coroutine promise`_.
+
+The third argument is `null` coming out of the frontend. The CoroEarly pass sets
+this argument to point to the function this coro.id belongs to.
+
+The fourth argument is `null` before coroutine is split, and later is replaced
+to point to a private global constant array containing function pointers to
+outlined resume and destroy parts of the coroutine.
+
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+The purpose of this intrinsic is to tie together `coro.id`, `coro.alloc` and
+`coro.begin` belonging to the same coroutine to prevent optimization passes from
+duplicating any of these instructions unless entire body of the coroutine is
+duplicated.
+
+A frontend should emit exactly one `coro.id` intrinsic per coroutine.
+
+.. _coro.end:
+
+'llvm.coro.end' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+::
+
+ declare i1 @llvm.coro.end(i8* <handle>, i1 <unwind>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.end``' marks the point where execution of the resume part of
+the coroutine should end and control should return to the caller.
+
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The first argument should refer to the coroutine handle of the enclosing
+coroutine. A frontend is allowed to supply null as the first parameter, in this
+case `coro-early` pass will replace the null with an appropriate coroutine
+handle value.
+
+The second argument should be `true` if this coro.end is in the block that is
+part of the unwind sequence leaving the coroutine body due to an exception and
+`false` otherwise.
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+The purpose of this intrinsic is to allow frontends to mark the cleanup and
+other code that is only relevant during the initial invocation of the coroutine
+and should not be present in resume and destroy parts.
+
+This intrinsic is lowered when a coroutine is split into
+the start, resume and destroy parts. In the start part, it is a no-op,
+in resume and destroy parts, it is replaced with `ret void` instruction and
+the rest of the block containing `coro.end` instruction is discarded.
+In landing pads it is replaced with an appropriate instruction to unwind to
+caller. The handling of coro.end differs depending on whether the target is
+using landingpad or WinEH exception model.
+
+For landingpad based exception model, it is expected that frontend uses the
+`coro.end`_ intrinsic as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ ehcleanup:
+ %InResumePart = call i1 @llvm.coro.end(i8* null, i1 true)
+ br i1 %InResumePart, label %eh.resume, label %cleanup.cont
+
+ cleanup.cont:
+ ; rest of the cleanup
+
+ eh.resume:
+ %exn = load i8*, i8** %exn.slot, align 8
+ %sel = load i32, i32* %ehselector.slot, align 4
+ %lpad.val = insertvalue { i8*, i32 } undef, i8* %exn, 0
+ %lpad.val29 = insertvalue { i8*, i32 } %lpad.val, i32 %sel, 1
+ resume { i8*, i32 } %lpad.val29
+
+The `CoroSpit` pass replaces `coro.end` with ``True`` in the resume functions,
+thus leading to immediate unwind to the caller, whereas in start function it
+is replaced with ``False``, thus allowing to proceed to the rest of the cleanup
+code that is only needed during initial invocation of the coroutine.
+
+For Windows Exception handling model, a frontend should attach a funclet bundle
+referring to an enclosing cleanuppad as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ ehcleanup:
+ %tok = cleanuppad within none []
+ %unused = call i1 @llvm.coro.end(i8* null, i1 true) [ "funclet"(token %tok) ]
+ cleanupret from %tok unwind label %RestOfTheCleanup
+
+The `CoroSplit` pass, if the funclet bundle is present, will insert
+``cleanupret from %tok unwind to caller`` before
+the `coro.end`_ intrinsic and will remove the rest of the block.
+
+The following table summarizes the handling of `coro.end`_ intrinsic.
+
++--------------------------+-------------------+-------------------------------+
+| | In Start Function | In Resume/Destroy Functions |
++--------------------------+-------------------+-------------------------------+
+|unwind=false | nothing |``ret void`` |
++------------+-------------+-------------------+-------------------------------+
+| | WinEH | nothing |``cleanupret unwind to caller``|
+|unwind=true +-------------+-------------------+-------------------------------+
+| | Landingpad | nothing | nothing |
++------------+-------------+-------------------+-------------------------------+
+
+.. _coro.suspend:
+.. _suspend points:
+
+'llvm.coro.suspend' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+::
+
+ declare i8 @llvm.coro.suspend(token <save>, i1 <final>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.suspend``' marks the point where execution of the coroutine
+need to get suspended and control returned back to the caller.
+Conditional branches consuming the result of this intrinsic lead to basic blocks
+where coroutine should proceed when suspended (-1), resumed (0) or destroyed
+(1).
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The first argument refers to a token of `coro.save` intrinsic that marks the
+point when coroutine state is prepared for suspension. If `none` token is passed,
+the intrinsic behaves as if there were a `coro.save` immediately preceding
+the `coro.suspend` intrinsic.
+
+The second argument indicates whether this suspension point is `final`_.
+The second argument only accepts constants. If more than one suspend point is
+designated as final, the resume and destroy branches should lead to the same
+basic blocks.
+
+Example (normal suspend point):
+"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ %0 = call i8 @llvm.coro.suspend(token none, i1 false)
+ switch i8 %0, label %suspend [i8 0, label %resume
+ i8 1, label %cleanup]
+
+Example (final suspend point):
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ while.end:
+ %s.final = call i8 @llvm.coro.suspend(token none, i1 true)
+ switch i8 %s.final, label %suspend [i8 0, label %trap
+ i8 1, label %cleanup]
+ trap:
+ call void @llvm.trap()
+ unreachable
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+If a coroutine that was suspended at the suspend point marked by this intrinsic
+is resumed via `coro.resume`_ the control will transfer to the basic block
+of the 0-case. If it is resumed via `coro.destroy`_, it will proceed to the
+basic block indicated by the 1-case. To suspend, coroutine proceed to the
+default label.
+
+If suspend intrinsic is marked as final, it can consider the `true` branch
+unreachable and can perform optimizations that can take advantage of that fact.
+
+.. _coro.save:
+
+'llvm.coro.save' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+::
+
+ declare token @llvm.coro.save(i8* <handle>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.save``' marks the point where a coroutine need to update its
+state to prepare for resumption to be considered suspended (and thus eligible
+for resumption).
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The first argument points to a coroutine handle of the enclosing coroutine.
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+Whatever coroutine state changes are required to enable resumption of
+the coroutine from the corresponding suspend point should be done at the point
+of `coro.save` intrinsic.
+
+Example:
+""""""""
+
+Separate save and suspend points are necessary when a coroutine is used to
+represent an asynchronous control flow driven by callbacks representing
+completions of asynchronous operations.
+
+In such a case, a coroutine should be ready for resumption prior to a call to
+`async_op` function that may trigger resumption of a coroutine from the same or
+a different thread possibly prior to `async_op` call returning control back
+to the coroutine:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ %save1 = call token @llvm.coro.save(i8* %hdl)
+ call void @async_op1(i8* %hdl)
+ %suspend1 = call i1 @llvm.coro.suspend(token %save1, i1 false)
+ switch i8 %suspend1, label %suspend [i8 0, label %resume1
+ i8 1, label %cleanup]
+
+.. _coro.param:
+
+'llvm.coro.param' Intrinsic
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+::
+
+ declare i1 @llvm.coro.param(i8* <original>, i8* <copy>)
+
+Overview:
+"""""""""
+
+The '``llvm.coro.param``' is used by a frontend to mark up the code used to
+construct and destruct copies of the parameters. If the optimizer discovers that
+a particular parameter copy is not used after any suspends, it can remove the
+construction and destruction of the copy by replacing corresponding coro.param
+with `i1 false` and replacing any use of the `copy` with the `original`.
+
+Arguments:
+""""""""""
+
+The first argument points to an `alloca` storing the value of a parameter to a
+coroutine.
+
+The second argument points to an `alloca` storing the value of the copy of that
+parameter.
+
+Semantics:
+""""""""""
+
+The optimizer is free to always replace this intrinsic with `i1 true`.
+
+The optimizer is also allowed to replace it with `i1 false` provided that the
+parameter copy is only used prior to control flow reaching any of the suspend
+points. The code that would be DCE'd if the `coro.param` is replaced with
+`i1 false` is not considered to be a use of the parameter copy.
+
+The frontend can emit this intrinsic if its language rules allow for this
+optimization.
+
+Example:
+""""""""
+Consider the following example. A coroutine takes two parameters `a` and `b`
+that has a destructor and a move constructor.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ struct A { ~A(); A(A&&); bool foo(); void bar(); };
+
+ task<int> f(A a, A b) {
+ if (a.foo())
+ return 42;
+
+ a.bar();
+ co_await read_async(); // introduces suspend point
+ b.bar();
+ }
+
+Note that, uses of `b` is used after a suspend point and thus must be copied
+into a coroutine frame, whereas `a` does not have to, since it never used
+after suspend.
+
+A frontend can create parameter copies for `a` and `b` as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ task<int> f(A a', A b') {
+ a = alloca A;
+ b = alloca A;
+ // move parameters to its copies
+ if (coro.param(a', a)) A::A(a, A&& a');
+ if (coro.param(b', b)) A::A(b, A&& b');
+ ...
+ // destroy parameters copies
+ if (coro.param(a', a)) A::~A(a);
+ if (coro.param(b', b)) A::~A(b);
+ }
+
+The optimizer can replace coro.param(a',a) with `i1 false` and replace all uses
+of `a` with `a'`, since it is not used after suspend.
+
+The optimizer must replace coro.param(b', b) with `i1 true`, since `b` is used
+after suspend and therefore, it has to reside in the coroutine frame.
+
+Coroutine Transformation Passes
+===============================
+CoroEarly
+---------
+The pass CoroEarly lowers coroutine intrinsics that hide the details of the
+structure of the coroutine frame, but, otherwise not needed to be preserved to
+help later coroutine passes. This pass lowers `coro.frame`_, `coro.done`_,
+and `coro.promise`_ intrinsics.
+
+.. _CoroSplit:
+
+CoroSplit
+---------
+The pass CoroSplit buides coroutine frame and outlines resume and destroy parts
+into separate functions.
+
+CoroElide
+---------
+The pass CoroElide examines if the inlined coroutine is eligible for heap
+allocation elision optimization. If so, it replaces
+`coro.begin` intrinsic with an address of a coroutine frame placed on its caller
+and replaces `coro.alloc` and `coro.free` intrinsics with `false` and `null`
+respectively to remove the deallocation code.
+This pass also replaces `coro.resume` and `coro.destroy` intrinsics with direct
+calls to resume and destroy functions for a particular coroutine where possible.
+
+CoroCleanup
+-----------
+This pass runs late to lower all coroutine related intrinsics not replaced by
+earlier passes.
+
+Areas Requiring Attention
+=========================
+#. A coroutine frame is bigger than it could be. Adding stack packing and stack
+ coloring like optimization on the coroutine frame will result in tighter
+ coroutine frames.
+
+#. Take advantage of the lifetime intrinsics for the data that goes into the
+ coroutine frame. Leave lifetime intrinsics as is for the data that stays in
+ allocas.
+
+#. The CoroElide optimization pass relies on coroutine ramp function to be
+ inlined. It would be beneficial to split the ramp function further to
+ increase the chance that it will get inlined into its caller.
+
+#. Design a convention that would make it possible to apply coroutine heap
+ elision optimization across ABI boundaries.
+
+#. Cannot handle coroutines with `inalloca` parameters (used in x86 on Windows).
+
+#. Alignment is ignored by coro.begin and coro.free intrinsics.
+
+#. Make required changes to make sure that coroutine optimizations work with
+ LTO.
+
+#. More tests, more tests, more tests
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CoverageMappingFormat.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CoverageMappingFormat.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CoverageMappingFormat.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/CoverageMappingFormat.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
+.. role:: raw-html(raw)
+ :format: html
+
+=================================
+LLVM Code Coverage Mapping Format
+=================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+LLVM's code coverage mapping format is used to provide code coverage
+analysis using LLVM's and Clang's instrumenation based profiling
+(Clang's ``-fprofile-instr-generate`` option).
+
+This document is aimed at those who use LLVM's code coverage mapping to provide
+code coverage analysis for their own programs, and for those who would like
+to know how it works under the hood. A prior knowledge of how Clang's profile
+guided optimization works is useful, but not required.
+
+We start by showing how to use LLVM and Clang for code coverage analysis,
+then we briefly describe LLVM's code coverage mapping format and the
+way that Clang and LLVM's code coverage tool work with this format. After
+the basics are down, more advanced features of the coverage mapping format
+are discussed - such as the data structures, LLVM IR representation and
+the binary encoding.
+
+Quick Start
+===========
+
+Here's a short story that describes how to generate code coverage overview
+for a sample source file called *test.c*.
+
+* First, compile an instrumented version of your program using Clang's
+ ``-fprofile-instr-generate`` option with the additional ``-fcoverage-mapping``
+ option:
+
+ ``clang -o test -fprofile-instr-generate -fcoverage-mapping test.c``
+* Then, run the instrumented binary. The runtime will produce a file called
+ *default.profraw* containing the raw profile instrumentation data:
+
+ ``./test``
+* After that, merge the profile data using the *llvm-profdata* tool:
+
+ ``llvm-profdata merge -o test.profdata default.profraw``
+* Finally, run LLVM's code coverage tool (*llvm-cov*) to produce the code
+ coverage overview for the sample source file:
+
+ ``llvm-cov show ./test -instr-profile=test.profdata test.c``
+
+High Level Overview
+===================
+
+LLVM's code coverage mapping format is designed to be a self contained
+data format, that can be embedded into the LLVM IR and object files.
+It's described in this document as a **mapping** format because its goal is
+to store the data that is required for a code coverage tool to map between
+the specific source ranges in a file and the execution counts obtained
+after running the instrumented version of the program.
+
+The mapping data is used in two places in the code coverage process:
+
+1. When clang compiles a source file with ``-fcoverage-mapping``, it
+ generates the mapping information that describes the mapping between the
+ source ranges and the profiling instrumentation counters.
+ This information gets embedded into the LLVM IR and conveniently
+ ends up in the final executable file when the program is linked.
+
+2. It is also used by *llvm-cov* - the mapping information is extracted from an
+ object file and is used to associate the execution counts (the values of the
+ profile instrumentation counters), and the source ranges in a file.
+ After that, the tool is able to generate various code coverage reports
+ for the program.
+
+The coverage mapping format aims to be a "universal format" that would be
+suitable for usage by any frontend, and not just by Clang. It also aims to
+provide the frontend the possibility of generating the minimal coverage mapping
+data in order to reduce the size of the IR and object files - for example,
+instead of emitting mapping information for each statement in a function, the
+frontend is allowed to group the statements with the same execution count into
+regions of code, and emit the mapping information only for those regions.
+
+Advanced Concepts
+=================
+
+The remainder of this guide is meant to give you insight into the way the
+coverage mapping format works.
+
+The coverage mapping format operates on a per-function level as the
+profile instrumentation counters are associated with a specific function.
+For each function that requires code coverage, the frontend has to create
+coverage mapping data that can map between the source code ranges and
+the profile instrumentation counters for that function.
+
+Mapping Region
+--------------
+
+The function's coverage mapping data contains an array of mapping regions.
+A mapping region stores the `source code range`_ that is covered by this region,
+the `file id <coverage file id_>`_, the `coverage mapping counter`_ and
+the region's kind.
+There are several kinds of mapping regions:
+
+* Code regions associate portions of source code and `coverage mapping
+ counters`_. They make up the majority of the mapping regions. They are used
+ by the code coverage tool to compute the execution counts for lines,
+ highlight the regions of code that were never executed, and to obtain
+ the various code coverage statistics for a function.
+ For example:
+
+ :raw-html:`<pre class='highlight' style='line-height:initial;'><span>int main(int argc, const char *argv[]) </span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>{ </span> <span class='c1'>// Code Region from 1:40 to 9:2</span>
+ <span style='background-color:#4A789C'> </span>
+ <span style='background-color:#4A789C'> if (argc > 1) </span><span style='background-color:#85C1F5'>{ </span> <span class='c1'>// Code Region from 3:17 to 5:4</span>
+ <span style='background-color:#85C1F5'> printf("%s\n", argv[1]); </span>
+ <span style='background-color:#85C1F5'> }</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'> else </span><span style='background-color:#F6D55D'>{ </span> <span class='c1'>// Code Region from 5:10 to 7:4</span>
+ <span style='background-color:#F6D55D'> printf("\n"); </span>
+ <span style='background-color:#F6D55D'> }</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'> </span>
+ <span style='background-color:#4A789C'> return 0; </span>
+ <span style='background-color:#4A789C'>}</span>
+ </pre>`
+* Skipped regions are used to represent source ranges that were skipped
+ by Clang's preprocessor. They don't associate with
+ `coverage mapping counters`_, as the frontend knows that they are never
+ executed. They are used by the code coverage tool to mark the skipped lines
+ inside a function as non-code lines that don't have execution counts.
+ For example:
+
+ :raw-html:`<pre class='highlight' style='line-height:initial;'><span>int main() </span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>{ </span> <span class='c1'>// Code Region from 1:12 to 6:2</span>
+ <span style='background-color:#85C1F5'>#ifdef DEBUG </span> <span class='c1'>// Skipped Region from 2:1 to 4:2</span>
+ <span style='background-color:#85C1F5'> printf("Hello world"); </span>
+ <span style='background-color:#85C1F5'>#</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>endif </span>
+ <span style='background-color:#4A789C'> return 0; </span>
+ <span style='background-color:#4A789C'>}</span>
+ </pre>`
+* Expansion regions are used to represent Clang's macro expansions. They
+ have an additional property - *expanded file id*. This property can be
+ used by the code coverage tool to find the mapping regions that are created
+ as a result of this macro expansion, by checking if their file id matches the
+ expanded file id. They don't associate with `coverage mapping counters`_,
+ as the code coverage tool can determine the execution count for this region
+ by looking up the execution count of the first region with a corresponding
+ file id.
+ For example:
+
+ :raw-html:`<pre class='highlight' style='line-height:initial;'><span>int func(int x) </span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>{ </span>
+ <span style='background-color:#4A789C'> #define MAX(x,y) </span><span style='background-color:#85C1F5'>((x) > (y)? </span><span style='background-color:#F6D55D'>(x)</span><span style='background-color:#85C1F5'> : </span><span style='background-color:#F4BA70'>(y)</span><span style='background-color:#85C1F5'>)</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'> </span>
+ <span style='background-color:#4A789C'> return </span><span style='background-color:#7FCA9F'>MAX</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>(x, 42); </span> <span class='c1'>// Expansion Region from 3:10 to 3:13</span>
+ <span style='background-color:#4A789C'>}</span>
+ </pre>`
+
+.. _source code range:
+
+Source Range:
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The source range record contains the starting and ending location of a certain
+mapping region. Both locations include the line and the column numbers.
+
+.. _coverage file id:
+
+File ID:
+^^^^^^^^
+
+The file id an integer value that tells us
+in which source file or macro expansion is this region located.
+It enables Clang to produce mapping information for the code
+defined inside macros, like this example demonstrates:
+
+:raw-html:`<pre class='highlight' style='line-height:initial;'><span>void func(const char *str) </span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>{ </span> <span class='c1'>// Code Region from 1:28 to 6:2 with file id 0</span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'> #define PUT </span><span style='background-color:#85C1F5'>printf("%s\n", str)</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'> </span> <span class='c1'>// 2 Code Regions from 2:15 to 2:34 with file ids 1 and 2</span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'> if(*str) </span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'> </span><span style='background-color:#F6D55D'>PUT</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>; </span> <span class='c1'>// Expansion Region from 4:5 to 4:8 with file id 0 that expands a macro with file id 1</span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'> </span><span style='background-color:#F6D55D'>PUT</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>; </span> <span class='c1'>// Expansion Region from 5:3 to 5:6 with file id 0 that expands a macro with file id 2</span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'>}</span>
+</pre>`
+
+.. _coverage mapping counter:
+.. _coverage mapping counters:
+
+Counter:
+^^^^^^^^
+
+A coverage mapping counter can represents a reference to the profile
+instrumentation counter. The execution count for a region with such counter
+is determined by looking up the value of the corresponding profile
+instrumentation counter.
+
+It can also represent a binary arithmetical expression that operates on
+coverage mapping counters or other expressions.
+The execution count for a region with an expression counter is determined by
+evaluating the expression's arguments and then adding them together or
+subtracting them from one another.
+In the example below, a subtraction expression is used to compute the execution
+count for the compound statement that follows the *else* keyword:
+
+:raw-html:`<pre class='highlight' style='line-height:initial;'><span>int main(int argc, const char *argv[]) </span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>{ </span> <span class='c1'>// Region's counter is a reference to the profile counter #0</span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'> </span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'> if (argc > 1) </span><span style='background-color:#85C1F5'>{ </span> <span class='c1'>// Region's counter is a reference to the profile counter #1</span>
+<span style='background-color:#85C1F5'> printf("%s\n", argv[1]); </span><span> </span>
+<span style='background-color:#85C1F5'> }</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'> else </span><span style='background-color:#F6D55D'>{ </span> <span class='c1'>// Region's counter is an expression (reference to the profile counter #0 - reference to the profile counter #1)</span>
+<span style='background-color:#F6D55D'> printf("\n"); </span>
+<span style='background-color:#F6D55D'> }</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'> </span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'> return 0; </span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'>}</span>
+</pre>`
+
+Finally, a coverage mapping counter can also represent an execution count of
+of zero. The zero counter is used to provide coverage mapping for
+unreachable statements and expressions, like in the example below:
+
+:raw-html:`<pre class='highlight' style='line-height:initial;'><span>int main() </span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>{ </span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'> return 0; </span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'> </span><span style='background-color:#85C1F5'>printf("Hello world!\n")</span><span style='background-color:#4A789C'>; </span> <span class='c1'>// Unreachable region's counter is zero</span>
+<span style='background-color:#4A789C'>}</span>
+</pre>`
+
+The zero counters allow the code coverage tool to display proper line execution
+counts for the unreachable lines and highlight the unreachable code.
+Without them, the tool would think that those lines and regions were still
+executed, as it doesn't possess the frontend's knowledge.
+
+LLVM IR Representation
+======================
+
+The coverage mapping data is stored in the LLVM IR using a single global
+constant structure variable called *__llvm_coverage_mapping*
+with the *__llvm_covmap* section specifier.
+
+For example, let’s consider a C file and how it gets compiled to LLVM:
+
+.. _coverage mapping sample:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ int foo() {
+ return 42;
+ }
+ int bar() {
+ return 13;
+ }
+
+The coverage mapping variable generated by Clang has 3 fields:
+
+* Coverage mapping header.
+
+* An array of function records.
+
+* Coverage mapping data which is an array of bytes. Zero paddings are added at the end to force 8 byte alignment.
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ @__llvm_coverage_mapping = internal constant { { i32, i32, i32, i32 }, [2 x { i64, i32, i64 }], [40 x i8] }
+ {
+ { i32, i32, i32, i32 } ; Coverage map header
+ {
+ i32 2, ; The number of function records
+ i32 20, ; The length of the string that contains the encoded translation unit filenames
+ i32 20, ; The length of the string that contains the encoded coverage mapping data
+ i32 2, ; Coverage mapping format version
+ },
+ [2 x { i64, i32, i64 }] [ ; Function records
+ { i64, i32, i64 } {
+ i64 0x5cf8c24cdb18bdac, ; Function's name MD5
+ i32 9, ; Function's encoded coverage mapping data string length
+ i64 0 ; Function's structural hash
+ },
+ { i64, i32, i64 } {
+ i64 0xe413754a191db537, ; Function's name MD5
+ i32 9, ; Function's encoded coverage mapping data string length
+ i64 0 ; Function's structural hash
+ }],
+ [40 x i8] c"..." ; Encoded data (dissected later)
+ }, section "__llvm_covmap", align 8
+
+The current version of the format is version 3. The only difference from version 2 is that a special encoding for column end locations was introduced to indicate gap regions.
+
+The function record layout has evolved since version 1. In version 1, the function record for *foo* is defined as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ { i8*, i32, i32, i64 } { i8* getelementptr inbounds ([3 x i8]* @__profn_foo, i32 0, i32 0), ; Function's name
+ i32 3, ; Function's name length
+ i32 9, ; Function's encoded coverage mapping data string length
+ i64 0 ; Function's structural hash
+ }
+
+
+Coverage Mapping Header:
+------------------------
+
+The coverage mapping header has the following fields:
+
+* The number of function records.
+
+* The length of the string in the third field of *__llvm_coverage_mapping* that contains the encoded translation unit filenames.
+
+* The length of the string in the third field of *__llvm_coverage_mapping* that contains the encoded coverage mapping data.
+
+* The format version. The current version is 3 (encoded as a 2).
+
+.. _function records:
+
+Function record:
+----------------
+
+A function record is a structure of the following type:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ { i64, i32, i64 }
+
+It contains function name's MD5, the length of the encoded mapping data for that function, and function's
+structural hash value.
+
+Encoded data:
+-------------
+
+The encoded data is stored in a single string that contains
+the encoded filenames used by this translation unit and the encoded coverage
+mapping data for each function in this translation unit.
+
+The encoded data has the following structure:
+
+``[filenames, coverageMappingDataForFunctionRecord0, coverageMappingDataForFunctionRecord1, ..., padding]``
+
+If necessary, the encoded data is padded with zeroes so that the size
+of the data string is rounded up to the nearest multiple of 8 bytes.
+
+Dissecting the sample:
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Here's an overview of the encoded data that was stored in the
+IR for the `coverage mapping sample`_ that was shown earlier:
+
+* The IR contains the following string constant that represents the encoded
+ coverage mapping data for the sample translation unit:
+
+ .. code-block:: llvm
+
+ c"\01\12/Users/alex/test.c\01\00\00\01\01\01\0C\02\02\01\00\00\01\01\04\0C\02\02\00\00"
+
+* The string contains values that are encoded in the LEB128 format, which is
+ used throughout for storing integers. It also contains a string value.
+
+* The length of the substring that contains the encoded translation unit
+ filenames is the value of the second field in the *__llvm_coverage_mapping*
+ structure, which is 20, thus the filenames are encoded in this string:
+
+ .. code-block:: llvm
+
+ c"\01\12/Users/alex/test.c"
+
+ This string contains the following data:
+
+ * Its first byte has a value of ``0x01``. It stores the number of filenames
+ contained in this string.
+ * Its second byte stores the length of the first filename in this string.
+ * The remaining 18 bytes are used to store the first filename.
+
+* The length of the substring that contains the encoded coverage mapping data
+ for the first function is the value of the third field in the first
+ structure in an array of `function records`_ stored in the
+ third field of the *__llvm_coverage_mapping* structure, which is the 9.
+ Therefore, the coverage mapping for the first function record is encoded
+ in this string:
+
+ .. code-block:: llvm
+
+ c"\01\00\00\01\01\01\0C\02\02"
+
+ This string consists of the following bytes:
+
+ +----------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | ``0x01`` | The number of file ids used by this function. There is only one file id used by the mapping data in this function. |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | ``0x00`` | An index into the filenames array which corresponds to the file "/Users/alex/test.c". |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | ``0x00`` | The number of counter expressions used by this function. This function doesn't use any expressions. |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | ``0x01`` | The number of mapping regions that are stored in an array for the function's file id #0. |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | ``0x01`` | The coverage mapping counter for the first region in this function. The value of 1 tells us that it's a coverage |
+ | | mapping counter that is a reference to the profile instrumentation counter with an index of 0. |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | ``0x01`` | The starting line of the first mapping region in this function. |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | ``0x0C`` | The starting column of the first mapping region in this function. |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | ``0x02`` | The ending line of the first mapping region in this function. |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | ``0x02`` | The ending column of the first mapping region in this function. |
+ +----------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+* The length of the substring that contains the encoded coverage mapping data
+ for the second function record is also 9. It's structured like the mapping data
+ for the first function record.
+
+* The two trailing bytes are zeroes and are used to pad the coverage mapping
+ data to give it the 8 byte alignment.
+
+Encoding
+========
+
+The per-function coverage mapping data is encoded as a stream of bytes,
+with a simple structure. The structure consists of the encoding
+`types <cvmtypes_>`_ like variable-length unsigned integers, that
+are used to encode `File ID Mapping`_, `Counter Expressions`_ and
+the `Mapping Regions`_.
+
+The format of the structure follows:
+
+ ``[file id mapping, counter expressions, mapping regions]``
+
+The translation unit filenames are encoded using the same encoding
+`types <cvmtypes_>`_ as the per-function coverage mapping data, with the
+following structure:
+
+ ``[numFilenames : LEB128, filename0 : string, filename1 : string, ...]``
+
+.. _cvmtypes:
+
+Types
+-----
+
+This section describes the basic types that are used by the encoding format
+and can appear after ``:`` in the ``[foo : type]`` description.
+
+.. _LEB128:
+
+LEB128
+^^^^^^
+
+LEB128 is an unsigned integer value that is encoded using DWARF's LEB128
+encoding, optimizing for the case where values are small
+(1 byte for values less than 128).
+
+.. _CoverageStrings:
+
+Strings
+^^^^^^^
+
+``[length : LEB128, characters...]``
+
+String values are encoded with a `LEB value <LEB128_>`_ for the length
+of the string and a sequence of bytes for its characters.
+
+.. _file id mapping:
+
+File ID Mapping
+---------------
+
+``[numIndices : LEB128, filenameIndex0 : LEB128, filenameIndex1 : LEB128, ...]``
+
+File id mapping in a function's coverage mapping stream
+contains the indices into the translation unit's filenames array.
+
+Counter
+-------
+
+``[value : LEB128]``
+
+A `coverage mapping counter`_ is stored in a single `LEB value <LEB128_>`_.
+It is composed of two things --- the `tag <counter-tag_>`_
+which is stored in the lowest 2 bits, and the `counter data`_ which is stored
+in the remaining bits.
+
+.. _counter-tag:
+
+Tag:
+^^^^
+
+The counter's tag encodes the counter's kind
+and, if the counter is an expression, the expression's kind.
+The possible tag values are:
+
+* 0 - The counter is zero.
+
+* 1 - The counter is a reference to the profile instrumentation counter.
+
+* 2 - The counter is a subtraction expression.
+
+* 3 - The counter is an addition expression.
+
+.. _counter data:
+
+Data:
+^^^^^
+
+The counter's data is interpreted in the following manner:
+
+* When the counter is a reference to the profile instrumentation counter,
+ then the counter's data is the id of the profile counter.
+* When the counter is an expression, then the counter's data
+ is the index into the array of counter expressions.
+
+.. _Counter Expressions:
+
+Counter Expressions
+-------------------
+
+``[numExpressions : LEB128, expr0LHS : LEB128, expr0RHS : LEB128, expr1LHS : LEB128, expr1RHS : LEB128, ...]``
+
+Counter expressions consist of two counters as they
+represent binary arithmetic operations.
+The expression's kind is determined from the `tag <counter-tag_>`_ of the
+counter that references this expression.
+
+.. _Mapping Regions:
+
+Mapping Regions
+---------------
+
+``[numRegionArrays : LEB128, regionsForFile0, regionsForFile1, ...]``
+
+The mapping regions are stored in an array of sub-arrays where every
+region in a particular sub-array has the same file id.
+
+The file id for a sub-array of regions is the index of that
+sub-array in the main array e.g. The first sub-array will have the file id
+of 0.
+
+Sub-Array of Regions
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+``[numRegions : LEB128, region0, region1, ...]``
+
+The mapping regions for a specific file id are stored in an array that is
+sorted in an ascending order by the region's starting location.
+
+Mapping Region
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+``[header, source range]``
+
+The mapping region record contains two sub-records ---
+the `header`_, which stores the counter and/or the region's kind,
+and the `source range`_ that contains the starting and ending
+location of this region.
+
+.. _header:
+
+Header
+^^^^^^
+
+``[counter]``
+
+or
+
+``[pseudo-counter]``
+
+The header encodes the region's counter and the region's kind.
+
+The value of the counter's tag distinguishes between the counters and
+pseudo-counters --- if the tag is zero, than this header contains a
+pseudo-counter, otherwise this header contains an ordinary counter.
+
+Counter:
+""""""""
+
+A mapping region whose header has a counter with a non-zero tag is
+a code region.
+
+Pseudo-Counter:
+"""""""""""""""
+
+``[value : LEB128]``
+
+A pseudo-counter is stored in a single `LEB value <LEB128_>`_, just like
+the ordinary counter. It has the following interpretation:
+
+* bits 0-1: tag, which is always 0.
+
+* bit 2: expansionRegionTag. If this bit is set, then this mapping region
+ is an expansion region.
+
+* remaining bits: data. If this region is an expansion region, then the data
+ contains the expanded file id of that region.
+
+ Otherwise, the data contains the region's kind. The possible region
+ kind values are:
+
+ * 0 - This mapping region is a code region with a counter of zero.
+ * 2 - This mapping region is a skipped region.
+
+.. _source range:
+
+Source Range
+^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+``[deltaLineStart : LEB128, columnStart : LEB128, numLines : LEB128, columnEnd : LEB128]``
+
+The source range record contains the following fields:
+
+* *deltaLineStart*: The difference between the starting line of the
+ current mapping region and the starting line of the previous mapping region.
+
+ If the current mapping region is the first region in the current
+ sub-array, then it stores the starting line of that region.
+
+* *columnStart*: The starting column of the mapping region.
+
+* *numLines*: The difference between the ending line and the starting line
+ of the current mapping region.
+
+* *columnEnd*: The ending column of the mapping region. If the high bit is set,
+ the current mapping region is a gap area. A count for a gap area is only used
+ as the line execution count if there are no other regions on a line.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/DebuggingJITedCode.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/DebuggingJITedCode.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/DebuggingJITedCode.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/DebuggingJITedCode.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+==============================
+Debugging JIT-ed Code With GDB
+==============================
+
+Background
+==========
+
+Without special runtime support, debugging dynamically generated code with
+GDB (as well as most debuggers) can be quite painful. Debuggers generally
+read debug information from the object file of the code, but for JITed
+code, there is no such file to look for.
+
+In order to communicate the necessary debug info to GDB, an interface for
+registering JITed code with debuggers has been designed and implemented for
+GDB and LLVM MCJIT. At a high level, whenever MCJIT generates new machine code,
+it does so in an in-memory object file that contains the debug information in
+DWARF format. MCJIT then adds this in-memory object file to a global list of
+dynamically generated object files and calls a special function
+(``__jit_debug_register_code``) marked noinline that GDB knows about. When
+GDB attaches to a process, it puts a breakpoint in this function and loads all
+of the object files in the global list. When MCJIT calls the registration
+function, GDB catches the breakpoint signal, loads the new object file from
+the inferior's memory, and resumes the execution. In this way, GDB can get the
+necessary debug information.
+
+GDB Version
+===========
+
+In order to debug code JIT-ed by LLVM, you need GDB 7.0 or newer, which is
+available on most modern distributions of Linux. The version of GDB that
+Apple ships with Xcode has been frozen at 6.3 for a while. LLDB may be a
+better option for debugging JIT-ed code on Mac OS X.
+
+
+Debugging MCJIT-ed code
+=======================
+
+The emerging MCJIT component of LLVM allows full debugging of JIT-ed code with
+GDB. This is due to MCJIT's ability to use the MC emitter to provide full
+DWARF debugging information to GDB.
+
+Note that lli has to be passed the ``-use-mcjit`` flag to JIT the code with
+MCJIT instead of the old JIT.
+
+Example
+-------
+
+Consider the following C code (with line numbers added to make the example
+easier to follow):
+
+..
+ FIXME:
+ Sphinx has the ability to automatically number these lines by adding
+ :linenos: on the line immediately following the `.. code-block:: c`, but
+ it looks like garbage; the line numbers don't even line up with the
+ lines. Is this a Sphinx bug, or is it a CSS problem?
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ 1 int compute_factorial(int n)
+ 2 {
+ 3 if (n <= 1)
+ 4 return 1;
+ 5
+ 6 int f = n;
+ 7 while (--n > 1)
+ 8 f *= n;
+ 9 return f;
+ 10 }
+ 11
+ 12
+ 13 int main(int argc, char** argv)
+ 14 {
+ 15 if (argc < 2)
+ 16 return -1;
+ 17 char firstletter = argv[1][0];
+ 18 int result = compute_factorial(firstletter - '0');
+ 19
+ 20 // Returned result is clipped at 255...
+ 21 return result;
+ 22 }
+
+Here is a sample command line session that shows how to build and run this
+code via ``lli`` inside GDB:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ $ $BINPATH/clang -cc1 -O0 -g -emit-llvm showdebug.c
+ $ gdb --quiet --args $BINPATH/lli -use-mcjit showdebug.ll 5
+ Reading symbols from $BINPATH/lli...done.
+ (gdb) b showdebug.c:6
+ No source file named showdebug.c.
+ Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? (y or [n]) y
+ Breakpoint 1 (showdebug.c:6) pending.
+ (gdb) r
+ Starting program: $BINPATH/lli -use-mcjit showdebug.ll 5
+ [Thread debugging using libthread_db enabled]
+
+ Breakpoint 1, compute_factorial (n=5) at showdebug.c:6
+ 6 int f = n;
+ (gdb) p n
+ $1 = 5
+ (gdb) p f
+ $2 = 0
+ (gdb) n
+ 7 while (--n > 1)
+ (gdb) p f
+ $3 = 5
+ (gdb) b showdebug.c:9
+ Breakpoint 2 at 0x7ffff7ed404c: file showdebug.c, line 9.
+ (gdb) c
+ Continuing.
+
+ Breakpoint 2, compute_factorial (n=1) at showdebug.c:9
+ 9 return f;
+ (gdb) p f
+ $4 = 120
+ (gdb) bt
+ #0 compute_factorial (n=1) at showdebug.c:9
+ #1 0x00007ffff7ed40a9 in main (argc=2, argv=0x16677e0) at showdebug.c:18
+ #2 0x3500000001652748 in ?? ()
+ #3 0x00000000016677e0 in ?? ()
+ #4 0x0000000000000002 in ?? ()
+ #5 0x0000000000d953b3 in llvm::MCJIT::runFunction (this=0x16151f0, F=0x1603020, ArgValues=...) at /home/ebenders_test/llvm_svn_rw/lib/ExecutionEngine/MCJIT/MCJIT.cpp:161
+ #6 0x0000000000dc8872 in llvm::ExecutionEngine::runFunctionAsMain (this=0x16151f0, Fn=0x1603020, argv=..., envp=0x7fffffffe040)
+ at /home/ebenders_test/llvm_svn_rw/lib/ExecutionEngine/ExecutionEngine.cpp:397
+ #7 0x000000000059c583 in main (argc=4, argv=0x7fffffffe018, envp=0x7fffffffe040) at /home/ebenders_test/llvm_svn_rw/tools/lli/lli.cpp:324
+ (gdb) finish
+ Run till exit from #0 compute_factorial (n=1) at showdebug.c:9
+ 0x00007ffff7ed40a9 in main (argc=2, argv=0x16677e0) at showdebug.c:18
+ 18 int result = compute_factorial(firstletter - '0');
+ Value returned is $5 = 120
+ (gdb) p result
+ $6 = 23406408
+ (gdb) n
+ 21 return result;
+ (gdb) p result
+ $7 = 120
+ (gdb) c
+ Continuing.
+
+ Program exited with code 0170.
+ (gdb)
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/DeveloperPolicy.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/DeveloperPolicy.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/DeveloperPolicy.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/DeveloperPolicy.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,746 @@
+=====================
+LLVM Developer Policy
+=====================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document contains the LLVM Developer Policy which defines the project's
+policy towards developers and their contributions. The intent of this policy is
+to eliminate miscommunication, rework, and confusion that might arise from the
+distributed nature of LLVM's development. By stating the policy in clear terms,
+we hope each developer can know ahead of time what to expect when making LLVM
+contributions. This policy covers all llvm.org subprojects, including Clang,
+LLDB, libc++, etc.
+
+This policy is also designed to accomplish the following objectives:
+
+#. Attract both users and developers to the LLVM project.
+
+#. Make life as simple and easy for contributors as possible.
+
+#. Keep the top of Subversion trees as stable as possible.
+
+#. Establish awareness of the project's :ref:`copyright, license, and patent
+ policies <copyright-license-patents>` with contributors to the project.
+
+This policy is aimed at frequent contributors to LLVM. People interested in
+contributing one-off patches can do so in an informal way by sending them to the
+`llvm-commits mailing list
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/llvm-commits>`_ and engaging another
+developer to see it through the process.
+
+Developer Policies
+==================
+
+This section contains policies that pertain to frequent LLVM developers. We
+always welcome `one-off patches`_ from people who do not routinely contribute to
+LLVM, but we expect more from frequent contributors to keep the system as
+efficient as possible for everyone. Frequent LLVM contributors are expected to
+meet the following requirements in order for LLVM to maintain a high standard of
+quality.
+
+Stay Informed
+-------------
+
+Developers should stay informed by reading at least the "dev" mailing list for
+the projects you are interested in, such as `llvm-dev
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/llvm-dev>`_ for LLVM, `cfe-dev
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/cfe-dev>`_ for Clang, or `lldb-dev
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/lldb-dev>`_ for LLDB. If you are
+doing anything more than just casual work on LLVM, it is suggested that you also
+subscribe to the "commits" mailing list for the subproject you're interested in,
+such as `llvm-commits
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/llvm-commits>`_, `cfe-commits
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/cfe-commits>`_, or `lldb-commits
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/lldb-commits>`_. Reading the
+"commits" list and paying attention to changes being made by others is a good
+way to see what other people are interested in and watching the flow of the
+project as a whole.
+
+We recommend that active developers register an email account with `LLVM
+Bugzilla <https://bugs.llvm.org/>`_ and preferably subscribe to the `llvm-bugs
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/llvm-bugs>`_ email list to keep track
+of bugs and enhancements occurring in LLVM. We really appreciate people who are
+proactive at catching incoming bugs in their components and dealing with them
+promptly.
+
+Please be aware that all public LLVM mailing lists are public and archived, and
+that notices of confidentiality or non-disclosure cannot be respected.
+
+.. _patch:
+.. _one-off patches:
+
+Making and Submitting a Patch
+-----------------------------
+
+When making a patch for review, the goal is to make it as easy for the reviewer
+to read it as possible. As such, we recommend that you:
+
+#. Make your patch against the Subversion trunk, not a branch, and not an old
+ version of LLVM. This makes it easy to apply the patch. For information on
+ how to check out SVN trunk, please see the `Getting Started
+ Guide <GettingStarted.html#checkout>`_.
+
+#. Similarly, patches should be submitted soon after they are generated. Old
+ patches may not apply correctly if the underlying code changes between the
+ time the patch was created and the time it is applied.
+
+#. Patches should be made with ``svn diff``, or similar. If you use a
+ different tool, make sure it uses the ``diff -u`` format and that it
+ doesn't contain clutter which makes it hard to read.
+
+#. If you are modifying generated files, such as the top-level ``configure``
+ script, please separate out those changes into a separate patch from the rest
+ of your changes.
+
+Once your patch is ready, submit it by emailing it to the appropriate project's
+commit mailing list (or commit it directly if applicable). Alternatively, some
+patches get sent to the project's development list or component of the LLVM bug
+tracker, but the commit list is the primary place for reviews and should
+generally be preferred.
+
+When sending a patch to a mailing list, it is a good idea to send it as an
+*attachment* to the message, not embedded into the text of the message. This
+ensures that your mailer will not mangle the patch when it sends it (e.g. by
+making whitespace changes or by wrapping lines).
+
+*For Thunderbird users:* Before submitting a patch, please open *Preferences >
+Advanced > General > Config Editor*, find the key
+``mail.content_disposition_type``, and set its value to ``1``. Without this
+setting, Thunderbird sends your attachment using ``Content-Disposition: inline``
+rather than ``Content-Disposition: attachment``. Apple Mail gamely displays such
+a file inline, making it difficult to work with for reviewers using that
+program.
+
+When submitting patches, please do not add confidentiality or non-disclosure
+notices to the patches themselves. These notices conflict with the `LLVM
+License`_ and may result in your contribution being excluded.
+
+.. _code review:
+
+Code Reviews
+------------
+
+LLVM has a code review policy. Code review is one way to increase the quality of
+software. We generally follow these policies:
+
+#. All developers are required to have significant changes reviewed before they
+ are committed to the repository.
+
+#. Code reviews are conducted by email on the relevant project's commit mailing
+ list, or alternatively on the project's development list or bug tracker.
+
+#. Code can be reviewed either before it is committed or after. We expect major
+ changes to be reviewed before being committed, but smaller changes (or
+ changes where the developer owns the component) can be reviewed after commit.
+
+#. The developer responsible for a code change is also responsible for making
+ all necessary review-related changes.
+
+#. Code review can be an iterative process, which continues until the patch is
+ ready to be committed. Specifically, once a patch is sent out for review, it
+ needs an explicit "looks good" before it is submitted. Do not assume silent
+ approval, or request active objections to the patch with a deadline.
+
+Sometimes code reviews will take longer than you would hope for, especially for
+larger features. Accepted ways to speed up review times for your patches are:
+
+* Review other people's patches. If you help out, everybody will be more
+ willing to do the same for you; goodwill is our currency.
+* Ping the patch. If it is urgent, provide reasons why it is important to you to
+ get this patch landed and ping it every couple of days. If it is
+ not urgent, the common courtesy ping rate is one week. Remember that you're
+ asking for valuable time from other professional developers.
+* Ask for help on IRC. Developers on IRC will be able to either help you
+ directly, or tell you who might be a good reviewer.
+* Split your patch into multiple smaller patches that build on each other. The
+ smaller your patch, the higher the probability that somebody will take a quick
+ look at it.
+
+Developers should participate in code reviews as both reviewers and
+reviewees. If someone is kind enough to review your code, you should return the
+favor for someone else. Note that anyone is welcome to review and give feedback
+on a patch, but only people with Subversion write access can approve it.
+
+There is a web based code review tool that can optionally be used
+for code reviews. See :doc:`Phabricator`.
+
+.. _code owners:
+
+Code Owners
+-----------
+
+The LLVM Project relies on two features of its process to maintain rapid
+development in addition to the high quality of its source base: the combination
+of code review plus post-commit review for trusted maintainers. Having both is
+a great way for the project to take advantage of the fact that most people do
+the right thing most of the time, and only commit patches without pre-commit
+review when they are confident they are right.
+
+The trick to this is that the project has to guarantee that all patches that are
+committed are reviewed after they go in: you don't want everyone to assume
+someone else will review it, allowing the patch to go unreviewed. To solve this
+problem, we have a notion of an 'owner' for a piece of the code. The sole
+responsibility of a code owner is to ensure that a commit to their area of the
+code is appropriately reviewed, either by themself or by someone else. The list
+of current code owners can be found in the file
+`CODE_OWNERS.TXT <http://git.llvm.org/klaus/llvm/blob/master/CODE_OWNERS.TXT>`_
+in the root of the LLVM source tree.
+
+Note that code ownership is completely different than reviewers: anyone can
+review a piece of code, and we welcome code review from anyone who is
+interested. Code owners are the "last line of defense" to guarantee that all
+patches that are committed are actually reviewed.
+
+Being a code owner is a somewhat unglamorous position, but it is incredibly
+important for the ongoing success of the project. Because people get busy,
+interests change, and unexpected things happen, code ownership is purely opt-in,
+and anyone can choose to resign their "title" at any time. For now, we do not
+have an official policy on how one gets elected to be a code owner.
+
+.. _include a testcase:
+
+Test Cases
+----------
+
+Developers are required to create test cases for any bugs fixed and any new
+features added. Some tips for getting your testcase approved:
+
+* All feature and regression test cases are added to the ``llvm/test``
+ directory. The appropriate sub-directory should be selected (see the
+ :doc:`Testing Guide <TestingGuide>` for details).
+
+* Test cases should be written in :doc:`LLVM assembly language <LangRef>`.
+
+* Test cases, especially for regressions, should be reduced as much as possible,
+ by :doc:`bugpoint <Bugpoint>` or manually. It is unacceptable to place an
+ entire failing program into ``llvm/test`` as this creates a *time-to-test*
+ burden on all developers. Please keep them short.
+
+Note that llvm/test and clang/test are designed for regression and small feature
+tests only. More extensive test cases (e.g., entire applications, benchmarks,
+etc) should be added to the ``llvm-test`` test suite. The llvm-test suite is
+for coverage (correctness, performance, etc) testing, not feature or regression
+testing.
+
+Quality
+-------
+
+The minimum quality standards that any change must satisfy before being
+committed to the main development branch are:
+
+#. Code must adhere to the `LLVM Coding Standards <CodingStandards.html>`_.
+
+#. Code must compile cleanly (no errors, no warnings) on at least one platform.
+
+#. Bug fixes and new features should `include a testcase`_ so we know if the
+ fix/feature ever regresses in the future.
+
+#. Code must pass the ``llvm/test`` test suite.
+
+#. The code must not cause regressions on a reasonable subset of llvm-test,
+ where "reasonable" depends on the contributor's judgement and the scope of
+ the change (more invasive changes require more testing). A reasonable subset
+ might be something like "``llvm-test/MultiSource/Benchmarks``".
+
+Additionally, the committer is responsible for addressing any problems found in
+the future that the change is responsible for. For example:
+
+* The code should compile cleanly on all supported platforms.
+
+* The changes should not cause any correctness regressions in the ``llvm-test``
+ suite and must not cause any major performance regressions.
+
+* The change set should not cause performance or correctness regressions for the
+ LLVM tools.
+
+* The changes should not cause performance or correctness regressions in code
+ compiled by LLVM on all applicable targets.
+
+* You are expected to address any `Bugzilla bugs <https://bugs.llvm.org/>`_ that
+ result from your change.
+
+We prefer for this to be handled before submission but understand that it isn't
+possible to test all of this for every submission. Our build bots and nightly
+testing infrastructure normally finds these problems. A good rule of thumb is
+to check the nightly testers for regressions the day after your change. Build
+bots will directly email you if a group of commits that included yours caused a
+failure. You are expected to check the build bot messages to see if they are
+your fault and, if so, fix the breakage.
+
+Commits that violate these quality standards (e.g. are very broken) may be
+reverted. This is necessary when the change blocks other developers from making
+progress. The developer is welcome to re-commit the change after the problem has
+been fixed.
+
+.. _commit messages:
+
+Commit messages
+---------------
+
+Although we don't enforce the format of commit messages, we prefer that
+you follow these guidelines to help review, search in logs, email formatting
+and so on. These guidelines are very similar to rules used by other open source
+projects.
+
+Most importantly, the contents of the message should be carefully written to
+convey the rationale of the change (without delving too much in detail). It
+also should avoid being vague or overly specific. For example, "bits were not
+set right" will leave the reviewer wondering about which bits, and why they
+weren't right, while "Correctly set overflow bits in TargetInfo" conveys almost
+all there is to the change.
+
+Below are some guidelines about the format of the message itself:
+
+* Separate the commit message into title, body and, if you're not the original
+ author, a "Patch by" attribution line (see below).
+
+* The title should be concise. Because all commits are emailed to the list with
+ the first line as the subject, long titles are frowned upon. Short titles
+ also look better in `git log`.
+
+* When the changes are restricted to a specific part of the code (e.g. a
+ back-end or optimization pass), it is customary to add a tag to the
+ beginning of the line in square brackets. For example, "[SCEV] ..."
+ or "[OpenMP] ...". This helps email filters and searches for post-commit
+ reviews.
+
+* The body, if it exists, should be separated from the title by an empty line.
+
+* The body should be concise, but explanatory, including a complete
+ reasoning. Unless it is required to understand the change, examples,
+ code snippets and gory details should be left to bug comments, web
+ review or the mailing list.
+
+* If the patch fixes a bug in bugzilla, please include the PR# in the message.
+
+* `Attribution of Changes`_ should be in a separate line, after the end of
+ the body, as simple as "Patch by John Doe.". This is how we officially
+ handle attribution, and there are automated processes that rely on this
+ format.
+
+* Text formatting and spelling should follow the same rules as documentation
+ and in-code comments, ex. capitalization, full stop, etc.
+
+* If the commit is a bug fix on top of another recently committed patch, or a
+ revert or reapply of a patch, include the svn revision number of the prior
+ related commit. This could be as simple as "Revert rNNNN because it caused
+ PR#".
+
+For minor violations of these recommendations, the community normally favors
+reminding the contributor of this policy over reverting. Minor corrections and
+omissions can be handled by sending a reply to the commits mailing list.
+
+Obtaining Commit Access
+-----------------------
+
+We grant commit access to contributors with a track record of submitting high
+quality patches. If you would like commit access, please send an email to
+`Chris <mailto:clattner at llvm.org>`_ with the following information:
+
+#. The user name you want to commit with, e.g. "hacker".
+
+#. The full name and email address you want message to llvm-commits to come
+ from, e.g. "J. Random Hacker <hacker at yoyodyne.com>".
+
+#. A "password hash" of the password you want to use, e.g. "``2ACR96qjUqsyM``".
+ Note that you don't ever tell us what your password is; you just give it to
+ us in an encrypted form. To get this, run "``htpasswd``" (a utility that
+ comes with apache) in *crypt* mode (often enabled with "``-d``"), or find a web
+ page that will do it for you. Note that our system does not work with MD5
+ hashes. These are significantly longer than a crypt hash - e.g.
+ "``$apr1$vea6bBV2$Z8IFx.AfeD8LhqlZFqJer0``", we only accept the shorter crypt hash.
+
+Once you've been granted commit access, you should be able to check out an LLVM
+tree with an SVN URL of "https://username@llvm.org/..." instead of the normal
+anonymous URL of "http://llvm.org/...". The first time you commit you'll have
+to type in your password. Note that you may get a warning from SVN about an
+untrusted key; you can ignore this. To verify that your commit access works,
+please do a test commit (e.g. change a comment or add a blank line). Your first
+commit to a repository may require the autogenerated email to be approved by a
+mailing list. This is normal and will be done when the mailing list owner has
+time.
+
+If you have recently been granted commit access, these policies apply:
+
+#. You are granted *commit-after-approval* to all parts of LLVM. To get
+ approval, submit a `patch`_ to `llvm-commits
+ <http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/llvm-commits>`_. When approved,
+ you may commit it yourself.
+
+#. You are allowed to commit patches without approval which you think are
+ obvious. This is clearly a subjective decision --- we simply expect you to
+ use good judgement. Examples include: fixing build breakage, reverting
+ obviously broken patches, documentation/comment changes, any other minor
+ changes.
+
+#. You are allowed to commit patches without approval to those portions of LLVM
+ that you have contributed or maintain (i.e., have been assigned
+ responsibility for), with the proviso that such commits must not break the
+ build. This is a "trust but verify" policy, and commits of this nature are
+ reviewed after they are committed.
+
+#. Multiple violations of these policies or a single egregious violation may
+ cause commit access to be revoked.
+
+In any case, your changes are still subject to `code review`_ (either before or
+after they are committed, depending on the nature of the change). You are
+encouraged to review other peoples' patches as well, but you aren't required
+to do so.
+
+.. _discuss the change/gather consensus:
+
+Making a Major Change
+---------------------
+
+When a developer begins a major new project with the aim of contributing it back
+to LLVM, they should inform the community with an email to the `llvm-dev
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/llvm-dev>`_ email list, to the extent
+possible. The reason for this is to:
+
+#. keep the community informed about future changes to LLVM,
+
+#. avoid duplication of effort by preventing multiple parties working on the
+ same thing and not knowing about it, and
+
+#. ensure that any technical issues around the proposed work are discussed and
+ resolved before any significant work is done.
+
+The design of LLVM is carefully controlled to ensure that all the pieces fit
+together well and are as consistent as possible. If you plan to make a major
+change to the way LLVM works or want to add a major new extension, it is a good
+idea to get consensus with the development community before you start working on
+it.
+
+Once the design of the new feature is finalized, the work itself should be done
+as a series of `incremental changes`_, not as a long-term development branch.
+
+.. _incremental changes:
+
+Incremental Development
+-----------------------
+
+In the LLVM project, we do all significant changes as a series of incremental
+patches. We have a strong dislike for huge changes or long-term development
+branches. Long-term development branches have a number of drawbacks:
+
+#. Branches must have mainline merged into them periodically. If the branch
+ development and mainline development occur in the same pieces of code,
+ resolving merge conflicts can take a lot of time.
+
+#. Other people in the community tend to ignore work on branches.
+
+#. Huge changes (produced when a branch is merged back onto mainline) are
+ extremely difficult to `code review`_.
+
+#. Branches are not routinely tested by our nightly tester infrastructure.
+
+#. Changes developed as monolithic large changes often don't work until the
+ entire set of changes is done. Breaking it down into a set of smaller
+ changes increases the odds that any of the work will be committed to the main
+ repository.
+
+To address these problems, LLVM uses an incremental development style and we
+require contributors to follow this practice when making a large/invasive
+change. Some tips:
+
+* Large/invasive changes usually have a number of secondary changes that are
+ required before the big change can be made (e.g. API cleanup, etc). These
+ sorts of changes can often be done before the major change is done,
+ independently of that work.
+
+* The remaining inter-related work should be decomposed into unrelated sets of
+ changes if possible. Once this is done, define the first increment and get
+ consensus on what the end goal of the change is.
+
+* Each change in the set can be stand alone (e.g. to fix a bug), or part of a
+ planned series of changes that works towards the development goal.
+
+* Each change should be kept as small as possible. This simplifies your work
+ (into a logical progression), simplifies code review and reduces the chance
+ that you will get negative feedback on the change. Small increments also
+ facilitate the maintenance of a high quality code base.
+
+* Often, an independent precursor to a big change is to add a new API and slowly
+ migrate clients to use the new API. Each change to use the new API is often
+ "obvious" and can be committed without review. Once the new API is in place
+ and used, it is much easier to replace the underlying implementation of the
+ API. This implementation change is logically separate from the API
+ change.
+
+If you are interested in making a large change, and this scares you, please make
+sure to first `discuss the change/gather consensus`_ then ask about the best way
+to go about making the change.
+
+Attribution of Changes
+----------------------
+
+When contributors submit a patch to an LLVM project, other developers with
+commit access may commit it for the author once appropriate (based on the
+progression of code review, etc.). When doing so, it is important to retain
+correct attribution of contributions to their contributors. However, we do not
+want the source code to be littered with random attributions "this code written
+by J. Random Hacker" (this is noisy and distracting). In practice, the revision
+control system keeps a perfect history of who changed what, and the CREDITS.txt
+file describes higher-level contributions. If you commit a patch for someone
+else, please follow the attribution of changes in the simple manner as outlined
+by the `commit messages`_ section. Overall, please do not add contributor names
+to the source code.
+
+Also, don't commit patches authored by others unless they have submitted the
+patch to the project or you have been authorized to submit them on their behalf
+(you work together and your company authorized you to contribute the patches,
+etc.). The author should first submit them to the relevant project's commit
+list, development list, or LLVM bug tracker component. If someone sends you
+a patch privately, encourage them to submit it to the appropriate list first.
+
+
+.. _IR backwards compatibility:
+
+IR Backwards Compatibility
+--------------------------
+
+When the IR format has to be changed, keep in mind that we try to maintain some
+backwards compatibility. The rules are intended as a balance between convenience
+for llvm users and not imposing a big burden on llvm developers:
+
+* The textual format is not backwards compatible. We don't change it too often,
+ but there are no specific promises.
+
+* Additions and changes to the IR should be reflected in
+ ``test/Bitcode/compatibility.ll``.
+
+* The current LLVM version supports loading any bitcode since version 3.0.
+
+* After each X.Y release, ``compatibility.ll`` must be copied to
+ ``compatibility-X.Y.ll``. The corresponding bitcode file should be assembled
+ using the X.Y build and committed as ``compatibility-X.Y.ll.bc``.
+
+* Newer releases can ignore features from older releases, but they cannot
+ miscompile them. For example, if nsw is ever replaced with something else,
+ dropping it would be a valid way to upgrade the IR.
+
+* Debug metadata is special in that it is currently dropped during upgrades.
+
+* Non-debug metadata is defined to be safe to drop, so a valid way to upgrade
+ it is to drop it. That is not very user friendly and a bit more effort is
+ expected, but no promises are made.
+
+C API Changes
+----------------
+
+* Stability Guarantees: The C API is, in general, a "best effort" for stability.
+ This means that we make every attempt to keep the C API stable, but that
+ stability will be limited by the abstractness of the interface and the
+ stability of the C++ API that it wraps. In practice, this means that things
+ like "create debug info" or "create this type of instruction" are likely to be
+ less stable than "take this IR file and JIT it for my current machine".
+
+* Release stability: We won't break the C API on the release branch with patches
+ that go on that branch, with the exception that we will fix an unintentional
+ C API break that will keep the release consistent with both the previous and
+ next release.
+
+* Testing: Patches to the C API are expected to come with tests just like any
+ other patch.
+
+* Including new things into the API: If an LLVM subcomponent has a C API already
+ included, then expanding that C API is acceptable. Adding C API for
+ subcomponents that don't currently have one needs to be discussed on the
+ mailing list for design and maintainability feedback prior to implementation.
+
+* Documentation: Any changes to the C API are required to be documented in the
+ release notes so that it's clear to external users who do not follow the
+ project how the C API is changing and evolving.
+
+New Targets
+-----------
+
+LLVM is very receptive to new targets, even experimental ones, but a number of
+problems can appear when adding new large portions of code, and back-ends are
+normally added in bulk. We have found that landing large pieces of new code
+and then trying to fix emergent problems in-tree is problematic for a variety
+of reasons.
+
+For these reasons, new targets are *always* added as *experimental* until
+they can be proven stable, and later moved to non-experimental. The difference
+between both classes is that experimental targets are not built by default
+(need to be added to -DLLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD at CMake time).
+
+The basic rules for a back-end to be upstreamed in **experimental** mode are:
+
+* Every target must have a :ref:`code owner<code owners>`. The `CODE_OWNERS.TXT`
+ file has to be updated as part of the first merge. The code owner makes sure
+ that changes to the target get reviewed and steers the overall effort.
+
+* There must be an active community behind the target. This community
+ will help maintain the target by providing buildbots, fixing
+ bugs, answering the LLVM community's questions and making sure the new
+ target doesn't break any of the other targets, or generic code. This
+ behavior is expected to continue throughout the lifetime of the
+ target's code.
+
+* The code must be free of contentious issues, for example, large
+ changes in how the IR behaves or should be formed by the front-ends,
+ unless agreed by the majority of the community via refactoring of the
+ (:doc:`IR standard<LangRef>`) **before** the merge of the new target changes,
+ following the :ref:`IR backwards compatibility`.
+
+* The code conforms to all of the policies laid out in this developer policy
+ document, including license, patent, and coding standards.
+
+* The target should have either reasonable documentation on how it
+ works (ISA, ABI, etc.) or a publicly available simulator/hardware
+ (either free or cheap enough) - preferably both. This allows
+ developers to validate assumptions, understand constraints and review code
+ that can affect the target.
+
+In addition, the rules for a back-end to be promoted to **official** are:
+
+* The target must have addressed every other minimum requirement and
+ have been stable in tree for at least 3 months. This cool down
+ period is to make sure that the back-end and the target community can
+ endure continuous upstream development for the foreseeable future.
+
+* The target's code must have been completely adapted to this policy
+ as well as the :doc:`coding standards<CodingStandards>`. Any exceptions that
+ were made to move into experimental mode must have been fixed **before**
+ becoming official.
+
+* The test coverage needs to be broad and well written (small tests,
+ well documented). The build target ``check-all`` must pass with the
+ new target built, and where applicable, the ``test-suite`` must also
+ pass without errors, in at least one configuration (publicly
+ demonstrated, for example, via buildbots).
+
+* Public buildbots need to be created and actively maintained, unless
+ the target requires no additional buildbots (ex. ``check-all`` covers
+ all tests). The more relevant and public the new target's CI infrastructure
+ is, the more the LLVM community will embrace it.
+
+To **continue** as a supported and official target:
+
+* The maintainer(s) must continue following these rules throughout the lifetime
+ of the target. Continuous violations of aforementioned rules and policies
+ could lead to complete removal of the target from the code base.
+
+* Degradation in support, documentation or test coverage will make the target as
+ nuisance to other targets and be considered a candidate for deprecation and
+ ultimately removed.
+
+In essences, these rules are necessary for targets to gain and retain their
+status, but also markers to define bit-rot, and will be used to clean up the
+tree from unmaintained targets.
+
+.. _copyright-license-patents:
+
+Copyright, License, and Patents
+===============================
+
+.. note::
+
+ This section deals with legal matters but does not provide legal advice. We
+ are not lawyers --- please seek legal counsel from an attorney.
+
+This section addresses the issues of copyright, license and patents for the LLVM
+project. The copyright for the code is held by the individual contributors of
+the code and the terms of its license to LLVM users and developers is the
+`University of Illinois/NCSA Open Source License
+<http://www.opensource.org/licenses/UoI-NCSA.php>`_ (with portions dual licensed
+under the `MIT License <http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php>`_,
+see below). As contributor to the LLVM project, you agree to allow any
+contributions to the project to licensed under these terms.
+
+Copyright
+---------
+
+The LLVM project does not require copyright assignments, which means that the
+copyright for the code in the project is held by its respective contributors who
+have each agreed to release their contributed code under the terms of the `LLVM
+License`_.
+
+An implication of this is that the LLVM license is unlikely to ever change:
+changing it would require tracking down all the contributors to LLVM and getting
+them to agree that a license change is acceptable for their contribution. Since
+there are no plans to change the license, this is not a cause for concern.
+
+As a contributor to the project, this means that you (or your company) retain
+ownership of the code you contribute, that it cannot be used in a way that
+contradicts the license (which is a liberal BSD-style license), and that the
+license for your contributions won't change without your approval in the
+future.
+
+.. _LLVM License:
+
+License
+-------
+
+We intend to keep LLVM perpetually open source and to use a liberal open source
+license. **As a contributor to the project, you agree that any contributions be
+licensed under the terms of the corresponding subproject.** All of the code in
+LLVM is available under the `University of Illinois/NCSA Open Source License
+<http://www.opensource.org/licenses/UoI-NCSA.php>`_, which boils down to
+this:
+
+* You can freely distribute LLVM.
+* You must retain the copyright notice if you redistribute LLVM.
+* Binaries derived from LLVM must reproduce the copyright notice (e.g. in an
+ included readme file).
+* You can't use our names to promote your LLVM derived products.
+* There's no warranty on LLVM at all.
+
+We believe this fosters the widest adoption of LLVM because it **allows
+commercial products to be derived from LLVM** with few restrictions and without
+a requirement for making any derived works also open source (i.e. LLVM's
+license is not a "copyleft" license like the GPL). We suggest that you read the
+`License <http://www.opensource.org/licenses/UoI-NCSA.php>`_ if further
+clarification is needed.
+
+In addition to the UIUC license, the runtime library components of LLVM
+(**compiler_rt, libc++, and libclc**) are also licensed under the `MIT License
+<http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php>`_, which does not contain
+the binary redistribution clause. As a user of these runtime libraries, it
+means that you can choose to use the code under either license (and thus don't
+need the binary redistribution clause), and as a contributor to the code that
+you agree that any contributions to these libraries be licensed under both
+licenses. We feel that this is important for runtime libraries, because they
+are implicitly linked into applications and therefore should not subject those
+applications to the binary redistribution clause. This also means that it is ok
+to move code from (e.g.) libc++ to the LLVM core without concern, but that code
+cannot be moved from the LLVM core to libc++ without the copyright owner's
+permission.
+
+Note that the LLVM Project does distribute dragonegg, **which is
+GPL.** This means that anything "linked" into dragonegg must itself be compatible
+with the GPL, and must be releasable under the terms of the GPL. This implies
+that **any code linked into dragonegg and distributed to others may be subject to
+the viral aspects of the GPL** (for example, a proprietary code generator linked
+into dragonegg must be made available under the GPL). This is not a problem for
+code already distributed under a more liberal license (like the UIUC license),
+and GPL-containing subprojects are kept in separate SVN repositories whose
+LICENSE.txt files specifically indicate that they contain GPL code.
+
+We have no plans to change the license of LLVM. If you have questions or
+comments about the license, please contact the `LLVM Developer's Mailing
+List <mailto:llvm-dev at lists.llvm.org>`_.
+
+Patents
+-------
+
+To the best of our knowledge, LLVM does not infringe on any patents (we have
+actually removed code from LLVM in the past that was found to infringe). Having
+code in LLVM that infringes on patents would violate an important goal of the
+project by making it hard or impossible to reuse the code for arbitrary purposes
+(including commercial use).
+
+When contributing code, we expect contributors to notify us of any potential for
+patent-related trouble with their changes (including from third parties). If
+you or your employer own the rights to a patent and would like to contribute
+code to LLVM that relies on it, we require that the copyright owner sign an
+agreement that allows any other user of LLVM to freely use your patent. Please
+contact the `LLVM Foundation Board of Directors <mailto:board at llvm.org>`_ for more
+details.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Docker.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Docker.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Docker.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Docker.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+=========================================
+A guide to Dockerfiles for building LLVM
+=========================================
+
+Introduction
+============
+You can find a number of sources to build docker images with LLVM components in
+``llvm/utils/docker``. They can be used by anyone who wants to build the docker
+images for their own use, or as a starting point for someone who wants to write
+their own Dockerfiles.
+
+We currently provide Dockerfiles with ``debian8`` and ``nvidia-cuda`` base images.
+We also provide an ``example`` image, which contains placeholders that one would need
+to fill out in order to produce Dockerfiles for a new docker image.
+
+Why?
+----
+Docker images provide a way to produce binary distributions of
+software inside a controlled environment. Having Dockerfiles to builds docker images
+inside LLVM repo makes them much more discoverable than putting them into any other
+place.
+
+Docker basics
+-------------
+If you've never heard about Docker before, you might find this section helpful
+to get a very basic explanation of it.
+`Docker <https://www.docker.com/>`_ is a popular solution for running programs in
+an isolated and reproducible environment, especially to maintain releases for
+software deployed to large distributed fleets.
+It uses linux kernel namespaces and cgroups to provide a lightweight isolation
+inside currently running linux kernel.
+A single active instance of dockerized environment is called a *docker
+container*.
+A snapshot of a docker container filesystem is called a *docker image*.
+One can start a container from a prebuilt docker image.
+
+Docker images are built from a so-called *Dockerfile*, a source file written in
+a specialized language that defines instructions to be used when build
+the docker image (see `official
+documentation <https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/>`_ for more
+details). A minimal Dockerfile typically contains a base image and a number
+of RUN commands that have to be executed to build the image. When building a new
+image, docker will first download your base image, mount its filesystem as
+read-only and then add a writable overlay on top of it to keep track of all
+filesystem modifications, performed while building your image. When the build
+process is finished, a diff between your image's final filesystem state and the
+base image's filesystem is stored in the resulting image.
+
+Overview
+========
+The ``llvm/utils/docker`` folder contains Dockerfiles and simple bash scripts to
+serve as a basis for anyone who wants to create their own Docker image with
+LLVM components, compiled from sources. The sources are checked out from the
+upstream svn repository when building the image.
+
+Inside each subfolder we host Dockerfiles for two images:
+
+- ``build/`` image is used to compile LLVM, it installs a system compiler and all
+ build dependencies of LLVM. After the build process is finished, the build
+ image will have an archive with compiled components at ``/tmp/clang.tar.gz``.
+- ``release/`` image usually only contains LLVM components, compiled by the
+ ``build/`` image, and also libstdc++ and binutils to make image minimally
+ useful for C++ development. The assumption is that you usually want clang to
+ be one of the provided components.
+
+To build both of those images, use ``build_docker_image.sh`` script.
+It will checkout LLVM sources and build clang in the ``build`` container, copy results
+of the build to the local filesystem and then build the ``release`` container using
+those. The ``build_docker_image.sh`` accepts a list of LLVM repositories to
+checkout, and arguments for CMake invocation.
+
+If you want to write your own docker image, start with an ``example/`` subfolder.
+It provides incomplete Dockerfiles with (very few) FIXMEs explaining the steps
+you need to take in order to make your Dockerfiles functional.
+
+Usage
+=====
+The ``llvm/utils/build_docker_image.sh`` script provides a rather high degree of
+control on how to run the build. It allows you to specify the projects to
+checkout from svn and provide a list of CMake arguments to use during when
+building LLVM inside docker container.
+
+Here's a very simple example of getting a docker image with clang binary,
+compiled by the system compiler in the debian8 image:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ ./llvm/utils/docker/build_docker_image.sh \
+ --source debian8 \
+ --docker-repository clang-debian8 --docker-tag "staging" \
+ -p clang -i install-clang -i install-clang-headers \
+ -- \
+ -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release
+
+Note that a build like that doesn't use a 2-stage build process that
+you probably want for clang. Running a 2-stage build is a little more intricate,
+this command will do that:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ # Run a 2-stage build.
+ # LLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD=Native is to reduce stage1 compile time.
+ # Options, starting with BOOTSTRAP_* are passed to stage2 cmake invocation.
+ ./build_docker_image.sh \
+ --source debian8 \
+ --docker-repository clang-debian8 --docker-tag "staging" \
+ -p clang -i stage2-install-clang -i stage2-install-clang-headers \
+ -- \
+ -DLLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD=Native -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
+ -DBOOTSTRAP_CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
+ -DCLANG_ENABLE_BOOTSTRAP=ON -DCLANG_BOOTSTRAP_TARGETS="install-clang;install-clang-headers"
+
+This will produce two images, a release image ``clang-debian8:staging`` and a
+build image ``clang-debian8-build:staging`` from the latest upstream revision.
+After the image is built you can run bash inside a container based on your
+image like this:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ docker run -ti clang-debian8:staging bash
+
+Now you can run bash commands as you normally would:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ root at 80f351b51825:/# clang -v
+ clang version 5.0.0 (trunk 305064)
+ Target: x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ Thread model: posix
+ InstalledDir: /bin
+ Found candidate GCC installation: /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/4.8
+ Found candidate GCC installation: /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/4.8.4
+ Found candidate GCC installation: /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/4.9
+ Found candidate GCC installation: /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/4.9.2
+ Selected GCC installation: /usr/lib/gcc/x86_64-linux-gnu/4.9
+ Candidate multilib: .;@m64
+ Selected multilib: .;@m64
+
+
+Which image should I choose?
+============================
+We currently provide two images: debian8-based and nvidia-cuda-based. They
+differ in the base image that they use, i.e. they have a different set of
+preinstalled binaries. Debian8 is very minimal, nvidia-cuda is larger, but has
+preinstalled CUDA libraries and allows to access a GPU, installed on your
+machine.
+
+If you need a minimal linux distribution with only clang and libstdc++ included,
+you should try debian8-based image.
+
+If you want to use CUDA libraries and have access to a GPU on your machine,
+you should choose nvidia-cuda-based image and use `nvidia-docker
+<https://github.com/NVIDIA/nvidia-docker>`_ to run your docker containers. Note
+that you don't need nvidia-docker to build the images, but you need it in order
+to have an access to GPU from a docker container that is running the built
+image.
+
+If you have a different use-case, you could create your own image based on
+``example/`` folder.
+
+Any docker image can be built and run using only the docker binary, i.e. you can
+run debian8 build on Fedora or any other Linux distribution. You don't need to
+install CMake, compilers or any other clang dependencies. It is all handled
+during the build process inside Docker's isolated environment.
+
+Stable build
+============
+If you want a somewhat recent and somewhat stable build, use the
+``branches/google/stable`` branch, i.e. the following command will produce a
+debian8-based image using the latest ``google/stable`` sources for you:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ ./llvm/utils/docker/build_docker_image.sh \
+ -s debian8 --d clang-debian8 -t "staging" \
+ --branch branches/google/stable \
+ -p clang -i install-clang -i install-clang-headers \
+ -- \
+ -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release
+
+
+Minimizing docker image size
+============================
+Due to Docker restrictions we use two images (i.e., build and release folders)
+for the release image to be as small as possible. It's much easier to achieve
+that using two images, because Docker would store a filesystem layer for each
+command in the Dockerfile, i.e. if you install some packages in one command,
+then remove those in a separate command, the size of the resulting image will
+still be proportinal to the size of an image with installed packages.
+Therefore, we strive to provide a very simple release image which only copies
+compiled clang and does not do anything else.
+
+Docker 1.13 added a ``--squash`` flag that allows to flatten the layers of the
+image, i.e. remove the parts that were actually deleted. That is an easier way
+to produce the smallest images possible by using just a single image. We do not
+use it because as of today the flag is in experimental stage and not everyone
+may have the latest docker version available. When the flag is out of
+experimental stage, we should investigate replacing two images approach with
+just a single image, built using ``--squash`` flag.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/ExceptionHandling.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/ExceptionHandling.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/ExceptionHandling.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/ExceptionHandling.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,841 @@
+==========================
+Exception Handling in LLVM
+==========================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document is the central repository for all information pertaining to
+exception handling in LLVM. It describes the format that LLVM exception
+handling information takes, which is useful for those interested in creating
+front-ends or dealing directly with the information. Further, this document
+provides specific examples of what exception handling information is used for in
+C and C++.
+
+Itanium ABI Zero-cost Exception Handling
+----------------------------------------
+
+Exception handling for most programming languages is designed to recover from
+conditions that rarely occur during general use of an application. To that end,
+exception handling should not interfere with the main flow of an application's
+algorithm by performing checkpointing tasks, such as saving the current pc or
+register state.
+
+The Itanium ABI Exception Handling Specification defines a methodology for
+providing outlying data in the form of exception tables without inlining
+speculative exception handling code in the flow of an application's main
+algorithm. Thus, the specification is said to add "zero-cost" to the normal
+execution of an application.
+
+A more complete description of the Itanium ABI exception handling runtime
+support of can be found at `Itanium C++ ABI: Exception Handling
+<http://itanium-cxx-abi.github.io/cxx-abi/abi-eh.html>`_. A description of the
+exception frame format can be found at `Exception Frames
+<http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/LSB_3.0.0/LSB-Core-generic/LSB-Core-generic/ehframechpt.html>`_,
+with details of the DWARF 4 specification at `DWARF 4 Standard
+<http://dwarfstd.org/Dwarf4Std.php>`_. A description for the C++ exception
+table formats can be found at `Exception Handling Tables
+<http://itanium-cxx-abi.github.io/cxx-abi/exceptions.pdf>`_.
+
+Setjmp/Longjmp Exception Handling
+---------------------------------
+
+Setjmp/Longjmp (SJLJ) based exception handling uses LLVM intrinsics
+`llvm.eh.sjlj.setjmp`_ and `llvm.eh.sjlj.longjmp`_ to handle control flow for
+exception handling.
+
+For each function which does exception processing --- be it ``try``/``catch``
+blocks or cleanups --- that function registers itself on a global frame
+list. When exceptions are unwinding, the runtime uses this list to identify
+which functions need processing.
+
+Landing pad selection is encoded in the call site entry of the function
+context. The runtime returns to the function via `llvm.eh.sjlj.longjmp`_, where
+a switch table transfers control to the appropriate landing pad based on the
+index stored in the function context.
+
+In contrast to DWARF exception handling, which encodes exception regions and
+frame information in out-of-line tables, SJLJ exception handling builds and
+removes the unwind frame context at runtime. This results in faster exception
+handling at the expense of slower execution when no exceptions are thrown. As
+exceptions are, by their nature, intended for uncommon code paths, DWARF
+exception handling is generally preferred to SJLJ.
+
+Windows Runtime Exception Handling
+-----------------------------------
+
+LLVM supports handling exceptions produced by the Windows runtime, but it
+requires a very different intermediate representation. It is not based on the
+":ref:`landingpad <i_landingpad>`" instruction like the other two models, and is
+described later in this document under :ref:`wineh`.
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+When an exception is thrown in LLVM code, the runtime does its best to find a
+handler suited to processing the circumstance.
+
+The runtime first attempts to find an *exception frame* corresponding to the
+function where the exception was thrown. If the programming language supports
+exception handling (e.g. C++), the exception frame contains a reference to an
+exception table describing how to process the exception. If the language does
+not support exception handling (e.g. C), or if the exception needs to be
+forwarded to a prior activation, the exception frame contains information about
+how to unwind the current activation and restore the state of the prior
+activation. This process is repeated until the exception is handled. If the
+exception is not handled and no activations remain, then the application is
+terminated with an appropriate error message.
+
+Because different programming languages have different behaviors when handling
+exceptions, the exception handling ABI provides a mechanism for
+supplying *personalities*. An exception handling personality is defined by
+way of a *personality function* (e.g. ``__gxx_personality_v0`` in C++),
+which receives the context of the exception, an *exception structure*
+containing the exception object type and value, and a reference to the exception
+table for the current function. The personality function for the current
+compile unit is specified in a *common exception frame*.
+
+The organization of an exception table is language dependent. For C++, an
+exception table is organized as a series of code ranges defining what to do if
+an exception occurs in that range. Typically, the information associated with a
+range defines which types of exception objects (using C++ *type info*) that are
+handled in that range, and an associated action that should take place. Actions
+typically pass control to a *landing pad*.
+
+A landing pad corresponds roughly to the code found in the ``catch`` portion of
+a ``try``/``catch`` sequence. When execution resumes at a landing pad, it
+receives an *exception structure* and a *selector value* corresponding to the
+*type* of exception thrown. The selector is then used to determine which *catch*
+should actually process the exception.
+
+LLVM Code Generation
+====================
+
+From a C++ developer's perspective, exceptions are defined in terms of the
+``throw`` and ``try``/``catch`` statements. In this section we will describe the
+implementation of LLVM exception handling in terms of C++ examples.
+
+Throw
+-----
+
+Languages that support exception handling typically provide a ``throw``
+operation to initiate the exception process. Internally, a ``throw`` operation
+breaks down into two steps.
+
+#. A request is made to allocate exception space for an exception structure.
+ This structure needs to survive beyond the current activation. This structure
+ will contain the type and value of the object being thrown.
+
+#. A call is made to the runtime to raise the exception, passing the exception
+ structure as an argument.
+
+In C++, the allocation of the exception structure is done by the
+``__cxa_allocate_exception`` runtime function. The exception raising is handled
+by ``__cxa_throw``. The type of the exception is represented using a C++ RTTI
+structure.
+
+Try/Catch
+---------
+
+A call within the scope of a *try* statement can potentially raise an
+exception. In those circumstances, the LLVM C++ front-end replaces the call with
+an ``invoke`` instruction. Unlike a call, the ``invoke`` has two potential
+continuation points:
+
+#. where to continue when the call succeeds as per normal, and
+
+#. where to continue if the call raises an exception, either by a throw or the
+ unwinding of a throw
+
+The term used to define the place where an ``invoke`` continues after an
+exception is called a *landing pad*. LLVM landing pads are conceptually
+alternative function entry points where an exception structure reference and a
+type info index are passed in as arguments. The landing pad saves the exception
+structure reference and then proceeds to select the catch block that corresponds
+to the type info of the exception object.
+
+The LLVM :ref:`i_landingpad` is used to convey information about the landing
+pad to the back end. For C++, the ``landingpad`` instruction returns a pointer
+and integer pair corresponding to the pointer to the *exception structure* and
+the *selector value* respectively.
+
+The ``landingpad`` instruction looks for a reference to the personality
+function to be used for this ``try``/``catch`` sequence in the parent
+function's attribute list. The instruction contains a list of *cleanup*,
+*catch*, and *filter* clauses. The exception is tested against the clauses
+sequentially from first to last. The clauses have the following meanings:
+
+- ``catch <type> @ExcType``
+
+ - This clause means that the landingpad block should be entered if the
+ exception being thrown is of type ``@ExcType`` or a subtype of
+ ``@ExcType``. For C++, ``@ExcType`` is a pointer to the ``std::type_info``
+ object (an RTTI object) representing the C++ exception type.
+
+ - If ``@ExcType`` is ``null``, any exception matches, so the landingpad
+ should always be entered. This is used for C++ catch-all blocks ("``catch
+ (...)``").
+
+ - When this clause is matched, the selector value will be equal to the value
+ returned by "``@llvm.eh.typeid.for(i8* @ExcType)``". This will always be a
+ positive value.
+
+- ``filter <type> [<type> @ExcType1, ..., <type> @ExcTypeN]``
+
+ - This clause means that the landingpad should be entered if the exception
+ being thrown does *not* match any of the types in the list (which, for C++,
+ are again specified as ``std::type_info`` pointers).
+
+ - C++ front-ends use this to implement C++ exception specifications, such as
+ "``void foo() throw (ExcType1, ..., ExcTypeN) { ... }``".
+
+ - When this clause is matched, the selector value will be negative.
+
+ - The array argument to ``filter`` may be empty; for example, "``[0 x i8**]
+ undef``". This means that the landingpad should always be entered. (Note
+ that such a ``filter`` would not be equivalent to "``catch i8* null``",
+ because ``filter`` and ``catch`` produce negative and positive selector
+ values respectively.)
+
+- ``cleanup``
+
+ - This clause means that the landingpad should always be entered.
+
+ - C++ front-ends use this for calling objects' destructors.
+
+ - When this clause is matched, the selector value will be zero.
+
+ - The runtime may treat "``cleanup``" differently from "``catch <type>
+ null``".
+
+ In C++, if an unhandled exception occurs, the language runtime will call
+ ``std::terminate()``, but it is implementation-defined whether the runtime
+ unwinds the stack and calls object destructors first. For example, the GNU
+ C++ unwinder does not call object destructors when an unhandled exception
+ occurs. The reason for this is to improve debuggability: it ensures that
+ ``std::terminate()`` is called from the context of the ``throw``, so that
+ this context is not lost by unwinding the stack. A runtime will typically
+ implement this by searching for a matching non-``cleanup`` clause, and
+ aborting if it does not find one, before entering any landingpad blocks.
+
+Once the landing pad has the type info selector, the code branches to the code
+for the first catch. The catch then checks the value of the type info selector
+against the index of type info for that catch. Since the type info index is not
+known until all the type infos have been gathered in the backend, the catch code
+must call the `llvm.eh.typeid.for`_ intrinsic to determine the index for a given
+type info. If the catch fails to match the selector then control is passed on to
+the next catch.
+
+Finally, the entry and exit of catch code is bracketed with calls to
+``__cxa_begin_catch`` and ``__cxa_end_catch``.
+
+* ``__cxa_begin_catch`` takes an exception structure reference as an argument
+ and returns the value of the exception object.
+
+* ``__cxa_end_catch`` takes no arguments. This function:
+
+ #. Locates the most recently caught exception and decrements its handler
+ count,
+
+ #. Removes the exception from the *caught* stack if the handler count goes to
+ zero, and
+
+ #. Destroys the exception if the handler count goes to zero and the exception
+ was not re-thrown by throw.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ a rethrow from within the catch may replace this call with a
+ ``__cxa_rethrow``.
+
+Cleanups
+--------
+
+A cleanup is extra code which needs to be run as part of unwinding a scope. C++
+destructors are a typical example, but other languages and language extensions
+provide a variety of different kinds of cleanups. In general, a landing pad may
+need to run arbitrary amounts of cleanup code before actually entering a catch
+block. To indicate the presence of cleanups, a :ref:`i_landingpad` should have
+a *cleanup* clause. Otherwise, the unwinder will not stop at the landing pad if
+there are no catches or filters that require it to.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Do not allow a new exception to propagate out of the execution of a
+ cleanup. This can corrupt the internal state of the unwinder. Different
+ languages describe different high-level semantics for these situations: for
+ example, C++ requires that the process be terminated, whereas Ada cancels both
+ exceptions and throws a third.
+
+When all cleanups are finished, if the exception is not handled by the current
+function, resume unwinding by calling the :ref:`resume instruction <i_resume>`,
+passing in the result of the ``landingpad`` instruction for the original
+landing pad.
+
+Throw Filters
+-------------
+
+C++ allows the specification of which exception types may be thrown from a
+function. To represent this, a top level landing pad may exist to filter out
+invalid types. To express this in LLVM code the :ref:`i_landingpad` will have a
+filter clause. The clause consists of an array of type infos.
+``landingpad`` will return a negative value
+if the exception does not match any of the type infos. If no match is found then
+a call to ``__cxa_call_unexpected`` should be made, otherwise
+``_Unwind_Resume``. Each of these functions requires a reference to the
+exception structure. Note that the most general form of a ``landingpad``
+instruction can have any number of catch, cleanup, and filter clauses (though
+having more than one cleanup is pointless). The LLVM C++ front-end can generate
+such ``landingpad`` instructions due to inlining creating nested exception
+handling scopes.
+
+.. _undefined:
+
+Restrictions
+------------
+
+The unwinder delegates the decision of whether to stop in a call frame to that
+call frame's language-specific personality function. Not all unwinders guarantee
+that they will stop to perform cleanups. For example, the GNU C++ unwinder
+doesn't do so unless the exception is actually caught somewhere further up the
+stack.
+
+In order for inlining to behave correctly, landing pads must be prepared to
+handle selector results that they did not originally advertise. Suppose that a
+function catches exceptions of type ``A``, and it's inlined into a function that
+catches exceptions of type ``B``. The inliner will update the ``landingpad``
+instruction for the inlined landing pad to include the fact that ``B`` is also
+caught. If that landing pad assumes that it will only be entered to catch an
+``A``, it's in for a rude awakening. Consequently, landing pads must test for
+the selector results they understand and then resume exception propagation with
+the `resume instruction <LangRef.html#i_resume>`_ if none of the conditions
+match.
+
+Exception Handling Intrinsics
+=============================
+
+In addition to the ``landingpad`` and ``resume`` instructions, LLVM uses several
+intrinsic functions (name prefixed with ``llvm.eh``) to provide exception
+handling information at various points in generated code.
+
+.. _llvm.eh.typeid.for:
+
+``llvm.eh.typeid.for``
+----------------------
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ i32 @llvm.eh.typeid.for(i8* %type_info)
+
+
+This intrinsic returns the type info index in the exception table of the current
+function. This value can be used to compare against the result of
+``landingpad`` instruction. The single argument is a reference to a type info.
+
+Uses of this intrinsic are generated by the C++ front-end.
+
+.. _llvm.eh.begincatch:
+
+``llvm.eh.begincatch``
+----------------------
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ void @llvm.eh.begincatch(i8* %ehptr, i8* %ehobj)
+
+
+This intrinsic marks the beginning of catch handling code within the blocks
+following a ``landingpad`` instruction. The exact behavior of this function
+depends on the compilation target and the personality function associated
+with the ``landingpad`` instruction.
+
+The first argument to this intrinsic is a pointer that was previously extracted
+from the aggregate return value of the ``landingpad`` instruction. The second
+argument to the intrinsic is a pointer to stack space where the exception object
+should be stored. The runtime handles the details of copying the exception
+object into the slot. If the second parameter is null, no copy occurs.
+
+Uses of this intrinsic are generated by the C++ front-end. Many targets will
+use implementation-specific functions (such as ``__cxa_begin_catch``) instead
+of this intrinsic. The intrinsic is provided for targets that require a more
+abstract interface.
+
+When used in the native Windows C++ exception handling implementation, this
+intrinsic serves as a placeholder to delimit code before a catch handler is
+outlined. When the handler is is outlined, this intrinsic will be replaced
+by instructions that retrieve the exception object pointer from the frame
+allocation block.
+
+
+.. _llvm.eh.endcatch:
+
+``llvm.eh.endcatch``
+----------------------
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ void @llvm.eh.endcatch()
+
+
+This intrinsic marks the end of catch handling code within the current block,
+which will be a successor of a block which called ``llvm.eh.begincatch''.
+The exact behavior of this function depends on the compilation target and the
+personality function associated with the corresponding ``landingpad``
+instruction.
+
+There may be more than one call to ``llvm.eh.endcatch`` for any given call to
+``llvm.eh.begincatch`` with each ``llvm.eh.endcatch`` call corresponding to the
+end of a different control path. All control paths following a call to
+``llvm.eh.begincatch`` must reach a call to ``llvm.eh.endcatch``.
+
+Uses of this intrinsic are generated by the C++ front-end. Many targets will
+use implementation-specific functions (such as ``__cxa_begin_catch``) instead
+of this intrinsic. The intrinsic is provided for targets that require a more
+abstract interface.
+
+When used in the native Windows C++ exception handling implementation, this
+intrinsic serves as a placeholder to delimit code before a catch handler is
+outlined. After the handler is outlined, this intrinsic is simply removed.
+
+
+.. _llvm.eh.exceptionpointer:
+
+``llvm.eh.exceptionpointer``
+----------------------------
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ i8 addrspace(N)* @llvm.eh.padparam.pNi8(token %catchpad)
+
+
+This intrinsic retrieves a pointer to the exception caught by the given
+``catchpad``.
+
+
+SJLJ Intrinsics
+---------------
+
+The ``llvm.eh.sjlj`` intrinsics are used internally within LLVM's
+backend. Uses of them are generated by the backend's
+``SjLjEHPrepare`` pass.
+
+.. _llvm.eh.sjlj.setjmp:
+
+``llvm.eh.sjlj.setjmp``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ i32 @llvm.eh.sjlj.setjmp(i8* %setjmp_buf)
+
+For SJLJ based exception handling, this intrinsic forces register saving for the
+current function and stores the address of the following instruction for use as
+a destination address by `llvm.eh.sjlj.longjmp`_. The buffer format and the
+overall functioning of this intrinsic is compatible with the GCC
+``__builtin_setjmp`` implementation allowing code built with the clang and GCC
+to interoperate.
+
+The single parameter is a pointer to a five word buffer in which the calling
+context is saved. The front end places the frame pointer in the first word, and
+the target implementation of this intrinsic should place the destination address
+for a `llvm.eh.sjlj.longjmp`_ in the second word. The following three words are
+available for use in a target-specific manner.
+
+.. _llvm.eh.sjlj.longjmp:
+
+``llvm.eh.sjlj.longjmp``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ void @llvm.eh.sjlj.longjmp(i8* %setjmp_buf)
+
+For SJLJ based exception handling, the ``llvm.eh.sjlj.longjmp`` intrinsic is
+used to implement ``__builtin_longjmp()``. The single parameter is a pointer to
+a buffer populated by `llvm.eh.sjlj.setjmp`_. The frame pointer and stack
+pointer are restored from the buffer, then control is transferred to the
+destination address.
+
+``llvm.eh.sjlj.lsda``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ i8* @llvm.eh.sjlj.lsda()
+
+For SJLJ based exception handling, the ``llvm.eh.sjlj.lsda`` intrinsic returns
+the address of the Language Specific Data Area (LSDA) for the current
+function. The SJLJ front-end code stores this address in the exception handling
+function context for use by the runtime.
+
+``llvm.eh.sjlj.callsite``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ void @llvm.eh.sjlj.callsite(i32 %call_site_num)
+
+For SJLJ based exception handling, the ``llvm.eh.sjlj.callsite`` intrinsic
+identifies the callsite value associated with the following ``invoke``
+instruction. This is used to ensure that landing pad entries in the LSDA are
+generated in matching order.
+
+Asm Table Formats
+=================
+
+There are two tables that are used by the exception handling runtime to
+determine which actions should be taken when an exception is thrown.
+
+Exception Handling Frame
+------------------------
+
+An exception handling frame ``eh_frame`` is very similar to the unwind frame
+used by DWARF debug info. The frame contains all the information necessary to
+tear down the current frame and restore the state of the prior frame. There is
+an exception handling frame for each function in a compile unit, plus a common
+exception handling frame that defines information common to all functions in the
+unit.
+
+The format of this call frame information (CFI) is often platform-dependent,
+however. ARM, for example, defines their own format. Apple has their own compact
+unwind info format. On Windows, another format is used for all architectures
+since 32-bit x86. LLVM will emit whatever information is required by the
+target.
+
+Exception Tables
+----------------
+
+An exception table contains information about what actions to take when an
+exception is thrown in a particular part of a function's code. This is typically
+referred to as the language-specific data area (LSDA). The format of the LSDA
+table is specific to the personality function, but the majority of personalities
+out there use a variation of the tables consumed by ``__gxx_personality_v0``.
+There is one exception table per function, except leaf functions and functions
+that have calls only to non-throwing functions. They do not need an exception
+table.
+
+.. _wineh:
+
+Exception Handling using the Windows Runtime
+=================================================
+
+Background on Windows exceptions
+---------------------------------
+
+Interacting with exceptions on Windows is significantly more complicated than
+on Itanium C++ ABI platforms. The fundamental difference between the two models
+is that Itanium EH is designed around the idea of "successive unwinding," while
+Windows EH is not.
+
+Under Itanium, throwing an exception typically involes allocating thread local
+memory to hold the exception, and calling into the EH runtime. The runtime
+identifies frames with appropriate exception handling actions, and successively
+resets the register context of the current thread to the most recently active
+frame with actions to run. In LLVM, execution resumes at a ``landingpad``
+instruction, which produces register values provided by the runtime. If a
+function is only cleaning up allocated resources, the function is responsible
+for calling ``_Unwind_Resume`` to transition to the next most recently active
+frame after it is finished cleaning up. Eventually, the frame responsible for
+handling the exception calls ``__cxa_end_catch`` to destroy the exception,
+release its memory, and resume normal control flow.
+
+The Windows EH model does not use these successive register context resets.
+Instead, the active exception is typically described by a frame on the stack.
+In the case of C++ exceptions, the exception object is allocated in stack memory
+and its address is passed to ``__CxxThrowException``. General purpose structured
+exceptions (SEH) are more analogous to Linux signals, and they are dispatched by
+userspace DLLs provided with Windows. Each frame on the stack has an assigned EH
+personality routine, which decides what actions to take to handle the exception.
+There are a few major personalities for C and C++ code: the C++ personality
+(``__CxxFrameHandler3``) and the SEH personalities (``_except_handler3``,
+``_except_handler4``, and ``__C_specific_handler``). All of them implement
+cleanups by calling back into a "funclet" contained in the parent function.
+
+Funclets, in this context, are regions of the parent function that can be called
+as though they were a function pointer with a very special calling convention.
+The frame pointer of the parent frame is passed into the funclet either using
+the standard EBP register or as the first parameter register, depending on the
+architecture. The funclet implements the EH action by accessing local variables
+in memory through the frame pointer, and returning some appropriate value,
+continuing the EH process. No variables live in to or out of the funclet can be
+allocated in registers.
+
+The C++ personality also uses funclets to contain the code for catch blocks
+(i.e. all user code between the braces in ``catch (Type obj) { ... }``). The
+runtime must use funclets for catch bodies because the C++ exception object is
+allocated in a child stack frame of the function handling the exception. If the
+runtime rewound the stack back to frame of the catch, the memory holding the
+exception would be overwritten quickly by subsequent function calls. The use of
+funclets also allows ``__CxxFrameHandler3`` to implement rethrow without
+resorting to TLS. Instead, the runtime throws a special exception, and then uses
+SEH (``__try / __except``) to resume execution with new information in the child
+frame.
+
+In other words, the successive unwinding approach is incompatible with Visual
+C++ exceptions and general purpose Windows exception handling. Because the C++
+exception object lives in stack memory, LLVM cannot provide a custom personality
+function that uses landingpads. Similarly, SEH does not provide any mechanism
+to rethrow an exception or continue unwinding. Therefore, LLVM must use the IR
+constructs described later in this document to implement compatible exception
+handling.
+
+SEH filter expressions
+-----------------------
+
+The SEH personality functions also use funclets to implement filter expressions,
+which allow executing arbitrary user code to decide which exceptions to catch.
+Filter expressions should not be confused with the ``filter`` clause of the LLVM
+``landingpad`` instruction. Typically filter expressions are used to determine
+if the exception came from a particular DLL or code region, or if code faulted
+while accessing a particular memory address range. LLVM does not currently have
+IR to represent filter expressions because it is difficult to represent their
+control dependencies. Filter expressions run during the first phase of EH,
+before cleanups run, making it very difficult to build a faithful control flow
+graph. For now, the new EH instructions cannot represent SEH filter
+expressions, and frontends must outline them ahead of time. Local variables of
+the parent function can be escaped and accessed using the ``llvm.localescape``
+and ``llvm.localrecover`` intrinsics.
+
+New exception handling instructions
+------------------------------------
+
+The primary design goal of the new EH instructions is to support funclet
+generation while preserving information about the CFG so that SSA formation
+still works. As a secondary goal, they are designed to be generic across MSVC
+and Itanium C++ exceptions. They make very few assumptions about the data
+required by the personality, so long as it uses the familiar core EH actions:
+catch, cleanup, and terminate. However, the new instructions are hard to modify
+without knowing details of the EH personality. While they can be used to
+represent Itanium EH, the landingpad model is strictly better for optimization
+purposes.
+
+The following new instructions are considered "exception handling pads", in that
+they must be the first non-phi instruction of a basic block that may be the
+unwind destination of an EH flow edge:
+``catchswitch``, ``catchpad``, and ``cleanuppad``.
+As with landingpads, when entering a try scope, if the
+frontend encounters a call site that may throw an exception, it should emit an
+invoke that unwinds to a ``catchswitch`` block. Similarly, inside the scope of a
+C++ object with a destructor, invokes should unwind to a ``cleanuppad``.
+
+New instructions are also used to mark the points where control is transferred
+out of a catch/cleanup handler (which will correspond to exits from the
+generated funclet). A catch handler which reaches its end by normal execution
+executes a ``catchret`` instruction, which is a terminator indicating where in
+the function control is returned to. A cleanup handler which reaches its end
+by normal execution executes a ``cleanupret`` instruction, which is a terminator
+indicating where the active exception will unwind to next.
+
+Each of these new EH pad instructions has a way to identify which action should
+be considered after this action. The ``catchswitch`` instruction is a terminator
+and has an unwind destination operand analogous to the unwind destination of an
+invoke. The ``cleanuppad`` instruction is not
+a terminator, so the unwind destination is stored on the ``cleanupret``
+instruction instead. Successfully executing a catch handler should resume
+normal control flow, so neither ``catchpad`` nor ``catchret`` instructions can
+unwind. All of these "unwind edges" may refer to a basic block that contains an
+EH pad instruction, or they may unwind to the caller. Unwinding to the caller
+has roughly the same semantics as the ``resume`` instruction in the landingpad
+model. When inlining through an invoke, instructions that unwind to the caller
+are hooked up to unwind to the unwind destination of the call site.
+
+Putting things together, here is a hypothetical lowering of some C++ that uses
+all of the new IR instructions:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ struct Cleanup {
+ Cleanup();
+ ~Cleanup();
+ int m;
+ };
+ void may_throw();
+ int f() noexcept {
+ try {
+ Cleanup obj;
+ may_throw();
+ } catch (int e) {
+ may_throw();
+ return e;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ define i32 @f() nounwind personality i32 (...)* @__CxxFrameHandler3 {
+ entry:
+ %obj = alloca %struct.Cleanup, align 4
+ %e = alloca i32, align 4
+ %call = invoke %struct.Cleanup* @"\01??0Cleanup@@QEAA at XZ"(%struct.Cleanup* nonnull %obj)
+ to label %invoke.cont unwind label %lpad.catch
+
+ invoke.cont: ; preds = %entry
+ invoke void @"\01?may_throw@@YAXXZ"()
+ to label %invoke.cont.2 unwind label %lpad.cleanup
+
+ invoke.cont.2: ; preds = %invoke.cont
+ call void @"\01??_DCleanup@@QEAA at XZ"(%struct.Cleanup* nonnull %obj) nounwind
+ br label %return
+
+ return: ; preds = %invoke.cont.3, %invoke.cont.2
+ %retval.0 = phi i32 [ 0, %invoke.cont.2 ], [ %3, %invoke.cont.3 ]
+ ret i32 %retval.0
+
+ lpad.cleanup: ; preds = %invoke.cont.2
+ %0 = cleanuppad within none []
+ call void @"\01??1Cleanup@@QEAA at XZ"(%struct.Cleanup* nonnull %obj) nounwind
+ cleanupret %0 unwind label %lpad.catch
+
+ lpad.catch: ; preds = %lpad.cleanup, %entry
+ %1 = catchswitch within none [label %catch.body] unwind label %lpad.terminate
+
+ catch.body: ; preds = %lpad.catch
+ %catch = catchpad within %1 [%rtti.TypeDescriptor2* @"\01??_R0H at 8", i32 0, i32* %e]
+ invoke void @"\01?may_throw@@YAXXZ"()
+ to label %invoke.cont.3 unwind label %lpad.terminate
+
+ invoke.cont.3: ; preds = %catch.body
+ %3 = load i32, i32* %e, align 4
+ catchret from %catch to label %return
+
+ lpad.terminate: ; preds = %catch.body, %lpad.catch
+ cleanuppad within none []
+ call void @"\01?terminate@@YAXXZ"
+ unreachable
+ }
+
+Funclet parent tokens
+-----------------------
+
+In order to produce tables for EH personalities that use funclets, it is
+necessary to recover the nesting that was present in the source. This funclet
+parent relationship is encoded in the IR using tokens produced by the new "pad"
+instructions. The token operand of a "pad" or "ret" instruction indicates which
+funclet it is in, or "none" if it is not nested within another funclet.
+
+The ``catchpad`` and ``cleanuppad`` instructions establish new funclets, and
+their tokens are consumed by other "pad" instructions to establish membership.
+The ``catchswitch`` instruction does not create a funclet, but it produces a
+token that is always consumed by its immediate successor ``catchpad``
+instructions. This ensures that every catch handler modelled by a ``catchpad``
+belongs to exactly one ``catchswitch``, which models the dispatch point after a
+C++ try.
+
+Here is an example of what this nesting looks like using some hypothetical
+C++ code:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ void f() {
+ try {
+ throw;
+ } catch (...) {
+ try {
+ throw;
+ } catch (...) {
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ define void @f() #0 personality i8* bitcast (i32 (...)* @__CxxFrameHandler3 to i8*) {
+ entry:
+ invoke void @_CxxThrowException(i8* null, %eh.ThrowInfo* null) #1
+ to label %unreachable unwind label %catch.dispatch
+
+ catch.dispatch: ; preds = %entry
+ %0 = catchswitch within none [label %catch] unwind to caller
+
+ catch: ; preds = %catch.dispatch
+ %1 = catchpad within %0 [i8* null, i32 64, i8* null]
+ invoke void @_CxxThrowException(i8* null, %eh.ThrowInfo* null) #1
+ to label %unreachable unwind label %catch.dispatch2
+
+ catch.dispatch2: ; preds = %catch
+ %2 = catchswitch within %1 [label %catch3] unwind to caller
+
+ catch3: ; preds = %catch.dispatch2
+ %3 = catchpad within %2 [i8* null, i32 64, i8* null]
+ catchret from %3 to label %try.cont
+
+ try.cont: ; preds = %catch3
+ catchret from %1 to label %try.cont6
+
+ try.cont6: ; preds = %try.cont
+ ret void
+
+ unreachable: ; preds = %catch, %entry
+ unreachable
+ }
+
+The "inner" ``catchswitch`` consumes ``%1`` which is produced by the outer
+catchswitch.
+
+.. _wineh-constraints:
+
+Funclet transitions
+-----------------------
+
+The EH tables for personalities that use funclets make implicit use of the
+funclet nesting relationship to encode unwind destinations, and so are
+constrained in the set of funclet transitions they can represent. The related
+LLVM IR instructions accordingly have constraints that ensure encodability of
+the EH edges in the flow graph.
+
+A ``catchswitch``, ``catchpad``, or ``cleanuppad`` is said to be "entered"
+when it executes. It may subsequently be "exited" by any of the following
+means:
+
+* A ``catchswitch`` is immediately exited when none of its constituent
+ ``catchpad``\ s are appropriate for the in-flight exception and it unwinds
+ to its unwind destination or the caller.
+* A ``catchpad`` and its parent ``catchswitch`` are both exited when a
+ ``catchret`` from the ``catchpad`` is executed.
+* A ``cleanuppad`` is exited when a ``cleanupret`` from it is executed.
+* Any of these pads is exited when control unwinds to the function's caller,
+ either by a ``call`` which unwinds all the way to the function's caller,
+ a nested ``catchswitch`` marked "``unwinds to caller``", or a nested
+ ``cleanuppad``\ 's ``cleanupret`` marked "``unwinds to caller"``.
+* Any of these pads is exited when an unwind edge (from an ``invoke``,
+ nested ``catchswitch``, or nested ``cleanuppad``\ 's ``cleanupret``)
+ unwinds to a destination pad that is not a descendant of the given pad.
+
+Note that the ``ret`` instruction is *not* a valid way to exit a funclet pad;
+it is undefined behavior to execute a ``ret`` when a pad has been entered but
+not exited.
+
+A single unwind edge may exit any number of pads (with the restrictions that
+the edge from a ``catchswitch`` must exit at least itself, and the edge from
+a ``cleanupret`` must exit at least its ``cleanuppad``), and then must enter
+exactly one pad, which must be distinct from all the exited pads. The parent
+of the pad that an unwind edge enters must be the most-recently-entered
+not-yet-exited pad (after exiting from any pads that the unwind edge exits),
+or "none" if there is no such pad. This ensures that the stack of executing
+funclets at run-time always corresponds to some path in the funclet pad tree
+that the parent tokens encode.
+
+All unwind edges which exit any given funclet pad (including ``cleanupret``
+edges exiting their ``cleanuppad`` and ``catchswitch`` edges exiting their
+``catchswitch``) must share the same unwind destination. Similarly, any
+funclet pad which may be exited by unwind to caller must not be exited by
+any exception edges which unwind anywhere other than the caller. This
+ensures that each funclet as a whole has only one unwind destination, which
+EH tables for funclet personalities may require. Note that any unwind edge
+which exits a ``catchpad`` also exits its parent ``catchswitch``, so this
+implies that for any given ``catchswitch``, its unwind destination must also
+be the unwind destination of any unwind edge that exits any of its constituent
+``catchpad``\s. Because ``catchswitch`` has no ``nounwind`` variant, and
+because IR producers are not *required* to annotate calls which will not
+unwind as ``nounwind``, it is legal to nest a ``call`` or an "``unwind to
+caller``\ " ``catchswitch`` within a funclet pad that has an unwind
+destination other than caller; it is undefined behavior for such a ``call``
+or ``catchswitch`` to unwind.
+
+Finally, the funclet pads' unwind destinations cannot form a cycle. This
+ensures that EH lowering can construct "try regions" with a tree-like
+structure, which funclet-based personalities may require.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/ExtendingLLVM.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/ExtendingLLVM.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/ExtendingLLVM.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/ExtendingLLVM.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+============================================================
+Extending LLVM: Adding instructions, intrinsics, types, etc.
+============================================================
+
+Introduction and Warning
+========================
+
+
+During the course of using LLVM, you may wish to customize it for your research
+project or for experimentation. At this point, you may realize that you need to
+add something to LLVM, whether it be a new fundamental type, a new intrinsic
+function, or a whole new instruction.
+
+When you come to this realization, stop and think. Do you really need to extend
+LLVM? Is it a new fundamental capability that LLVM does not support at its
+current incarnation or can it be synthesized from already pre-existing LLVM
+elements? If you are not sure, ask on the `LLVM-dev
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/llvm-dev>`_ list. The reason is that
+extending LLVM will get involved as you need to update all the different passes
+that you intend to use with your extension, and there are ``many`` LLVM analyses
+and transformations, so it may be quite a bit of work.
+
+Adding an `intrinsic function`_ is far easier than adding an
+instruction, and is transparent to optimization passes. If your added
+functionality can be expressed as a function call, an intrinsic function is the
+method of choice for LLVM extension.
+
+Before you invest a significant amount of effort into a non-trivial extension,
+**ask on the list** if what you are looking to do can be done with
+already-existing infrastructure, or if maybe someone else is already working on
+it. You will save yourself a lot of time and effort by doing so.
+
+.. _intrinsic function:
+
+Adding a new intrinsic function
+===============================
+
+Adding a new intrinsic function to LLVM is much easier than adding a new
+instruction. Almost all extensions to LLVM should start as an intrinsic
+function and then be turned into an instruction if warranted.
+
+#. ``llvm/docs/LangRef.html``:
+
+ Document the intrinsic. Decide whether it is code generator specific and
+ what the restrictions are. Talk to other people about it so that you are
+ sure it's a good idea.
+
+#. ``llvm/include/llvm/IR/Intrinsics*.td``:
+
+ Add an entry for your intrinsic. Describe its memory access characteristics
+ for optimization (this controls whether it will be DCE'd, CSE'd, etc). Note
+ that any intrinsic using one of the ``llvm_any*_ty`` types for an argument or
+ return type will be deemed by ``tblgen`` as overloaded and the corresponding
+ suffix will be required on the intrinsic's name.
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/Analysis/ConstantFolding.cpp``:
+
+ If it is possible to constant fold your intrinsic, add support to it in the
+ ``canConstantFoldCallTo`` and ``ConstantFoldCall`` functions.
+
+#. ``llvm/test/*``:
+
+ Add test cases for your test cases to the test suite
+
+Once the intrinsic has been added to the system, you must add code generator
+support for it. Generally you must do the following steps:
+
+Add support to the .td file for the target(s) of your choice in
+``lib/Target/*/*.td``.
+
+ This is usually a matter of adding a pattern to the .td file that matches the
+ intrinsic, though it may obviously require adding the instructions you want to
+ generate as well. There are lots of examples in the PowerPC and X86 backend
+ to follow.
+
+Adding a new SelectionDAG node
+==============================
+
+As with intrinsics, adding a new SelectionDAG node to LLVM is much easier than
+adding a new instruction. New nodes are often added to help represent
+instructions common to many targets. These nodes often map to an LLVM
+instruction (add, sub) or intrinsic (byteswap, population count). In other
+cases, new nodes have been added to allow many targets to perform a common task
+(converting between floating point and integer representation) or capture more
+complicated behavior in a single node (rotate).
+
+#. ``include/llvm/CodeGen/ISDOpcodes.h``:
+
+ Add an enum value for the new SelectionDAG node.
+
+#. ``lib/CodeGen/SelectionDAG/SelectionDAG.cpp``:
+
+ Add code to print the node to ``getOperationName``. If your new node can be
+ evaluated at compile time when given constant arguments (such as an add of a
+ constant with another constant), find the ``getNode`` method that takes the
+ appropriate number of arguments, and add a case for your node to the switch
+ statement that performs constant folding for nodes that take the same number
+ of arguments as your new node.
+
+#. ``lib/CodeGen/SelectionDAG/LegalizeDAG.cpp``:
+
+ Add code to `legalize, promote, and expand
+ <CodeGenerator.html#selectiondag_legalize>`_ the node as necessary. At a
+ minimum, you will need to add a case statement for your node in
+ ``LegalizeOp`` which calls LegalizeOp on the node's operands, and returns a
+ new node if any of the operands changed as a result of being legalized. It
+ is likely that not all targets supported by the SelectionDAG framework will
+ natively support the new node. In this case, you must also add code in your
+ node's case statement in ``LegalizeOp`` to Expand your node into simpler,
+ legal operations. The case for ``ISD::UREM`` for expanding a remainder into
+ a divide, multiply, and a subtract is a good example.
+
+#. ``lib/CodeGen/SelectionDAG/LegalizeDAG.cpp``:
+
+ If targets may support the new node being added only at certain sizes, you
+ will also need to add code to your node's case statement in ``LegalizeOp``
+ to Promote your node's operands to a larger size, and perform the correct
+ operation. You will also need to add code to ``PromoteOp`` to do this as
+ well. For a good example, see ``ISD::BSWAP``, which promotes its operand to
+ a wider size, performs the byteswap, and then shifts the correct bytes right
+ to emulate the narrower byteswap in the wider type.
+
+#. ``lib/CodeGen/SelectionDAG/LegalizeDAG.cpp``:
+
+ Add a case for your node in ``ExpandOp`` to teach the legalizer how to
+ perform the action represented by the new node on a value that has been split
+ into high and low halves. This case will be used to support your node with a
+ 64 bit operand on a 32 bit target.
+
+#. ``lib/CodeGen/SelectionDAG/DAGCombiner.cpp``:
+
+ If your node can be combined with itself, or other existing nodes in a
+ peephole-like fashion, add a visit function for it, and call that function
+ from. There are several good examples for simple combines you can do;
+ ``visitFABS`` and ``visitSRL`` are good starting places.
+
+#. ``lib/Target/PowerPC/PPCISelLowering.cpp``:
+
+ Each target has an implementation of the ``TargetLowering`` class, usually in
+ its own file (although some targets include it in the same file as the
+ DAGToDAGISel). The default behavior for a target is to assume that your new
+ node is legal for all types that are legal for that target. If this target
+ does not natively support your node, then tell the target to either Promote
+ it (if it is supported at a larger type) or Expand it. This will cause the
+ code you wrote in ``LegalizeOp`` above to decompose your new node into other
+ legal nodes for this target.
+
+#. ``lib/Target/TargetSelectionDAG.td``:
+
+ Most current targets supported by LLVM generate code using the DAGToDAG
+ method, where SelectionDAG nodes are pattern matched to target-specific
+ nodes, which represent individual instructions. In order for the targets to
+ match an instruction to your new node, you must add a def for that node to
+ the list in this file, with the appropriate type constraints. Look at
+ ``add``, ``bswap``, and ``fadd`` for examples.
+
+#. ``lib/Target/PowerPC/PPCInstrInfo.td``:
+
+ Each target has a tablegen file that describes the target's instruction set.
+ For targets that use the DAGToDAG instruction selection framework, add a
+ pattern for your new node that uses one or more target nodes. Documentation
+ for this is a bit sparse right now, but there are several decent examples.
+ See the patterns for ``rotl`` in ``PPCInstrInfo.td``.
+
+#. TODO: document complex patterns.
+
+#. ``llvm/test/CodeGen/*``:
+
+ Add test cases for your new node to the test suite.
+ ``llvm/test/CodeGen/X86/bswap.ll`` is a good example.
+
+Adding a new instruction
+========================
+
+.. warning::
+
+ Adding instructions changes the bitcode format, and it will take some effort
+ to maintain compatibility with the previous version. Only add an instruction
+ if it is absolutely necessary.
+
+#. ``llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instruction.def``:
+
+ add a number for your instruction and an enum name
+
+#. ``llvm/include/llvm/IR/Instructions.h``:
+
+ add a definition for the class that will represent your instruction
+
+#. ``llvm/include/llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h``:
+
+ add a prototype for a visitor to your new instruction type
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/AsmParser/LLLexer.cpp``:
+
+ add a new token to parse your instruction from assembly text file
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/AsmParser/LLParser.cpp``:
+
+ add the grammar on how your instruction can be read and what it will
+ construct as a result
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.cpp``:
+
+ add a case for your instruction and how it will be parsed from bitcode
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/Bitcode/Writer/BitcodeWriter.cpp``:
+
+ add a case for your instruction and how it will be parsed from bitcode
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/IR/Instruction.cpp``:
+
+ add a case for how your instruction will be printed out to assembly
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/IR/Instructions.cpp``:
+
+ implement the class you defined in ``llvm/include/llvm/Instructions.h``
+
+#. Test your instruction
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/Target/*``:
+
+ add support for your instruction to code generators, or add a lowering pass.
+
+#. ``llvm/test/*``:
+
+ add your test cases to the test suite.
+
+Also, you need to implement (or modify) any analyses or passes that you want to
+understand this new instruction.
+
+Adding a new type
+=================
+
+.. warning::
+
+ Adding new types changes the bitcode format, and will break compatibility with
+ currently-existing LLVM installations. Only add new types if it is absolutely
+ necessary.
+
+Adding a fundamental type
+-------------------------
+
+#. ``llvm/include/llvm/IR/Type.h``:
+
+ add enum for the new type; add static ``Type*`` for this type
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/IR/Type.cpp`` and ``llvm/lib/IR/ValueTypes.cpp``:
+
+ add mapping from ``TypeID`` => ``Type*``; initialize the static ``Type*``
+
+#. ``llvm/llvm/llvm-c/Core.cpp``:
+
+ add enum ``LLVMTypeKind`` and modify
+ ``LLVMTypeKind LLVMGetTypeKind(LLVMTypeRef Ty)`` for the new type
+
+#. ``llvm/include/llvm/IR/TypeBuilder.h``:
+
+ add new class to represent new type in the hierarchy
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/AsmParser/LLLexer.cpp``:
+
+ add ability to parse in the type from text assembly
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/AsmParser/LLParser.cpp``:
+
+ add a token for that type
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/Bitcode/Writer/BitcodeWriter.cpp``:
+
+ modify ``static void WriteTypeTable(const ValueEnumerator &VE,
+ BitstreamWriter &Stream)`` to serialize your type
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.cpp``:
+
+ modify ``bool BitcodeReader::ParseTypeType()`` to read your data type
+
+#. ``include/llvm/Bitcode/LLVMBitCodes.h``:
+
+ add enum ``TypeCodes`` for the new type
+
+Adding a derived type
+---------------------
+
+#. ``llvm/include/llvm/IR/Type.h``:
+
+ add enum for the new type; add a forward declaration of the type also
+
+#. ``llvm/include/llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h``:
+
+ add new class to represent new class in the hierarchy; add forward
+ declaration to the TypeMap value type
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/IR/Type.cpp`` and ``llvm/lib/IR/ValueTypes.cpp``:
+
+ add support for derived type, notably `enum TypeID` and `is`, `get` methods.
+
+#. ``llvm/llvm/llvm-c/Core.cpp``:
+
+ add enum ``LLVMTypeKind`` and modify
+ `LLVMTypeKind LLVMGetTypeKind(LLVMTypeRef Ty)` for the new type
+
+#. ``llvm/include/llvm/IR/TypeBuilder.h``:
+
+ add new class to represent new class in the hierarchy
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/AsmParser/LLLexer.cpp``:
+
+ modify ``lltok::Kind LLLexer::LexIdentifier()`` to add ability to
+ parse in the type from text assembly
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/Bitcode/Writer/BitcodeWriter.cpp``:
+
+ modify ``static void WriteTypeTable(const ValueEnumerator &VE,
+ BitstreamWriter &Stream)`` to serialize your type
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/Bitcode/Reader/BitcodeReader.cpp``:
+
+ modify ``bool BitcodeReader::ParseTypeType()`` to read your data type
+
+#. ``include/llvm/Bitcode/LLVMBitCodes.h``:
+
+ add enum ``TypeCodes`` for the new type
+
+#. ``llvm/lib/IR/AsmWriter.cpp``:
+
+ modify ``void TypePrinting::print(Type *Ty, raw_ostream &OS)``
+ to output the new derived type
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Extensions.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Extensions.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Extensions.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Extensions.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+===============
+LLVM Extensions
+===============
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+.. toctree::
+ :hidden:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document describes extensions to tools and formats LLVM seeks compatibility
+with.
+
+General Assembly Syntax
+===========================
+
+C99-style Hexadecimal Floating-point Constants
+----------------------------------------------
+
+LLVM's assemblers allow floating-point constants to be written in C99's
+hexadecimal format instead of decimal if desired.
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ .section .data
+ .float 0x1c2.2ap3
+
+Machine-specific Assembly Syntax
+================================
+
+X86/COFF-Dependent
+------------------
+
+Relocations
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The following additional relocation types are supported:
+
+**@IMGREL** (AT&T syntax only) generates an image-relative relocation that
+corresponds to the COFF relocation types ``IMAGE_REL_I386_DIR32NB`` (32-bit) or
+``IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ADDR32NB`` (64-bit).
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ .text
+ fun:
+ mov foo at IMGREL(%ebx, %ecx, 4), %eax
+
+ .section .pdata
+ .long fun at IMGREL
+ .long (fun at imgrel + 0x3F)
+ .long $unwind$fun at imgrel
+
+**.secrel32** generates a relocation that corresponds to the COFF relocation
+types ``IMAGE_REL_I386_SECREL`` (32-bit) or ``IMAGE_REL_AMD64_SECREL`` (64-bit).
+
+**.secidx** relocation generates an index of the section that contains
+the target. It corresponds to the COFF relocation types
+``IMAGE_REL_I386_SECTION`` (32-bit) or ``IMAGE_REL_AMD64_SECTION`` (64-bit).
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ .section .debug$S,"rn"
+ .long 4
+ .long 242
+ .long 40
+ .secrel32 _function_name + 0
+ .secidx _function_name
+ ...
+
+``.linkonce`` Directive
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Syntax:
+
+ ``.linkonce [ comdat type ]``
+
+Supported COMDAT types:
+
+``discard``
+ Discards duplicate sections with the same COMDAT symbol. This is the default
+ if no type is specified.
+
+``one_only``
+ If the symbol is defined multiple times, the linker issues an error.
+
+``same_size``
+ Duplicates are discarded, but the linker issues an error if any have
+ different sizes.
+
+``same_contents``
+ Duplicates are discarded, but the linker issues an error if any duplicates
+ do not have exactly the same content.
+
+``largest``
+ Links the largest section from among the duplicates.
+
+``newest``
+ Links the newest section from among the duplicates.
+
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ .section .text$foo
+ .linkonce
+ ...
+
+``.section`` Directive
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+MC supports passing the information in ``.linkonce`` at the end of
+``.section``. For example, these two codes are equivalent
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ .section secName, "dr", discard, "Symbol1"
+ .globl Symbol1
+ Symbol1:
+ .long 1
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ .section secName, "dr"
+ .linkonce discard
+ .globl Symbol1
+ Symbol1:
+ .long 1
+
+Note that in the combined form the COMDAT symbol is explicit. This
+extension exists to support multiple sections with the same name in
+different COMDATs:
+
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ .section secName, "dr", discard, "Symbol1"
+ .globl Symbol1
+ Symbol1:
+ .long 1
+
+ .section secName, "dr", discard, "Symbol2"
+ .globl Symbol2
+ Symbol2:
+ .long 1
+
+In addition to the types allowed with ``.linkonce``, ``.section`` also accepts
+``associative``. The meaning is that the section is linked if a certain other
+COMDAT section is linked. This other section is indicated by the comdat symbol
+in this directive. It can be any symbol defined in the associated section, but
+is usually the associated section's comdat.
+
+ The following restrictions apply to the associated section:
+
+ 1. It must be a COMDAT section.
+ 2. It cannot be another associative COMDAT section.
+
+In the following example the symobl ``sym`` is the comdat symbol of ``.foo``
+and ``.bar`` is associated to ``.foo``.
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ .section .foo,"bw",discard, "sym"
+ .section .bar,"rd",associative, "sym"
+
+MC supports these flags in the COFF ``.section`` directive:
+
+ - ``b``: BSS section (``IMAGE_SCN_CNT_INITIALIZED_DATA``)
+ - ``d``: Data section (``IMAGE_SCN_CNT_UNINITIALIZED_DATA``)
+ - ``n``: Section is not loaded (``IMAGE_SCN_LNK_REMOVE``)
+ - ``r``: Read-only
+ - ``s``: Shared section
+ - ``w``: Writable
+ - ``x``: Executable section
+ - ``y``: Not readable
+ - ``D``: Discardable (``IMAGE_SCN_MEM_DISCARDABLE``)
+
+These flags are all compatible with gas, with the exception of the ``D`` flag,
+which gnu as does not support. For gas compatibility, sections with a name
+starting with ".debug" are implicitly discardable.
+
+
+ELF-Dependent
+-------------
+
+``.section`` Directive
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+In order to support creating multiple sections with the same name and comdat,
+it is possible to add an unique number at the end of the ``.seciton`` directive.
+For example, the following code creates two sections named ``.text``.
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ .section .text,"ax", at progbits,unique,1
+ nop
+
+ .section .text,"ax", at progbits,unique,2
+ nop
+
+
+The unique number is not present in the resulting object at all. It is just used
+in the assembler to differentiate the sections.
+
+The 'o' flag is mapped to SHF_LINK_ORDER. If it is present, a symbol
+must be given that identifies the section to be placed is the
+.sh_link.
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ .section .foo,"a", at progbits
+ .Ltmp:
+ .section .bar,"ao", at progbits,.Ltmp
+
+which is equivalent to just
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ .section .foo,"a", at progbits
+ .section .bar,"ao", at progbits,.foo
+
+
+Target Specific Behaviour
+=========================
+
+X86
+---
+
+Relocations
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+``@ABS8`` can be applied to symbols which appear as immediate operands to
+instructions that have an 8-bit immediate form for that operand. It causes
+the assembler to use the 8-bit form and an 8-bit relocation (e.g. ``R_386_8``
+or ``R_X86_64_8``) for the symbol.
+
+For example:
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ cmpq $foo at ABS8, %rdi
+
+This causes the assembler to select the form of the 64-bit ``cmpq`` instruction
+that takes an 8-bit immediate operand that is sign extended to 64 bits, as
+opposed to ``cmpq $foo, %rdi`` which takes a 32-bit immediate operand. This
+is also not the same as ``cmpb $foo, %dil``, which is an 8-bit comparison.
+
+Windows on ARM
+--------------
+
+Stack Probe Emission
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The reference implementation (Microsoft Visual Studio 2012) emits stack probes
+in the following fashion:
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ movw r4, #constant
+ bl __chkstk
+ sub.w sp, sp, r4
+
+However, this has the limitation of 32 MiB (±16MiB). In order to accommodate
+larger binaries, LLVM supports the use of ``-mcode-model=large`` to allow a 4GiB
+range via a slight deviation. It will generate an indirect jump as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ movw r4, #constant
+ movw r12, :lower16:__chkstk
+ movt r12, :upper16:__chkstk
+ blx r12
+ sub.w sp, sp, r4
+
+Variable Length Arrays
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The reference implementation (Microsoft Visual Studio 2012) does not permit the
+emission of Variable Length Arrays (VLAs).
+
+The Windows ARM Itanium ABI extends the base ABI by adding support for emitting
+a dynamic stack allocation. When emitting a variable stack allocation, a call
+to ``__chkstk`` is emitted unconditionally to ensure that guard pages are setup
+properly. The emission of this stack probe emission is handled similar to the
+standard stack probe emission.
+
+The MSVC environment does not emit code for VLAs currently.
+
+Windows on ARM64
+----------------
+
+Stack Probe Emission
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The reference implementation (Microsoft Visual Studio 2017) emits stack probes
+in the following fashion:
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ mov x15, #constant
+ bl __chkstk
+ sub sp, sp, x15, lsl #4
+
+However, this has the limitation of 256 MiB (±128MiB). In order to accommodate
+larger binaries, LLVM supports the use of ``-mcode-model=large`` to allow a 8GiB
+(±4GiB) range via a slight deviation. It will generate an indirect jump as
+follows:
+
+.. code-block:: gas
+
+ mov x15, #constant
+ adrp x16, __chkstk
+ add x16, x16, :lo12:__chkstk
+ blr x16
+ sub sp, sp, x15, lsl #4
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FAQ.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FAQ.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FAQ.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FAQ.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+================================
+Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
+================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+
+License
+=======
+
+Does the University of Illinois Open Source License really qualify as an "open source" license?
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Yes, the license is `certified
+<http://www.opensource.org/licenses/UoI-NCSA.php>`_ by the Open Source
+Initiative (OSI).
+
+
+Can I modify LLVM source code and redistribute the modified source?
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+Yes. The modified source distribution must retain the copyright notice and
+follow the three bulleted conditions listed in the `LLVM license
+<http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/llvm/trunk/LICENSE.TXT>`_.
+
+
+Can I modify the LLVM source code and redistribute binaries or other tools based on it, without redistributing the source?
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Yes. This is why we distribute LLVM under a less restrictive license than GPL,
+as explained in the first question above.
+
+
+Source Code
+===========
+
+In what language is LLVM written?
+---------------------------------
+All of the LLVM tools and libraries are written in C++ with extensive use of
+the STL.
+
+
+How portable is the LLVM source code?
+-------------------------------------
+The LLVM source code should be portable to most modern Unix-like operating
+systems. Most of the code is written in standard C++ with operating system
+services abstracted to a support library. The tools required to build and
+test LLVM have been ported to a plethora of platforms.
+
+Some porting problems may exist in the following areas:
+
+* The autoconf/makefile build system relies heavily on UNIX shell tools,
+ like the Bourne Shell and sed. Porting to systems without these tools
+ (MacOS 9, Plan 9) will require more effort.
+
+What API do I use to store a value to one of the virtual registers in LLVM IR's SSA representation?
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+In short: you can't. It's actually kind of a silly question once you grok
+what's going on. Basically, in code like:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ %result = add i32 %foo, %bar
+
+, ``%result`` is just a name given to the ``Value`` of the ``add``
+instruction. In other words, ``%result`` *is* the add instruction. The
+"assignment" doesn't explicitly "store" anything to any "virtual register";
+the "``=``" is more like the mathematical sense of equality.
+
+Longer explanation: In order to generate a textual representation of the
+IR, some kind of name has to be given to each instruction so that other
+instructions can textually reference it. However, the isomorphic in-memory
+representation that you manipulate from C++ has no such restriction since
+instructions can simply keep pointers to any other ``Value``'s that they
+reference. In fact, the names of dummy numbered temporaries like ``%1`` are
+not explicitly represented in the in-memory representation at all (see
+``Value::getName()``).
+
+
+Source Languages
+================
+
+What source languages are supported?
+------------------------------------
+
+LLVM currently has full support for C and C++ source languages through
+`Clang <http://clang.llvm.org/>`_. Many other language frontends have
+been written using LLVM, and an incomplete list is available at
+`projects with LLVM <http://llvm.org/ProjectsWithLLVM/>`_.
+
+
+I'd like to write a self-hosting LLVM compiler. How should I interface with the LLVM middle-end optimizers and back-end code generators?
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Your compiler front-end will communicate with LLVM by creating a module in the
+LLVM intermediate representation (IR) format. Assuming you want to write your
+language's compiler in the language itself (rather than C++), there are 3
+major ways to tackle generating LLVM IR from a front-end:
+
+1. **Call into the LLVM libraries code using your language's FFI (foreign
+ function interface).**
+
+ * *for:* best tracks changes to the LLVM IR, .ll syntax, and .bc format
+
+ * *for:* enables running LLVM optimization passes without a emit/parse
+ overhead
+
+ * *for:* adapts well to a JIT context
+
+ * *against:* lots of ugly glue code to write
+
+2. **Emit LLVM assembly from your compiler's native language.**
+
+ * *for:* very straightforward to get started
+
+ * *against:* the .ll parser is slower than the bitcode reader when
+ interfacing to the middle end
+
+ * *against:* it may be harder to track changes to the IR
+
+3. **Emit LLVM bitcode from your compiler's native language.**
+
+ * *for:* can use the more-efficient bitcode reader when interfacing to the
+ middle end
+
+ * *against:* you'll have to re-engineer the LLVM IR object model and bitcode
+ writer in your language
+
+ * *against:* it may be harder to track changes to the IR
+
+If you go with the first option, the C bindings in include/llvm-c should help
+a lot, since most languages have strong support for interfacing with C. The
+most common hurdle with calling C from managed code is interfacing with the
+garbage collector. The C interface was designed to require very little memory
+management, and so is straightforward in this regard.
+
+What support is there for a higher level source language constructs for building a compiler?
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Currently, there isn't much. LLVM supports an intermediate representation
+which is useful for code representation but will not support the high level
+(abstract syntax tree) representation needed by most compilers. There are no
+facilities for lexical nor semantic analysis.
+
+
+I don't understand the ``GetElementPtr`` instruction. Help!
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+See `The Often Misunderstood GEP Instruction <GetElementPtr.html>`_.
+
+
+Using the C and C++ Front Ends
+==============================
+
+Can I compile C or C++ code to platform-independent LLVM bitcode?
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+No. C and C++ are inherently platform-dependent languages. The most obvious
+example of this is the preprocessor. A very common way that C code is made
+portable is by using the preprocessor to include platform-specific code. In
+practice, information about other platforms is lost after preprocessing, so
+the result is inherently dependent on the platform that the preprocessing was
+targeting.
+
+Another example is ``sizeof``. It's common for ``sizeof(long)`` to vary
+between platforms. In most C front-ends, ``sizeof`` is expanded to a
+constant immediately, thus hard-wiring a platform-specific detail.
+
+Also, since many platforms define their ABIs in terms of C, and since LLVM is
+lower-level than C, front-ends currently must emit platform-specific IR in
+order to have the result conform to the platform ABI.
+
+
+Questions about code generated by the demo page
+===============================================
+
+What is this ``llvm.global_ctors`` and ``_GLOBAL__I_a...`` stuff that happens when I ``#include <iostream>``?
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+If you ``#include`` the ``<iostream>`` header into a C++ translation unit,
+the file will probably use the ``std::cin``/``std::cout``/... global objects.
+However, C++ does not guarantee an order of initialization between static
+objects in different translation units, so if a static ctor/dtor in your .cpp
+file used ``std::cout``, for example, the object would not necessarily be
+automatically initialized before your use.
+
+To make ``std::cout`` and friends work correctly in these scenarios, the STL
+that we use declares a static object that gets created in every translation
+unit that includes ``<iostream>``. This object has a static constructor
+and destructor that initializes and destroys the global iostream objects
+before they could possibly be used in the file. The code that you see in the
+``.ll`` file corresponds to the constructor and destructor registration code.
+
+If you would like to make it easier to *understand* the LLVM code generated
+by the compiler in the demo page, consider using ``printf()`` instead of
+``iostream``\s to print values.
+
+
+Where did all of my code go??
+-----------------------------
+If you are using the LLVM demo page, you may often wonder what happened to
+all of the code that you typed in. Remember that the demo script is running
+the code through the LLVM optimizers, so if your code doesn't actually do
+anything useful, it might all be deleted.
+
+To prevent this, make sure that the code is actually needed. For example, if
+you are computing some expression, return the value from the function instead
+of leaving it in a local variable. If you really want to constrain the
+optimizer, you can read from and assign to ``volatile`` global variables.
+
+
+What is this "``undef``" thing that shows up in my code?
+--------------------------------------------------------
+``undef`` is the LLVM way of representing a value that is not defined. You
+can get these if you do not initialize a variable before you use it. For
+example, the C function:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ int X() { int i; return i; }
+
+Is compiled to "``ret i32 undef``" because "``i``" never has a value specified
+for it.
+
+
+Why does instcombine + simplifycfg turn a call to a function with a mismatched calling convention into "unreachable"? Why not make the verifier reject it?
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is a common problem run into by authors of front-ends that are using
+custom calling conventions: you need to make sure to set the right calling
+convention on both the function and on each call to the function. For
+example, this code:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define fastcc void @foo() {
+ ret void
+ }
+ define void @bar() {
+ call void @foo()
+ ret void
+ }
+
+Is optimized to:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define fastcc void @foo() {
+ ret void
+ }
+ define void @bar() {
+ unreachable
+ }
+
+... with "``opt -instcombine -simplifycfg``". This often bites people because
+"all their code disappears". Setting the calling convention on the caller and
+callee is required for indirect calls to work, so people often ask why not
+make the verifier reject this sort of thing.
+
+The answer is that this code has undefined behavior, but it is not illegal.
+If we made it illegal, then every transformation that could potentially create
+this would have to ensure that it doesn't, and there is valid code that can
+create this sort of construct (in dead code). The sorts of things that can
+cause this to happen are fairly contrived, but we still need to accept them.
+Here's an example:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define fastcc void @foo() {
+ ret void
+ }
+ define internal void @bar(void()* %FP, i1 %cond) {
+ br i1 %cond, label %T, label %F
+ T:
+ call void %FP()
+ ret void
+ F:
+ call fastcc void %FP()
+ ret void
+ }
+ define void @test() {
+ %X = or i1 false, false
+ call void @bar(void()* @foo, i1 %X)
+ ret void
+ }
+
+In this example, "test" always passes ``@foo``/``false`` into ``bar``, which
+ensures that it is dynamically called with the right calling conv (thus, the
+code is perfectly well defined). If you run this through the inliner, you
+get this (the explicit "or" is there so that the inliner doesn't dead code
+eliminate a bunch of stuff):
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define fastcc void @foo() {
+ ret void
+ }
+ define void @test() {
+ %X = or i1 false, false
+ br i1 %X, label %T.i, label %F.i
+ T.i:
+ call void @foo()
+ br label %bar.exit
+ F.i:
+ call fastcc void @foo()
+ br label %bar.exit
+ bar.exit:
+ ret void
+ }
+
+Here you can see that the inlining pass made an undefined call to ``@foo``
+with the wrong calling convention. We really don't want to make the inliner
+have to know about this sort of thing, so it needs to be valid code. In this
+case, dead code elimination can trivially remove the undefined code. However,
+if ``%X`` was an input argument to ``@test``, the inliner would produce this:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define fastcc void @foo() {
+ ret void
+ }
+
+ define void @test(i1 %X) {
+ br i1 %X, label %T.i, label %F.i
+ T.i:
+ call void @foo()
+ br label %bar.exit
+ F.i:
+ call fastcc void @foo()
+ br label %bar.exit
+ bar.exit:
+ ret void
+ }
+
+The interesting thing about this is that ``%X`` *must* be false for the
+code to be well-defined, but no amount of dead code elimination will be able
+to delete the broken call as unreachable. However, since
+``instcombine``/``simplifycfg`` turns the undefined call into unreachable, we
+end up with a branch on a condition that goes to unreachable: a branch to
+unreachable can never happen, so "``-inline -instcombine -simplifycfg``" is
+able to produce:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define fastcc void @foo() {
+ ret void
+ }
+ define void @test(i1 %X) {
+ F.i:
+ call fastcc void @foo()
+ ret void
+ }
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FaultMaps.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FaultMaps.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FaultMaps.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FaultMaps.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+==============================
+FaultMaps and implicit checks
+==============================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+ :depth: 2
+
+Motivation
+==========
+
+Code generated by managed language runtimes tend to have checks that
+are required for safety but never fail in practice. In such cases, it
+is profitable to make the non-failing case cheaper even if it makes
+the failing case significantly more expensive. This asymmetry can be
+exploited by folding such safety checks into operations that can be
+made to fault reliably if the check would have failed, and recovering
+from such a fault by using a signal handler.
+
+For example, Java requires null checks on objects before they are read
+from or written to. If the object is ``null`` then a
+``NullPointerException`` has to be thrown, interrupting normal
+execution. In practice, however, dereferencing a ``null`` pointer is
+extremely rare in well-behaved Java programs, and typically the null
+check can be folded into a nearby memory operation that operates on
+the same memory location.
+
+The Fault Map Section
+=====================
+
+Information about implicit checks generated by LLVM are put in a
+special "fault map" section. On Darwin this section is named
+``__llvm_faultmaps``.
+
+The format of this section is
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ Header {
+ uint8 : Fault Map Version (current version is 1)
+ uint8 : Reserved (expected to be 0)
+ uint16 : Reserved (expected to be 0)
+ }
+ uint32 : NumFunctions
+ FunctionInfo[NumFunctions] {
+ uint64 : FunctionAddress
+ uint32 : NumFaultingPCs
+ uint32 : Reserved (expected to be 0)
+ FunctionFaultInfo[NumFaultingPCs] {
+ uint32 : FaultKind
+ uint32 : FaultingPCOffset
+ uint32 : HandlerPCOffset
+ }
+ }
+
+FailtKind describes the reason of expected fault. Currently three kind
+of faults are supported:
+
+ 1. ``FaultMaps::FaultingLoad`` - fault due to load from memory.
+ 2. ``FaultMaps::FaultingLoadStore`` - fault due to instruction load and store.
+ 3. ``FaultMaps::FaultingStore`` - fault due to store to memory.
+
+The ``ImplicitNullChecks`` pass
+===============================
+
+The ``ImplicitNullChecks`` pass transforms explicit control flow for
+checking if a pointer is ``null``, like:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ %ptr = call i32* @get_ptr()
+ %ptr_is_null = icmp i32* %ptr, null
+ br i1 %ptr_is_null, label %is_null, label %not_null, !make.implicit !0
+
+ not_null:
+ %t = load i32, i32* %ptr
+ br label %do_something_with_t
+
+ is_null:
+ call void @HFC()
+ unreachable
+
+ !0 = !{}
+
+to control flow implicit in the instruction loading or storing through
+the pointer being null checked:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ %ptr = call i32* @get_ptr()
+ %t = load i32, i32* %ptr ;; handler-pc = label %is_null
+ br label %do_something_with_t
+
+ is_null:
+ call void @HFC()
+ unreachable
+
+This transform happens at the ``MachineInstr`` level, not the LLVM IR
+level (so the above example is only representative, not literal). The
+``ImplicitNullChecks`` pass runs during codegen, if
+``-enable-implicit-null-checks`` is passed to ``llc``.
+
+The ``ImplicitNullChecks`` pass adds entries to the
+``__llvm_faultmaps`` section described above as needed.
+
+``make.implicit`` metadata
+--------------------------
+
+Making null checks implicit is an aggressive optimization, and it can
+be a net performance pessimization if too many memory operations end
+up faulting because of it. A language runtime typically needs to
+ensure that only a negligible number of implicit null checks actually
+fault once the application has reached a steady state. A standard way
+of doing this is by healing failed implicit null checks into explicit
+null checks via code patching or recompilation. It follows that there
+are two requirements an explicit null check needs to satisfy for it to
+be profitable to convert it to an implicit null check:
+
+ 1. The case where the pointer is actually null (i.e. the "failing"
+ case) is extremely rare.
+
+ 2. The failing path heals the implicit null check into an explicit
+ null check so that the application does not repeatedly page
+ fault.
+
+The frontend is expected to mark branches that satisfy (1) and (2)
+using a ``!make.implicit`` metadata node (the actual content of the
+metadata node is ignored). Only branches that are marked with
+``!make.implicit`` metadata are considered as candidates for
+conversion into implicit null checks.
+
+(Note that while we could deal with (1) using profiling data, dealing
+with (2) requires some information not present in branch profiles.)
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Frontend/PerformanceTips.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Frontend/PerformanceTips.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Frontend/PerformanceTips.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/Frontend/PerformanceTips.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+=====================================
+Performance Tips for Frontend Authors
+=====================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+ :depth: 2
+
+Abstract
+========
+
+The intended audience of this document is developers of language frontends
+targeting LLVM IR. This document is home to a collection of tips on how to
+generate IR that optimizes well.
+
+IR Best Practices
+=================
+
+As with any optimizer, LLVM has its strengths and weaknesses. In some cases,
+surprisingly small changes in the source IR can have a large effect on the
+generated code.
+
+Beyond the specific items on the list below, it's worth noting that the most
+mature frontend for LLVM is Clang. As a result, the further your IR gets from what Clang might emit, the less likely it is to be effectively optimized. It
+can often be useful to write a quick C program with the semantics you're trying
+to model and see what decisions Clang's IRGen makes about what IR to emit.
+Studying Clang's CodeGen directory can also be a good source of ideas. Note
+that Clang and LLVM are explicitly version locked so you'll need to make sure
+you're using a Clang built from the same svn revision or release as the LLVM
+library you're using. As always, it's *strongly* recommended that you track
+tip of tree development, particularly during bring up of a new project.
+
+The Basics
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+#. Make sure that your Modules contain both a data layout specification and
+ target triple. Without these pieces, non of the target specific optimization
+ will be enabled. This can have a major effect on the generated code quality.
+
+#. For each function or global emitted, use the most private linkage type
+ possible (private, internal or linkonce_odr preferably). Doing so will
+ make LLVM's inter-procedural optimizations much more effective.
+
+#. Avoid high in-degree basic blocks (e.g. basic blocks with dozens or hundreds
+ of predecessors). Among other issues, the register allocator is known to
+ perform badly with confronted with such structures. The only exception to
+ this guidance is that a unified return block with high in-degree is fine.
+
+Use of allocas
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+An alloca instruction can be used to represent a function scoped stack slot,
+but can also represent dynamic frame expansion. When representing function
+scoped variables or locations, placing alloca instructions at the beginning of
+the entry block should be preferred. In particular, place them before any
+call instructions. Call instructions might get inlined and replaced with
+multiple basic blocks. The end result is that a following alloca instruction
+would no longer be in the entry basic block afterward.
+
+The SROA (Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates) and Mem2Reg passes only attempt
+to eliminate alloca instructions that are in the entry basic block. Given
+SSA is the canonical form expected by much of the optimizer; if allocas can
+not be eliminated by Mem2Reg or SROA, the optimizer is likely to be less
+effective than it could be.
+
+Avoid loads and stores of large aggregate type
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+LLVM currently does not optimize well loads and stores of large :ref:`aggregate
+types <t_aggregate>` (i.e. structs and arrays). As an alternative, consider
+loading individual fields from memory.
+
+Aggregates that are smaller than the largest (performant) load or store
+instruction supported by the targeted hardware are well supported. These can
+be an effective way to represent collections of small packed fields.
+
+Prefer zext over sext when legal
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+On some architectures (X86_64 is one), sign extension can involve an extra
+instruction whereas zero extension can be folded into a load. LLVM will try to
+replace a sext with a zext when it can be proven safe, but if you have
+information in your source language about the range of a integer value, it can
+be profitable to use a zext rather than a sext.
+
+Alternatively, you can :ref:`specify the range of the value using metadata
+<range-metadata>` and LLVM can do the sext to zext conversion for you.
+
+Zext GEP indices to machine register width
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Internally, LLVM often promotes the width of GEP indices to machine register
+width. When it does so, it will default to using sign extension (sext)
+operations for safety. If your source language provides information about
+the range of the index, you may wish to manually extend indices to machine
+register width using a zext instruction.
+
+When to specify alignment
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+LLVM will always generate correct code if you don’t specify alignment, but may
+generate inefficient code. For example, if you are targeting MIPS (or older
+ARM ISAs) then the hardware does not handle unaligned loads and stores, and
+so you will enter a trap-and-emulate path if you do a load or store with
+lower-than-natural alignment. To avoid this, LLVM will emit a slower
+sequence of loads, shifts and masks (or load-right + load-left on MIPS) for
+all cases where the load / store does not have a sufficiently high alignment
+in the IR.
+
+The alignment is used to guarantee the alignment on allocas and globals,
+though in most cases this is unnecessary (most targets have a sufficiently
+high default alignment that they’ll be fine). It is also used to provide a
+contract to the back end saying ‘either this load/store has this alignment, or
+it is undefined behavior’. This means that the back end is free to emit
+instructions that rely on that alignment (and mid-level optimizers are free to
+perform transforms that require that alignment). For x86, it doesn’t make
+much difference, as almost all instructions are alignment-independent. For
+MIPS, it can make a big difference.
+
+Note that if your loads and stores are atomic, the backend will be unable to
+lower an under aligned access into a sequence of natively aligned accesses.
+As a result, alignment is mandatory for atomic loads and stores.
+
+Other Things to Consider
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+#. Use ptrtoint/inttoptr sparingly (they interfere with pointer aliasing
+ analysis), prefer GEPs
+
+#. Prefer globals over inttoptr of a constant address - this gives you
+ dereferencability information. In MCJIT, use getSymbolAddress to provide
+ actual address.
+
+#. Be wary of ordered and atomic memory operations. They are hard to optimize
+ and may not be well optimized by the current optimizer. Depending on your
+ source language, you may consider using fences instead.
+
+#. If calling a function which is known to throw an exception (unwind), use
+ an invoke with a normal destination which contains an unreachable
+ instruction. This form conveys to the optimizer that the call returns
+ abnormally. For an invoke which neither returns normally or requires unwind
+ code in the current function, you can use a noreturn call instruction if
+ desired. This is generally not required because the optimizer will convert
+ an invoke with an unreachable unwind destination to a call instruction.
+
+#. Use profile metadata to indicate statically known cold paths, even if
+ dynamic profiling information is not available. This can make a large
+ difference in code placement and thus the performance of tight loops.
+
+#. When generating code for loops, try to avoid terminating the header block of
+ the loop earlier than necessary. If the terminator of the loop header
+ block is a loop exiting conditional branch, the effectiveness of LICM will
+ be limited for loads not in the header. (This is due to the fact that LLVM
+ may not know such a load is safe to speculatively execute and thus can't
+ lift an otherwise loop invariant load unless it can prove the exiting
+ condition is not taken.) It can be profitable, in some cases, to emit such
+ instructions into the header even if they are not used along a rarely
+ executed path that exits the loop. This guidance specifically does not
+ apply if the condition which terminates the loop header is itself invariant,
+ or can be easily discharged by inspecting the loop index variables.
+
+#. In hot loops, consider duplicating instructions from small basic blocks
+ which end in highly predictable terminators into their successor blocks.
+ If a hot successor block contains instructions which can be vectorized
+ with the duplicated ones, this can provide a noticeable throughput
+ improvement. Note that this is not always profitable and does involve a
+ potentially large increase in code size.
+
+#. When checking a value against a constant, emit the check using a consistent
+ comparison type. The GVN pass *will* optimize redundant equalities even if
+ the type of comparison is inverted, but GVN only runs late in the pipeline.
+ As a result, you may miss the opportunity to run other important
+ optimizations. Improvements to EarlyCSE to remove this issue are tracked in
+ Bug 23333.
+
+#. Avoid using arithmetic intrinsics unless you are *required* by your source
+ language specification to emit a particular code sequence. The optimizer
+ is quite good at reasoning about general control flow and arithmetic, it is
+ not anywhere near as strong at reasoning about the various intrinsics. If
+ profitable for code generation purposes, the optimizer will likely form the
+ intrinsics itself late in the optimization pipeline. It is *very* rarely
+ profitable to emit these directly in the language frontend. This item
+ explicitly includes the use of the :ref:`overflow intrinsics <int_overflow>`.
+
+#. Avoid using the :ref:`assume intrinsic <int_assume>` until you've
+ established that a) there's no other way to express the given fact and b)
+ that fact is critical for optimization purposes. Assumes are a great
+ prototyping mechanism, but they can have negative effects on both compile
+ time and optimization effectiveness. The former is fixable with enough
+ effort, but the later is fairly fundamental to their designed purpose.
+
+
+Describing Language Specific Properties
+=======================================
+
+When translating a source language to LLVM, finding ways to express concepts
+and guarantees available in your source language which are not natively
+provided by LLVM IR will greatly improve LLVM's ability to optimize your code.
+As an example, C/C++'s ability to mark every add as "no signed wrap (nsw)" goes
+a long way to assisting the optimizer in reasoning about loop induction
+variables and thus generating more optimal code for loops.
+
+The LLVM LangRef includes a number of mechanisms for annotating the IR with
+additional semantic information. It is *strongly* recommended that you become
+highly familiar with this document. The list below is intended to highlight a
+couple of items of particular interest, but is by no means exhaustive.
+
+Restricted Operation Semantics
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+#. Add nsw/nuw flags as appropriate. Reasoning about overflow is
+ generally hard for an optimizer so providing these facts from the frontend
+ can be very impactful.
+
+#. Use fast-math flags on floating point operations if legal. If you don't
+ need strict IEEE floating point semantics, there are a number of additional
+ optimizations that can be performed. This can be highly impactful for
+ floating point intensive computations.
+
+Describing Aliasing Properties
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+#. Add noalias/align/dereferenceable/nonnull to function arguments and return
+ values as appropriate
+
+#. Use pointer aliasing metadata, especially tbaa metadata, to communicate
+ otherwise-non-deducible pointer aliasing facts
+
+#. Use inbounds on geps. This can help to disambiguate some aliasing queries.
+
+
+Modeling Memory Effects
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+#. Mark functions as readnone/readonly/argmemonly or noreturn/nounwind when
+ known. The optimizer will try to infer these flags, but may not always be
+ able to. Manual annotations are particularly important for external
+ functions that the optimizer can not analyze.
+
+#. Use the lifetime.start/lifetime.end and invariant.start/invariant.end
+ intrinsics where possible. Common profitable uses are for stack like data
+ structures (thus allowing dead store elimination) and for describing
+ life times of allocas (thus allowing smaller stack sizes).
+
+#. Mark invariant locations using !invariant.load and TBAA's constant flags
+
+Pass Ordering
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+One of the most common mistakes made by new language frontend projects is to
+use the existing -O2 or -O3 pass pipelines as is. These pass pipelines make a
+good starting point for an optimizing compiler for any language, but they have
+been carefully tuned for C and C++, not your target language. You will almost
+certainly need to use a custom pass order to achieve optimal performance. A
+couple specific suggestions:
+
+#. For languages with numerous rarely executed guard conditions (e.g. null
+ checks, type checks, range checks) consider adding an extra execution or
+ two of LoopUnswith and LICM to your pass order. The standard pass order,
+ which is tuned for C and C++ applications, may not be sufficient to remove
+ all dischargeable checks from loops.
+
+#. If you language uses range checks, consider using the IRCE pass. It is not
+ currently part of the standard pass order.
+
+#. A useful sanity check to run is to run your optimized IR back through the
+ -O2 pipeline again. If you see noticeable improvement in the resulting IR,
+ you likely need to adjust your pass order.
+
+
+I Still Can't Find What I'm Looking For
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+If you didn't find what you were looking for above, consider proposing an piece
+of metadata which provides the optimization hint you need. Such extensions are
+relatively common and are generally well received by the community. You will
+need to ensure that your proposal is sufficiently general so that it benefits
+others if you wish to contribute it upstream.
+
+You should also consider describing the problem you're facing on `llvm-dev
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/llvm-dev>`_ and asking for advice.
+It's entirely possible someone has encountered your problem before and can
+give good advice. If there are multiple interested parties, that also
+increases the chances that a metadata extension would be well received by the
+community as a whole.
+
+Adding to this document
+=======================
+
+If you run across a case that you feel deserves to be covered here, please send
+a patch to `llvm-commits
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/llvm-commits>`_ for review.
+
+If you have questions on these items, please direct them to `llvm-dev
+<http://lists.llvm.org/mailman/listinfo/llvm-dev>`_. The more relevant
+context you are able to give to your question, the more likely it is to be
+answered.
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FuzzingLLVM.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FuzzingLLVM.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FuzzingLLVM.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/FuzzingLLVM.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+================================
+Fuzzing LLVM libraries and tools
+================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+ :depth: 2
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+The LLVM tree includes a number of fuzzers for various components. These are
+built on top of :doc:`LibFuzzer <LibFuzzer>`.
+
+
+Available Fuzzers
+=================
+
+clang-fuzzer
+------------
+
+A |generic fuzzer| that tries to compile textual input as C++ code. Some of the
+bugs this fuzzer has reported are `on bugzilla`__ and `on OSS Fuzz's
+tracker`__.
+
+__ https://llvm.org/pr23057
+__ https://bugs.chromium.org/p/oss-fuzz/issues/list?q=proj-llvm+clang-fuzzer
+
+clang-proto-fuzzer
+------------------
+
+A |protobuf fuzzer| that compiles valid C++ programs generated from a protobuf
+class that describes a subset of the C++ language.
+
+This fuzzer accepts clang command line options after `ignore_remaining_args=1`.
+For example, the following command will fuzz clang with a higher optimization
+level:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ % bin/clang-proto-fuzzer <corpus-dir> -ignore_remaining_args=1 -O3
+
+clang-format-fuzzer
+-------------------
+
+A |generic fuzzer| that runs clang-format_ on C++ text fragments. Some of the
+bugs this fuzzer has reported are `on bugzilla`__
+and `on OSS Fuzz's tracker`__.
+
+.. _clang-format: https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html
+__ https://llvm.org/pr23052
+__ https://bugs.chromium.org/p/oss-fuzz/issues/list?q=proj-llvm+clang-format-fuzzer
+
+llvm-as-fuzzer
+--------------
+
+A |generic fuzzer| that tries to parse text as :doc:`LLVM assembly <LangRef>`.
+Some of the bugs this fuzzer has reported are `on bugzilla`__.
+
+__ https://llvm.org/pr24639
+
+llvm-dwarfdump-fuzzer
+---------------------
+
+A |generic fuzzer| that interprets inputs as object files and runs
+:doc:`llvm-dwarfdump <CommandGuide/llvm-dwarfdump>` on them. Some of the bugs
+this fuzzer has reported are `on OSS Fuzz's tracker`__
+
+__ https://bugs.chromium.org/p/oss-fuzz/issues/list?q=proj-llvm+llvm-dwarfdump-fuzzer
+
+llvm-demangle-fuzzer
+---------------------
+
+A |generic fuzzer| for the Itanium demangler used in various LLVM tools. We've
+fuzzed __cxa_demangle to death, why not fuzz LLVM's implementation of the same
+function!
+
+llvm-isel-fuzzer
+----------------
+
+A |LLVM IR fuzzer| aimed at finding bugs in instruction selection.
+
+This fuzzer accepts flags after `ignore_remaining_args=1`. The flags match
+those of :doc:`llc <CommandGuide/llc>` and the triple is required. For example,
+the following command would fuzz AArch64 with :doc:`GlobalISel`:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ % bin/llvm-isel-fuzzer <corpus-dir> -ignore_remaining_args=1 -mtriple aarch64 -global-isel -O0
+
+Some flags can also be specified in the binary name itself in order to support
+OSS Fuzz, which has trouble with required arguments. To do this, you can copy
+or move ``llvm-isel-fuzzer`` to ``llvm-isel-fuzzer--x-y-z``, separating options
+from the binary name using "--". The valid options are architecture names
+(``aarch64``, ``x86_64``), optimization levels (``O0``, ``O2``), or specific
+keywords, like ``gisel`` for enabling global instruction selection. In this
+mode, the same example could be run like so:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ % bin/llvm-isel-fuzzer--aarch64-O0-gisel <corpus-dir>
+
+llvm-opt-fuzzer
+---------------
+
+A |LLVM IR fuzzer| aimed at finding bugs in optimization passes.
+
+It receives optimzation pipeline and runs it for each fuzzer input.
+
+Interface of this fuzzer almost directly mirrors ``llvm-isel-fuzzer``. Both
+``mtriple`` and ``passes`` arguments are required. Passes are specified in a
+format suitable for the new pass manager.
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ % bin/llvm-opt-fuzzer <corpus-dir> -ignore_remaining_args=1 -mtriple x86_64 -passes instcombine
+
+Similarly to the ``llvm-isel-fuzzer`` arguments in some predefined configurations
+might be embedded directly into the binary file name:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ % bin/llvm-opt-fuzzer--x86_64-instcombine <corpus-dir>
+
+llvm-mc-assemble-fuzzer
+-----------------------
+
+A |generic fuzzer| that fuzzes the MC layer's assemblers by treating inputs as
+target specific assembly.
+
+Note that this fuzzer has an unusual command line interface which is not fully
+compatible with all of libFuzzer's features. Fuzzer arguments must be passed
+after ``--fuzzer-args``, and any ``llc`` flags must use two dashes. For
+example, to fuzz the AArch64 assembler you might use the following command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ llvm-mc-fuzzer --triple=aarch64-linux-gnu --fuzzer-args -max_len=4
+
+This scheme will likely change in the future.
+
+llvm-mc-disassemble-fuzzer
+--------------------------
+
+A |generic fuzzer| that fuzzes the MC layer's disassemblers by treating inputs
+as assembled binary data.
+
+Note that this fuzzer has an unusual command line interface which is not fully
+compatible with all of libFuzzer's features. See the notes above about
+``llvm-mc-assemble-fuzzer`` for details.
+
+
+.. |generic fuzzer| replace:: :ref:`generic fuzzer <fuzzing-llvm-generic>`
+.. |protobuf fuzzer|
+ replace:: :ref:`libprotobuf-mutator based fuzzer <fuzzing-llvm-protobuf>`
+.. |LLVM IR fuzzer|
+ replace:: :ref:`structured LLVM IR fuzzer <fuzzing-llvm-ir>`
+
+
+Mutators and Input Generators
+=============================
+
+The inputs for a fuzz target are generated via random mutations of a
+:ref:`corpus <libfuzzer-corpus>`. There are a few options for the kinds of
+mutations that a fuzzer in LLVM might want.
+
+.. _fuzzing-llvm-generic:
+
+Generic Random Fuzzing
+----------------------
+
+The most basic form of input mutation is to use the built in mutators of
+LibFuzzer. These simply treat the input corpus as a bag of bits and make random
+mutations. This type of fuzzer is good for stressing the surface layers of a
+program, and is good at testing things like lexers, parsers, or binary
+protocols.
+
+Some of the in-tree fuzzers that use this type of mutator are `clang-fuzzer`_,
+`clang-format-fuzzer`_, `llvm-as-fuzzer`_, `llvm-dwarfdump-fuzzer`_,
+`llvm-mc-assemble-fuzzer`_, and `llvm-mc-disassemble-fuzzer`_.
+
+.. _fuzzing-llvm-protobuf:
+
+Structured Fuzzing using ``libprotobuf-mutator``
+------------------------------------------------
+
+We can use libprotobuf-mutator_ in order to perform structured fuzzing and
+stress deeper layers of programs. This works by defining a protobuf class that
+translates arbitrary data into structurally interesting input. Specifically, we
+use this to work with a subset of the C++ language and perform mutations that
+produce valid C++ programs in order to exercise parts of clang that are more
+interesting than parser error handling.
+
+To build this kind of fuzzer you need `protobuf`_ and its dependencies
+installed, and you need to specify some extra flags when configuring the build
+with :doc:`CMake <CMake>`. For example, `clang-proto-fuzzer`_ can be enabled by
+adding ``-DCLANG_ENABLE_PROTO_FUZZER=ON`` to the flags described in
+:ref:`building-fuzzers`.
+
+The only in-tree fuzzer that uses ``libprotobuf-mutator`` today is
+`clang-proto-fuzzer`_.
+
+.. _libprotobuf-mutator: https://github.com/google/libprotobuf-mutator
+.. _protobuf: https://github.com/google/protobuf
+
+.. _fuzzing-llvm-ir:
+
+Structured Fuzzing of LLVM IR
+-----------------------------
+
+We also use a more direct form of structured fuzzing for fuzzers that take
+:doc:`LLVM IR <LangRef>` as input. This is achieved through the ``FuzzMutate``
+library, which was `discussed at EuroLLVM 2017`_.
+
+The ``FuzzMutate`` library is used to structurally fuzz backends in
+`llvm-isel-fuzzer`_.
+
+.. _discussed at EuroLLVM 2017: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UBbQ_s6hNgg
+
+
+Building and Running
+====================
+
+.. _building-fuzzers:
+
+Configuring LLVM to Build Fuzzers
+---------------------------------
+
+Fuzzers will be built and linked to libFuzzer by default as long as you build
+LLVM with sanitizer coverage enabled. You would typically also enable at least
+one sanitizer to find bugs faster. The most common way to build the fuzzers is
+by adding the following two flags to your CMake invocation:
+``-DLLVM_USE_SANITIZER=Address -DLLVM_USE_SANITIZE_COVERAGE=On``.
+
+.. note:: If you have ``compiler-rt`` checked out in an LLVM tree when building
+ with sanitizers, you'll want to specify ``-DLLVM_BUILD_RUNTIME=Off``
+ to avoid building the sanitizers themselves with sanitizers enabled.
+
+Continuously Running and Finding Bugs
+-------------------------------------
+
+There used to be a public buildbot running LLVM fuzzers continuously, and while
+this did find issues, it didn't have a very good way to report problems in an
+actionable way. Because of this, we're moving towards using `OSS Fuzz`_ more
+instead.
+
+You can browse the `LLVM project issue list`_ for the bugs found by
+`LLVM on OSS Fuzz`_. These are also mailed to the `llvm-bugs mailing
+list`_.
+
+.. _OSS Fuzz: https://github.com/google/oss-fuzz
+.. _LLVM project issue list:
+ https://bugs.chromium.org/p/oss-fuzz/issues/list?q=Proj-llvm
+.. _LLVM on OSS Fuzz:
+ https://github.com/google/oss-fuzz/blob/master/projects/llvm
+.. _llvm-bugs mailing list:
+ http://lists.llvm.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/llvm-bugs
+
+
+Utilities for Writing Fuzzers
+=============================
+
+There are some utilities available for writing fuzzers in LLVM.
+
+Some helpers for handling the command line interface are available in
+``include/llvm/FuzzMutate/FuzzerCLI.h``, including functions to parse command
+line options in a consistent way and to implement standalone main functions so
+your fuzzer can be built and tested when not built against libFuzzer.
+
+There is also some handling of the CMake config for fuzzers, where you should
+use the ``add_llvm_fuzzer`` to set up fuzzer targets. This function works
+similarly to functions such as ``add_llvm_tool``, but they take care of linking
+to LibFuzzer when appropriate and can be passed the ``DUMMY_MAIN`` argument to
+enable standalone testing.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GarbageCollection.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GarbageCollection.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GarbageCollection.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GarbageCollection.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,1098 @@
+=====================================
+Garbage Collection with LLVM
+=====================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Abstract
+========
+
+This document covers how to integrate LLVM into a compiler for a language which
+supports garbage collection. **Note that LLVM itself does not provide a
+garbage collector.** You must provide your own.
+
+Quick Start
+============
+
+First, you should pick a collector strategy. LLVM includes a number of built
+in ones, but you can also implement a loadable plugin with a custom definition.
+Note that the collector strategy is a description of how LLVM should generate
+code such that it interacts with your collector and runtime, not a description
+of the collector itself.
+
+Next, mark your generated functions as using your chosen collector strategy.
+From c++, you can call:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ F.setGC(<collector description name>);
+
+
+This will produce IR like the following fragment:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ define void @foo() gc "<collector description name>" { ... }
+
+
+When generating LLVM IR for your functions, you will need to:
+
+* Use ``@llvm.gcread`` and/or ``@llvm.gcwrite`` in place of standard load and
+ store instructions. These intrinsics are used to represent load and store
+ barriers. If you collector does not require such barriers, you can skip
+ this step.
+
+* Use the memory allocation routines provided by your garbage collector's
+ runtime library.
+
+* If your collector requires them, generate type maps according to your
+ runtime's binary interface. LLVM is not involved in the process. In
+ particular, the LLVM type system is not suitable for conveying such
+ information though the compiler.
+
+* Insert any coordination code required for interacting with your collector.
+ Many collectors require running application code to periodically check a
+ flag and conditionally call a runtime function. This is often referred to
+ as a safepoint poll.
+
+You will need to identify roots (i.e. references to heap objects your collector
+needs to know about) in your generated IR, so that LLVM can encode them into
+your final stack maps. Depending on the collector strategy chosen, this is
+accomplished by using either the ``@llvm.gcroot`` intrinsics or an
+``gc.statepoint`` relocation sequence.
+
+Don't forget to create a root for each intermediate value that is generated when
+evaluating an expression. In ``h(f(), g())``, the result of ``f()`` could
+easily be collected if evaluating ``g()`` triggers a collection.
+
+Finally, you need to link your runtime library with the generated program
+executable (for a static compiler) or ensure the appropriate symbols are
+available for the runtime linker (for a JIT compiler).
+
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+What is Garbage Collection?
+---------------------------
+
+Garbage collection is a widely used technique that frees the programmer from
+having to know the lifetimes of heap objects, making software easier to produce
+and maintain. Many programming languages rely on garbage collection for
+automatic memory management. There are two primary forms of garbage collection:
+conservative and accurate.
+
+Conservative garbage collection often does not require any special support from
+either the language or the compiler: it can handle non-type-safe programming
+languages (such as C/C++) and does not require any special information from the
+compiler. The `Boehm collector
+<http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Hans_Boehm/gc/>`__ is an example of a
+state-of-the-art conservative collector.
+
+Accurate garbage collection requires the ability to identify all pointers in the
+program at run-time (which requires that the source-language be type-safe in
+most cases). Identifying pointers at run-time requires compiler support to
+locate all places that hold live pointer variables at run-time, including the
+:ref:`processor stack and registers <gcroot>`.
+
+Conservative garbage collection is attractive because it does not require any
+special compiler support, but it does have problems. In particular, because the
+conservative garbage collector cannot *know* that a particular word in the
+machine is a pointer, it cannot move live objects in the heap (preventing the
+use of compacting and generational GC algorithms) and it can occasionally suffer
+from memory leaks due to integer values that happen to point to objects in the
+program. In addition, some aggressive compiler transformations can break
+conservative garbage collectors (though these seem rare in practice).
+
+Accurate garbage collectors do not suffer from any of these problems, but they
+can suffer from degraded scalar optimization of the program. In particular,
+because the runtime must be able to identify and update all pointers active in
+the program, some optimizations are less effective. In practice, however, the
+locality and performance benefits of using aggressive garbage collection
+techniques dominates any low-level losses.
+
+This document describes the mechanisms and interfaces provided by LLVM to
+support accurate garbage collection.
+
+Goals and non-goals
+-------------------
+
+LLVM's intermediate representation provides :ref:`garbage collection intrinsics
+<gc_intrinsics>` that offer support for a broad class of collector models. For
+instance, the intrinsics permit:
+
+* semi-space collectors
+
+* mark-sweep collectors
+
+* generational collectors
+
+* incremental collectors
+
+* concurrent collectors
+
+* cooperative collectors
+
+* reference counting
+
+We hope that the support built into the LLVM IR is sufficient to support a
+broad class of garbage collected languages including Scheme, ML, Java, C#,
+Perl, Python, Lua, Ruby, other scripting languages, and more.
+
+Note that LLVM **does not itself provide a garbage collector** --- this should
+be part of your language's runtime library. LLVM provides a framework for
+describing the garbage collectors requirements to the compiler. In particular,
+LLVM provides support for generating stack maps at call sites, polling for a
+safepoint, and emitting load and store barriers. You can also extend LLVM -
+possibly through a loadable :ref:`code generation plugins <plugin>` - to
+generate code and data structures which conforms to the *binary interface*
+specified by the *runtime library*. This is similar to the relationship between
+LLVM and DWARF debugging info, for example. The difference primarily lies in
+the lack of an established standard in the domain of garbage collection --- thus
+the need for a flexible extension mechanism.
+
+The aspects of the binary interface with which LLVM's GC support is
+concerned are:
+
+* Creation of GC safepoints within code where collection is allowed to execute
+ safely.
+
+* Computation of the stack map. For each safe point in the code, object
+ references within the stack frame must be identified so that the collector may
+ traverse and perhaps update them.
+
+* Write barriers when storing object references to the heap. These are commonly
+ used to optimize incremental scans in generational collectors.
+
+* Emission of read barriers when loading object references. These are useful
+ for interoperating with concurrent collectors.
+
+There are additional areas that LLVM does not directly address:
+
+* Registration of global roots with the runtime.
+
+* Registration of stack map entries with the runtime.
+
+* The functions used by the program to allocate memory, trigger a collection,
+ etc.
+
+* Computation or compilation of type maps, or registration of them with the
+ runtime. These are used to crawl the heap for object references.
+
+In general, LLVM's support for GC does not include features which can be
+adequately addressed with other features of the IR and does not specify a
+particular binary interface. On the plus side, this means that you should be
+able to integrate LLVM with an existing runtime. On the other hand, it can
+have the effect of leaving a lot of work for the developer of a novel
+language. We try to mitigate this by providing built in collector strategy
+descriptions that can work with many common collector designs and easy
+extension points. If you don't already have a specific binary interface
+you need to support, we recommend trying to use one of these built in collector
+strategies.
+
+.. _gc_intrinsics:
+
+LLVM IR Features
+================
+
+This section describes the garbage collection facilities provided by the
+:doc:`LLVM intermediate representation <LangRef>`. The exact behavior of these
+IR features is specified by the selected :ref:`GC strategy description
+<plugin>`.
+
+Specifying GC code generation: ``gc "..."``
+-------------------------------------------
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ define <returntype> @name(...) gc "name" { ... }
+
+The ``gc`` function attribute is used to specify the desired GC strategy to the
+compiler. Its programmatic equivalent is the ``setGC`` method of ``Function``.
+
+Setting ``gc "name"`` on a function triggers a search for a matching subclass
+of GCStrategy. Some collector strategies are built in. You can add others
+using either the loadable plugin mechanism, or by patching your copy of LLVM.
+It is the selected GC strategy which defines the exact nature of the code
+generated to support GC. If none is found, the compiler will raise an error.
+
+Specifying the GC style on a per-function basis allows LLVM to link together
+programs that use different garbage collection algorithms (or none at all).
+
+.. _gcroot:
+
+Identifying GC roots on the stack
+----------------------------------
+
+LLVM currently supports two different mechanisms for describing references in
+compiled code at safepoints. ``llvm.gcroot`` is the older mechanism;
+``gc.statepoint`` has been added more recently. At the moment, you can choose
+either implementation (on a per :ref:`GC strategy <plugin>` basis). Longer
+term, we will probably either migrate away from ``llvm.gcroot`` entirely, or
+substantially merge their implementations. Note that most new development
+work is focused on ``gc.statepoint``.
+
+Using ``gc.statepoint``
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+:doc:`This page <Statepoints>` contains detailed documentation for
+``gc.statepoint``.
+
+Using ``llvm.gcwrite``
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
+
+The ``llvm.gcroot`` intrinsic is used to inform LLVM that a stack variable
+references an object on the heap and is to be tracked for garbage collection.
+The exact impact on generated code is specified by the Function's selected
+:ref:`GC strategy <plugin>`. All calls to ``llvm.gcroot`` **must** reside
+inside the first basic block.
+
+The first argument **must** be a value referring to an alloca instruction or a
+bitcast of an alloca. The second contains a pointer to metadata that should be
+associated with the pointer, and **must** be a constant or global value
+address. If your target collector uses tags, use a null pointer for metadata.
+
+A compiler which performs manual SSA construction **must** ensure that SSA
+values representing GC references are stored in to the alloca passed to the
+respective ``gcroot`` before every call site and reloaded after every call.
+A compiler which uses mem2reg to raise imperative code using ``alloca`` into
+SSA form need only add a call to ``@llvm.gcroot`` for those variables which
+are pointers into the GC heap.
+
+It is also important to mark intermediate values with ``llvm.gcroot``. For
+example, consider ``h(f(), g())``. Beware leaking the result of ``f()`` in the
+case that ``g()`` triggers a collection. Note, that stack variables must be
+initialized and marked with ``llvm.gcroot`` in function's prologue.
+
+The ``%metadata`` argument can be used to avoid requiring heap objects to have
+'isa' pointers or tag bits. [Appel89_, Goldberg91_, Tolmach94_] If specified,
+its value will be tracked along with the location of the pointer in the stack
+frame.
+
+Consider the following fragment of Java code:
+
+.. code-block:: java
+
+ {
+ Object X; // A null-initialized reference to an object
+ ...
+ }
+
+This block (which may be located in the middle of a function or in a loop nest),
+could be compiled to this LLVM code:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ Entry:
+ ;; In the entry block for the function, allocate the
+ ;; stack space for X, which is an LLVM pointer.
+ %X = alloca %Object*
+
+ ;; Tell LLVM that the stack space is a stack root.
+ ;; Java has type-tags on objects, so we pass null as metadata.
+ %tmp = bitcast %Object** %X to i8**
+ call void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %tmp, i8* null)
+ ...
+
+ ;; "CodeBlock" is the block corresponding to the start
+ ;; of the scope above.
+ CodeBlock:
+ ;; Java null-initializes pointers.
+ store %Object* null, %Object** %X
+
+ ...
+
+ ;; As the pointer goes out of scope, store a null value into
+ ;; it, to indicate that the value is no longer live.
+ store %Object* null, %Object** %X
+ ...
+
+Reading and writing references in the heap
+------------------------------------------
+
+Some collectors need to be informed when the mutator (the program that needs
+garbage collection) either reads a pointer from or writes a pointer to a field
+of a heap object. The code fragments inserted at these points are called *read
+barriers* and *write barriers*, respectively. The amount of code that needs to
+be executed is usually quite small and not on the critical path of any
+computation, so the overall performance impact of the barrier is tolerable.
+
+Barriers often require access to the *object pointer* rather than the *derived
+pointer* (which is a pointer to the field within the object). Accordingly,
+these intrinsics take both pointers as separate arguments for completeness. In
+this snippet, ``%object`` is the object pointer, and ``%derived`` is the derived
+pointer:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ ;; An array type.
+ %class.Array = type { %class.Object, i32, [0 x %class.Object*] }
+ ...
+
+ ;; Load the object pointer from a gcroot.
+ %object = load %class.Array** %object_addr
+
+ ;; Compute the derived pointer.
+ %derived = getelementptr %object, i32 0, i32 2, i32 %n
+
+LLVM does not enforce this relationship between the object and derived pointer
+(although a particular :ref:`collector strategy <plugin>` might). However, it
+would be an unusual collector that violated it.
+
+The use of these intrinsics is naturally optional if the target GC does not
+require the corresponding barrier. The GC strategy used with such a collector
+should replace the intrinsic calls with the corresponding ``load`` or
+``store`` instruction if they are used.
+
+One known deficiency with the current design is that the barrier intrinsics do
+not include the size or alignment of the underlying operation performed. It is
+currently assumed that the operation is of pointer size and the alignment is
+assumed to be the target machine's default alignment.
+
+Write barrier: ``llvm.gcwrite``
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %value, i8* %object, i8** %derived)
+
+For write barriers, LLVM provides the ``llvm.gcwrite`` intrinsic function. It
+has exactly the same semantics as a non-volatile ``store`` to the derived
+pointer (the third argument). The exact code generated is specified by the
+Function's selected :ref:`GC strategy <plugin>`.
+
+Many important algorithms require write barriers, including generational and
+concurrent collectors. Additionally, write barriers could be used to implement
+reference counting.
+
+Read barrier: ``llvm.gcread``
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %object, i8** %derived)
+
+For read barriers, LLVM provides the ``llvm.gcread`` intrinsic function. It has
+exactly the same semantics as a non-volatile ``load`` from the derived pointer
+(the second argument). The exact code generated is specified by the Function's
+selected :ref:`GC strategy <plugin>`.
+
+Read barriers are needed by fewer algorithms than write barriers, and may have a
+greater performance impact since pointer reads are more frequent than writes.
+
+.. _plugin:
+
+.. _builtin-gc-strategies:
+
+Built In GC Strategies
+======================
+
+LLVM includes built in support for several varieties of garbage collectors.
+
+The Shadow Stack GC
+----------------------
+
+To use this collector strategy, mark your functions with:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ F.setGC("shadow-stack");
+
+Unlike many GC algorithms which rely on a cooperative code generator to compile
+stack maps, this algorithm carefully maintains a linked list of stack roots
+[:ref:`Henderson2002 <henderson02>`]. This so-called "shadow stack" mirrors the
+machine stack. Maintaining this data structure is slower than using a stack map
+compiled into the executable as constant data, but has a significant portability
+advantage because it requires no special support from the target code generator,
+and does not require tricky platform-specific code to crawl the machine stack.
+
+The tradeoff for this simplicity and portability is:
+
+* High overhead per function call.
+
+* Not thread-safe.
+
+Still, it's an easy way to get started. After your compiler and runtime are up
+and running, writing a :ref:`plugin <plugin>` will allow you to take advantage
+of :ref:`more advanced GC features <collector-algos>` of LLVM in order to
+improve performance.
+
+
+The shadow stack doesn't imply a memory allocation algorithm. A semispace
+collector or building atop ``malloc`` are great places to start, and can be
+implemented with very little code.
+
+When it comes time to collect, however, your runtime needs to traverse the stack
+roots, and for this it needs to integrate with the shadow stack. Luckily, doing
+so is very simple. (This code is heavily commented to help you understand the
+data structure, but there are only 20 lines of meaningful code.)
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ /// @brief The map for a single function's stack frame. One of these is
+ /// compiled as constant data into the executable for each function.
+ ///
+ /// Storage of metadata values is elided if the %metadata parameter to
+ /// @llvm.gcroot is null.
+ struct FrameMap {
+ int32_t NumRoots; //< Number of roots in stack frame.
+ int32_t NumMeta; //< Number of metadata entries. May be < NumRoots.
+ const void *Meta[0]; //< Metadata for each root.
+ };
+
+ /// @brief A link in the dynamic shadow stack. One of these is embedded in
+ /// the stack frame of each function on the call stack.
+ struct StackEntry {
+ StackEntry *Next; //< Link to next stack entry (the caller's).
+ const FrameMap *Map; //< Pointer to constant FrameMap.
+ void *Roots[0]; //< Stack roots (in-place array).
+ };
+
+ /// @brief The head of the singly-linked list of StackEntries. Functions push
+ /// and pop onto this in their prologue and epilogue.
+ ///
+ /// Since there is only a global list, this technique is not threadsafe.
+ StackEntry *llvm_gc_root_chain;
+
+ /// @brief Calls Visitor(root, meta) for each GC root on the stack.
+ /// root and meta are exactly the values passed to
+ /// @llvm.gcroot.
+ ///
+ /// Visitor could be a function to recursively mark live objects. Or it
+ /// might copy them to another heap or generation.
+ ///
+ /// @param Visitor A function to invoke for every GC root on the stack.
+ void visitGCRoots(void (*Visitor)(void **Root, const void *Meta)) {
+ for (StackEntry *R = llvm_gc_root_chain; R; R = R->Next) {
+ unsigned i = 0;
+
+ // For roots [0, NumMeta), the metadata pointer is in the FrameMap.
+ for (unsigned e = R->Map->NumMeta; i != e; ++i)
+ Visitor(&R->Roots[i], R->Map->Meta[i]);
+
+ // For roots [NumMeta, NumRoots), the metadata pointer is null.
+ for (unsigned e = R->Map->NumRoots; i != e; ++i)
+ Visitor(&R->Roots[i], NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+The 'Erlang' and 'Ocaml' GCs
+-----------------------------
+
+LLVM ships with two example collectors which leverage the ``gcroot``
+mechanisms. To our knowledge, these are not actually used by any language
+runtime, but they do provide a reasonable starting point for someone interested
+in writing an ``gcroot`` compatible GC plugin. In particular, these are the
+only in tree examples of how to produce a custom binary stack map format using
+a ``gcroot`` strategy.
+
+As there names imply, the binary format produced is intended to model that
+used by the Erlang and OCaml compilers respectively.
+
+.. _statepoint_example_gc:
+
+The Statepoint Example GC
+-------------------------
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ F.setGC("statepoint-example");
+
+This GC provides an example of how one might use the infrastructure provided
+by ``gc.statepoint``. This example GC is compatible with the
+:ref:`PlaceSafepoints` and :ref:`RewriteStatepointsForGC` utility passes
+which simplify ``gc.statepoint`` sequence insertion. If you need to build a
+custom GC strategy around the ``gc.statepoints`` mechanisms, it is recommended
+that you use this one as a starting point.
+
+This GC strategy does not support read or write barriers. As a result, these
+intrinsics are lowered to normal loads and stores.
+
+The stack map format generated by this GC strategy can be found in the
+:ref:`stackmap-section` using a format documented :ref:`here
+<statepoint-stackmap-format>`. This format is intended to be the standard
+format supported by LLVM going forward.
+
+The CoreCLR GC
+-------------------------
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ F.setGC("coreclr");
+
+This GC leverages the ``gc.statepoint`` mechanism to support the
+`CoreCLR <https://github.com/dotnet/coreclr>`__ runtime.
+
+Support for this GC strategy is a work in progress. This strategy will
+differ from
+:ref:`statepoint-example GC<statepoint_example_gc>` strategy in
+certain aspects like:
+
+* Base-pointers of interior pointers are not explicitly
+ tracked and reported.
+
+* A different format is used for encoding stack maps.
+
+* Safe-point polls are only needed before loop-back edges
+ and before tail-calls (not needed at function-entry).
+
+Custom GC Strategies
+====================
+
+If none of the built in GC strategy descriptions met your needs above, you will
+need to define a custom GCStrategy and possibly, a custom LLVM pass to perform
+lowering. Your best example of where to start defining a custom GCStrategy
+would be to look at one of the built in strategies.
+
+You may be able to structure this additional code as a loadable plugin library.
+Loadable plugins are sufficient if all you need is to enable a different
+combination of built in functionality, but if you need to provide a custom
+lowering pass, you will need to build a patched version of LLVM. If you think
+you need a patched build, please ask for advice on llvm-dev. There may be an
+easy way we can extend the support to make it work for your use case without
+requiring a custom build.
+
+Collector Requirements
+----------------------
+
+You should be able to leverage any existing collector library that includes the following elements:
+
+#. A memory allocator which exposes an allocation function your compiled
+ code can call.
+
+#. A binary format for the stack map. A stack map describes the location
+ of references at a safepoint and is used by precise collectors to identify
+ references within a stack frame on the machine stack. Note that collectors
+ which conservatively scan the stack don't require such a structure.
+
+#. A stack crawler to discover functions on the call stack, and enumerate the
+ references listed in the stack map for each call site.
+
+#. A mechanism for identifying references in global locations (e.g. global
+ variables).
+
+#. If you collector requires them, an LLVM IR implementation of your collectors
+ load and store barriers. Note that since many collectors don't require
+ barriers at all, LLVM defaults to lowering such barriers to normal loads
+ and stores unless you arrange otherwise.
+
+
+Implementing a collector plugin
+-------------------------------
+
+User code specifies which GC code generation to use with the ``gc`` function
+attribute or, equivalently, with the ``setGC`` method of ``Function``.
+
+To implement a GC plugin, it is necessary to subclass ``llvm::GCStrategy``,
+which can be accomplished in a few lines of boilerplate code. LLVM's
+infrastructure provides access to several important algorithms. For an
+uncontroversial collector, all that remains may be to compile LLVM's computed
+stack map to assembly code (using the binary representation expected by the
+runtime library). This can be accomplished in about 100 lines of code.
+
+This is not the appropriate place to implement a garbage collected heap or a
+garbage collector itself. That code should exist in the language's runtime
+library. The compiler plugin is responsible for generating code which conforms
+to the binary interface defined by library, most essentially the :ref:`stack map
+<stack-map>`.
+
+To subclass ``llvm::GCStrategy`` and register it with the compiler:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ // lib/MyGC/MyGC.cpp - Example LLVM GC plugin
+
+ #include "llvm/CodeGen/GCStrategy.h"
+ #include "llvm/CodeGen/GCMetadata.h"
+ #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+ using namespace llvm;
+
+ namespace {
+ class LLVM_LIBRARY_VISIBILITY MyGC : public GCStrategy {
+ public:
+ MyGC() {}
+ };
+
+ GCRegistry::Add<MyGC>
+ X("mygc", "My bespoke garbage collector.");
+ }
+
+This boilerplate collector does nothing. More specifically:
+
+* ``llvm.gcread`` calls are replaced with the corresponding ``load``
+ instruction.
+
+* ``llvm.gcwrite`` calls are replaced with the corresponding ``store``
+ instruction.
+
+* No safe points are added to the code.
+
+* The stack map is not compiled into the executable.
+
+Using the LLVM makefiles, this code
+can be compiled as a plugin using a simple makefile:
+
+.. code-block:: make
+
+ # lib/MyGC/Makefile
+
+ LEVEL := ../..
+ LIBRARYNAME = MyGC
+ LOADABLE_MODULE = 1
+
+ include $(LEVEL)/Makefile.common
+
+Once the plugin is compiled, code using it may be compiled using ``llc
+-load=MyGC.so`` (though MyGC.so may have some other platform-specific
+extension):
+
+::
+
+ $ cat sample.ll
+ define void @f() gc "mygc" {
+ entry:
+ ret void
+ }
+ $ llvm-as < sample.ll | llc -load=MyGC.so
+
+It is also possible to statically link the collector plugin into tools, such as
+a language-specific compiler front-end.
+
+.. _collector-algos:
+
+Overview of available features
+------------------------------
+
+``GCStrategy`` provides a range of features through which a plugin may do useful
+work. Some of these are callbacks, some are algorithms that can be enabled,
+disabled, or customized. This matrix summarizes the supported (and planned)
+features and correlates them with the collection techniques which typically
+require them.
+
+.. |v| unicode:: 0x2714
+ :trim:
+
+.. |x| unicode:: 0x2718
+ :trim:
+
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| Algorithm | Done | Shadow | refcount | mark- | copying | incremental | threaded | concurrent |
+| | | stack | | sweep | | | | |
++============+======+========+==========+=======+=========+=============+==========+============+
+| stack map | |v| | | | |x| | |x| | |x| | |x| | |x| |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| initialize | |v| | |x| | |x| | |x| | |x| | |x| | |x| | |x| |
+| roots | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| derived | NO | | | | | | **N**\* | **N**\* |
+| pointers | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| **custom | |v| | | | | | | | |
+| lowering** | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| *gcroot* | |v| | |x| | |x| | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| *gcwrite* | |v| | | |x| | | | |x| | | |x| |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| *gcread* | |v| | | | | | | | |x| |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| **safe | | | | | | | | |
+| points** | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| *in | |v| | | | |x| | |x| | |x| | |x| | |x| |
+| calls* | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| *before | |v| | | | | | | |x| | |x| |
+| calls* | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| *for | NO | | | | | | **N** | **N** |
+| loops* | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| *before | |v| | | | | | | |x| | |x| |
+| escape* | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| emit code | NO | | | | | | **N** | **N** |
+| at safe | | | | | | | | |
+| points | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| **output** | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| *assembly* | |v| | | | |x| | |x| | |x| | |x| | |x| |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| *JIT* | NO | | | **?** | **?** | **?** | **?** | **?** |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| *obj* | NO | | | **?** | **?** | **?** | **?** | **?** |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| live | NO | | | **?** | **?** | **?** | **?** | **?** |
+| analysis | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| register | NO | | | **?** | **?** | **?** | **?** | **?** |
+| map | | | | | | | | |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| \* Derived pointers only pose a hasard to copying collections. |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+| **?** denotes a feature which could be utilized if available. |
++------------+------+--------+----------+-------+---------+-------------+----------+------------+
+
+To be clear, the collection techniques above are defined as:
+
+Shadow Stack
+ The mutator carefully maintains a linked list of stack roots.
+
+Reference Counting
+ The mutator maintains a reference count for each object and frees an object
+ when its count falls to zero.
+
+Mark-Sweep
+ When the heap is exhausted, the collector marks reachable objects starting
+ from the roots, then deallocates unreachable objects in a sweep phase.
+
+Copying
+ As reachability analysis proceeds, the collector copies objects from one heap
+ area to another, compacting them in the process. Copying collectors enable
+ highly efficient "bump pointer" allocation and can improve locality of
+ reference.
+
+Incremental
+ (Including generational collectors.) Incremental collectors generally have all
+ the properties of a copying collector (regardless of whether the mature heap
+ is compacting), but bring the added complexity of requiring write barriers.
+
+Threaded
+ Denotes a multithreaded mutator; the collector must still stop the mutator
+ ("stop the world") before beginning reachability analysis. Stopping a
+ multithreaded mutator is a complicated problem. It generally requires highly
+ platform-specific code in the runtime, and the production of carefully
+ designed machine code at safe points.
+
+Concurrent
+ In this technique, the mutator and the collector run concurrently, with the
+ goal of eliminating pause times. In a *cooperative* collector, the mutator
+ further aids with collection should a pause occur, allowing collection to take
+ advantage of multiprocessor hosts. The "stop the world" problem of threaded
+ collectors is generally still present to a limited extent. Sophisticated
+ marking algorithms are necessary. Read barriers may be necessary.
+
+As the matrix indicates, LLVM's garbage collection infrastructure is already
+suitable for a wide variety of collectors, but does not currently extend to
+multithreaded programs. This will be added in the future as there is
+interest.
+
+.. _stack-map:
+
+Computing stack maps
+--------------------
+
+LLVM automatically computes a stack map. One of the most important features
+of a ``GCStrategy`` is to compile this information into the executable in
+the binary representation expected by the runtime library.
+
+The stack map consists of the location and identity of each GC root in the
+each function in the module. For each root:
+
+* ``RootNum``: The index of the root.
+
+* ``StackOffset``: The offset of the object relative to the frame pointer.
+
+* ``RootMetadata``: The value passed as the ``%metadata`` parameter to the
+ ``@llvm.gcroot`` intrinsic.
+
+Also, for the function as a whole:
+
+* ``getFrameSize()``: The overall size of the function's initial stack frame,
+ not accounting for any dynamic allocation.
+
+* ``roots_size()``: The count of roots in the function.
+
+To access the stack map, use ``GCFunctionMetadata::roots_begin()`` and
+-``end()`` from the :ref:`GCMetadataPrinter <assembly>`:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ GCFunctionInfo *FI = *I;
+ unsigned FrameSize = FI->getFrameSize();
+ size_t RootCount = FI->roots_size();
+
+ for (GCFunctionInfo::roots_iterator RI = FI->roots_begin(),
+ RE = FI->roots_end();
+ RI != RE; ++RI) {
+ int RootNum = RI->Num;
+ int RootStackOffset = RI->StackOffset;
+ Constant *RootMetadata = RI->Metadata;
+ }
+ }
+
+If the ``llvm.gcroot`` intrinsic is eliminated before code generation by a
+custom lowering pass, LLVM will compute an empty stack map. This may be useful
+for collector plugins which implement reference counting or a shadow stack.
+
+.. _init-roots:
+
+Initializing roots to null: ``InitRoots``
+-----------------------------------------
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ MyGC::MyGC() {
+ InitRoots = true;
+ }
+
+When set, LLVM will automatically initialize each root to ``null`` upon entry to
+the function. This prevents the GC's sweep phase from visiting uninitialized
+pointers, which will almost certainly cause it to crash. This initialization
+occurs before custom lowering, so the two may be used together.
+
+Since LLVM does not yet compute liveness information, there is no means of
+distinguishing an uninitialized stack root from an initialized one. Therefore,
+this feature should be used by all GC plugins. It is enabled by default.
+
+Custom lowering of intrinsics: ``CustomRoots``, ``CustomReadBarriers``, and ``CustomWriteBarriers``
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+For GCs which use barriers or unusual treatment of stack roots, these
+flags allow the collector to perform arbitrary transformations of the
+LLVM IR:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ class MyGC : public GCStrategy {
+ public:
+ MyGC() {
+ CustomRoots = true;
+ CustomReadBarriers = true;
+ CustomWriteBarriers = true;
+ }
+ };
+
+If any of these flags are set, LLVM suppresses its default lowering for
+the corresponding intrinsics. Instead, you must provide a custom Pass
+which lowers the intrinsics as desired. If you have opted in to custom
+lowering of a particular intrinsic your pass **must** eliminate all
+instances of the corresponding intrinsic in functions which opt in to
+your GC. The best example of such a pass is the ShadowStackGC and it's
+ShadowStackGCLowering pass.
+
+There is currently no way to register such a custom lowering pass
+without building a custom copy of LLVM.
+
+.. _safe-points:
+
+Generating safe points: ``NeededSafePoints``
+--------------------------------------------
+
+LLVM can compute four kinds of safe points:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ namespace GC {
+ /// PointKind - The type of a collector-safe point.
+ ///
+ enum PointKind {
+ Loop, //< Instr is a loop (backwards branch).
+ Return, //< Instr is a return instruction.
+ PreCall, //< Instr is a call instruction.
+ PostCall //< Instr is the return address of a call.
+ };
+ }
+
+A collector can request any combination of the four by setting the
+``NeededSafePoints`` mask:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ MyGC::MyGC() {
+ NeededSafePoints = 1 << GC::Loop
+ | 1 << GC::Return
+ | 1 << GC::PreCall
+ | 1 << GC::PostCall;
+ }
+
+It can then use the following routines to access safe points.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ GCFunctionInfo *MD = *I;
+ size_t PointCount = MD->size();
+
+ for (GCFunctionInfo::iterator PI = MD->begin(),
+ PE = MD->end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
+ GC::PointKind PointKind = PI->Kind;
+ unsigned PointNum = PI->Num;
+ }
+ }
+
+Almost every collector requires ``PostCall`` safe points, since these correspond
+to the moments when the function is suspended during a call to a subroutine.
+
+Threaded programs generally require ``Loop`` safe points to guarantee that the
+application will reach a safe point within a bounded amount of time, even if it
+is executing a long-running loop which contains no function calls.
+
+Threaded collectors may also require ``Return`` and ``PreCall`` safe points to
+implement "stop the world" techniques using self-modifying code, where it is
+important that the program not exit the function without reaching a safe point
+(because only the topmost function has been patched).
+
+.. _assembly:
+
+Emitting assembly code: ``GCMetadataPrinter``
+---------------------------------------------
+
+LLVM allows a plugin to print arbitrary assembly code before and after the rest
+of a module's assembly code. At the end of the module, the GC can compile the
+LLVM stack map into assembly code. (At the beginning, this information is not
+yet computed.)
+
+Since AsmWriter and CodeGen are separate components of LLVM, a separate abstract
+base class and registry is provided for printing assembly code, the
+``GCMetadaPrinter`` and ``GCMetadataPrinterRegistry``. The AsmWriter will look
+for such a subclass if the ``GCStrategy`` sets ``UsesMetadata``:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ MyGC::MyGC() {
+ UsesMetadata = true;
+ }
+
+This separation allows JIT-only clients to be smaller.
+
+Note that LLVM does not currently have analogous APIs to support code generation
+in the JIT, nor using the object writers.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ // lib/MyGC/MyGCPrinter.cpp - Example LLVM GC printer
+
+ #include "llvm/CodeGen/GCMetadataPrinter.h"
+ #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+
+ using namespace llvm;
+
+ namespace {
+ class LLVM_LIBRARY_VISIBILITY MyGCPrinter : public GCMetadataPrinter {
+ public:
+ virtual void beginAssembly(AsmPrinter &AP);
+
+ virtual void finishAssembly(AsmPrinter &AP);
+ };
+
+ GCMetadataPrinterRegistry::Add<MyGCPrinter>
+ X("mygc", "My bespoke garbage collector.");
+ }
+
+The collector should use ``AsmPrinter`` to print portable assembly code. The
+collector itself contains the stack map for the entire module, and may access
+the ``GCFunctionInfo`` using its own ``begin()`` and ``end()`` methods. Here's
+a realistic example:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ #include "llvm/CodeGen/AsmPrinter.h"
+ #include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
+ #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
+ #include "llvm/Target/TargetAsmInfo.h"
+ #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
+
+ void MyGCPrinter::beginAssembly(AsmPrinter &AP) {
+ // Nothing to do.
+ }
+
+ void MyGCPrinter::finishAssembly(AsmPrinter &AP) {
+ MCStreamer &OS = AP.OutStreamer;
+ unsigned IntPtrSize = AP.getPointerSize();
+
+ // Put this in the data section.
+ OS.SwitchSection(AP.getObjFileLowering().getDataSection());
+
+ // For each function...
+ for (iterator FI = begin(), FE = end(); FI != FE; ++FI) {
+ GCFunctionInfo &MD = **FI;
+
+ // A compact GC layout. Emit this data structure:
+ //
+ // struct {
+ // int32_t PointCount;
+ // void *SafePointAddress[PointCount];
+ // int32_t StackFrameSize; // in words
+ // int32_t StackArity;
+ // int32_t LiveCount;
+ // int32_t LiveOffsets[LiveCount];
+ // } __gcmap_<FUNCTIONNAME>;
+
+ // Align to address width.
+ AP.EmitAlignment(IntPtrSize == 4 ? 2 : 3);
+
+ // Emit PointCount.
+ OS.AddComment("safe point count");
+ AP.EmitInt32(MD.size());
+
+ // And each safe point...
+ for (GCFunctionInfo::iterator PI = MD.begin(),
+ PE = MD.end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
+ // Emit the address of the safe point.
+ OS.AddComment("safe point address");
+ MCSymbol *Label = PI->Label;
+ AP.EmitLabelPlusOffset(Label/*Hi*/, 0/*Offset*/, 4/*Size*/);
+ }
+
+ // Stack information never change in safe points! Only print info from the
+ // first call-site.
+ GCFunctionInfo::iterator PI = MD.begin();
+
+ // Emit the stack frame size.
+ OS.AddComment("stack frame size (in words)");
+ AP.EmitInt32(MD.getFrameSize() / IntPtrSize);
+
+ // Emit stack arity, i.e. the number of stacked arguments.
+ unsigned RegisteredArgs = IntPtrSize == 4 ? 5 : 6;
+ unsigned StackArity = MD.getFunction().arg_size() > RegisteredArgs ?
+ MD.getFunction().arg_size() - RegisteredArgs : 0;
+ OS.AddComment("stack arity");
+ AP.EmitInt32(StackArity);
+
+ // Emit the number of live roots in the function.
+ OS.AddComment("live root count");
+ AP.EmitInt32(MD.live_size(PI));
+
+ // And for each live root...
+ for (GCFunctionInfo::live_iterator LI = MD.live_begin(PI),
+ LE = MD.live_end(PI);
+ LI != LE; ++LI) {
+ // Emit live root's offset within the stack frame.
+ OS.AddComment("stack index (offset / wordsize)");
+ AP.EmitInt32(LI->StackOffset);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+References
+==========
+
+.. _appel89:
+
+[Appel89] Runtime Tags Aren't Necessary. Andrew W. Appel. Lisp and Symbolic
+Computation 19(7):703-705, July 1989.
+
+.. _goldberg91:
+
+[Goldberg91] Tag-free garbage collection for strongly typed programming
+languages. Benjamin Goldberg. ACM SIGPLAN PLDI'91.
+
+.. _tolmach94:
+
+[Tolmach94] Tag-free garbage collection using explicit type parameters. Andrew
+Tolmach. Proceedings of the 1994 ACM conference on LISP and functional
+programming.
+
+.. _henderson02:
+
+[Henderson2002] `Accurate Garbage Collection in an Uncooperative Environment
+<http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/henderson02accurate.html>`__
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GetElementPtr.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GetElementPtr.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GetElementPtr.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GetElementPtr.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
+=======================================
+The Often Misunderstood GEP Instruction
+=======================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document seeks to dispel the mystery and confusion surrounding LLVM's
+`GetElementPtr <LangRef.html#getelementptr-instruction>`_ (GEP) instruction.
+Questions about the wily GEP instruction are probably the most frequently
+occurring questions once a developer gets down to coding with LLVM. Here we lay
+out the sources of confusion and show that the GEP instruction is really quite
+simple.
+
+Address Computation
+===================
+
+When people are first confronted with the GEP instruction, they tend to relate
+it to known concepts from other programming paradigms, most notably C array
+indexing and field selection. GEP closely resembles C array indexing and field
+selection, however it is a little different and this leads to the following
+questions.
+
+What is the first index of the GEP instruction?
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+Quick answer: The index stepping through the second operand.
+
+The confusion with the first index usually arises from thinking about the
+GetElementPtr instruction as if it was a C index operator. They aren't the
+same. For example, when we write, in "C":
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ AType *Foo;
+ ...
+ X = &Foo->F;
+
+it is natural to think that there is only one index, the selection of the field
+``F``. However, in this example, ``Foo`` is a pointer. That pointer
+must be indexed explicitly in LLVM. C, on the other hand, indices through it
+transparently. To arrive at the same address location as the C code, you would
+provide the GEP instruction with two index operands. The first operand indexes
+through the pointer; the second operand indexes the field ``F`` of the
+structure, just as if you wrote:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ X = &Foo[0].F;
+
+Sometimes this question gets rephrased as:
+
+.. _GEP index through first pointer:
+
+ *Why is it okay to index through the first pointer, but subsequent pointers
+ won't be dereferenced?*
+
+The answer is simply because memory does not have to be accessed to perform the
+computation. The second operand to the GEP instruction must be a value of a
+pointer type. The value of the pointer is provided directly to the GEP
+instruction as an operand without any need for accessing memory. It must,
+therefore be indexed and requires an index operand. Consider this example:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ struct munger_struct {
+ int f1;
+ int f2;
+ };
+ void munge(struct munger_struct *P) {
+ P[0].f1 = P[1].f1 + P[2].f2;
+ }
+ ...
+ munger_struct Array[3];
+ ...
+ munge(Array);
+
+In this "C" example, the front end compiler (Clang) will generate three GEP
+instructions for the three indices through "P" in the assignment statement. The
+function argument ``P`` will be the second operand of each of these GEP
+instructions. The third operand indexes through that pointer. The fourth
+operand will be the field offset into the ``struct munger_struct`` type, for
+either the ``f1`` or ``f2`` field. So, in LLVM assembly the ``munge`` function
+looks like:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ void %munge(%struct.munger_struct* %P) {
+ entry:
+ %tmp = getelementptr %struct.munger_struct, %struct.munger_struct* %P, i32 1, i32 0
+ %tmp = load i32* %tmp
+ %tmp6 = getelementptr %struct.munger_struct, %struct.munger_struct* %P, i32 2, i32 1
+ %tmp7 = load i32* %tmp6
+ %tmp8 = add i32 %tmp7, %tmp
+ %tmp9 = getelementptr %struct.munger_struct, %struct.munger_struct* %P, i32 0, i32 0
+ store i32 %tmp8, i32* %tmp9
+ ret void
+ }
+
+In each case the second operand is the pointer through which the GEP instruction
+starts. The same is true whether the second operand is an argument, allocated
+memory, or a global variable.
+
+To make this clear, let's consider a more obtuse example:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ %MyVar = uninitialized global i32
+ ...
+ %idx1 = getelementptr i32, i32* %MyVar, i64 0
+ %idx2 = getelementptr i32, i32* %MyVar, i64 1
+ %idx3 = getelementptr i32, i32* %MyVar, i64 2
+
+These GEP instructions are simply making address computations from the base
+address of ``MyVar``. They compute, as follows (using C syntax):
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ idx1 = (char*) &MyVar + 0
+ idx2 = (char*) &MyVar + 4
+ idx3 = (char*) &MyVar + 8
+
+Since the type ``i32`` is known to be four bytes long, the indices 0, 1 and 2
+translate into memory offsets of 0, 4, and 8, respectively. No memory is
+accessed to make these computations because the address of ``%MyVar`` is passed
+directly to the GEP instructions.
+
+The obtuse part of this example is in the cases of ``%idx2`` and ``%idx3``. They
+result in the computation of addresses that point to memory past the end of the
+``%MyVar`` global, which is only one ``i32`` long, not three ``i32``\s long.
+While this is legal in LLVM, it is inadvisable because any load or store with
+the pointer that results from these GEP instructions would produce undefined
+results.
+
+Why is the extra 0 index required?
+----------------------------------
+
+Quick answer: there are no superfluous indices.
+
+This question arises most often when the GEP instruction is applied to a global
+variable which is always a pointer type. For example, consider this:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ %MyStruct = uninitialized global { float*, i32 }
+ ...
+ %idx = getelementptr { float*, i32 }, { float*, i32 }* %MyStruct, i64 0, i32 1
+
+The GEP above yields an ``i32*`` by indexing the ``i32`` typed field of the
+structure ``%MyStruct``. When people first look at it, they wonder why the ``i64
+0`` index is needed. However, a closer inspection of how globals and GEPs work
+reveals the need. Becoming aware of the following facts will dispel the
+confusion:
+
+#. The type of ``%MyStruct`` is *not* ``{ float*, i32 }`` but rather ``{ float*,
+ i32 }*``. That is, ``%MyStruct`` is a pointer to a structure containing a
+ pointer to a ``float`` and an ``i32``.
+
+#. Point #1 is evidenced by noticing the type of the second operand of the GEP
+ instruction (``%MyStruct``) which is ``{ float*, i32 }*``.
+
+#. The first index, ``i64 0`` is required to step over the global variable
+ ``%MyStruct``. Since the second argument to the GEP instruction must always
+ be a value of pointer type, the first index steps through that pointer. A
+ value of 0 means 0 elements offset from that pointer.
+
+#. The second index, ``i32 1`` selects the second field of the structure (the
+ ``i32``).
+
+What is dereferenced by GEP?
+----------------------------
+
+Quick answer: nothing.
+
+The GetElementPtr instruction dereferences nothing. That is, it doesn't access
+memory in any way. That's what the Load and Store instructions are for. GEP is
+only involved in the computation of addresses. For example, consider this:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ %MyVar = uninitialized global { [40 x i32 ]* }
+ ...
+ %idx = getelementptr { [40 x i32]* }, { [40 x i32]* }* %MyVar, i64 0, i32 0, i64 0, i64 17
+
+In this example, we have a global variable, ``%MyVar`` that is a pointer to a
+structure containing a pointer to an array of 40 ints. The GEP instruction seems
+to be accessing the 18th integer of the structure's array of ints. However, this
+is actually an illegal GEP instruction. It won't compile. The reason is that the
+pointer in the structure *must* be dereferenced in order to index into the
+array of 40 ints. Since the GEP instruction never accesses memory, it is
+illegal.
+
+In order to access the 18th integer in the array, you would need to do the
+following:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ %idx = getelementptr { [40 x i32]* }, { [40 x i32]* }* %, i64 0, i32 0
+ %arr = load [40 x i32]** %idx
+ %idx = getelementptr [40 x i32], [40 x i32]* %arr, i64 0, i64 17
+
+In this case, we have to load the pointer in the structure with a load
+instruction before we can index into the array. If the example was changed to:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ %MyVar = uninitialized global { [40 x i32 ] }
+ ...
+ %idx = getelementptr { [40 x i32] }, { [40 x i32] }*, i64 0, i32 0, i64 17
+
+then everything works fine. In this case, the structure does not contain a
+pointer and the GEP instruction can index through the global variable, into the
+first field of the structure and access the 18th ``i32`` in the array there.
+
+Why don't GEP x,0,0,1 and GEP x,1 alias?
+----------------------------------------
+
+Quick Answer: They compute different address locations.
+
+If you look at the first indices in these GEP instructions you find that they
+are different (0 and 1), therefore the address computation diverges with that
+index. Consider this example:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ %MyVar = global { [10 x i32] }
+ %idx1 = getelementptr { [10 x i32] }, { [10 x i32] }* %MyVar, i64 0, i32 0, i64 1
+ %idx2 = getelementptr { [10 x i32] }, { [10 x i32] }* %MyVar, i64 1
+
+In this example, ``idx1`` computes the address of the second integer in the
+array that is in the structure in ``%MyVar``, that is ``MyVar+4``. The type of
+``idx1`` is ``i32*``. However, ``idx2`` computes the address of *the next*
+structure after ``%MyVar``. The type of ``idx2`` is ``{ [10 x i32] }*`` and its
+value is equivalent to ``MyVar + 40`` because it indexes past the ten 4-byte
+integers in ``MyVar``. Obviously, in such a situation, the pointers don't
+alias.
+
+Why do GEP x,1,0,0 and GEP x,1 alias?
+-------------------------------------
+
+Quick Answer: They compute the same address location.
+
+These two GEP instructions will compute the same address because indexing
+through the 0th element does not change the address. However, it does change the
+type. Consider this example:
+
+.. code-block:: llvm
+
+ %MyVar = global { [10 x i32] }
+ %idx1 = getelementptr { [10 x i32] }, { [10 x i32] }* %MyVar, i64 1, i32 0, i64 0
+ %idx2 = getelementptr { [10 x i32] }, { [10 x i32] }* %MyVar, i64 1
+
+In this example, the value of ``%idx1`` is ``%MyVar+40`` and its type is
+``i32*``. The value of ``%idx2`` is also ``MyVar+40`` but its type is ``{ [10 x
+i32] }*``.
+
+Can GEP index into vector elements?
+-----------------------------------
+
+This hasn't always been forcefully disallowed, though it's not recommended. It
+leads to awkward special cases in the optimizers, and fundamental inconsistency
+in the IR. In the future, it will probably be outright disallowed.
+
+What effect do address spaces have on GEPs?
+-------------------------------------------
+
+None, except that the address space qualifier on the second operand pointer type
+always matches the address space qualifier on the result type.
+
+How is GEP different from ``ptrtoint``, arithmetic, and ``inttoptr``?
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+It's very similar; there are only subtle differences.
+
+With ptrtoint, you have to pick an integer type. One approach is to pick i64;
+this is safe on everything LLVM supports (LLVM internally assumes pointers are
+never wider than 64 bits in many places), and the optimizer will actually narrow
+the i64 arithmetic down to the actual pointer size on targets which don't
+support 64-bit arithmetic in most cases. However, there are some cases where it
+doesn't do this. With GEP you can avoid this problem.
+
+Also, GEP carries additional pointer aliasing rules. It's invalid to take a GEP
+from one object, address into a different separately allocated object, and
+dereference it. IR producers (front-ends) must follow this rule, and consumers
+(optimizers, specifically alias analysis) benefit from being able to rely on
+it. See the `Rules`_ section for more information.
+
+And, GEP is more concise in common cases.
+
+However, for the underlying integer computation implied, there is no
+difference.
+
+
+I'm writing a backend for a target which needs custom lowering for GEP. How do I do this?
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+You don't. The integer computation implied by a GEP is target-independent.
+Typically what you'll need to do is make your backend pattern-match expressions
+trees involving ADD, MUL, etc., which are what GEP is lowered into. This has the
+advantage of letting your code work correctly in more cases.
+
+GEP does use target-dependent parameters for the size and layout of data types,
+which targets can customize.
+
+If you require support for addressing units which are not 8 bits, you'll need to
+fix a lot of code in the backend, with GEP lowering being only a small piece of
+the overall picture.
+
+How does VLA addressing work with GEPs?
+---------------------------------------
+
+GEPs don't natively support VLAs. LLVM's type system is entirely static, and GEP
+address computations are guided by an LLVM type.
+
+VLA indices can be implemented as linearized indices. For example, an expression
+like ``X[a][b][c]``, must be effectively lowered into a form like
+``X[a*m+b*n+c]``, so that it appears to the GEP as a single-dimensional array
+reference.
+
+This means if you want to write an analysis which understands array indices and
+you want to support VLAs, your code will have to be prepared to reverse-engineer
+the linearization. One way to solve this problem is to use the ScalarEvolution
+library, which always presents VLA and non-VLA indexing in the same manner.
+
+.. _Rules:
+
+Rules
+=====
+
+What happens if an array index is out of bounds?
+------------------------------------------------
+
+There are two senses in which an array index can be out of bounds.
+
+First, there's the array type which comes from the (static) type of the first
+operand to the GEP. Indices greater than the number of elements in the
+corresponding static array type are valid. There is no problem with out of
+bounds indices in this sense. Indexing into an array only depends on the size of
+the array element, not the number of elements.
+
+A common example of how this is used is arrays where the size is not known.
+It's common to use array types with zero length to represent these. The fact
+that the static type says there are zero elements is irrelevant; it's perfectly
+valid to compute arbitrary element indices, as the computation only depends on
+the size of the array element, not the number of elements. Note that zero-sized
+arrays are not a special case here.
+
+This sense is unconnected with ``inbounds`` keyword. The ``inbounds`` keyword is
+designed to describe low-level pointer arithmetic overflow conditions, rather
+than high-level array indexing rules.
+
+Analysis passes which wish to understand array indexing should not assume that
+the static array type bounds are respected.
+
+The second sense of being out of bounds is computing an address that's beyond
+the actual underlying allocated object.
+
+With the ``inbounds`` keyword, the result value of the GEP is undefined if the
+address is outside the actual underlying allocated object and not the address
+one-past-the-end.
+
+Without the ``inbounds`` keyword, there are no restrictions on computing
+out-of-bounds addresses. Obviously, performing a load or a store requires an
+address of allocated and sufficiently aligned memory. But the GEP itself is only
+concerned with computing addresses.
+
+Can array indices be negative?
+------------------------------
+
+Yes. This is basically a special case of array indices being out of bounds.
+
+Can I compare two values computed with GEPs?
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Yes. If both addresses are within the same allocated object, or
+one-past-the-end, you'll get the comparison result you expect. If either is
+outside of it, integer arithmetic wrapping may occur, so the comparison may not
+be meaningful.
+
+Can I do GEP with a different pointer type than the type of the underlying object?
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Yes. There are no restrictions on bitcasting a pointer value to an arbitrary
+pointer type. The types in a GEP serve only to define the parameters for the
+underlying integer computation. They need not correspond with the actual type of
+the underlying object.
+
+Furthermore, loads and stores don't have to use the same types as the type of
+the underlying object. Types in this context serve only to specify memory size
+and alignment. Beyond that there are merely a hint to the optimizer indicating
+how the value will likely be used.
+
+Can I cast an object's address to integer and add it to null?
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+
+You can compute an address that way, but if you use GEP to do the add, you can't
+use that pointer to actually access the object, unless the object is managed
+outside of LLVM.
+
+The underlying integer computation is sufficiently defined; null has a defined
+value --- zero --- and you can add whatever value you want to it.
+
+However, it's invalid to access (load from or store to) an LLVM-aware object
+with such a pointer. This includes ``GlobalVariables``, ``Allocas``, and objects
+pointed to by noalias pointers.
+
+If you really need this functionality, you can do the arithmetic with explicit
+integer instructions, and use inttoptr to convert the result to an address. Most
+of GEP's special aliasing rules do not apply to pointers computed from ptrtoint,
+arithmetic, and inttoptr sequences.
+
+Can I compute the distance between two objects, and add that value to one address to compute the other address?
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+As with arithmetic on null, you can use GEP to compute an address that way, but
+you can't use that pointer to actually access the object if you do, unless the
+object is managed outside of LLVM.
+
+Also as above, ptrtoint and inttoptr provide an alternative way to do this which
+do not have this restriction.
+
+Can I do type-based alias analysis on LLVM IR?
+----------------------------------------------
+
+You can't do type-based alias analysis using LLVM's built-in type system,
+because LLVM has no restrictions on mixing types in addressing, loads or stores.
+
+LLVM's type-based alias analysis pass uses metadata to describe a different type
+system (such as the C type system), and performs type-based aliasing on top of
+that. Further details are in the
+`language reference <LangRef.html#tbaa-metadata>`_.
+
+What happens if a GEP computation overflows?
+--------------------------------------------
+
+If the GEP lacks the ``inbounds`` keyword, the value is the result from
+evaluating the implied two's complement integer computation. However, since
+there's no guarantee of where an object will be allocated in the address space,
+such values have limited meaning.
+
+If the GEP has the ``inbounds`` keyword, the result value is undefined (a "trap
+value") if the GEP overflows (i.e. wraps around the end of the address space).
+
+As such, there are some ramifications of this for inbounds GEPs: scales implied
+by array/vector/pointer indices are always known to be "nsw" since they are
+signed values that are scaled by the element size. These values are also
+allowed to be negative (e.g. "``gep i32 *%P, i32 -1``") but the pointer itself
+is logically treated as an unsigned value. This means that GEPs have an
+asymmetric relation between the pointer base (which is treated as unsigned) and
+the offset applied to it (which is treated as signed). The result of the
+additions within the offset calculation cannot have signed overflow, but when
+applied to the base pointer, there can be signed overflow.
+
+How can I tell if my front-end is following the rules?
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+There is currently no checker for the getelementptr rules. Currently, the only
+way to do this is to manually check each place in your front-end where
+GetElementPtr operators are created.
+
+It's not possible to write a checker which could find all rule violations
+statically. It would be possible to write a checker which works by instrumenting
+the code with dynamic checks though. Alternatively, it would be possible to
+write a static checker which catches a subset of possible problems. However, no
+such checker exists today.
+
+Rationale
+=========
+
+Why is GEP designed this way?
+-----------------------------
+
+The design of GEP has the following goals, in rough unofficial order of
+priority:
+
+* Support C, C-like languages, and languages which can be conceptually lowered
+ into C (this covers a lot).
+
+* Support optimizations such as those that are common in C compilers. In
+ particular, GEP is a cornerstone of LLVM's `pointer aliasing
+ model <LangRef.html#pointeraliasing>`_.
+
+* Provide a consistent method for computing addresses so that address
+ computations don't need to be a part of load and store instructions in the IR.
+
+* Support non-C-like languages, to the extent that it doesn't interfere with
+ other goals.
+
+* Minimize target-specific information in the IR.
+
+Why do struct member indices always use ``i32``?
+------------------------------------------------
+
+The specific type i32 is probably just a historical artifact, however it's wide
+enough for all practical purposes, so there's been no need to change it. It
+doesn't necessarily imply i32 address arithmetic; it's just an identifier which
+identifies a field in a struct. Requiring that all struct indices be the same
+reduces the range of possibilities for cases where two GEPs are effectively the
+same but have distinct operand types.
+
+What's an uglygep?
+------------------
+
+Some LLVM optimizers operate on GEPs by internally lowering them into more
+primitive integer expressions, which allows them to be combined with other
+integer expressions and/or split into multiple separate integer expressions. If
+they've made non-trivial changes, translating back into LLVM IR can involve
+reverse-engineering the structure of the addressing in order to fit it into the
+static type of the original first operand. It isn't always possibly to fully
+reconstruct this structure; sometimes the underlying addressing doesn't
+correspond with the static type at all. In such cases the optimizer instead will
+emit a GEP with the base pointer casted to a simple address-unit pointer, using
+the name "uglygep". This isn't pretty, but it's just as valid, and it's
+sufficient to preserve the pointer aliasing guarantees that GEP provides.
+
+Summary
+=======
+
+In summary, here's some things to always remember about the GetElementPtr
+instruction:
+
+
+#. The GEP instruction never accesses memory, it only provides pointer
+ computations.
+
+#. The second operand to the GEP instruction is always a pointer and it must be
+ indexed.
+
+#. There are no superfluous indices for the GEP instruction.
+
+#. Trailing zero indices are superfluous for pointer aliasing, but not for the
+ types of the pointers.
+
+#. Leading zero indices are not superfluous for pointer aliasing nor the types
+ of the pointers.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GettingStarted.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GettingStarted.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GettingStarted.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GettingStarted.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,1325 @@
+====================================
+Getting Started with the LLVM System
+====================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Overview
+========
+
+Welcome to LLVM! In order to get started, you first need to know some basic
+information.
+
+First, LLVM comes in three pieces. The first piece is the LLVM suite. This
+contains all of the tools, libraries, and header files needed to use LLVM. It
+contains an assembler, disassembler, bitcode analyzer and bitcode optimizer. It
+also contains basic regression tests that can be used to test the LLVM tools and
+the Clang front end.
+
+The second piece is the `Clang <http://clang.llvm.org/>`_ front end. This
+component compiles C, C++, Objective C, and Objective C++ code into LLVM
+bitcode. Once compiled into LLVM bitcode, a program can be manipulated with the
+LLVM tools from the LLVM suite.
+
+There is a third, optional piece called Test Suite. It is a suite of programs
+with a testing harness that can be used to further test LLVM's functionality
+and performance.
+
+Getting Started Quickly (A Summary)
+===================================
+
+The LLVM Getting Started documentation may be out of date. So, the `Clang
+Getting Started <http://clang.llvm.org/get_started.html>`_ page might also be a
+good place to start.
+
+Here's the short story for getting up and running quickly with LLVM:
+
+#. Read the documentation.
+#. Read the documentation.
+#. Remember that you were warned twice about reading the documentation.
+
+ * In particular, the *relative paths specified are important*.
+
+#. Checkout LLVM:
+
+ * ``cd where-you-want-llvm-to-live``
+ * ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/llvm/trunk llvm``
+
+#. Checkout Clang:
+
+ * ``cd where-you-want-llvm-to-live``
+ * ``cd llvm/tools``
+ * ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/cfe/trunk clang``
+
+#. Checkout Extra Clang Tools **[Optional]**:
+
+ * ``cd where-you-want-llvm-to-live``
+ * ``cd llvm/tools/clang/tools``
+ * ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/clang-tools-extra/trunk extra``
+
+#. Checkout LLD linker **[Optional]**:
+
+ * ``cd where-you-want-llvm-to-live``
+ * ``cd llvm/tools``
+ * ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/lld/trunk lld``
+
+#. Checkout Polly Loop Optimizer **[Optional]**:
+
+ * ``cd where-you-want-llvm-to-live``
+ * ``cd llvm/tools``
+ * ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/polly/trunk polly``
+
+#. Checkout Compiler-RT (required to build the sanitizers) **[Optional]**:
+
+ * ``cd where-you-want-llvm-to-live``
+ * ``cd llvm/projects``
+ * ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/compiler-rt/trunk compiler-rt``
+
+#. Checkout Libomp (required for OpenMP support) **[Optional]**:
+
+ * ``cd where-you-want-llvm-to-live``
+ * ``cd llvm/projects``
+ * ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/openmp/trunk openmp``
+
+#. Checkout libcxx and libcxxabi **[Optional]**:
+
+ * ``cd where-you-want-llvm-to-live``
+ * ``cd llvm/projects``
+ * ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/libcxx/trunk libcxx``
+ * ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/libcxxabi/trunk libcxxabi``
+
+#. Get the Test Suite Source Code **[Optional]**
+
+ * ``cd where-you-want-llvm-to-live``
+ * ``cd llvm/projects``
+ * ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/test-suite/trunk test-suite``
+
+#. Configure and build LLVM and Clang:
+
+ *Warning:* Make sure you've checked out *all of* the source code
+ before trying to configure with cmake. cmake does not pickup newly
+ added source directories in incremental builds.
+
+ The build uses `CMake <CMake.html>`_. LLVM requires CMake 3.4.3 to build. It
+ is generally recommended to use a recent CMake, especially if you're
+ generating Ninja build files. This is because the CMake project is constantly
+ improving the quality of the generators, and the Ninja generator gets a lot
+ of attention.
+
+ * ``cd where you want to build llvm``
+ * ``mkdir build``
+ * ``cd build``
+ * ``cmake -G <generator> [options] <path to llvm sources>``
+
+ Some common generators are:
+
+ * ``Unix Makefiles`` --- for generating make-compatible parallel makefiles.
+ * ``Ninja`` --- for generating `Ninja <https://ninja-build.org>`_
+ build files. Most llvm developers use Ninja.
+ * ``Visual Studio`` --- for generating Visual Studio projects and
+ solutions.
+ * ``Xcode`` --- for generating Xcode projects.
+
+ Some Common options:
+
+ * ``-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=directory`` --- Specify for *directory* the full
+ pathname of where you want the LLVM tools and libraries to be installed
+ (default ``/usr/local``).
+
+ * ``-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=type`` --- Valid options for *type* are Debug,
+ Release, RelWithDebInfo, and MinSizeRel. Default is Debug.
+
+ * ``-DLLVM_ENABLE_ASSERTIONS=On`` --- Compile with assertion checks enabled
+ (default is Yes for Debug builds, No for all other build types).
+
+ * Run your build tool of choice!
+
+ * The default target (i.e. ``make``) will build all of LLVM
+
+ * The ``check-all`` target (i.e. ``make check-all``) will run the
+ regression tests to ensure everything is in working order.
+
+ * CMake will generate build targets for each tool and library, and most
+ LLVM sub-projects generate their own ``check-<project>`` target.
+
+ * Running a serial build will be *slow*. Make sure you run a
+ parallel build; for ``make``, use ``make -j``.
+
+ * For more information see `CMake <CMake.html>`_
+
+ * If you get an "internal compiler error (ICE)" or test failures, see
+ `below`_.
+
+Consult the `Getting Started with LLVM`_ section for detailed information on
+configuring and compiling LLVM. Go to `Directory Layout`_ to learn about the
+layout of the source code tree.
+
+Requirements
+============
+
+Before you begin to use the LLVM system, review the requirements given below.
+This may save you some trouble by knowing ahead of time what hardware and
+software you will need.
+
+Hardware
+--------
+
+LLVM is known to work on the following host platforms:
+
+================== ===================== =============
+OS Arch Compilers
+================== ===================== =============
+Linux x86\ :sup:`1` GCC, Clang
+Linux amd64 GCC, Clang
+Linux ARM\ :sup:`4` GCC, Clang
+Linux PowerPC GCC, Clang
+Solaris V9 (Ultrasparc) GCC
+FreeBSD x86\ :sup:`1` GCC, Clang
+FreeBSD amd64 GCC, Clang
+NetBSD x86\ :sup:`1` GCC, Clang
+NetBSD amd64 GCC, Clang
+MacOS X\ :sup:`2` PowerPC GCC
+MacOS X x86 GCC, Clang
+Cygwin/Win32 x86\ :sup:`1, 3` GCC
+Windows x86\ :sup:`1` Visual Studio
+Windows x64 x86-64 Visual Studio
+================== ===================== =============
+
+.. note::
+
+ #. Code generation supported for Pentium processors and up
+ #. Code generation supported for 32-bit ABI only
+ #. To use LLVM modules on Win32-based system, you may configure LLVM
+ with ``-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=On``.
+ #. MCJIT not working well pre-v7, old JIT engine not supported any more.
+
+Note that Debug builds require a lot of time and disk space. An LLVM-only build
+will need about 1-3 GB of space. A full build of LLVM and Clang will need around
+15-20 GB of disk space. The exact space requirements will vary by system. (It
+is so large because of all the debugging information and the fact that the
+libraries are statically linked into multiple tools).
+
+If you you are space-constrained, you can build only selected tools or only
+selected targets. The Release build requires considerably less space.
+
+The LLVM suite *may* compile on other platforms, but it is not guaranteed to do
+so. If compilation is successful, the LLVM utilities should be able to
+assemble, disassemble, analyze, and optimize LLVM bitcode. Code generation
+should work as well, although the generated native code may not work on your
+platform.
+
+Software
+--------
+
+Compiling LLVM requires that you have several software packages installed. The
+table below lists those required packages. The Package column is the usual name
+for the software package that LLVM depends on. The Version column provides
+"known to work" versions of the package. The Notes column describes how LLVM
+uses the package and provides other details.
+
+=========================================================== ============ ==========================================
+Package Version Notes
+=========================================================== ============ ==========================================
+`GNU Make <http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/make>`_ 3.79, 3.79.1 Makefile/build processor
+`GCC <http://gcc.gnu.org/>`_ >=4.8.0 C/C++ compiler\ :sup:`1`
+`python <http://www.python.org/>`_ >=2.7 Automated test suite\ :sup:`2`
+`zlib <http://zlib.net>`_ >=1.2.3.4 Compression library\ :sup:`3`
+=========================================================== ============ ==========================================
+
+.. note::
+
+ #. Only the C and C++ languages are needed so there's no need to build the
+ other languages for LLVM's purposes. See `below` for specific version
+ info.
+ #. Only needed if you want to run the automated test suite in the
+ ``llvm/test`` directory.
+ #. Optional, adds compression / uncompression capabilities to selected LLVM
+ tools.
+
+Additionally, your compilation host is expected to have the usual plethora of
+Unix utilities. Specifically:
+
+* **ar** --- archive library builder
+* **bzip2** --- bzip2 command for distribution generation
+* **bunzip2** --- bunzip2 command for distribution checking
+* **chmod** --- change permissions on a file
+* **cat** --- output concatenation utility
+* **cp** --- copy files
+* **date** --- print the current date/time
+* **echo** --- print to standard output
+* **egrep** --- extended regular expression search utility
+* **find** --- find files/dirs in a file system
+* **grep** --- regular expression search utility
+* **gzip** --- gzip command for distribution generation
+* **gunzip** --- gunzip command for distribution checking
+* **install** --- install directories/files
+* **mkdir** --- create a directory
+* **mv** --- move (rename) files
+* **ranlib** --- symbol table builder for archive libraries
+* **rm** --- remove (delete) files and directories
+* **sed** --- stream editor for transforming output
+* **sh** --- Bourne shell for make build scripts
+* **tar** --- tape archive for distribution generation
+* **test** --- test things in file system
+* **unzip** --- unzip command for distribution checking
+* **zip** --- zip command for distribution generation
+
+.. _below:
+.. _check here:
+
+Host C++ Toolchain, both Compiler and Standard Library
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+LLVM is very demanding of the host C++ compiler, and as such tends to expose
+bugs in the compiler. We are also planning to follow improvements and
+developments in the C++ language and library reasonably closely. As such, we
+require a modern host C++ toolchain, both compiler and standard library, in
+order to build LLVM.
+
+For the most popular host toolchains we check for specific minimum versions in
+our build systems:
+
+* Clang 3.1
+* GCC 4.8
+* Visual Studio 2015 (Update 3)
+
+Anything older than these toolchains *may* work, but will require forcing the
+build system with a special option and is not really a supported host platform.
+Also note that older versions of these compilers have often crashed or
+miscompiled LLVM.
+
+For less widely used host toolchains such as ICC or xlC, be aware that a very
+recent version may be required to support all of the C++ features used in LLVM.
+
+We track certain versions of software that are *known* to fail when used as
+part of the host toolchain. These even include linkers at times.
+
+**GNU ld 2.16.X**. Some 2.16.X versions of the ld linker will produce very long
+warning messages complaining that some "``.gnu.linkonce.t.*``" symbol was
+defined in a discarded section. You can safely ignore these messages as they are
+erroneous and the linkage is correct. These messages disappear using ld 2.17.
+
+**GNU binutils 2.17**: Binutils 2.17 contains `a bug
+<http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=3111>`__ which causes huge link
+times (minutes instead of seconds) when building LLVM. We recommend upgrading
+to a newer version (2.17.50.0.4 or later).
+
+**GNU Binutils 2.19.1 Gold**: This version of Gold contained `a bug
+<http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=9836>`__ which causes
+intermittent failures when building LLVM with position independent code. The
+symptom is an error about cyclic dependencies. We recommend upgrading to a
+newer version of Gold.
+
+Getting a Modern Host C++ Toolchain
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+This section mostly applies to Linux and older BSDs. On Mac OS X, you should
+have a sufficiently modern Xcode, or you will likely need to upgrade until you
+do. Windows does not have a "system compiler", so you must install either Visual
+Studio 2015 or a recent version of mingw64. FreeBSD 10.0 and newer have a modern
+Clang as the system compiler.
+
+However, some Linux distributions and some other or older BSDs sometimes have
+extremely old versions of GCC. These steps attempt to help you upgrade you
+compiler even on such a system. However, if at all possible, we encourage you
+to use a recent version of a distribution with a modern system compiler that
+meets these requirements. Note that it is tempting to to install a prior
+version of Clang and libc++ to be the host compiler, however libc++ was not
+well tested or set up to build on Linux until relatively recently. As
+a consequence, this guide suggests just using libstdc++ and a modern GCC as the
+initial host in a bootstrap, and then using Clang (and potentially libc++).
+
+The first step is to get a recent GCC toolchain installed. The most common
+distribution on which users have struggled with the version requirements is
+Ubuntu Precise, 12.04 LTS. For this distribution, one easy option is to install
+the `toolchain testing PPA`_ and use it to install a modern GCC. There is
+a really nice discussions of this on the `ask ubuntu stack exchange`_. However,
+not all users can use PPAs and there are many other distributions, so it may be
+necessary (or just useful, if you're here you *are* doing compiler development
+after all) to build and install GCC from source. It is also quite easy to do
+these days.
+
+.. _toolchain testing PPA:
+ https://launchpad.net/~ubuntu-toolchain-r/+archive/test
+.. _ask ubuntu stack exchange:
+ http://askubuntu.com/questions/271388/how-to-install-gcc-4-8-in-ubuntu-12-04-from-the-terminal
+
+Easy steps for installing GCC 4.8.2:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % wget https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-4.8.2/gcc-4.8.2.tar.bz2
+ % wget https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-4.8.2/gcc-4.8.2.tar.bz2.sig
+ % wget https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gnu-keyring.gpg
+ % signature_invalid=`gpg --verify --no-default-keyring --keyring ./gnu-keyring.gpg gcc-4.8.2.tar.bz2.sig`
+ % if [ $signature_invalid ]; then echo "Invalid signature" ; exit 1 ; fi
+ % tar -xvjf gcc-4.8.2.tar.bz2
+ % cd gcc-4.8.2
+ % ./contrib/download_prerequisites
+ % cd ..
+ % mkdir gcc-4.8.2-build
+ % cd gcc-4.8.2-build
+ % $PWD/../gcc-4.8.2/configure --prefix=$HOME/toolchains --enable-languages=c,c++
+ % make -j$(nproc)
+ % make install
+
+For more details, check out the excellent `GCC wiki entry`_, where I got most
+of this information from.
+
+.. _GCC wiki entry:
+ http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/InstallingGCC
+
+Once you have a GCC toolchain, configure your build of LLVM to use the new
+toolchain for your host compiler and C++ standard library. Because the new
+version of libstdc++ is not on the system library search path, you need to pass
+extra linker flags so that it can be found at link time (``-L``) and at runtime
+(``-rpath``). If you are using CMake, this invocation should produce working
+binaries:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % mkdir build
+ % cd build
+ % CC=$HOME/toolchains/bin/gcc CXX=$HOME/toolchains/bin/g++ \
+ cmake .. -DCMAKE_CXX_LINK_FLAGS="-Wl,-rpath,$HOME/toolchains/lib64 -L$HOME/toolchains/lib64"
+
+If you fail to set rpath, most LLVM binaries will fail on startup with a message
+from the loader similar to ``libstdc++.so.6: version `GLIBCXX_3.4.20' not
+found``. This means you need to tweak the -rpath linker flag.
+
+When you build Clang, you will need to give *it* access to modern C++11
+standard library in order to use it as your new host in part of a bootstrap.
+There are two easy ways to do this, either build (and install) libc++ along
+with Clang and then use it with the ``-stdlib=libc++`` compile and link flag,
+or install Clang into the same prefix (``$HOME/toolchains`` above) as GCC.
+Clang will look within its own prefix for libstdc++ and use it if found. You
+can also add an explicit prefix for Clang to look in for a GCC toolchain with
+the ``--gcc-toolchain=/opt/my/gcc/prefix`` flag, passing it to both compile and
+link commands when using your just-built-Clang to bootstrap.
+
+.. _Getting Started with LLVM:
+
+Getting Started with LLVM
+=========================
+
+The remainder of this guide is meant to get you up and running with LLVM and to
+give you some basic information about the LLVM environment.
+
+The later sections of this guide describe the `general layout`_ of the LLVM
+source tree, a `simple example`_ using the LLVM tool chain, and `links`_ to find
+more information about LLVM or to get help via e-mail.
+
+Terminology and Notation
+------------------------
+
+Throughout this manual, the following names are used to denote paths specific to
+the local system and working environment. *These are not environment variables
+you need to set but just strings used in the rest of this document below*. In
+any of the examples below, simply replace each of these names with the
+appropriate pathname on your local system. All these paths are absolute:
+
+``SRC_ROOT``
+
+ This is the top level directory of the LLVM source tree.
+
+``OBJ_ROOT``
+
+ This is the top level directory of the LLVM object tree (i.e. the tree where
+ object files and compiled programs will be placed. It can be the same as
+ SRC_ROOT).
+
+Unpacking the LLVM Archives
+---------------------------
+
+If you have the LLVM distribution, you will need to unpack it before you can
+begin to compile it. LLVM is distributed as a set of two files: the LLVM suite
+and the LLVM GCC front end compiled for your platform. There is an additional
+test suite that is optional. Each file is a TAR archive that is compressed with
+the gzip program.
+
+The files are as follows, with *x.y* marking the version number:
+
+``llvm-x.y.tar.gz``
+
+ Source release for the LLVM libraries and tools.
+
+``llvm-test-x.y.tar.gz``
+
+ Source release for the LLVM test-suite.
+
+.. _checkout:
+
+Checkout LLVM from Subversion
+-----------------------------
+
+If you have access to our Subversion repository, you can get a fresh copy of the
+entire source code. All you need to do is check it out from Subversion as
+follows:
+
+* ``cd where-you-want-llvm-to-live``
+* Read-Only: ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/llvm/trunk llvm``
+* Read-Write: ``svn co https://user@llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/llvm/trunk llvm``
+
+This will create an '``llvm``' directory in the current directory and fully
+populate it with the LLVM source code, Makefiles, test directories, and local
+copies of documentation files.
+
+If you want to get a specific release (as opposed to the most recent revision),
+you can check it out from the '``tags``' directory (instead of '``trunk``'). The
+following releases are located in the following subdirectories of the '``tags``'
+directory:
+
+* Release 3.5.0 and later: **RELEASE_350/final** and so on
+* Release 2.9 through 3.4: **RELEASE_29/final** and so on
+* Release 1.1 through 2.8: **RELEASE_11** and so on
+* Release 1.0: **RELEASE_1**
+
+If you would like to get the LLVM test suite (a separate package as of 1.4), you
+get it from the Subversion repository:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd llvm/projects
+ % svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/test-suite/trunk test-suite
+
+By placing it in the ``llvm/projects``, it will be automatically configured by
+the LLVM cmake configuration.
+
+Git Mirror
+----------
+
+Git mirrors are available for a number of LLVM subprojects. These mirrors sync
+automatically with each Subversion commit and contain all necessary git-svn
+marks (so, you can recreate git-svn metadata locally). Note that right now
+mirrors reflect only ``trunk`` for each project. You can do the read-only Git
+clone of LLVM via:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % git clone https://git.llvm.org/git/llvm.git/
+
+If you want to check out clang too, run:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd llvm/tools
+ % git clone https://git.llvm.org/git/clang.git/
+
+If you want to check out compiler-rt (required to build the sanitizers), run:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd llvm/projects
+ % git clone https://git.llvm.org/git/compiler-rt.git/
+
+If you want to check out libomp (required for OpenMP support), run:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd llvm/projects
+ % git clone https://git.llvm.org/git/openmp.git/
+
+If you want to check out libcxx and libcxxabi (optional), run:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd llvm/projects
+ % git clone https://git.llvm.org/git/libcxx.git/
+ % git clone https://git.llvm.org/git/libcxxabi.git/
+
+If you want to check out the Test Suite Source Code (optional), run:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd llvm/projects
+ % git clone https://git.llvm.org/git/test-suite.git/
+
+Since the upstream repository is in Subversion, you should use ``git
+pull --rebase`` instead of ``git pull`` to avoid generating a non-linear history
+in your clone. To configure ``git pull`` to pass ``--rebase`` by default on the
+master branch, run the following command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % git config branch.master.rebase true
+
+Sending patches with Git
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Please read `Developer Policy <DeveloperPolicy.html#one-off-patches>`_, too.
+
+Assume ``master`` points the upstream and ``mybranch`` points your working
+branch, and ``mybranch`` is rebased onto ``master``. At first you may check
+sanity of whitespaces:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % git diff --check master..mybranch
+
+The easiest way to generate a patch is as below:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % git diff master..mybranch > /path/to/mybranch.diff
+
+It is a little different from svn-generated diff. git-diff-generated diff has
+prefixes like ``a/`` and ``b/``. Don't worry, most developers might know it
+could be accepted with ``patch -p1 -N``.
+
+But you may generate patchset with git-format-patch. It generates by-each-commit
+patchset. To generate patch files to attach to your article:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % git format-patch --no-attach master..mybranch -o /path/to/your/patchset
+
+If you would like to send patches directly, you may use git-send-email or
+git-imap-send. Here is an example to generate the patchset in Gmail's [Drafts].
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % git format-patch --attach master..mybranch --stdout | git imap-send
+
+Then, your .git/config should have [imap] sections.
+
+.. code-block:: ini
+
+ [imap]
+ host = imaps://imap.gmail.com
+ user = your.gmail.account at gmail.com
+ pass = himitsu!
+ port = 993
+ sslverify = false
+ ; in English
+ folder = "[Gmail]/Drafts"
+ ; example for Japanese, "Modified UTF-7" encoded.
+ folder = "[Gmail]/&Tgtm+DBN-"
+ ; example for Traditional Chinese
+ folder = "[Gmail]/&g0l6Pw-"
+
+.. _developers-work-with-git-svn:
+
+For developers to work with git-svn
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+To set up clone from which you can submit code using ``git-svn``, run:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % git clone https://git.llvm.org/git/llvm.git/
+ % cd llvm
+ % git svn init https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/llvm/trunk --username=<username>
+ % git config svn-remote.svn.fetch :refs/remotes/origin/master
+ % git svn rebase -l # -l avoids fetching ahead of the git mirror.
+
+ # If you have clang too:
+ % cd tools
+ % git clone https://git.llvm.org/git/clang.git/
+ % cd clang
+ % git svn init https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/cfe/trunk --username=<username>
+ % git config svn-remote.svn.fetch :refs/remotes/origin/master
+ % git svn rebase -l
+
+Likewise for compiler-rt, libomp and test-suite.
+
+To update this clone without generating git-svn tags that conflict with the
+upstream Git repo, run:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % git fetch && (cd tools/clang && git fetch) # Get matching revisions of both trees.
+ % git checkout master
+ % git svn rebase -l
+ % (cd tools/clang &&
+ git checkout master &&
+ git svn rebase -l)
+
+Likewise for compiler-rt, libomp and test-suite.
+
+This leaves your working directories on their master branches, so you'll need to
+``checkout`` each working branch individually and ``rebase`` it on top of its
+parent branch.
+
+For those who wish to be able to update an llvm repo/revert patches easily using
+git-svn, please look in the directory for the scripts ``git-svnup`` and
+``git-svnrevert``.
+
+To perform the aforementioned update steps go into your source directory and
+just type ``git-svnup`` or ``git svnup`` and everything will just work.
+
+If one wishes to revert a commit with git-svn, but do not want the git hash to
+escape into the commit message, one can use the script ``git-svnrevert`` or
+``git svnrevert`` which will take in the git hash for the commit you want to
+revert, look up the appropriate svn revision, and output a message where all
+references to the git hash have been replaced with the svn revision.
+
+To commit back changes via git-svn, use ``git svn dcommit``:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % git svn dcommit
+
+Note that git-svn will create one SVN commit for each Git commit you have pending,
+so squash and edit each commit before executing ``dcommit`` to make sure they all
+conform to the coding standards and the developers' policy.
+
+On success, ``dcommit`` will rebase against the HEAD of SVN, so to avoid conflict,
+please make sure your current branch is up-to-date (via fetch/rebase) before
+proceeding.
+
+The git-svn metadata can get out of sync after you mess around with branches and
+``dcommit``. When that happens, ``git svn dcommit`` stops working, complaining
+about files with uncommitted changes. The fix is to rebuild the metadata:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % rm -rf .git/svn
+ % git svn rebase -l
+
+Please, refer to the Git-SVN manual (``man git-svn``) for more information.
+
+For developers to work with a git monorepo
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+.. note::
+
+ This set-up is using an unofficial mirror hosted on GitHub, use with caution.
+
+To set up a clone of all the llvm projects using a unified repository:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % export TOP_LEVEL_DIR=`pwd`
+ % git clone https://github.com/llvm-project/llvm-project-20170507/ llvm-project
+ % cd llvm-project
+ % git config branch.master.rebase true
+
+You can configure various build directory from this clone, starting with a build
+of LLVM alone:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd $TOP_LEVEL_DIR
+ % mkdir llvm-build && cd llvm-build
+ % cmake -GNinja ../llvm-project/llvm
+
+Or lldb:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd $TOP_LEVEL_DIR
+ % mkdir lldb-build && cd lldb-build
+ % cmake -GNinja ../llvm-project/llvm -DLLVM_ENABLE_PROJECTS=lldb
+
+Or a combination of multiple projects:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd $TOP_LEVEL_DIR
+ % mkdir clang-build && cd clang-build
+ % cmake -GNinja ../llvm-project/llvm -DLLVM_ENABLE_PROJECTS="clang;libcxx;libcxxabi"
+
+A helper script is provided in ``llvm/utils/git-svn/git-llvm``. After you add it
+to your path, you can push committed changes upstream with ``git llvm push``.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % export PATH=$PATH:$TOP_LEVEL_DIR/llvm-project/llvm/utils/git-svn/
+ % git llvm push
+
+While this is using SVN under the hood, it does not require any interaction from
+you with git-svn.
+After a few minutes, ``git pull`` should get back the changes as they were
+committed. Note that a current limitation is that ``git`` does not directly
+record file rename, and thus it is propagated to SVN as a combination of
+delete-add instead of a file rename.
+
+The SVN revision of each monorepo commit can be found in the commit notes. git
+does not fetch notes by default. The following commands will fetch the notes and
+configure git to fetch future notes. Use ``git notes show $commit`` to look up
+the SVN revision of a git commit. The notes show up ``git log``, and searching
+the log is currently the recommended way to look up the git commit for a given
+SVN revision.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % git config --add remote.origin.fetch +refs/notes/commits:refs/notes/commits
+ % git fetch
+
+If you are using `arc` to interact with Phabricator, you need to manually put it
+at the root of the checkout:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd $TOP_LEVEL_DIR
+ % cp llvm/.arcconfig ./
+ % mkdir -p .git/info/
+ % echo .arcconfig >> .git/info/exclude
+
+
+Local LLVM Configuration
+------------------------
+
+Once checked out from the Subversion repository, the LLVM suite source code must
+be configured before being built. This process uses CMake.
+Unlinke the normal ``configure`` script, CMake
+generates the build files in whatever format you request as well as various
+``*.inc`` files, and ``llvm/include/Config/config.h``.
+
+Variables are passed to ``cmake`` on the command line using the format
+``-D<variable name>=<value>``. The following variables are some common options
+used by people developing LLVM.
+
++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| Variable | Purpose |
++=========================+====================================================+
+| CMAKE_C_COMPILER | Tells ``cmake`` which C compiler to use. By |
+| | default, this will be /usr/bin/cc. |
++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER | Tells ``cmake`` which C++ compiler to use. By |
+| | default, this will be /usr/bin/c++. |
++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE | Tells ``cmake`` what type of build you are trying |
+| | to generate files for. Valid options are Debug, |
+| | Release, RelWithDebInfo, and MinSizeRel. Default |
+| | is Debug. |
++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX | Specifies the install directory to target when |
+| | running the install action of the build files. |
++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| LLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD | A semicolon delimited list controlling which |
+| | targets will be built and linked into llc. This is |
+| | equivalent to the ``--enable-targets`` option in |
+| | the configure script. The default list is defined |
+| | as ``LLVM_ALL_TARGETS``, and can be set to include |
+| | out-of-tree targets. The default value includes: |
+| | ``AArch64, AMDGPU, ARM, BPF, Hexagon, Mips, |
+| | MSP430, NVPTX, PowerPC, Sparc, SystemZ, X86, |
+| | XCore``. |
++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| LLVM_ENABLE_DOXYGEN | Build doxygen-based documentation from the source |
+| | code This is disabled by default because it is |
+| | slow and generates a lot of output. |
++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| LLVM_ENABLE_SPHINX | Build sphinx-based documentation from the source |
+| | code. This is disabled by default because it is |
+| | slow and generates a lot of output. Sphinx version |
+| | 1.5 or later recommended. |
++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| LLVM_BUILD_LLVM_DYLIB | Generate libLLVM.so. This library contains a |
+| | default set of LLVM components that can be |
+| | overridden with ``LLVM_DYLIB_COMPONENTS``. The |
+| | default contains most of LLVM and is defined in |
+| | ``tools/llvm-shlib/CMakelists.txt``. |
++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| LLVM_OPTIMIZED_TABLEGEN | Builds a release tablegen that gets used during |
+| | the LLVM build. This can dramatically speed up |
+| | debug builds. |
++-------------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+
+To configure LLVM, follow these steps:
+
+#. Change directory into the object root directory:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd OBJ_ROOT
+
+#. Run the ``cmake``:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % cmake -G "Unix Makefiles" -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=prefix=/install/path
+ [other options] SRC_ROOT
+
+Compiling the LLVM Suite Source Code
+------------------------------------
+
+Unlike with autotools, with CMake your build type is defined at configuration.
+If you want to change your build type, you can re-run cmake with the following
+invocation:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % cmake -G "Unix Makefiles" -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=type SRC_ROOT
+
+Between runs, CMake preserves the values set for all options. CMake has the
+following build types defined:
+
+Debug
+
+ These builds are the default. The build system will compile the tools and
+ libraries unoptimized, with debugging information, and asserts enabled.
+
+Release
+
+ For these builds, the build system will compile the tools and libraries
+ with optimizations enabled and not generate debug info. CMakes default
+ optimization level is -O3. This can be configured by setting the
+ ``CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELEASE`` variable on the CMake command line.
+
+RelWithDebInfo
+
+ These builds are useful when debugging. They generate optimized binaries with
+ debug information. CMakes default optimization level is -O2. This can be
+ configured by setting the ``CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS_RELWITHDEBINFO`` variable on the
+ CMake command line.
+
+Once you have LLVM configured, you can build it by entering the *OBJ_ROOT*
+directory and issuing the following command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % make
+
+If the build fails, please `check here`_ to see if you are using a version of
+GCC that is known not to compile LLVM.
+
+If you have multiple processors in your machine, you may wish to use some of the
+parallel build options provided by GNU Make. For example, you could use the
+command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % make -j2
+
+There are several special targets which are useful when working with the LLVM
+source code:
+
+``make clean``
+
+ Removes all files generated by the build. This includes object files,
+ generated C/C++ files, libraries, and executables.
+
+``make install``
+
+ Installs LLVM header files, libraries, tools, and documentation in a hierarchy
+ under ``$PREFIX``, specified with ``CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX``, which
+ defaults to ``/usr/local``.
+
+``make docs-llvm-html``
+
+ If configured with ``-DLLVM_ENABLE_SPHINX=On``, this will generate a directory
+ at ``OBJ_ROOT/docs/html`` which contains the HTML formatted documentation.
+
+Cross-Compiling LLVM
+--------------------
+
+It is possible to cross-compile LLVM itself. That is, you can create LLVM
+executables and libraries to be hosted on a platform different from the platform
+where they are built (a Canadian Cross build). To generate build files for
+cross-compiling CMake provides a variable ``CMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE`` which can
+define compiler flags and variables used during the CMake test operations.
+
+The result of such a build is executables that are not runnable on on the build
+host but can be executed on the target. As an example the following CMake
+invocation can generate build files targeting iOS. This will work on Mac OS X
+with the latest Xcode:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % cmake -G "Ninja" -DCMAKE_OSX_ARCHITECTURES="armv7;armv7s;arm64"
+ -DCMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE=<PATH_TO_LLVM>/cmake/platforms/iOS.cmake
+ -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release -DLLVM_BUILD_RUNTIME=Off -DLLVM_INCLUDE_TESTS=Off
+ -DLLVM_INCLUDE_EXAMPLES=Off -DLLVM_ENABLE_BACKTRACES=Off [options]
+ <PATH_TO_LLVM>
+
+Note: There are some additional flags that need to be passed when building for
+iOS due to limitations in the iOS SDK.
+
+Check :doc:`HowToCrossCompileLLVM` and `Clang docs on how to cross-compile in general
+<http://clang.llvm.org/docs/CrossCompilation.html>`_ for more information
+about cross-compiling.
+
+The Location of LLVM Object Files
+---------------------------------
+
+The LLVM build system is capable of sharing a single LLVM source tree among
+several LLVM builds. Hence, it is possible to build LLVM for several different
+platforms or configurations using the same source tree.
+
+* Change directory to where the LLVM object files should live:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd OBJ_ROOT
+
+* Run ``cmake``:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % cmake -G "Unix Makefiles" SRC_ROOT
+
+The LLVM build will create a structure underneath *OBJ_ROOT* that matches the
+LLVM source tree. At each level where source files are present in the source
+tree there will be a corresponding ``CMakeFiles`` directory in the *OBJ_ROOT*.
+Underneath that directory there is another directory with a name ending in
+``.dir`` under which you'll find object files for each source.
+
+For example:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % cd llvm_build_dir
+ % find lib/Support/ -name APFloat*
+ lib/Support/CMakeFiles/LLVMSupport.dir/APFloat.cpp.o
+
+Optional Configuration Items
+----------------------------
+
+If you're running on a Linux system that supports the `binfmt_misc
+<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/binfmt_misc>`_
+module, and you have root access on the system, you can set your system up to
+execute LLVM bitcode files directly. To do this, use commands like this (the
+first command may not be required if you are already using the module):
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % mount -t binfmt_misc none /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc
+ % echo ':llvm:M::BC::/path/to/lli:' > /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc/register
+ % chmod u+x hello.bc (if needed)
+ % ./hello.bc
+
+This allows you to execute LLVM bitcode files directly. On Debian, you can also
+use this command instead of the 'echo' command above:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ % sudo update-binfmts --install llvm /path/to/lli --magic 'BC'
+
+.. _Program Layout:
+.. _general layout:
+
+Directory Layout
+================
+
+One useful source of information about the LLVM source base is the LLVM `doxygen
+<http://www.doxygen.org/>`_ documentation available at
+`<http://llvm.org/doxygen/>`_. The following is a brief introduction to code
+layout:
+
+``llvm/examples``
+-----------------
+
+Simple examples using the LLVM IR and JIT.
+
+``llvm/include``
+----------------
+
+Public header files exported from the LLVM library. The three main subdirectories:
+
+``llvm/include/llvm``
+
+ All LLVM-specific header files, and subdirectories for different portions of
+ LLVM: ``Analysis``, ``CodeGen``, ``Target``, ``Transforms``, etc...
+
+``llvm/include/llvm/Support``
+
+ Generic support libraries provided with LLVM but not necessarily specific to
+ LLVM. For example, some C++ STL utilities and a Command Line option processing
+ library store header files here.
+
+``llvm/include/llvm/Config``
+
+ Header files configured by the ``configure`` script.
+ They wrap "standard" UNIX and C header files. Source code can include these
+ header files which automatically take care of the conditional #includes that
+ the ``configure`` script generates.
+
+``llvm/lib``
+------------
+
+Most source files are here. By putting code in libraries, LLVM makes it easy to
+share code among the `tools`_.
+
+``llvm/lib/IR/``
+
+ Core LLVM source files that implement core classes like Instruction and
+ BasicBlock.
+
+``llvm/lib/AsmParser/``
+
+ Source code for the LLVM assembly language parser library.
+
+``llvm/lib/Bitcode/``
+
+ Code for reading and writing bitcode.
+
+``llvm/lib/Analysis/``
+
+ A variety of program analyses, such as Call Graphs, Induction Variables,
+ Natural Loop Identification, etc.
+
+``llvm/lib/Transforms/``
+
+ IR-to-IR program transformations, such as Aggressive Dead Code Elimination,
+ Sparse Conditional Constant Propagation, Inlining, Loop Invariant Code Motion,
+ Dead Global Elimination, and many others.
+
+``llvm/lib/Target/``
+
+ Files describing target architectures for code generation. For example,
+ ``llvm/lib/Target/X86`` holds the X86 machine description.
+
+``llvm/lib/CodeGen/``
+
+ The major parts of the code generator: Instruction Selector, Instruction
+ Scheduling, and Register Allocation.
+
+``llvm/lib/MC/``
+
+ (FIXME: T.B.D.) ....?
+
+``llvm/lib/ExecutionEngine/``
+
+ Libraries for directly executing bitcode at runtime in interpreted and
+ JIT-compiled scenarios.
+
+``llvm/lib/Support/``
+
+ Source code that corresponding to the header files in ``llvm/include/ADT/``
+ and ``llvm/include/Support/``.
+
+``llvm/projects``
+-----------------
+
+Projects not strictly part of LLVM but shipped with LLVM. This is also the
+directory for creating your own LLVM-based projects which leverage the LLVM
+build system.
+
+``llvm/test``
+-------------
+
+Feature and regression tests and other sanity checks on LLVM infrastructure. These
+are intended to run quickly and cover a lot of territory without being exhaustive.
+
+``test-suite``
+--------------
+
+A comprehensive correctness, performance, and benchmarking test suite for LLVM.
+Comes in a separate Subversion module because not every LLVM user is interested
+in such a comprehensive suite. For details see the :doc:`Testing Guide
+<TestingGuide>` document.
+
+.. _tools:
+
+``llvm/tools``
+--------------
+
+Executables built out of the libraries
+above, which form the main part of the user interface. You can always get help
+for a tool by typing ``tool_name -help``. The following is a brief introduction
+to the most important tools. More detailed information is in
+the `Command Guide <CommandGuide/index.html>`_.
+
+``bugpoint``
+
+ ``bugpoint`` is used to debug optimization passes or code generation backends
+ by narrowing down the given test case to the minimum number of passes and/or
+ instructions that still cause a problem, whether it is a crash or
+ miscompilation. See `<HowToSubmitABug.html>`_ for more information on using
+ ``bugpoint``.
+
+``llvm-ar``
+
+ The archiver produces an archive containing the given LLVM bitcode files,
+ optionally with an index for faster lookup.
+
+``llvm-as``
+
+ The assembler transforms the human readable LLVM assembly to LLVM bitcode.
+
+``llvm-dis``
+
+ The disassembler transforms the LLVM bitcode to human readable LLVM assembly.
+
+``llvm-link``
+
+ ``llvm-link``, not surprisingly, links multiple LLVM modules into a single
+ program.
+
+``lli``
+
+ ``lli`` is the LLVM interpreter, which can directly execute LLVM bitcode
+ (although very slowly...). For architectures that support it (currently x86,
+ Sparc, and PowerPC), by default, ``lli`` will function as a Just-In-Time
+ compiler (if the functionality was compiled in), and will execute the code
+ *much* faster than the interpreter.
+
+``llc``
+
+ ``llc`` is the LLVM backend compiler, which translates LLVM bitcode to a
+ native code assembly file.
+
+``opt``
+
+ ``opt`` reads LLVM bitcode, applies a series of LLVM to LLVM transformations
+ (which are specified on the command line), and outputs the resultant
+ bitcode. '``opt -help``' is a good way to get a list of the
+ program transformations available in LLVM.
+
+ ``opt`` can also run a specific analysis on an input LLVM bitcode
+ file and print the results. Primarily useful for debugging
+ analyses, or familiarizing yourself with what an analysis does.
+
+``llvm/utils``
+--------------
+
+Utilities for working with LLVM source code; some are part of the build process
+because they are code generators for parts of the infrastructure.
+
+
+``codegen-diff``
+
+ ``codegen-diff`` finds differences between code that LLC
+ generates and code that LLI generates. This is useful if you are
+ debugging one of them, assuming that the other generates correct output. For
+ the full user manual, run ```perldoc codegen-diff'``.
+
+``emacs/``
+
+ Emacs and XEmacs syntax highlighting for LLVM assembly files and TableGen
+ description files. See the ``README`` for information on using them.
+
+``getsrcs.sh``
+
+ Finds and outputs all non-generated source files,
+ useful if one wishes to do a lot of development across directories
+ and does not want to find each file. One way to use it is to run,
+ for example: ``xemacs `utils/getsources.sh``` from the top of the LLVM source
+ tree.
+
+``llvmgrep``
+
+ Performs an ``egrep -H -n`` on each source file in LLVM and
+ passes to it a regular expression provided on ``llvmgrep``'s command
+ line. This is an efficient way of searching the source base for a
+ particular regular expression.
+
+``makellvm``
+
+ Compiles all files in the current directory, then
+ compiles and links the tool that is the first argument. For example, assuming
+ you are in ``llvm/lib/Target/Sparc``, if ``makellvm`` is in your
+ path, running ``makellvm llc`` will make a build of the current
+ directory, switch to directory ``llvm/tools/llc`` and build it, causing a
+ re-linking of LLC.
+
+``TableGen/``
+
+ Contains the tool used to generate register
+ descriptions, instruction set descriptions, and even assemblers from common
+ TableGen description files.
+
+``vim/``
+
+ vim syntax-highlighting for LLVM assembly files
+ and TableGen description files. See the ``README`` for how to use them.
+
+.. _simple example:
+
+An Example Using the LLVM Tool Chain
+====================================
+
+This section gives an example of using LLVM with the Clang front end.
+
+Example with clang
+------------------
+
+#. First, create a simple C file, name it 'hello.c':
+
+ .. code-block:: c
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ int main() {
+ printf("hello world\n");
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+#. Next, compile the C file into a native executable:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % clang hello.c -o hello
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Clang works just like GCC by default. The standard -S and -c arguments
+ work as usual (producing a native .s or .o file, respectively).
+
+#. Next, compile the C file into an LLVM bitcode file:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % clang -O3 -emit-llvm hello.c -c -o hello.bc
+
+ The -emit-llvm option can be used with the -S or -c options to emit an LLVM
+ ``.ll`` or ``.bc`` file (respectively) for the code. This allows you to use
+ the `standard LLVM tools <CommandGuide/index.html>`_ on the bitcode file.
+
+#. Run the program in both forms. To run the program, use:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % ./hello
+
+ and
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % lli hello.bc
+
+ The second examples shows how to invoke the LLVM JIT, :doc:`lli
+ <CommandGuide/lli>`.
+
+#. Use the ``llvm-dis`` utility to take a look at the LLVM assembly code:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % llvm-dis < hello.bc | less
+
+#. Compile the program to native assembly using the LLC code generator:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % llc hello.bc -o hello.s
+
+#. Assemble the native assembly language file into a program:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % /opt/SUNWspro/bin/cc -xarch=v9 hello.s -o hello.native # On Solaris
+
+ % gcc hello.s -o hello.native # On others
+
+#. Execute the native code program:
+
+ .. code-block:: console
+
+ % ./hello.native
+
+ Note that using clang to compile directly to native code (i.e. when the
+ ``-emit-llvm`` option is not present) does steps 6/7/8 for you.
+
+Common Problems
+===============
+
+If you are having problems building or using LLVM, or if you have any other
+general questions about LLVM, please consult the `Frequently Asked
+Questions <FAQ.html>`_ page.
+
+.. _links:
+
+Links
+=====
+
+This document is just an **introduction** on how to use LLVM to do some simple
+things... there are many more interesting and complicated things that you can do
+that aren't documented here (but we'll gladly accept a patch if you want to
+write something up!). For more information about LLVM, check out:
+
+* `LLVM Homepage <http://llvm.org/>`_
+* `LLVM Doxygen Tree <http://llvm.org/doxygen/>`_
+* `Starting a Project that Uses LLVM <http://llvm.org/docs/Projects.html>`_
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GettingStartedVS.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GettingStartedVS.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GettingStartedVS.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GettingStartedVS.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+==================================================================
+Getting Started with the LLVM System using Microsoft Visual Studio
+==================================================================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+
+Overview
+========
+Welcome to LLVM on Windows! This document only covers LLVM on Windows using
+Visual Studio, not mingw or cygwin. In order to get started, you first need to
+know some basic information.
+
+There are many different projects that compose LLVM. The first piece is the
+LLVM suite. This contains all of the tools, libraries, and header files needed
+to use LLVM. It contains an assembler, disassembler, bitcode analyzer and
+bitcode optimizer. It also contains basic regression tests that can be used to
+test the LLVM tools and the Clang front end.
+
+The second piece is the `Clang <http://clang.llvm.org/>`_ front end. This
+component compiles C, C++, Objective C, and Objective C++ code into LLVM
+bitcode. Clang typically uses LLVM libraries to optimize the bitcode and emit
+machine code. LLVM fully supports the COFF object file format, which is
+compatible with all other existing Windows toolchains.
+
+The last major part of LLVM, the execution Test Suite, does not run on Windows,
+and this document does not discuss it.
+
+Additional information about the LLVM directory structure and tool chain
+can be found on the main :doc:`GettingStarted` page.
+
+
+Requirements
+============
+Before you begin to use the LLVM system, review the requirements given
+below. This may save you some trouble by knowing ahead of time what hardware
+and software you will need.
+
+Hardware
+--------
+Any system that can adequately run Visual Studio 2015 is fine. The LLVM
+source tree and object files, libraries and executables will consume
+approximately 3GB.
+
+Software
+--------
+You will need Visual Studio 2015 or higher, with the latest Update installed.
+
+You will also need the `CMake <http://www.cmake.org/>`_ build system since it
+generates the project files you will use to build with.
+
+If you would like to run the LLVM tests you will need `Python
+<http://www.python.org/>`_. Version 2.7 and newer are known to work. You will
+need `GnuWin32 <http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/>`_ tools, too.
+
+Do not install the LLVM directory tree into a path containing spaces (e.g.
+``C:\Documents and Settings\...``) as the configure step will fail.
+
+
+Getting Started
+===============
+Here's the short story for getting up and running quickly with LLVM:
+
+1. Read the documentation.
+2. Seriously, read the documentation.
+3. Remember that you were warned twice about reading the documentation.
+4. Get the Source Code
+
+ * With the distributed files:
+
+ 1. ``cd <where-you-want-llvm-to-live>``
+ 2. ``gunzip --stdout llvm-VERSION.tar.gz | tar -xvf -``
+ (*or use WinZip*)
+ 3. ``cd llvm``
+
+ * With anonymous Subversion access:
+
+ *Note:* some regression tests require Unix-style line ending (``\n``). To
+ pass all regression tests, please add two lines *enable-auto-props = yes*
+ and *\* = svn:mime-type=application/octet-stream* to
+ ``C:\Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\Subversion\config``.
+
+ 1. ``cd <where-you-want-llvm-to-live>``
+ 2. ``svn co http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/llvm/trunk llvm``
+ 3. ``cd llvm``
+
+5. Use `CMake <http://www.cmake.org/>`_ to generate up-to-date project files:
+
+ * Once CMake is installed then the simplest way is to just start the
+ CMake GUI, select the directory where you have LLVM extracted to, and
+ the default options should all be fine. One option you may really
+ want to change, regardless of anything else, might be the
+ ``CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX`` setting to select a directory to INSTALL to
+ once compiling is complete, although installation is not mandatory for
+ using LLVM. Another important option is ``LLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD``,
+ which controls the LLVM target architectures that are included on the
+ build.
+ * If CMake complains that it cannot find the compiler, make sure that
+ you have the Visual Studio C++ Tools installed, not just Visual Studio
+ itself (trying to create a C++ project in Visual Studio will generally
+ download the C++ tools if they haven't already been).
+ * See the :doc:`LLVM CMake guide <CMake>` for detailed information about
+ how to configure the LLVM build.
+ * CMake generates project files for all build types. To select a specific
+ build type, use the Configuration manager from the VS IDE or the
+ ``/property:Configuration`` command line option when using MSBuild.
+ * By default, the Visual Studio project files generated by CMake use the
+ 32-bit toolset. If you are developing on a 64-bit version of Windows and
+ want to use the 64-bit toolset, pass the ``-Thost=x64`` flag when
+ generating the Visual Studio solution. This requires CMake 3.8.0 or later.
+
+6. Start Visual Studio
+
+ * In the directory you created the project files will have an ``llvm.sln``
+ file, just double-click on that to open Visual Studio.
+
+7. Build the LLVM Suite:
+
+ * The projects may still be built individually, but to build them all do
+ not just select all of them in batch build (as some are meant as
+ configuration projects), but rather select and build just the
+ ``ALL_BUILD`` project to build everything, or the ``INSTALL`` project,
+ which first builds the ``ALL_BUILD`` project, then installs the LLVM
+ headers, libs, and other useful things to the directory set by the
+ ``CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX`` setting when you first configured CMake.
+ * The Fibonacci project is a sample program that uses the JIT. Modify the
+ project's debugging properties to provide a numeric command line argument
+ or run it from the command line. The program will print the
+ corresponding fibonacci value.
+
+8. Test LLVM in Visual Studio:
+
+ * If ``%PATH%`` does not contain GnuWin32, you may specify
+ ``LLVM_LIT_TOOLS_DIR`` on CMake for the path to GnuWin32.
+ * You can run LLVM tests by merely building the project "check". The test
+ results will be shown in the VS output window.
+
+9. Test LLVM on the command line:
+
+ * The LLVM tests can be run by changing directory to the llvm source
+ directory and running:
+
+ .. code-block:: bat
+
+ C:\..\llvm> python ..\build\bin\llvm-lit --param build_config=Win32 --param build_mode=Debug --param llvm_site_config=../build/test/lit.site.cfg test
+
+ This example assumes that Python is in your PATH variable, you
+ have built a Win32 Debug version of llvm with a standard out of
+ line build. You should not see any unexpected failures, but will
+ see many unsupported tests and expected failures.
+
+ A specific test or test directory can be run with:
+
+ .. code-block:: bat
+
+ C:\..\llvm> python ..\build\bin\llvm-lit --param build_config=Win32 --param build_mode=Debug --param llvm_site_config=../build/test/lit.site.cfg test/path/to/test
+
+
+An Example Using the LLVM Tool Chain
+====================================
+
+1. First, create a simple C file, name it '``hello.c``':
+
+ .. code-block:: c
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ int main() {
+ printf("hello world\n");
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+2. Next, compile the C file into an LLVM bitcode file:
+
+ .. code-block:: bat
+
+ C:\..> clang -c hello.c -emit-llvm -o hello.bc
+
+ This will create the result file ``hello.bc`` which is the LLVM bitcode
+ that corresponds the compiled program and the library facilities that
+ it required. You can execute this file directly using ``lli`` tool,
+ compile it to native assembly with the ``llc``, optimize or analyze it
+ further with the ``opt`` tool, etc.
+
+ Alternatively you can directly output an executable with clang with:
+
+ .. code-block:: bat
+
+ C:\..> clang hello.c -o hello.exe
+
+ The ``-o hello.exe`` is required because clang currently outputs ``a.out``
+ when neither ``-o`` nor ``-c`` are given.
+
+3. Run the program using the just-in-time compiler:
+
+ .. code-block:: bat
+
+ C:\..> lli hello.bc
+
+4. Use the ``llvm-dis`` utility to take a look at the LLVM assembly code:
+
+ .. code-block:: bat
+
+ C:\..> llvm-dis < hello.bc | more
+
+5. Compile the program to object code using the LLC code generator:
+
+ .. code-block:: bat
+
+ C:\..> llc -filetype=obj hello.bc
+
+6. Link to binary using Microsoft link:
+
+ .. code-block:: bat
+
+ C:\..> link hello.obj -defaultlib:libcmt
+
+7. Execute the native code program:
+
+ .. code-block:: bat
+
+ C:\..> hello.exe
+
+
+Common Problems
+===============
+If you are having problems building or using LLVM, or if you have any other
+general questions about LLVM, please consult the :doc:`Frequently Asked Questions
+<FAQ>` page.
+
+
+Links
+=====
+This document is just an **introduction** to how to use LLVM to do some simple
+things... there are many more interesting and complicated things that you can
+do that aren't documented here (but we'll gladly accept a patch if you want to
+write something up!). For more information about LLVM, check out:
+
+* `LLVM homepage <http://llvm.org/>`_
+* `LLVM doxygen tree <http://llvm.org/doxygen/>`_
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GlobalISel.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GlobalISel.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GlobalISel.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GlobalISel.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,702 @@
+============================
+Global Instruction Selection
+============================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+ :depth: 1
+
+.. warning::
+ This document is a work in progress. It reflects the current state of the
+ implementation, as well as open design and implementation issues.
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+GlobalISel is a framework that provides a set of reusable passes and utilities
+for instruction selection --- translation from LLVM IR to target-specific
+Machine IR (MIR).
+
+GlobalISel is intended to be a replacement for SelectionDAG and FastISel, to
+solve three major problems:
+
+* **Performance** --- SelectionDAG introduces a dedicated intermediate
+ representation, which has a compile-time cost.
+
+ GlobalISel directly operates on the post-isel representation used by the
+ rest of the code generator, MIR.
+ It does require extensions to that representation to support arbitrary
+ incoming IR: :ref:`gmir`.
+
+* **Granularity** --- SelectionDAG and FastISel operate on individual basic
+ blocks, losing some global optimization opportunities.
+
+ GlobalISel operates on the whole function.
+
+* **Modularity** --- SelectionDAG and FastISel are radically different and share
+ very little code.
+
+ GlobalISel is built in a way that enables code reuse. For instance, both the
+ optimized and fast selectors share the :ref:`pipeline`, and targets can
+ configure that pipeline to better suit their needs.
+
+
+.. _gmir:
+
+Generic Machine IR
+==================
+
+Machine IR operates on physical registers, register classes, and (mostly)
+target-specific instructions.
+
+To bridge the gap with LLVM IR, GlobalISel introduces "generic" extensions to
+Machine IR:
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+``NOTE``:
+The generic MIR (GMIR) representation still contains references to IR
+constructs (such as ``GlobalValue``). Removing those should let us write more
+accurate tests, or delete IR after building the initial MIR. However, it is
+not part of the GlobalISel effort.
+
+.. _gmir-instructions:
+
+Generic Instructions
+--------------------
+
+The main addition is support for pre-isel generic machine instructions (e.g.,
+``G_ADD``). Like other target-independent instructions (e.g., ``COPY`` or
+``PHI``), these are available on all targets.
+
+``TODO``:
+While we're progressively adding instructions, one kind in particular exposes
+interesting problems: compares and how to represent condition codes.
+Some targets (x86, ARM) have generic comparisons setting multiple flags,
+which are then used by predicated variants.
+Others (IR) specify the predicate in the comparison and users just get a single
+bit. SelectionDAG uses SETCC/CONDBR vs BR_CC (and similar for select) to
+represent this.
+
+The ``MachineIRBuilder`` class wraps the ``MachineInstrBuilder`` and provides
+a convenient way to create these generic instructions.
+
+.. _gmir-gvregs:
+
+Generic Virtual Registers
+-------------------------
+
+Generic instructions operate on a new kind of register: "generic" virtual
+registers. As opposed to non-generic vregs, they are not assigned a Register
+Class. Instead, generic vregs have a :ref:`gmir-llt`, and can be assigned
+a :ref:`gmir-regbank`.
+
+``MachineRegisterInfo`` tracks the same information that it does for
+non-generic vregs (e.g., use-def chains). Additionally, it also tracks the
+:ref:`gmir-llt` of the register, and, instead of the ``TargetRegisterClass``,
+its :ref:`gmir-regbank`, if any.
+
+For simplicity, most generic instructions only accept generic vregs:
+
+* instead of immediates, they use a gvreg defined by an instruction
+ materializing the immediate value (see :ref:`irtranslator-constants`).
+* instead of physical register, they use a gvreg defined by a ``COPY``.
+
+``NOTE``:
+We started with an alternative representation, where MRI tracks a size for
+each gvreg, and instructions have lists of types.
+That had two flaws: the type and size are redundant, and there was no generic
+way of getting a given operand's type (as there was no 1:1 mapping between
+instruction types and operands).
+We considered putting the type in some variant of MCInstrDesc instead:
+See `PR26576 <http://llvm.org/PR26576>`_: [GlobalISel] Generic MachineInstrs
+need a type but this increases the memory footprint of the related objects
+
+.. _gmir-regbank:
+
+Register Bank
+-------------
+
+A Register Bank is a set of register classes defined by the target.
+A bank has a size, which is the maximum store size of all covered classes.
+
+In general, cross-class copies inside a bank are expected to be cheaper than
+copies across banks. They are also coalesceable by the register coalescer,
+whereas cross-bank copies are not.
+
+Also, equivalent operations can be performed on different banks using different
+instructions.
+
+For example, X86 can be seen as having 3 main banks: general-purpose, x87, and
+vector (which could be further split into a bank per domain for single vs
+double precision instructions).
+
+Register banks are described by a target-provided API,
+:ref:`RegisterBankInfo <api-registerbankinfo>`.
+
+.. _gmir-llt:
+
+Low Level Type
+--------------
+
+Additionally, every generic virtual register has a type, represented by an
+instance of the ``LLT`` class.
+
+Like ``EVT``/``MVT``/``Type``, it has no distinction between unsigned and signed
+integer types. Furthermore, it also has no distinction between integer and
+floating-point types: it mainly conveys absolutely necessary information, such
+as size and number of vector lanes:
+
+* ``sN`` for scalars
+* ``pN`` for pointers
+* ``<N x sM>`` for vectors
+* ``unsized`` for labels, etc..
+
+``LLT`` is intended to replace the usage of ``EVT`` in SelectionDAG.
+
+Here are some LLT examples and their ``EVT`` and ``Type`` equivalents:
+
+ ============= ========= ======================================
+ LLT EVT IR Type
+ ============= ========= ======================================
+ ``s1`` ``i1`` ``i1``
+ ``s8`` ``i8`` ``i8``
+ ``s32`` ``i32`` ``i32``
+ ``s32`` ``f32`` ``float``
+ ``s17`` ``i17`` ``i17``
+ ``s16`` N/A ``{i8, i8}``
+ ``s32`` N/A ``[4 x i8]``
+ ``p0`` ``iPTR`` ``i8*``, ``i32*``, ``%opaque*``
+ ``p2`` ``iPTR`` ``i8 addrspace(2)*``
+ ``<4 x s32>`` ``v4f32`` ``<4 x float>``
+ ``s64`` ``v1f64`` ``<1 x double>``
+ ``<3 x s32>`` ``v3i32`` ``<3 x i32>``
+ ``unsized`` ``Other`` ``label``
+ ============= ========= ======================================
+
+
+Rationale: instructions already encode a specific interpretation of types
+(e.g., ``add`` vs. ``fadd``, or ``sdiv`` vs. ``udiv``). Also encoding that
+information in the type system requires introducing bitcast with no real
+advantage for the selector.
+
+Pointer types are distinguished by address space. This matches IR, as opposed
+to SelectionDAG where address space is an attribute on operations.
+This representation better supports pointers having different sizes depending
+on their addressspace.
+
+``NOTE``:
+Currently, LLT requires at least 2 elements in vectors, but some targets have
+the concept of a '1-element vector'. Representing them as their underlying
+scalar type is a nice simplification.
+
+``TODO``:
+Currently, non-generic virtual registers, defined by non-pre-isel-generic
+instructions, cannot have a type, and thus cannot be used by a pre-isel generic
+instruction. Instead, they are given a type using a COPY. We could relax that
+and allow types on all vregs: this would reduce the number of MI required when
+emitting target-specific MIR early in the pipeline. This should purely be
+a compile-time optimization.
+
+.. _pipeline:
+
+Core Pipeline
+=============
+
+There are four required passes, regardless of the optimization mode:
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Additional passes can then be inserted at higher optimization levels or for
+specific targets. For example, to match the current SelectionDAG set of
+transformations: MachineCSE and a better MachineCombiner between every pass.
+
+``NOTE``:
+In theory, not all passes are always necessary.
+As an additional compile-time optimization, we could skip some of the passes by
+setting the relevant MachineFunction properties. For instance, if the
+IRTranslator did not encounter any illegal instruction, it would set the
+``legalized`` property to avoid running the :ref:`milegalizer`.
+Similarly, we considered specializing the IRTranslator per-target to directly
+emit target-specific MI.
+However, we instead decided to keep the core pipeline simple, and focus on
+minimizing the overhead of the passes in the no-op cases.
+
+
+.. _irtranslator:
+
+IRTranslator
+------------
+
+This pass translates the input LLVM IR ``Function`` to a GMIR
+``MachineFunction``.
+
+``TODO``:
+This currently doesn't support the more complex instructions, in particular
+those involving control flow (``switch``, ``invoke``, ...).
+For ``switch`` in particular, we can initially use the ``LowerSwitch`` pass.
+
+.. _api-calllowering:
+
+API: CallLowering
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``IRTranslator`` (using the ``CallLowering`` target-provided utility) also
+implements the ABI's calling convention by lowering calls, returns, and
+arguments to the appropriate physical register usage and instruction sequences.
+
+.. _irtranslator-aggregates:
+
+Aggregates
+^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Aggregates are lowered to a single scalar vreg.
+This differs from SelectionDAG's multiple vregs via ``GetValueVTs``.
+
+``TODO``:
+As some of the bits are undef (padding), we should consider augmenting the
+representation with additional metadata (in effect, caching computeKnownBits
+information on vregs).
+See `PR26161 <http://llvm.org/PR26161>`_: [GlobalISel] Value to vreg during
+IR to MachineInstr translation for aggregate type
+
+.. _irtranslator-constants:
+
+Constant Lowering
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``IRTranslator`` lowers ``Constant`` operands into uses of gvregs defined
+by ``G_CONSTANT`` or ``G_FCONSTANT`` instructions.
+Currently, these instructions are always emitted in the entry basic block.
+In a ``MachineFunction``, each ``Constant`` is materialized by a single gvreg.
+
+This is beneficial as it allows us to fold constants into immediate operands
+during :ref:`instructionselect`, while still avoiding redundant materializations
+for expensive non-foldable constants.
+However, this can lead to unnecessary spills and reloads in an -O0 pipeline, as
+these vregs can have long live ranges.
+
+``TODO``:
+We're investigating better placement of these instructions, in fast and
+optimized modes.
+
+
+.. _milegalizer:
+
+Legalizer
+---------
+
+This pass transforms the generic machine instructions such that they are legal.
+
+A legal instruction is defined as:
+
+* **selectable** --- the target will later be able to select it to a
+ target-specific (non-generic) instruction.
+
+* operating on **vregs that can be loaded and stored** -- if necessary, the
+ target can select a ``G_LOAD``/``G_STORE`` of each gvreg operand.
+
+As opposed to SelectionDAG, there are no legalization phases. In particular,
+'type' and 'operation' legalization are not separate.
+
+Legalization is iterative, and all state is contained in GMIR. To maintain the
+validity of the intermediate code, instructions are introduced:
+
+* ``G_MERGE_VALUES`` --- concatenate multiple registers of the same
+ size into a single wider register.
+
+* ``G_UNMERGE_VALUES`` --- extract multiple registers of the same size
+ from a single wider register.
+
+* ``G_EXTRACT`` --- extract a simple register (as contiguous sequences of bits)
+ from a single wider register.
+
+As they are expected to be temporary byproducts of the legalization process,
+they are combined at the end of the :ref:`milegalizer` pass.
+If any remain, they are expected to always be selectable, using loads and stores
+if necessary.
+
+.. _api-legalizerinfo:
+
+API: LegalizerInfo
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Currently the API is broadly similar to SelectionDAG/TargetLowering, but
+extended in two ways:
+
+* The set of available actions is wider, avoiding the currently very
+ overloaded ``Expand`` (which can cover everything from libcalls to
+ scalarization depending on the node's opcode).
+
+* Since there's no separate type legalization, independently varying
+ types on an instruction can have independent actions. For example a
+ ``G_ICMP`` has 2 independent types: the result and the inputs; we need
+ to be able to say that comparing 2 s32s is OK, but the s1 result
+ must be dealt with in another way.
+
+As such, the primary key when deciding what to do is the ``InstrAspect``,
+essentially a tuple consisting of ``(Opcode, TypeIdx, Type)`` and mapping to a
+suggested course of action.
+
+An example use might be:
+
+ .. code-block:: c++
+
+ // The CPU can't deal with an s1 result, do something about it.
+ setAction({G_ICMP, 0, s1}, WidenScalar);
+ // An s32 input (the second type) is fine though.
+ setAction({G_ICMP, 1, s32}, Legal);
+
+
+``TODO``:
+An alternative worth investigating is to generalize the API to represent
+actions using ``std::function`` that implements the action, instead of explicit
+enum tokens (``Legal``, ``WidenScalar``, ...).
+
+``TODO``:
+Moreover, we could use TableGen to initially infer legality of operation from
+existing patterns (as any pattern we can select is by definition legal).
+Expanding that to describe legalization actions is a much larger but
+potentially useful project.
+
+.. _milegalizer-non-power-of-2:
+
+Non-power of 2 types
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+``TODO``:
+Types which have a size that isn't a power of 2 aren't currently supported.
+The setAction API will probably require changes to support them.
+Even notionally explicitly specified operations only make suggestions
+like "Widen" or "Narrow". The eventual type is still unspecified and a
+search is performed by repeated doubling/halving of the type's
+size.
+This is incorrect for types that aren't a power of 2. It's reasonable to
+expect we could construct an efficient set of side-tables for more general
+lookups though, encoding a map from the integers (i.e. the size of the current
+type) to types (the legal size).
+
+.. _milegalizer-vector:
+
+Vector types
+^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Vectors first get their element type legalized: ``<A x sB>`` becomes
+``<A x sC>`` such that at least one operation is legal with ``sC``.
+
+This is currently specified by the function ``setScalarInVectorAction``, called
+for example as:
+
+ setScalarInVectorAction(G_ICMP, s1, WidenScalar);
+
+Next the number of elements is chosen so that the entire operation is
+legal. This aspect is not controllable at the moment, but probably
+should be (you could imagine disagreements on whether a ``<2 x s8>``
+operation should be scalarized or extended to ``<8 x s8>``).
+
+
+.. _regbankselect:
+
+RegBankSelect
+-------------
+
+This pass constrains the :ref:`gmir-gvregs` operands of generic
+instructions to some :ref:`gmir-regbank`.
+
+It iteratively maps instructions to a set of per-operand bank assignment.
+The possible mappings are determined by the target-provided
+:ref:`RegisterBankInfo <api-registerbankinfo>`.
+The mapping is then applied, possibly introducing ``COPY`` instructions if
+necessary.
+
+It traverses the ``MachineFunction`` top down so that all operands are already
+mapped when analyzing an instruction.
+
+This pass could also remap target-specific instructions when beneficial.
+In the future, this could replace the ExeDepsFix pass, as we can directly
+select the best variant for an instruction that's available on multiple banks.
+
+.. _api-registerbankinfo:
+
+API: RegisterBankInfo
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``RegisterBankInfo`` class describes multiple aspects of register banks.
+
+* **Banks**: ``addRegBankCoverage`` --- which register bank covers each
+ register class.
+
+* **Cross-Bank Copies**: ``copyCost`` --- the cost of a ``COPY`` from one bank
+ to another.
+
+* **Default Mapping**: ``getInstrMapping`` --- the default bank assignments for
+ a given instruction.
+
+* **Alternative Mapping**: ``getInstrAlternativeMapping`` --- the other
+ possible bank assignments for a given instruction.
+
+``TODO``:
+All this information should eventually be static and generated by TableGen,
+mostly using existing information augmented by bank descriptions.
+
+``TODO``:
+``getInstrMapping`` is currently separate from ``getInstrAlternativeMapping``
+because the latter is more expensive: as we move to static mapping info,
+both methods should be free, and we should merge them.
+
+.. _regbankselect-modes:
+
+RegBankSelect Modes
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+``RegBankSelect`` currently has two modes:
+
+* **Fast** --- For each instruction, pick a target-provided "default" bank
+ assignment. This is the default at -O0.
+
+* **Greedy** --- For each instruction, pick the cheapest of several
+ target-provided bank assignment alternatives.
+
+We intend to eventually introduce an additional optimizing mode:
+
+* **Global** --- Across multiple instructions, pick the cheapest combination of
+ bank assignments.
+
+``NOTE``:
+On AArch64, we are considering using the Greedy mode even at -O0 (or perhaps at
+backend -O1): because :ref:`gmir-llt` doesn't distinguish floating point from
+integer scalars, the default assignment for loads and stores is the integer
+bank, introducing cross-bank copies on most floating point operations.
+
+
+.. _instructionselect:
+
+InstructionSelect
+-----------------
+
+This pass transforms generic machine instructions into equivalent
+target-specific instructions. It traverses the ``MachineFunction`` bottom-up,
+selecting uses before definitions, enabling trivial dead code elimination.
+
+.. _api-instructionselector:
+
+API: InstructionSelector
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The target implements the ``InstructionSelector`` class, containing the
+target-specific selection logic proper.
+
+The instance is provided by the subtarget, so that it can specialize the
+selector by subtarget feature (with, e.g., a vector selector overriding parts
+of a general-purpose common selector).
+We might also want to parameterize it by MachineFunction, to enable selector
+variants based on function attributes like optsize.
+
+The simple API consists of:
+
+ .. code-block:: c++
+
+ virtual bool select(MachineInstr &MI)
+
+This target-provided method is responsible for mutating (or replacing) a
+possibly-generic MI into a fully target-specific equivalent.
+It is also responsible for doing the necessary constraining of gvregs into the
+appropriate register classes as well as passing through COPY instructions to
+the register allocator.
+
+The ``InstructionSelector`` can fold other instructions into the selected MI,
+by walking the use-def chain of the vreg operands.
+As GlobalISel is Global, this folding can occur across basic blocks.
+
+SelectionDAG Rule Imports
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+TableGen will import SelectionDAG rules and provide the following function to
+execute them:
+
+ .. code-block:: c++
+
+ bool selectImpl(MachineInstr &MI)
+
+The ``--stats`` option can be used to determine what proportion of rules were
+successfully imported. The easiest way to use this is to copy the
+``-gen-globalisel`` tablegen command from ``ninja -v`` and modify it.
+
+Similarly, the ``--warn-on-skipped-patterns`` option can be used to obtain the
+reasons that rules weren't imported. This can be used to focus on the most
+important rejection reasons.
+
+PatLeaf Predicates
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+PatLeafs cannot be imported because their C++ is implemented in terms of
+``SDNode`` objects. PatLeafs that handle immediate predicates should be
+replaced by ``ImmLeaf``, ``IntImmLeaf``, or ``FPImmLeaf`` as appropriate.
+
+There's no standard answer for other PatLeafs. Some standard predicates have
+been baked into TableGen but this should not generally be done.
+
+Custom SDNodes
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Custom SDNodes should be mapped to Target Pseudos using ``GINodeEquiv``. This
+will cause the instruction selector to import them but you will also need to
+ensure the target pseudo is introduced to the MIR before the instruction
+selector. Any preceeding pass is suitable but the legalizer will be a
+particularly common choice.
+
+ComplexPatterns
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+ComplexPatterns cannot be imported because their C++ is implemented in terms of
+``SDNode`` objects. GlobalISel versions should be defined with
+``GIComplexOperandMatcher`` and mapped to ComplexPattern with
+``GIComplexPatternEquiv``.
+
+The following predicates are useful for porting ComplexPattern:
+
+* isBaseWithConstantOffset() - Check for base+offset structures
+* isOperandImmEqual() - Check for a particular constant
+* isObviouslySafeToFold() - Check for reasons an instruction can't be sunk and folded into another.
+
+There are some important points for the C++ implementation:
+
+* Don't modify MIR in the predicate
+* Renderer lambdas should capture by value to avoid use-after-free. They will be used after the predicate returns.
+* Only create instructions in a renderer lambda. GlobalISel won't clean up things you create but don't use.
+
+
+.. _maintainability:
+
+Maintainability
+===============
+
+.. _maintainability-iterative:
+
+Iterative Transformations
+-------------------------
+
+Passes are split into small, iterative transformations, with all state
+represented in the MIR.
+
+This differs from SelectionDAG (in particular, the legalizer) using various
+in-memory side-tables.
+
+
+.. _maintainability-mir:
+
+MIR Serialization
+-----------------
+
+.. FIXME: Update the MIRLangRef to include GMI additions.
+
+:ref:`gmir` is serializable (see :doc:`MIRLangRef`).
+Combined with :ref:`maintainability-iterative`, this enables much finer-grained
+testing, rather than requiring large and fragile IR-to-assembly tests.
+
+The current "stage" in the :ref:`pipeline` is represented by a set of
+``MachineFunctionProperties``:
+
+* ``legalized``
+* ``regBankSelected``
+* ``selected``
+
+
+.. _maintainability-verifier:
+
+MachineVerifier
+---------------
+
+The pass approach lets us use the ``MachineVerifier`` to enforce invariants.
+For instance, a ``regBankSelected`` function may not have gvregs without
+a bank.
+
+``TODO``:
+The ``MachineVerifier`` being monolithic, some of the checks we want to do
+can't be integrated to it: GlobalISel is a separate library, so we can't
+directly reference it from CodeGen. For instance, legality checks are
+currently done in RegBankSelect/InstructionSelect proper. We could #ifdef out
+the checks, or we could add some sort of verifier API.
+
+
+.. _progress:
+
+Progress and Future Work
+========================
+
+The initial goal is to replace FastISel on AArch64. The next step will be to
+replace SelectionDAG as the optimized ISel.
+
+``NOTE``:
+While we iterate on GlobalISel, we strive to avoid affecting the performance of
+SelectionDAG, FastISel, or the other MIR passes. For instance, the types of
+:ref:`gmir-gvregs` are stored in a separate table in ``MachineRegisterInfo``,
+that is destroyed after :ref:`instructionselect`.
+
+.. _progress-fastisel:
+
+FastISel Replacement
+--------------------
+
+For the initial FastISel replacement, we intend to fallback to SelectionDAG on
+selection failures.
+
+Currently, compile-time of the fast pipeline is within 1.5x of FastISel.
+We're optimistic we can get to within 1.1/1.2x, but beating FastISel will be
+challenging given the multi-pass approach.
+Still, supporting all IR (via a complete legalizer) and avoiding the fallback
+to SelectionDAG in the worst case should enable better amortized performance
+than SelectionDAG+FastISel.
+
+``NOTE``:
+We considered never having a fallback to SelectionDAG, instead deciding early
+whether a given function is supported by GlobalISel or not. The decision would
+be based on :ref:`milegalizer` queries.
+We abandoned that for two reasons:
+a) on IR inputs, we'd need to basically simulate the :ref:`irtranslator`;
+b) to be robust against unforeseen failures and to enable iterative
+improvements.
+
+.. _progress-targets:
+
+Support For Other Targets
+-------------------------
+
+In parallel, we're investigating adding support for other - ideally quite
+different - targets. For instance, there is some initial AMDGPU support.
+
+
+.. _porting:
+
+Porting GlobalISel to A New Target
+==================================
+
+There are four major classes to implement by the target:
+
+* :ref:`CallLowering <api-calllowering>` --- lower calls, returns, and arguments
+ according to the ABI.
+* :ref:`RegisterBankInfo <api-registerbankinfo>` --- describe
+ :ref:`gmir-regbank` coverage, cross-bank copy cost, and the mapping of
+ operands onto banks for each instruction.
+* :ref:`LegalizerInfo <api-legalizerinfo>` --- describe what is legal, and how
+ to legalize what isn't.
+* :ref:`InstructionSelector <api-instructionselector>` --- select generic MIR
+ to target-specific MIR.
+
+Additionally:
+
+* ``TargetPassConfig`` --- create the passes constituting the pipeline,
+ including additional passes not included in the :ref:`pipeline`.
+
+.. _other_resources:
+
+Resources
+=========
+
+* `Global Instruction Selection - A Proposal by Quentin Colombet @LLVMDevMeeting 2015 <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F6GGbYtae3g>`_
+* `Global Instruction Selection - Status by Quentin Colombet, Ahmed Bougacha, and Tim Northover @LLVMDevMeeting 2016 <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6tfb344A7w8>`_
+* `GlobalISel - LLVM's Latest Instruction Selection Framework by Diana Picus @FOSDEM17 <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d6dF6E4BPeU>`_
+* GlobalISel: Past, Present, and Future by Quentin Colombet and Ahmed Bougacha @LLVMDevMeeting 2017
+* Head First into GlobalISel by Daniel Sanders, Aditya Nandakumar, and Justin Bogner @LLVMDevMeeting 2017
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GoldPlugin.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GoldPlugin.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GoldPlugin.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/GoldPlugin.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+====================
+The LLVM gold plugin
+====================
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+Building with link time optimization requires cooperation from
+the system linker. LTO support on Linux systems requires that you use the
+`gold linker`_ or ld.bfd from binutils >= 2.21.51.0.2, as they support LTO via plugins. This is the same mechanism
+used by the `GCC LTO`_ project.
+
+The LLVM gold plugin implements the gold plugin interface on top of
+:ref:`libLTO`. The same plugin can also be used by other tools such as
+``ar`` and ``nm``.
+
+.. _`gold linker`: http://sourceware.org/binutils
+.. _`GCC LTO`: http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/LinkTimeOptimization
+.. _`gold plugin interface`: http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/whopr/driver
+
+.. _lto-how-to-build:
+
+How to build it
+===============
+
+Check for plugin support by running ``/usr/bin/ld -plugin``. If it complains
+"missing argument" then you have plugin support. If not, such as an "unknown option"
+error then you will either need to build gold or install a recent version
+of ld.bfd with plugin support and then build gold plugin.
+
+* Download, configure and build ld.bfd with plugin support:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ $ git clone --depth 1 git://sourceware.org/git/binutils-gdb.git binutils
+ $ mkdir build
+ $ cd build
+ $ ../binutils/configure --disable-werror # ld.bfd includes plugin support by default
+ $ make all-ld
+
+ That should leave you with ``build/ld/ld-new`` which supports
+ the ``-plugin`` option. Running ``make`` will additionally build
+ ``build/binutils/ar`` and ``nm-new`` binaries supporting plugins.
+
+* Build the LLVMgold plugin. Run CMake with
+ ``-DLLVM_BINUTILS_INCDIR=/path/to/binutils/include``. The correct include
+ path will contain the file ``plugin-api.h``.
+
+Usage
+=====
+
+The linker takes a ``-plugin`` option that points to the path of
+the plugin ``.so`` file. To find out what link command ``gcc``
+would run in a given situation, run ``gcc -v [...]`` and
+look for the line where it runs ``collect2``. Replace that with
+``ld-new -plugin /path/to/LLVMgold.so`` to test it out. Once you're
+ready to switch to using gold, backup your existing ``/usr/bin/ld``
+then replace it with ``ld-new``.
+
+You should produce bitcode files from ``clang`` with the option
+``-flto``. This flag will also cause ``clang`` to look for the gold plugin in
+the ``lib`` directory under its prefix and pass the ``-plugin`` option to
+``ld``. It will not look for an alternate linker, which is why you need
+gold to be the installed system linker in your path.
+
+``ar`` and ``nm`` also accept the ``-plugin`` option and it's possible to
+to install ``LLVMgold.so`` to ``/usr/lib/bfd-plugins`` for a seamless setup.
+If you built your own gold, be sure to install the ``ar`` and ``nm-new`` you
+built to ``/usr/bin``.
+
+
+Example of link time optimization
+---------------------------------
+
+The following example shows a worked example of the gold plugin mixing LLVM
+bitcode and native code.
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ --- a.c ---
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ extern void foo1(void);
+ extern void foo4(void);
+
+ void foo2(void) {
+ printf("Foo2\n");
+ }
+
+ void foo3(void) {
+ foo4();
+ }
+
+ int main(void) {
+ foo1();
+ }
+
+ --- b.c ---
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ extern void foo2(void);
+
+ void foo1(void) {
+ foo2();
+ }
+
+ void foo4(void) {
+ printf("Foo4");
+ }
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ --- command lines ---
+ $ clang -flto a.c -c -o a.o # <-- a.o is LLVM bitcode file
+ $ ar q a.a a.o # <-- a.a is an archive with LLVM bitcode
+ $ clang b.c -c -o b.o # <-- b.o is native object file
+ $ clang -flto a.a b.o -o main # <-- link with LLVMgold plugin
+
+Gold informs the plugin that foo3 is never referenced outside the IR,
+leading LLVM to delete that function. However, unlike in the :ref:`libLTO
+example <libLTO-example>` gold does not currently eliminate foo4.
+
+Quickstart for using LTO with autotooled projects
+=================================================
+
+Once your system ``ld``, ``ar``, and ``nm`` all support LLVM bitcode,
+everything is in place for an easy to use LTO build of autotooled projects:
+
+* Follow the instructions :ref:`on how to build LLVMgold.so
+ <lto-how-to-build>`.
+
+* Install the newly built binutils to ``$PREFIX``
+
+* Copy ``Release/lib/LLVMgold.so`` to ``$PREFIX/lib/bfd-plugins/``
+
+* Set environment variables (``$PREFIX`` is where you installed clang and
+ binutils):
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ export CC="$PREFIX/bin/clang -flto"
+ export CXX="$PREFIX/bin/clang++ -flto"
+ export AR="$PREFIX/bin/ar"
+ export NM="$PREFIX/bin/nm"
+ export RANLIB=/bin/true #ranlib is not needed, and doesn't support .bc files in .a
+
+* Or you can just set your path:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ export PATH="$PREFIX/bin:$PATH"
+ export CC="clang -flto"
+ export CXX="clang++ -flto"
+ export RANLIB=/bin/true
+* Configure and build the project as usual:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ % ./configure && make && make check
+
+The environment variable settings may work for non-autotooled projects too,
+but you may need to set the ``LD`` environment variable as well.
+
+Licensing
+=========
+
+Gold is licensed under the GPLv3. LLVMgold uses the interface file
+``plugin-api.h`` from gold which means that the resulting ``LLVMgold.so``
+binary is also GPLv3. This can still be used to link non-GPLv3 programs
+just as much as gold could without the plugin.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToAddABuilder.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToAddABuilder.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToAddABuilder.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToAddABuilder.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+===================================================================
+How To Add Your Build Configuration To LLVM Buildbot Infrastructure
+===================================================================
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document contains information about adding a build configuration and
+buildslave to private slave builder to LLVM Buildbot Infrastructure.
+
+Buildmasters
+============
+
+There are two buildmasters running.
+
+* The main buildmaster at `<http://lab.llvm.org:8011>`_. All builders attached
+ to this machine will notify commit authors every time they break the build.
+* The staging buildbot at `<http://lab.llvm.org:8014>`_. All builders attached
+ to this machine will be completely silent by default when the build is broken.
+ Builders for experimental backends should generally be attached to this
+ buildmaster.
+
+Steps To Add Builder To LLVM Buildbot
+=====================================
+Volunteers can provide their build machines to work as build slaves to
+public LLVM Buildbot.
+
+Here are the steps you can follow to do so:
+
+#. Check the existing build configurations to make sure the one you are
+ interested in is not covered yet or gets built on your computer much
+ faster than on the existing one. We prefer faster builds so developers
+ will get feedback sooner after changes get committed.
+
+#. The computer you will be registering with the LLVM buildbot
+ infrastructure should have all dependencies installed and you can
+ actually build your configuration successfully. Please check what degree
+ of parallelism (-j param) would give the fastest build. You can build
+ multiple configurations on one computer.
+
+#. Install buildslave (currently we are using buildbot version 0.8.5).
+ Depending on the platform, buildslave could be available to download and
+ install with your package manager, or you can download it directly from
+ `<http://trac.buildbot.net>`_ and install it manually.
+
+#. Create a designated user account, your buildslave will be running under,
+ and set appropriate permissions.
+
+#. Choose the buildslave root directory (all builds will be placed under
+ it), buildslave access name and password the build master will be using
+ to authenticate your buildslave.
+
+#. Create a buildslave in context of that buildslave account. Point it to
+ the **lab.llvm.org** port **9990** (see `Buildbot documentation,
+ Creating a slave
+ <http://docs.buildbot.net/current/tutorial/firstrun.html#creating-a-slave>`_
+ for more details) by running the following command:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ $ buildslave create-slave <buildslave-root-directory> \
+ lab.llvm.org:9990 \
+ <buildslave-access-name> <buildslave-access-password>
+
+ To point a slave to silent master please use lab.llvm.org:9994 instead
+ of lab.llvm.org:9990.
+
+#. Fill the buildslave description and admin name/e-mail. Here is an
+ example of the buildslave description::
+
+ Windows 7 x64
+ Core i7 (2.66GHz), 16GB of RAM
+
+ g++.exe (TDM-1 mingw32) 4.4.0
+ GNU Binutils 2.19.1
+ cmake version 2.8.4
+ Microsoft(R) 32-bit C/C++ Optimizing Compiler Version 16.00.40219.01 for 80x86
+
+#. Make sure you can actually start the buildslave successfully. Then set
+ up your buildslave to start automatically at the start up time. See the
+ buildbot documentation for help. You may want to restart your computer
+ to see if it works.
+
+#. Send a patch which adds your build slave and your builder to zorg.
+
+ * slaves are added to ``buildbot/osuosl/master/config/slaves.py``
+ * builders are added to ``buildbot/osuosl/master/config/builders.py``
+
+ Please make sure your builder name and its builddir are unique through the file.
+
+ It is possible to whitelist email addresses to unconditionally receive notifications
+ on build failure; for this you'll need to add an ``InformativeMailNotifier`` to
+ ``buildbot/osuosl/master/config/status.py``. This is particularly useful for the
+ staging buildmaster which is silent otherwise.
+
+#. Send the buildslave access name and the access password directly to
+ `Galina Kistanova <mailto:gkistanova at gmail.com>`_, and wait till she
+ will let you know that your changes are applied and buildmaster is
+ reconfigured.
+
+#. Check the status of your buildslave on the `Waterfall Display
+ <http://lab.llvm.org:8011/waterfall>`_ to make sure it is connected, and
+ ``http://lab.llvm.org:8011/buildslaves/<your-buildslave-name>`` to see
+ if administrator contact and slave information are correct.
+
+#. Wait for the first build to succeed and enjoy.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToBuildOnARM.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToBuildOnARM.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToBuildOnARM.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToBuildOnARM.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+===================================================================
+How To Build On ARM
+===================================================================
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document contains information about building/testing LLVM and
+Clang on an ARM machine.
+
+This document is *NOT* tailored to help you cross-compile LLVM/Clang
+to ARM on another architecture, for example an x86_64 machine. To find
+out more about cross-compiling, please check :doc:`HowToCrossCompileLLVM`.
+
+Notes On Building LLVM/Clang on ARM
+=====================================
+Here are some notes on building/testing LLVM/Clang on ARM. Note that
+ARM encompasses a wide variety of CPUs; this advice is primarily based
+on the ARMv6 and ARMv7 architectures and may be inapplicable to older chips.
+
+#. The most popular Linaro/Ubuntu OS's for ARM boards, e.g., the
+ Pandaboard, have become hard-float platforms. There are a number of
+ choices when using CMake. Autoconf usage is deprecated as of 3.8.
+
+ Building LLVM/Clang in ``Relese`` mode is preferred since it consumes
+ a lot less memory. Otherwise, the building process will very likely
+ fail due to insufficient memory. It's also a lot quicker to only build
+ the relevant back-ends (ARM and AArch64), since it's very unlikely that
+ you'll use an ARM board to cross-compile to other arches. If you're
+ running Compiler-RT tests, also include the x86 back-end, or some tests
+ will fail.
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ cmake $LLVM_SRC_DIR -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
+ -DLLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD="ARM;X86;AArch64"
+
+ Other options you can use are:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ Use Ninja instead of Make: "-G Ninja"
+ Build with assertions on: "-DLLVM_ENABLE_ASSERTIONS=True"
+ Force Python2: "-DPYTHON_EXECUTABLE=/usr/bin/python2"
+ Local (non-sudo) install path: "-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$HOME/llvm/instal"
+ CPU flags: "DCMAKE_C_FLAGS=-mcpu=cortex-a15" (same for CXX_FLAGS)
+
+ After that, just typing ``make -jN`` or ``ninja`` will build everything.
+ ``make -jN check-all`` or ``ninja check-all`` will run all compiler tests. For
+ running the test suite, please refer to :doc:`TestingGuide`.
+
+#. If you are building LLVM/Clang on an ARM board with 1G of memory or less,
+ please use ``gold`` rather then GNU ``ld``. In any case it is probably a good
+ idea to set up a swap partition, too.
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ $ sudo ln -sf /usr/bin/ld /usr/bin/ld.gold
+
+#. ARM development boards can be unstable and you may experience that cores
+ are disappearing, caches being flushed on every big.LITTLE switch, and
+ other similar issues. To help ease the effect of this, set the Linux
+ scheduler to "performance" on **all** cores using this little script:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ # The code below requires the package 'cpufrequtils' to be installed.
+ for ((cpu=0; cpu<`grep -c proc /proc/cpuinfo`; cpu++)); do
+ sudo cpufreq-set -c $cpu -g performance
+ done
+
+ Remember to turn that off after the build, or you may risk burning your
+ CPU. Most modern kernels don't need that, so only use it if you have
+ problems.
+
+#. Running the build on SD cards is ok, but they are more prone to failures
+ than good quality USB sticks, and those are more prone to failures than
+ external hard-drives (those are also a lot faster). So, at least, you
+ should consider to buy a fast USB stick. On systems with a fast eMMC,
+ that's a good option too.
+
+#. Make sure you have a decent power supply (dozens of dollars worth) that can
+ provide *at least* 4 amperes, this is especially important if you use USB
+ devices with your board. Externally powered USB/SATA harddrives are even
+ better than having a good power supply.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToCrossCompileBuiltinsOnArm.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToCrossCompileBuiltinsOnArm.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToCrossCompileBuiltinsOnArm.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToCrossCompileBuiltinsOnArm.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+===================================================================
+How to Cross Compile Compiler-rt Builtins For Arm
+===================================================================
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document contains information about building and testing the builtins part
+of compiler-rt for an Arm target, from an x86_64 Linux machine.
+
+While this document concentrates on Arm and Linux the general principles should
+apply to other targets supported by compiler-rt. Further contributions for other
+targets are welcome.
+
+The instructions in this document depend on libraries and programs external to
+LLVM, there are many ways to install and configure these dependencies so you
+may need to adapt the instructions here to fit your own local situation.
+
+Prerequisites
+=============
+
+In this use case we'll be using CMake on a Debian-based Linux system,
+cross-compiling from an x86_64 host to a hard-float Armv7-A target. We'll be
+using as many of the LLVM tools as we can, but it is possible to use GNU
+equivalents.
+
+ * ``A build of LLVM/clang for the llvm-tools and llvm-config``
+ * ``The qemu-arm user mode emulator``
+ * ``An arm-linux-gnueabihf sysroot``
+
+See https://compiler-rt.llvm.org/ for more information about the dependencies
+on clang and LLVM.
+
+``qemu-arm`` should be available as a package for your Linux distribution.
+
+The most complicated of the prequisites to satisfy is the arm-linux-gnueabihf
+sysroot. The :doc:`HowToCrossCompileLLVM` has information about how to use the
+Linux distributions multiarch support to fulfill the dependencies for building
+LLVM. Alternatively, as building and testing just the compiler-rt builtins
+requires fewer dependencies than LLVM, it is possible to use the Linaro
+arm-linux-gnueabihf gcc installation as our sysroot.
+
+Building compiler-rt builtins for Arm
+=====================================
+We will be doing a standalone build of compiler-rt using the following cmake
+options.
+
+* ``path/to/llvm/projects/compiler-rt``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BUILD_BUILTINS=ON``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BUILD_SANITIZERS=OFF``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BUILD_XRAY=OFF``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BUILD_LIBFUZZER=OFF``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BUILD_PROFILE=OFF``
+* ``-DCMAKE_C_COMPILER=/path/to/clang``
+* ``-DCMAKE_AR=/path/to/llvm-ar``
+* ``-DCMAKE_NM=/path/to/llvm-nm``
+* ``-DCMAKE_RANLIB=/path/to/llvm-ranlib``
+* ``-DCMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS="-fuse-ld=lld"``
+* ``-DCMAKE_C_COMPILER_TARGET="arm-linux-gnueabihf"``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_DEFAULT_TARGET_ONLY=ON``
+* ``-DLLVM_CONFIG_PATH=/path/to/llvm-config``
+* ``-DCMAKE_C_FLAGS="build-c-flags"``
+
+The build-c-flags need to be sufficient to pass the C-make compiler check and
+to compile compiler-rt. When using a GCC 7 Linaro arm-linux-gnueabihf
+installation the following flags are needed:
+
+* ``--target=arm-linux-gnueabihf``
+* ``--march=armv7a``
+* ``--gcc-toolchain=/path/to/dir/toolchain``
+* ``--sysroot=/path/to/toolchain/arm-linux-gnueabihf/libc``
+
+Depending on how your sysroot is laid out, you may not need ``--gcc-toolchain``.
+For example if you have added armhf as an architecture using your Linux
+distributions multiarch support then you should be able to use ``--sysroot=/``.
+
+Once cmake has completed the builtins can be built with ``ninja builtins``
+
+Testing compiler-rt builtins using qemu-arm
+===========================================
+To test the builtins library we need to add a few more cmake flags to enable
+testing and set up the compiler and flags for test case. We must also tell
+cmake that we wish to run the tests on ``qemu-arm``.
+
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_EMULATOR="qemu-arm -L /path/to/armhf/sysroot``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_INCLUDE_TESTS=ON``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_TEST_COMPILER="/path/to/clang"``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_TEST_COMPILER_CFLAGS="test-c-flags"``
+
+The ``/path/to/armhf/sysroot`` should be the same as the one passed to
+``--sysroot`` in the "build-c-flags".
+
+The "test-c-flags" can be the same as the "build-c-flags", with the addition
+of ``"-fuse-ld=lld`` if you wish to use lld to link the tests.
+
+Once cmake has completed the tests can be built and run using
+``ninja check-builtins``
+
+Modifications for other Targets
+===============================
+
+Arm Soft-Float Target
+---------------------
+The instructions for the Arm hard-float target can be used for the soft-float
+target by substituting soft-float equivalents for the sysroot and target. The
+target to use is:
+
+* ``-DCMAKE_C_COMPILER_TARGET=arm-linux-gnueabi``
+
+Depending on whether you want to use floating point instructions or not you
+may need extra c-flags such as ``-mfloat-abi=softfp`` for use of floating-point
+instructions, and ``-mfloat-abi=soft -mfpu=none`` for software floating-point
+emulation.
+
+AArch64 Target
+--------------
+The instructions for Arm can be used for AArch64 by substituting AArch64
+equivalents for the sysroot, emulator and target.
+
+* ``-DCMAKE_C_COMPILER_TARGET=aarch64-linux-gnu``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_EMULATOR="qemu-aarch64 -L /path/to/aarch64/sysroot``
+
+The CMAKE_C_FLAGS and COMPILER_RT_TEST_COMPILER_CFLAGS may also need:
+``"--sysroot=/path/to/aarch64/sysroot --gcc-toolchain=/path/to/gcc-toolchain"``
+
+Armv6-m, Armv7-m and Armv7E-M targets
+-------------------------------------
+If you wish to build, but not test compiler-rt for Armv6-M, Armv7-M or Armv7E-M
+then the easiest way is to use the BaremetalARM.cmake recipe in
+clang/cmake/caches.
+
+You will need a bare metal sysroot such as that provided by the GNU ARM
+Embedded toolchain.
+
+The libraries can be built with the cmake options:
+
+* ``-DBAREMETAL_ARMV6M_SYSROOT=/path/to/bare/metal/sysroot``
+* ``-DBAREMETAL_ARMV7M_SYSROOT=/path/to/bare/metal/sysroot``
+* ``-DBAREMETAL_ARMV7EM_SYSROOT=/path/to/bare/metal/sysroot``
+* ``-C /path/to/llvm/source/tools/clang/cmake/caches/BaremetalARM.cmake``
+
+**Note** that for the recipe to work the compiler-rt source must be checked out
+into the directory llvm/runtimes and not llvm/projects.
+
+To build and test the libraries using a similar method to Armv7-A is possible
+but more difficult. The main problems are:
+
+* There isn't a ``qemu-arm`` user-mode emulator for bare-metal systems. The ``qemu-system-arm`` can be used but this is significantly more difficult to setup.
+* The target to compile compiler-rt have the suffix -none-eabi. This uses the BareMetal driver in clang and by default won't find the libraries needed to pass the cmake compiler check.
+
+As the Armv6-M, Armv7-M and Armv7E-M builds of compiler-rt only use instructions
+that are supported on Armv7-A we can still get most of the value of running the
+tests using the same ``qemu-arm`` that we used for Armv7-A by building and
+running the test cases for Armv7-A but using the builtins compiled for
+Armv6-M, Armv7-M or Armv7E-M. This will not catch instructions that are
+supported on Armv7-A but not Armv6-M, Armv7-M and Armv7E-M.
+
+To get the cmake compile test to pass the libraries needed to successfully link
+the test application will need to be manually added to ``CMAKE_CFLAGS``.
+Alternatively if you are using version 3.6 or above of cmake you can use
+``CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_TARGET=STATIC_LIBRARY`` to skip the link step.
+
+* ``-DCMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_TARGET_TYPE=STATIC_LIBRARY``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_OS_DIR="baremetal"``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BUILD_BUILTINS=ON``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BUILD_SANITIZERS=OFF``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BUILD_XRAY=OFF``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BUILD_LIBFUZZER=OFF``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BUILD_PROFILE=OFF``
+* ``-DCMAKE_C_COMPILER=${host_install_dir}/bin/clang``
+* ``-DCMAKE_C_COMPILER_TARGET="your *-none-eabi target"``
+* ``-DCMAKE_AR=/path/to/llvm-ar``
+* ``-DCMAKE_NM=/path/to/llvm-nm``
+* ``-DCMAKE_RANLIB=/path/to/llvm-ranlib``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_BAREMETAL_BUILD=ON``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_DEFAULT_TARGET_ONLY=ON``
+* ``-DLLVM_CONFIG_PATH=/path/to/llvm-config``
+* ``-DCMAKE_C_FLAGS="build-c-flags"``
+* ``-DCMAKE_ASM_FLAGS="${arm_cflags}"``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_EMULATOR="qemu-arm -L /path/to/armv7-A/sysroot"``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_INCLUDE_TESTS=ON``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_TEST_COMPILER="/path/to/clang"``
+* ``-DCOMPILER_RT_TEST_COMPILER_CFLAGS="test-c-flags"``
+
+The Armv6-M builtins will use the soft-float ABI. When compiling the tests for
+Armv7-A we must include ``"-mthumb -mfloat-abi=soft -mfpu=none"`` in the
+test-c-flags. We must use an Armv7-A soft-float abi sysroot for ``qemu-arm``.
+
+Unfortunately at time of writing the Armv7-M and Armv7E-M builds of
+compiler-rt will always include assembler files including floating point
+instructions. This means that building for a cpu without a floating point unit
+requires something like removing the arm_Thumb1_VFPv2_SOURCES from the
+arm_Thumb1_SOURCES in builtins/CMakeLists.txt. The float-abi of the compiler-rt
+library must be matched by the float abi of the Armv7-A sysroot used by
+qemu-arm.
+
+Depending on the linker used for the test cases you may encounter BuildAttribute
+mismatches between the M-profile objects from compiler-rt and the A-profile
+objects from the test. The lld linker does not check the BuildAttributes so it
+can be used to link the tests by adding -fuse-ld=lld to the
+``COMPILER_RT_TEST_COMPILER_CFLAGS``.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToCrossCompileLLVM.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToCrossCompileLLVM.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToCrossCompileLLVM.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToCrossCompileLLVM.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+===================================================================
+How To Cross-Compile Clang/LLVM using Clang/LLVM
+===================================================================
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document contains information about building LLVM and
+Clang on host machine, targeting another platform.
+
+For more information on how to use Clang as a cross-compiler,
+please check http://clang.llvm.org/docs/CrossCompilation.html.
+
+TODO: Add MIPS and other platforms to this document.
+
+Cross-Compiling from x86_64 to ARM
+==================================
+
+In this use case, we'll be using CMake and Ninja, on a Debian-based Linux
+system, cross-compiling from an x86_64 host (most Intel and AMD chips
+nowadays) to a hard-float ARM target (most ARM targets nowadays).
+
+The packages you'll need are:
+
+ * ``cmake``
+ * ``ninja-build`` (from backports in Ubuntu)
+ * ``gcc-4.7-arm-linux-gnueabihf``
+ * ``gcc-4.7-multilib-arm-linux-gnueabihf``
+ * ``binutils-arm-linux-gnueabihf``
+ * ``libgcc1-armhf-cross``
+ * ``libsfgcc1-armhf-cross``
+ * ``libstdc++6-armhf-cross``
+ * ``libstdc++6-4.7-dev-armhf-cross``
+
+Configuring CMake
+-----------------
+
+For more information on how to configure CMake for LLVM/Clang,
+see :doc:`CMake`.
+
+The CMake options you need to add are:
+
+ * ``-DCMAKE_CROSSCOMPILING=True``
+ * ``-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=<install-dir>``
+ * ``-DLLVM_TABLEGEN=<path-to-host-bin>/llvm-tblgen``
+ * ``-DCLANG_TABLEGEN=<path-to-host-bin>/clang-tblgen``
+ * ``-DLLVM_DEFAULT_TARGET_TRIPLE=arm-linux-gnueabihf``
+ * ``-DLLVM_TARGET_ARCH=ARM``
+ * ``-DLLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD=ARM``
+
+If you're compiling with GCC, you can use architecture options for your target,
+and the compiler driver will detect everything that it needs:
+
+ * ``-DCMAKE_CXX_FLAGS='-march=armv7-a -mcpu=cortex-a9 -mfloat-abi=hard'``
+
+However, if you're using Clang, the driver might not be up-to-date with your
+specific Linux distribution, version or GCC layout, so you'll need to fudge.
+
+In addition to the ones above, you'll also need:
+
+ * ``'-target arm-linux-gnueabihf'`` or whatever is the triple of your cross GCC.
+ * ``'--sysroot=/usr/arm-linux-gnueabihf'``, ``'--sysroot=/opt/gcc/arm-linux-gnueabihf'``
+ or whatever is the location of your GCC's sysroot (where /lib, /bin etc are).
+ * Appropriate use of ``-I`` and ``-L``, depending on how the cross GCC is installed,
+ and where are the libraries and headers.
+
+The TableGen options are required to compile it with the host compiler,
+so you'll need to compile LLVM (or at least ``llvm-tblgen``) to your host
+platform before you start. The CXX flags define the target, cpu (which in this case
+defaults to ``fpu=VFP3`` with NEON), and forcing the hard-float ABI. If you're
+using Clang as a cross-compiler, you will *also* have to set ``--sysroot``
+to make sure it picks the correct linker.
+
+When using Clang, it's important that you choose the triple to be *identical*
+to the GCC triple and the sysroot. This will make it easier for Clang to
+find the correct tools and include headers. But that won't mean all headers and
+libraries will be found. You'll still need to use ``-I`` and ``-L`` to locate
+those extra ones, depending on your distribution.
+
+Most of the time, what you want is to have a native compiler to the
+platform itself, but not others. So there's rarely a point in compiling
+all back-ends. For that reason, you should also set the
+``TARGETS_TO_BUILD`` to only build the back-end you're targeting to.
+
+You must set the ``CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX``, otherwise a ``ninja install``
+will copy ARM binaries to your root filesystem, which is not what you
+want.
+
+Hacks
+-----
+
+There are some bugs in current LLVM, which require some fiddling before
+running CMake:
+
+#. If you're using Clang as the cross-compiler, there is a problem in
+ the LLVM ARM back-end that is producing absolute relocations on
+ position-independent code (``R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC``), so for now, you
+ should disable PIC:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ -DLLVM_ENABLE_PIC=False
+
+ This is not a problem, since Clang/LLVM libraries are statically
+ linked anyway, it shouldn't affect much.
+
+#. The ARM libraries won't be installed in your system.
+ But the CMake prepare step, which checks for
+ dependencies, will check the *host* libraries, not the *target*
+ ones. Below there's a list of some dependencies, but your project could
+ have more, or this document could be outdated. You'll see the errors
+ while linking as an indication of that.
+
+ Debian based distros have a way to add ``multiarch``, which adds
+ a new architecture and allows you to install packages for those
+ systems. See https://wiki.debian.org/Multiarch/HOWTO for more info.
+
+ But not all distros will have that, and possibly not an easy way to
+ install them in any anyway, so you'll have to build/download
+ them separately.
+
+ A quick way of getting the libraries is to download them from
+ a distribution repository, like Debian (http://packages.debian.org/jessie/),
+ and download the missing libraries. Note that the ``libXXX``
+ will have the shared objects (``.so``) and the ``libXXX-dev`` will
+ give you the headers and the static (``.a``) library. Just in
+ case, download both.
+
+ The ones you need for ARM are: ``libtinfo``, ``zlib1g``,
+ ``libxml2`` and ``liblzma``. In the Debian repository you'll
+ find downloads for all architectures.
+
+ After you download and unpack all ``.deb`` packages, copy all
+ ``.so`` and ``.a`` to a directory, make the appropriate
+ symbolic links (if necessary), and add the relevant ``-L``
+ and ``-I`` paths to ``-DCMAKE_CXX_FLAGS`` above.
+
+
+Running CMake and Building
+--------------------------
+
+Finally, if you're using your platform compiler, run:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ $ cmake -G Ninja <source-dir> <options above>
+
+If you're using Clang as the cross-compiler, run:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ $ CC='clang' CXX='clang++' cmake -G Ninja <source-dir> <options above>
+
+If you have ``clang``/``clang++`` on the path, it should just work, and special
+Ninja files will be created in the build directory. I strongly suggest
+you to run ``cmake`` on a separate build directory, *not* inside the
+source tree.
+
+To build, simply type:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ $ ninja
+
+It should automatically find out how many cores you have, what are
+the rules that needs building and will build the whole thing.
+
+You can't run ``ninja check-all`` on this tree because the created
+binaries are targeted to ARM, not x86_64.
+
+Installing and Using
+--------------------
+
+After the LLVM/Clang has built successfully, you should install it
+via:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ $ ninja install
+
+which will create a sysroot on the install-dir. You can then tar
+that directory into a binary with the full triple name (for easy
+identification), like:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ $ ln -sf <install-dir> arm-linux-gnueabihf-clang
+ $ tar zchf arm-linux-gnueabihf-clang.tar.gz arm-linux-gnueabihf-clang
+
+If you copy that tarball to your target board, you'll be able to use
+it for running the test-suite, for example. Follow the guidelines at
+http://llvm.org/docs/lnt/quickstart.html, unpack the tarball in the
+test directory, and use options:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ $ ./sandbox/bin/python sandbox/bin/lnt runtest nt \
+ --sandbox sandbox \
+ --test-suite `pwd`/test-suite \
+ --cc `pwd`/arm-linux-gnueabihf-clang/bin/clang \
+ --cxx `pwd`/arm-linux-gnueabihf-clang/bin/clang++
+
+Remember to add the ``-jN`` options to ``lnt`` to the number of CPUs
+on your board. Also, the path to your clang has to be absolute, so
+you'll need the `pwd` trick above.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToReleaseLLVM.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToReleaseLLVM.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToReleaseLLVM.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToReleaseLLVM.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+=================================
+How To Release LLVM To The Public
+=================================
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document contains information about successfully releasing LLVM ---
+including sub-projects: e.g., ``clang`` and ``compiler-rt`` --- to the public.
+It is the Release Manager's responsibility to ensure that a high quality build
+of LLVM is released.
+
+If you're looking for the document on how to test the release candidates and
+create the binary packages, please refer to the :doc:`ReleaseProcess` instead.
+
+.. _timeline:
+
+Release Timeline
+================
+
+LLVM is released on a time based schedule --- with major releases roughly
+every 6 months. In between major releases there may be dot releases.
+The release manager will determine if and when to make a dot release based
+on feedback from the community. Typically, dot releases should be made if
+there are large number of bug-fixes in the stable branch or a critical bug
+has been discovered that affects a large number of users.
+
+Unless otherwise stated, dot releases will follow the same procedure as
+major releases.
+
+The release process is roughly as follows:
+
+* Set code freeze and branch creation date for 6 months after last code freeze
+ date. Announce release schedule to the LLVM community and update the website.
+
+* Create release branch and begin release process.
+
+* Send out release candidate sources for first round of testing. Testing lasts
+ 7-10 days. During the first round of testing, any regressions found should be
+ fixed. Patches are merged from mainline into the release branch. Also, all
+ features need to be completed during this time. Any features not completed at
+ the end of the first round of testing will be removed or disabled for the
+ release.
+
+* Generate and send out the second release candidate sources. Only *critical*
+ bugs found during this testing phase will be fixed. Any bugs introduced by
+ merged patches will be fixed. If so a third round of testing is needed.
+
+* The release notes are updated.
+
+* Finally, release!
+
+The release process will be accelerated for dot releases. If the first round
+of testing finds no critical bugs and no regressions since the last major release,
+then additional rounds of testing will not be required.
+
+Release Process
+===============
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Release Administrative Tasks
+----------------------------
+
+This section describes a few administrative tasks that need to be done for the
+release process to begin. Specifically, it involves:
+
+* Creating the release branch,
+
+* Setting version numbers, and
+
+* Tagging release candidates for the release team to begin testing.
+
+Create Release Branch
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Branch the Subversion trunk using the following procedure:
+
+#. Remind developers that the release branching is imminent and to refrain from
+ committing patches that might break the build. E.g., new features, large
+ patches for works in progress, an overhaul of the type system, an exciting
+ new TableGen feature, etc.
+
+#. Verify that the current Subversion trunk is in decent shape by
+ examining nightly tester and buildbot results.
+
+#. Create the release branch for ``llvm``, ``clang``, and other sub-projects,
+ from the last known good revision. The branch's name is
+ ``release_XY``, where ``X`` is the major and ``Y`` the minor release
+ numbers. Use ``utils/release/tag.sh`` to tag the release.
+
+#. Advise developers that they may now check their patches into the Subversion
+ tree again.
+
+#. The Release Manager should switch to the release branch, because all changes
+ to the release will now be done in the branch. The easiest way to do this is
+ to grab a working copy using the following commands:
+
+ ::
+
+ $ svn co https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/llvm/branches/release_XY llvm-X.Y
+
+ $ svn co https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/cfe/branches/release_XY clang-X.Y
+
+ $ svn co https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/test-suite/branches/release_XY test-suite-X.Y
+
+Update LLVM Version
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+After creating the LLVM release branch, update the release branches'
+``autoconf`` and ``configure.ac`` versions from '``X.Ysvn``' to '``X.Y``'.
+Update it on mainline as well to be the next version ('``X.Y+1svn``').
+Regenerate the configure scripts for both ``llvm`` and the ``test-suite``.
+
+In addition, the version numbers of all the Bugzilla components must be updated
+for the next release.
+
+Tagging the LLVM Release Candidates
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Tag release candidates using the tag.sh script in utils/release.
+
+::
+
+ $ ./tag.sh -release X.Y.Z -rc $RC
+
+The Release Manager may supply pre-packaged source tarballs for users. This can
+be done with the export.sh script in utils/release.
+
+::
+
+ $ ./export.sh -release X.Y.Z -rc $RC
+
+This will generate source tarballs for each LLVM project being validated, which
+can be uploaded to the website for further testing.
+
+Build Clang Binary Distribution
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Creating the ``clang`` binary distribution requires following the instructions
+:doc:`here <ReleaseProcess>`.
+
+That process will perform both Release+Asserts and Release builds but only
+pack the Release build for upload. You should use the Release+Asserts sysroot,
+normally under ``final/Phase3/Release+Asserts/llvmCore-3.8.1-RCn.install/``,
+for test-suite and run-time benchmarks, to make sure nothing serious has
+passed through the net. For compile-time benchmarks, use the Release version.
+
+The minimum required version of the tools you'll need are :doc:`here <GettingStarted>`
+
+Release Qualification Criteria
+------------------------------
+
+A release is qualified when it has no regressions from the previous release (or
+baseline). Regressions are related to correctness first and performance second.
+(We may tolerate some minor performance regressions if they are deemed
+necessary for the general quality of the compiler.)
+
+More specifically, Clang/LLVM is qualified when it has a clean test with all
+supported sub-projects included (``make check-all``), per target, and it has no
+regressions with the ``test-suite`` in relation to the previous release.
+
+Regressions are new failures in the set of tests that are used to qualify
+each product and only include things on the list. Every release will have
+some bugs in it. It is the reality of developing a complex piece of
+software. We need a very concrete and definitive release criteria that
+ensures we have monotonically improving quality on some metric. The metric we
+use is described below. This doesn't mean that we don't care about other
+criteria, but these are the criteria which we found to be most important and
+which must be satisfied before a release can go out.
+
+Official Testing
+----------------
+
+A few developers in the community have dedicated time to validate the release
+candidates and volunteered to be the official release testers for each
+architecture.
+
+These will be the ones testing, generating and uploading the official binaries
+to the server, and will be the minimum tests *necessary* for the release to
+proceed.
+
+This will obviously not cover all OSs and distributions, so additional community
+validation is important. However, if community input is not reached before the
+release is out, all bugs reported will have to go on the next stable release.
+
+The official release managers are:
+
+* Major releases (X.0): Hans Wennborg
+* Stable releases (X.n): Tom Stellard
+
+The official release testers are volunteered from the community and have
+consistently validated and released binaries for their targets/OSs. To contact
+them, you should email the ``release-testers at lists.llvm.org`` mailing list.
+
+The official testers list is in the file ``RELEASE_TESTERS.TXT``, in the ``LLVM``
+repository.
+
+Community Testing
+-----------------
+
+Once all testing has been completed and appropriate bugs filed, the release
+candidate tarballs are put on the website and the LLVM community is notified.
+
+We ask that all LLVM developers test the release in any the following ways:
+
+#. Download ``llvm-X.Y``, ``llvm-test-X.Y``, and the appropriate ``clang``
+ binary. Build LLVM. Run ``make check`` and the full LLVM test suite (``make
+ TEST=nightly report``).
+
+#. Download ``llvm-X.Y``, ``llvm-test-X.Y``, and the ``clang`` sources. Compile
+ everything. Run ``make check`` and the full LLVM test suite (``make
+ TEST=nightly report``).
+
+#. Download ``llvm-X.Y``, ``llvm-test-X.Y``, and the appropriate ``clang``
+ binary. Build whole programs with it (ex. Chromium, Firefox, Apache) for
+ your platform.
+
+#. Download ``llvm-X.Y``, ``llvm-test-X.Y``, and the appropriate ``clang``
+ binary. Build *your* programs with it and check for conformance and
+ performance regressions.
+
+#. Run the :doc:`release process <ReleaseProcess>`, if your platform is
+ *different* than that which is officially supported, and report back errors
+ only if they were not reported by the official release tester for that
+ architecture.
+
+We also ask that the OS distribution release managers test their packages with
+the first candidate of every release, and report any *new* errors in Bugzilla.
+If the bug can be reproduced with an unpatched upstream version of the release
+candidate (as opposed to the distribution's own build), the priority should be
+release blocker.
+
+During the first round of testing, all regressions must be fixed before the
+second release candidate is tagged.
+
+In the subsequent stages, the testing is only to ensure that bug
+fixes previously merged in have not created new major problems. *This is not
+the time to solve additional and unrelated bugs!* If no patches are merged in,
+the release is determined to be ready and the release manager may move onto the
+next stage.
+
+Reporting Regressions
+---------------------
+
+Every regression that is found during the tests (as per the criteria above),
+should be filled in a bug in Bugzilla with the priority *release blocker* and
+blocking a specific release.
+
+To help manage all the bugs reported and which ones are blockers or not, a new
+"[meta]" bug should be created and all regressions *blocking* that Meta. Once
+all blockers are done, the Meta can be closed.
+
+If a bug can't be reproduced, or stops being a blocker, it should be removed
+from the Meta and its priority decreased to *normal*. Debugging can continue,
+but on trunk.
+
+Merge Requests
+--------------
+
+You can use any of the following methods to request that a revision from trunk
+be merged into a release branch:
+
+#. Use the ``utils/release/merge-request.sh`` script which will automatically
+ file a bug_ requesting that the patch be merged. e.g. To request revision
+ 12345 be merged into the branch for the 5.0.1 release:
+ ``llvm.src/utils/release/merge-request.sh -stable-version 5.0 -r 12345 -user bugzilla at example.com``
+
+#. Manually file a bug_ with the subject: "Merge r12345 into the X.Y branch",
+ enter the commit(s) that you want merged in the "Fixed by Commit(s)" and mark
+ it as a blocker of the current release bug. Release bugs are given aliases
+ in the form of release-x.y.z, so to mark a bug as a blocker for the 5.0.1
+ release, just enter release-5.0.1 in the "Blocks" field.
+
+#. Reply to the commit email on llvm-commits for the revision to merge and cc
+ the release manager.
+
+.. _bug: https://bugs.llvm.org/
+
+Release Patch Rules
+-------------------
+
+Below are the rules regarding patching the release branch:
+
+#. Patches applied to the release branch may only be applied by the release
+ manager, the official release testers or the code owners with approval from
+ the release manager.
+
+#. During the first round of testing, patches that fix regressions or that are
+ small and relatively risk free (verified by the appropriate code owner) are
+ applied to the branch. Code owners are asked to be very conservative in
+ approving patches for the branch. We reserve the right to reject any patch
+ that does not fix a regression as previously defined.
+
+#. During the remaining rounds of testing, only patches that fix critical
+ regressions may be applied.
+
+#. For dot releases all patches must maintain both API and ABI compatibility with
+ the previous major release. Only bug-fixes will be accepted.
+
+Merging Patches
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``utils/release/merge.sh`` script can be used to merge individual revisions
+into any one of the llvm projects. To merge revision ``$N`` into project
+``$PROJ``, do:
+
+#. ``svn co https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/$PROJ/branches/release_XX
+ $PROJ.src``
+
+#. ``$PROJ.src/utils/release/merge.sh --proj $PROJ --rev $N``
+
+#. Run regression tests.
+
+#. ``cd $PROJ.src``. Run the ``svn commit`` command printed out by ``merge.sh``
+ in step 2.
+
+Release Final Tasks
+-------------------
+
+The final stages of the release process involves tagging the "final" release
+branch, updating documentation that refers to the release, and updating the
+demo page.
+
+Update Documentation
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Review the documentation and ensure that it is up to date. The "Release Notes"
+must be updated to reflect new features, bug fixes, new known issues, and
+changes in the list of supported platforms. The "Getting Started Guide" should
+be updated to reflect the new release version number tag available from
+Subversion and changes in basic system requirements. Merge both changes from
+mainline into the release branch.
+
+.. _tag:
+
+Tag the LLVM Final Release
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Tag the final release sources using the tag.sh script in utils/release.
+
+::
+
+ $ ./tag.sh -release X.Y.Z -final
+
+Update the LLVM Demo Page
+-------------------------
+
+The LLVM demo page must be updated to use the new release. This consists of
+using the new ``clang`` binary and building LLVM.
+
+Update the LLVM Website
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The website must be updated before the release announcement is sent out. Here
+is what to do:
+
+#. Check out the ``www`` module from Subversion.
+
+#. Create a new sub-directory ``X.Y`` in the releases directory.
+
+#. Commit the ``llvm``, ``test-suite``, ``clang`` source and binaries in this
+ new directory.
+
+#. Copy and commit the ``llvm/docs`` and ``LICENSE.txt`` files into this new
+ directory. The docs should be built with ``BUILD_FOR_WEBSITE=1``.
+
+#. Commit the ``index.html`` to the ``release/X.Y`` directory to redirect (use
+ from previous release).
+
+#. Update the ``releases/download.html`` file with the new release.
+
+#. Update the ``releases/index.html`` with the new release and link to release
+ documentation.
+
+#. Finally, update the main page (``index.html`` and sidebar) to point to the
+ new release and release announcement. Make sure this all gets committed back
+ into Subversion.
+
+Announce the Release
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Send an email to the list announcing the release, pointing people to all the
+relevant documentation, download pages and bugs fixed.
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToSetUpLLVMStyleRTTI.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToSetUpLLVMStyleRTTI.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToSetUpLLVMStyleRTTI.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToSetUpLLVMStyleRTTI.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+======================================================
+How to set up LLVM-style RTTI for your class hierarchy
+======================================================
+
+.. contents::
+
+Background
+==========
+
+LLVM avoids using C++'s built in RTTI. Instead, it pervasively uses its
+own hand-rolled form of RTTI which is much more efficient and flexible,
+although it requires a bit more work from you as a class author.
+
+A description of how to use LLVM-style RTTI from a client's perspective is
+given in the `Programmer's Manual <ProgrammersManual.html#isa>`_. This
+document, in contrast, discusses the steps you need to take as a class
+hierarchy author to make LLVM-style RTTI available to your clients.
+
+Before diving in, make sure that you are familiar with the Object Oriented
+Programming concept of "`is-a`_".
+
+.. _is-a: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Is-a
+
+Basic Setup
+===========
+
+This section describes how to set up the most basic form of LLVM-style RTTI
+(which is sufficient for 99.9% of the cases). We will set up LLVM-style
+RTTI for this class hierarchy:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ class Shape {
+ public:
+ Shape() {}
+ virtual double computeArea() = 0;
+ };
+
+ class Square : public Shape {
+ double SideLength;
+ public:
+ Square(double S) : SideLength(S) {}
+ double computeArea() override;
+ };
+
+ class Circle : public Shape {
+ double Radius;
+ public:
+ Circle(double R) : Radius(R) {}
+ double computeArea() override;
+ };
+
+The most basic working setup for LLVM-style RTTI requires the following
+steps:
+
+#. In the header where you declare ``Shape``, you will want to ``#include
+ "llvm/Support/Casting.h"``, which declares LLVM's RTTI templates. That
+ way your clients don't even have to think about it.
+
+ .. code-block:: c++
+
+ #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+
+#. In the base class, introduce an enum which discriminates all of the
+ different concrete classes in the hierarchy, and stash the enum value
+ somewhere in the base class.
+
+ Here is the code after introducing this change:
+
+ .. code-block:: c++
+
+ class Shape {
+ public:
+ + /// Discriminator for LLVM-style RTTI (dyn_cast<> et al.)
+ + enum ShapeKind {
+ + SK_Square,
+ + SK_Circle
+ + };
+ +private:
+ + const ShapeKind Kind;
+ +public:
+ + ShapeKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+ +
+ Shape() {}
+ virtual double computeArea() = 0;
+ };
+
+ You will usually want to keep the ``Kind`` member encapsulated and
+ private, but let the enum ``ShapeKind`` be public along with providing a
+ ``getKind()`` method. This is convenient for clients so that they can do
+ a ``switch`` over the enum.
+
+ A common naming convention is that these enums are "kind"s, to avoid
+ ambiguity with the words "type" or "class" which have overloaded meanings
+ in many contexts within LLVM. Sometimes there will be a natural name for
+ it, like "opcode". Don't bikeshed over this; when in doubt use ``Kind``.
+
+ You might wonder why the ``Kind`` enum doesn't have an entry for
+ ``Shape``. The reason for this is that since ``Shape`` is abstract
+ (``computeArea() = 0;``), you will never actually have non-derived
+ instances of exactly that class (only subclasses). See `Concrete Bases
+ and Deeper Hierarchies`_ for information on how to deal with
+ non-abstract bases. It's worth mentioning here that unlike
+ ``dynamic_cast<>``, LLVM-style RTTI can be used (and is often used) for
+ classes that don't have v-tables.
+
+#. Next, you need to make sure that the ``Kind`` gets initialized to the
+ value corresponding to the dynamic type of the class. Typically, you will
+ want to have it be an argument to the constructor of the base class, and
+ then pass in the respective ``XXXKind`` from subclass constructors.
+
+ Here is the code after that change:
+
+ .. code-block:: c++
+
+ class Shape {
+ public:
+ /// Discriminator for LLVM-style RTTI (dyn_cast<> et al.)
+ enum ShapeKind {
+ SK_Square,
+ SK_Circle
+ };
+ private:
+ const ShapeKind Kind;
+ public:
+ ShapeKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+
+ - Shape() {}
+ + Shape(ShapeKind K) : Kind(K) {}
+ virtual double computeArea() = 0;
+ };
+
+ class Square : public Shape {
+ double SideLength;
+ public:
+ - Square(double S) : SideLength(S) {}
+ + Square(double S) : Shape(SK_Square), SideLength(S) {}
+ double computeArea() override;
+ };
+
+ class Circle : public Shape {
+ double Radius;
+ public:
+ - Circle(double R) : Radius(R) {}
+ + Circle(double R) : Shape(SK_Circle), Radius(R) {}
+ double computeArea() override;
+ };
+
+#. Finally, you need to inform LLVM's RTTI templates how to dynamically
+ determine the type of a class (i.e. whether the ``isa<>``/``dyn_cast<>``
+ should succeed). The default "99.9% of use cases" way to accomplish this
+ is through a small static member function ``classof``. In order to have
+ proper context for an explanation, we will display this code first, and
+ then below describe each part:
+
+ .. code-block:: c++
+
+ class Shape {
+ public:
+ /// Discriminator for LLVM-style RTTI (dyn_cast<> et al.)
+ enum ShapeKind {
+ SK_Square,
+ SK_Circle
+ };
+ private:
+ const ShapeKind Kind;
+ public:
+ ShapeKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
+
+ Shape(ShapeKind K) : Kind(K) {}
+ virtual double computeArea() = 0;
+ };
+
+ class Square : public Shape {
+ double SideLength;
+ public:
+ Square(double S) : Shape(SK_Square), SideLength(S) {}
+ double computeArea() override;
+ +
+ + static bool classof(const Shape *S) {
+ + return S->getKind() == SK_Square;
+ + }
+ };
+
+ class Circle : public Shape {
+ double Radius;
+ public:
+ Circle(double R) : Shape(SK_Circle), Radius(R) {}
+ double computeArea() override;
+ +
+ + static bool classof(const Shape *S) {
+ + return S->getKind() == SK_Circle;
+ + }
+ };
+
+ The job of ``classof`` is to dynamically determine whether an object of
+ a base class is in fact of a particular derived class. In order to
+ downcast a type ``Base`` to a type ``Derived``, there needs to be a
+ ``classof`` in ``Derived`` which will accept an object of type ``Base``.
+
+ To be concrete, consider the following code:
+
+ .. code-block:: c++
+
+ Shape *S = ...;
+ if (isa<Circle>(S)) {
+ /* do something ... */
+ }
+
+ The code of the ``isa<>`` test in this code will eventually boil
+ down---after template instantiation and some other machinery---to a
+ check roughly like ``Circle::classof(S)``. For more information, see
+ :ref:`classof-contract`.
+
+ The argument to ``classof`` should always be an *ancestor* class because
+ the implementation has logic to allow and optimize away
+ upcasts/up-``isa<>``'s automatically. It is as though every class
+ ``Foo`` automatically has a ``classof`` like:
+
+ .. code-block:: c++
+
+ class Foo {
+ [...]
+ template <class T>
+ static bool classof(const T *,
+ ::std::enable_if<
+ ::std::is_base_of<Foo, T>::value
+ >::type* = 0) { return true; }
+ [...]
+ };
+
+ Note that this is the reason that we did not need to introduce a
+ ``classof`` into ``Shape``: all relevant classes derive from ``Shape``,
+ and ``Shape`` itself is abstract (has no entry in the ``Kind`` enum),
+ so this notional inferred ``classof`` is all we need. See `Concrete
+ Bases and Deeper Hierarchies`_ for more information about how to extend
+ this example to more general hierarchies.
+
+Although for this small example setting up LLVM-style RTTI seems like a lot
+of "boilerplate", if your classes are doing anything interesting then this
+will end up being a tiny fraction of the code.
+
+Concrete Bases and Deeper Hierarchies
+=====================================
+
+For concrete bases (i.e. non-abstract interior nodes of the inheritance
+tree), the ``Kind`` check inside ``classof`` needs to be a bit more
+complicated. The situation differs from the example above in that
+
+* Since the class is concrete, it must itself have an entry in the ``Kind``
+ enum because it is possible to have objects with this class as a dynamic
+ type.
+
+* Since the class has children, the check inside ``classof`` must take them
+ into account.
+
+Say that ``SpecialSquare`` and ``OtherSpecialSquare`` derive
+from ``Square``, and so ``ShapeKind`` becomes:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ enum ShapeKind {
+ SK_Square,
+ + SK_SpecialSquare,
+ + SK_OtherSpecialSquare,
+ SK_Circle
+ }
+
+Then in ``Square``, we would need to modify the ``classof`` like so:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ - static bool classof(const Shape *S) {
+ - return S->getKind() == SK_Square;
+ - }
+ + static bool classof(const Shape *S) {
+ + return S->getKind() >= SK_Square &&
+ + S->getKind() <= SK_OtherSpecialSquare;
+ + }
+
+The reason that we need to test a range like this instead of just equality
+is that both ``SpecialSquare`` and ``OtherSpecialSquare`` "is-a"
+``Square``, and so ``classof`` needs to return ``true`` for them.
+
+This approach can be made to scale to arbitrarily deep hierarchies. The
+trick is that you arrange the enum values so that they correspond to a
+preorder traversal of the class hierarchy tree. With that arrangement, all
+subclass tests can be done with two comparisons as shown above. If you just
+list the class hierarchy like a list of bullet points, you'll get the
+ordering right::
+
+ | Shape
+ | Square
+ | SpecialSquare
+ | OtherSpecialSquare
+ | Circle
+
+A Bug to be Aware Of
+--------------------
+
+The example just given opens the door to bugs where the ``classof``\s are
+not updated to match the ``Kind`` enum when adding (or removing) classes to
+(from) the hierarchy.
+
+Continuing the example above, suppose we add a ``SomewhatSpecialSquare`` as
+a subclass of ``Square``, and update the ``ShapeKind`` enum like so:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ enum ShapeKind {
+ SK_Square,
+ SK_SpecialSquare,
+ SK_OtherSpecialSquare,
+ + SK_SomewhatSpecialSquare,
+ SK_Circle
+ }
+
+Now, suppose that we forget to update ``Square::classof()``, so it still
+looks like:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ static bool classof(const Shape *S) {
+ // BUG: Returns false when S->getKind() == SK_SomewhatSpecialSquare,
+ // even though SomewhatSpecialSquare "is a" Square.
+ return S->getKind() >= SK_Square &&
+ S->getKind() <= SK_OtherSpecialSquare;
+ }
+
+As the comment indicates, this code contains a bug. A straightforward and
+non-clever way to avoid this is to introduce an explicit ``SK_LastSquare``
+entry in the enum when adding the first subclass(es). For example, we could
+rewrite the example at the beginning of `Concrete Bases and Deeper
+Hierarchies`_ as:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ enum ShapeKind {
+ SK_Square,
+ + SK_SpecialSquare,
+ + SK_OtherSpecialSquare,
+ + SK_LastSquare,
+ SK_Circle
+ }
+ ...
+ // Square::classof()
+ - static bool classof(const Shape *S) {
+ - return S->getKind() == SK_Square;
+ - }
+ + static bool classof(const Shape *S) {
+ + return S->getKind() >= SK_Square &&
+ + S->getKind() <= SK_LastSquare;
+ + }
+
+Then, adding new subclasses is easy:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ enum ShapeKind {
+ SK_Square,
+ SK_SpecialSquare,
+ SK_OtherSpecialSquare,
+ + SK_SomewhatSpecialSquare,
+ SK_LastSquare,
+ SK_Circle
+ }
+
+Notice that ``Square::classof`` does not need to be changed.
+
+.. _classof-contract:
+
+The Contract of ``classof``
+---------------------------
+
+To be more precise, let ``classof`` be inside a class ``C``. Then the
+contract for ``classof`` is "return ``true`` if the dynamic type of the
+argument is-a ``C``". As long as your implementation fulfills this
+contract, you can tweak and optimize it as much as you want.
+
+For example, LLVM-style RTTI can work fine in the presence of
+multiple-inheritance by defining an appropriate ``classof``.
+An example of this in practice is
+`Decl <http://clang.llvm.org/doxygen/classclang_1_1Decl.html>`_ vs.
+`DeclContext <http://clang.llvm.org/doxygen/classclang_1_1DeclContext.html>`_
+inside Clang.
+The ``Decl`` hierarchy is done very similarly to the example setup
+demonstrated in this tutorial.
+The key part is how to then incorporate ``DeclContext``: all that is needed
+is in ``bool DeclContext::classof(const Decl *)``, which asks the question
+"Given a ``Decl``, how can I determine if it is-a ``DeclContext``?".
+It answers this with a simple switch over the set of ``Decl`` "kinds", and
+returning true for ones that are known to be ``DeclContext``'s.
+
+.. TODO::
+
+ Touch on some of the more advanced features, like ``isa_impl`` and
+ ``simplify_type``. However, those two need reference documentation in
+ the form of doxygen comments as well. We need the doxygen so that we can
+ say "for full details, see http://llvm.org/doxygen/..."
+
+Rules of Thumb
+==============
+
+#. The ``Kind`` enum should have one entry per concrete class, ordered
+ according to a preorder traversal of the inheritance tree.
+#. The argument to ``classof`` should be a ``const Base *``, where ``Base``
+ is some ancestor in the inheritance hierarchy. The argument should
+ *never* be a derived class or the class itself: the template machinery
+ for ``isa<>`` already handles this case and optimizes it.
+#. For each class in the hierarchy that has no children, implement a
+ ``classof`` that checks only against its ``Kind``.
+#. For each class in the hierarchy that has children, implement a
+ ``classof`` that checks a range of the first child's ``Kind`` and the
+ last child's ``Kind``.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToSubmitABug.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToSubmitABug.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToSubmitABug.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToSubmitABug.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+================================
+How to submit an LLVM bug report
+================================
+
+Introduction - Got bugs?
+========================
+
+
+If you're working with LLVM and run into a bug, we definitely want to know
+about it. This document describes what you can do to increase the odds of
+getting it fixed quickly.
+
+Basically you have to do two things at a minimum. First, decide whether
+the bug `crashes the compiler`_ (or an LLVM pass), or if the
+compiler is `miscompiling`_ the program (i.e., the
+compiler successfully produces an executable, but it doesn't run right).
+Based on what type of bug it is, follow the instructions in the linked
+section to narrow down the bug so that the person who fixes it will be able
+to find the problem more easily.
+
+Once you have a reduced test-case, go to `the LLVM Bug Tracking System
+<https://bugs.llvm.org/enter_bug.cgi>`_ and fill out the form with the
+necessary details (note that you don't need to pick a category, just use
+the "new-bugs" category if you're not sure). The bug description should
+contain the following information:
+
+* All information necessary to reproduce the problem.
+* The reduced test-case that triggers the bug.
+* The location where you obtained LLVM (if not from our Subversion
+ repository).
+
+Thanks for helping us make LLVM better!
+
+.. _crashes the compiler:
+
+Crashing Bugs
+=============
+
+More often than not, bugs in the compiler cause it to crash---often due to
+an assertion failure of some sort. The most important piece of the puzzle
+is to figure out if it is crashing in the GCC front-end or if it is one of
+the LLVM libraries (e.g. the optimizer or code generator) that has
+problems.
+
+To figure out which component is crashing (the front-end, optimizer or code
+generator), run the ``clang`` command line as you were when the crash
+occurred, but with the following extra command line options:
+
+* ``-O0 -emit-llvm``: If ``clang`` still crashes when passed these
+ options (which disable the optimizer and code generator), then the crash
+ is in the front-end. Jump ahead to the section on :ref:`front-end bugs
+ <front-end>`.
+
+* ``-emit-llvm``: If ``clang`` crashes with this option (which disables
+ the code generator), you found an optimizer bug. Jump ahead to
+ `compile-time optimization bugs`_.
+
+* Otherwise, you have a code generator crash. Jump ahead to `code
+ generator bugs`_.
+
+.. _front-end bug:
+.. _front-end:
+
+Front-end bugs
+--------------
+
+If the problem is in the front-end, you should re-run the same ``clang``
+command that resulted in the crash, but add the ``-save-temps`` option.
+The compiler will crash again, but it will leave behind a ``foo.i`` file
+(containing preprocessed C source code) and possibly ``foo.s`` for each
+compiled ``foo.c`` file. Send us the ``foo.i`` file, along with the options
+you passed to ``clang``, and a brief description of the error it caused.
+
+The `delta <http://delta.tigris.org/>`_ tool helps to reduce the
+preprocessed file down to the smallest amount of code that still replicates
+the problem. You're encouraged to use delta to reduce the code to make the
+developers' lives easier. `This website
+<http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/A_guide_to_testcase_reduction>`_ has instructions
+on the best way to use delta.
+
+.. _compile-time optimization bugs:
+
+Compile-time optimization bugs
+------------------------------
+
+If you find that a bug crashes in the optimizer, compile your test-case to a
+``.bc`` file by passing "``-emit-llvm -O0 -c -o foo.bc``".
+Then run:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ opt -O3 -debug-pass=Arguments foo.bc -disable-output
+
+This command should do two things: it should print out a list of passes, and
+then it should crash in the same way as clang. If it doesn't crash, please
+follow the instructions for a `front-end bug`_.
+
+If this does crash, then you should be able to debug this with the following
+bugpoint command:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ bugpoint foo.bc <list of passes printed by opt>
+
+Please run this, then file a bug with the instructions and reduced .bc
+files that bugpoint emits. If something goes wrong with bugpoint, please
+submit the "foo.bc" file and the list of passes printed by ``opt``.
+
+.. _code generator bugs:
+
+Code generator bugs
+-------------------
+
+If you find a bug that crashes clang in the code generator, compile your
+source file to a .bc file by passing "``-emit-llvm -c -o foo.bc``" to
+clang (in addition to the options you already pass). Once your have
+foo.bc, one of the following commands should fail:
+
+#. ``llc foo.bc``
+#. ``llc foo.bc -relocation-model=pic``
+#. ``llc foo.bc -relocation-model=static``
+
+If none of these crash, please follow the instructions for a `front-end
+bug`_. If one of these do crash, you should be able to reduce this with
+one of the following bugpoint command lines (use the one corresponding to
+the command above that failed):
+
+#. ``bugpoint -run-llc foo.bc``
+#. ``bugpoint -run-llc foo.bc --tool-args -relocation-model=pic``
+#. ``bugpoint -run-llc foo.bc --tool-args -relocation-model=static``
+
+Please run this, then file a bug with the instructions and reduced .bc file
+that bugpoint emits. If something goes wrong with bugpoint, please submit
+the "foo.bc" file and the option that llc crashes with.
+
+.. _miscompiling:
+
+Miscompilations
+===============
+
+If clang successfully produces an executable, but that executable
+doesn't run right, this is either a bug in the code or a bug in the
+compiler. The first thing to check is to make sure it is not using
+undefined behavior (e.g. reading a variable before it is defined). In
+particular, check to see if the program `valgrind
+<http://valgrind.org/>`_'s clean, passes purify, or some other memory
+checker tool. Many of the "LLVM bugs" that we have chased down ended up
+being bugs in the program being compiled, not LLVM.
+
+Once you determine that the program itself is not buggy, you should choose
+which code generator you wish to compile the program with (e.g. LLC or the JIT)
+and optionally a series of LLVM passes to run. For example:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ bugpoint -run-llc [... optzn passes ...] file-to-test.bc --args -- [program arguments]
+
+bugpoint will try to narrow down your list of passes to the one pass that
+causes an error, and simplify the bitcode file as much as it can to assist
+you. It will print a message letting you know how to reproduce the
+resulting error.
+
+Incorrect code generation
+=========================
+
+Similarly to debugging incorrect compilation by mis-behaving passes, you
+can debug incorrect code generation by either LLC or the JIT, using
+``bugpoint``. The process ``bugpoint`` follows in this case is to try to
+narrow the code down to a function that is miscompiled by one or the other
+method, but since for correctness, the entire program must be run,
+``bugpoint`` will compile the code it deems to not be affected with the C
+Backend, and then link in the shared object it generates.
+
+To debug the JIT:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ bugpoint -run-jit -output=[correct output file] [bitcode file] \
+ --tool-args -- [arguments to pass to lli] \
+ --args -- [program arguments]
+
+Similarly, to debug the LLC, one would run:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ bugpoint -run-llc -output=[correct output file] [bitcode file] \
+ --tool-args -- [arguments to pass to llc] \
+ --args -- [program arguments]
+
+**Special note:** if you are debugging MultiSource or SPEC tests that
+already exist in the ``llvm/test`` hierarchy, there is an easier way to
+debug the JIT, LLC, and CBE, using the pre-written Makefile targets, which
+will pass the program options specified in the Makefiles:
+
+.. code-block:: bash
+
+ cd llvm/test/../../program
+ make bugpoint-jit
+
+At the end of a successful ``bugpoint`` run, you will be presented
+with two bitcode files: a *safe* file which can be compiled with the C
+backend and the *test* file which either LLC or the JIT
+mis-codegenerates, and thus causes the error.
+
+To reproduce the error that ``bugpoint`` found, it is sufficient to do
+the following:
+
+#. Regenerate the shared object from the safe bitcode file:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ llc -march=c safe.bc -o safe.c
+ gcc -shared safe.c -o safe.so
+
+#. If debugging LLC, compile test bitcode native and link with the shared
+ object:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ llc test.bc -o test.s
+ gcc test.s safe.so -o test.llc
+ ./test.llc [program options]
+
+#. If debugging the JIT, load the shared object and supply the test
+ bitcode:
+
+ .. code-block:: bash
+
+ lli -load=safe.so test.bc [program options]
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToUseAttributes.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToUseAttributes.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToUseAttributes.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToUseAttributes.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+=====================
+How To Use Attributes
+=====================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+Attributes in LLVM have changed in some fundamental ways. It was necessary to
+do this to support expanding the attributes to encompass more than a handful of
+attributes --- e.g. command line options. The old way of handling attributes
+consisted of representing them as a bit mask of values. This bit mask was
+stored in a "list" structure that was reference counted. The advantage of this
+was that attributes could be manipulated with 'or's and 'and's. The
+disadvantage of this was that there was limited room for expansion, and
+virtually no support for attribute-value pairs other than alignment.
+
+In the new scheme, an ``Attribute`` object represents a single attribute that's
+uniqued. You use the ``Attribute::get`` methods to create a new ``Attribute``
+object. An attribute can be a single "enum" value (the enum being the
+``Attribute::AttrKind`` enum), a string representing a target-dependent
+attribute, or an attribute-value pair. Some examples:
+
+* Target-independent: ``noinline``, ``zext``
+* Target-dependent: ``"no-sse"``, ``"thumb2"``
+* Attribute-value pair: ``"cpu" = "cortex-a8"``, ``align = 4``
+
+Note: for an attribute value pair, we expect a target-dependent attribute to
+have a string for the value.
+
+``Attribute``
+=============
+An ``Attribute`` object is designed to be passed around by value.
+
+Because attributes are no longer represented as a bit mask, you will need to
+convert any code which does treat them as a bit mask to use the new query
+methods on the Attribute class.
+
+``AttributeList``
+=================
+
+The ``AttributeList`` stores a collection of Attribute objects for each kind of
+object that may have an attribute associated with it: the function as a whole,
+the return type, or the function's parameters. A function's attributes are at
+index ``AttributeList::FunctionIndex``; the return type's attributes are at
+index ``AttributeList::ReturnIndex``; and the function's parameters' attributes
+are at indices 1, ..., n (where 'n' is the number of parameters). Most methods
+on the ``AttributeList`` class take an index parameter.
+
+An ``AttributeList`` is also a uniqued and immutable object. You create an
+``AttributeList`` through the ``AttributeList::get`` methods. You can add and
+remove attributes, which result in the creation of a new ``AttributeList``.
+
+An ``AttributeList`` object is designed to be passed around by value.
+
+Note: It is advised that you do *not* use the ``AttributeList`` "introspection"
+methods (e.g. ``Raw``, ``getRawPointer``, etc.). These methods break
+encapsulation, and may be removed in a future release (i.e. LLVM 4.0).
+
+``AttrBuilder``
+===============
+
+Lastly, we have a "builder" class to help create the ``AttributeList`` object
+without having to create several different intermediate uniqued
+``AttributeList`` objects. The ``AttrBuilder`` class allows you to add and
+remove attributes at will. The attributes won't be uniqued until you call the
+appropriate ``AttributeList::get`` method.
+
+An ``AttrBuilder`` object is *not* designed to be passed around by value. It
+should be passed by reference.
+
+Note: It is advised that you do *not* use the ``AttrBuilder::addRawValue()``
+method or the ``AttrBuilder(uint64_t Val)`` constructor. These are for
+backwards compatibility and may be removed in a future release (i.e. LLVM 4.0).
+
+And that's basically it! A lot of functionality is hidden behind these classes,
+but the interfaces are pretty straight forward.
+
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToUseInstrMappings.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToUseInstrMappings.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToUseInstrMappings.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/HowToUseInstrMappings.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+===============================
+How To Use Instruction Mappings
+===============================
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document contains information about adding instruction mapping support
+for a target. The motivation behind this feature comes from the need to switch
+between different instruction formats during various optimizations. One approach
+could be to use switch cases which list all the instructions along with formats
+they can transition to. However, it has large maintenance overhead
+because of the hardcoded instruction names. Also, whenever a new instruction is
+added in the .td files, all the relevant switch cases should be modified
+accordingly. Instead, the same functionality could be achieved with TableGen and
+some support from the .td files for a fraction of maintenance cost.
+
+``InstrMapping`` Class Overview
+===============================
+
+TableGen uses relationship models to map instructions with each other. These
+models are described using ``InstrMapping`` class as a base. Each model sets
+various fields of the ``InstrMapping`` class such that they can uniquely
+describe all the instructions using that model. TableGen parses all the relation
+models and uses the information to construct relation tables which relate
+instructions with each other. These tables are emitted in the
+``XXXInstrInfo.inc`` file along with the functions to query them. Following
+is the definition of ``InstrMapping`` class definied in Target.td file:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ class InstrMapping {
+ // Used to reduce search space only to the instructions using this
+ // relation model.
+ string FilterClass;
+
+ // List of fields/attributes that should be same for all the instructions in
+ // a row of the relation table. Think of this as a set of properties shared
+ // by all the instructions related by this relationship.
+ list<string> RowFields = [];
+
+ // List of fields/attributes that are same for all the instructions
+ // in a column of the relation table.
+ list<string> ColFields = [];
+
+ // Values for the fields/attributes listed in 'ColFields' corresponding to
+ // the key instruction. This is the instruction that will be transformed
+ // using this relation model.
+ list<string> KeyCol = [];
+
+ // List of values for the fields/attributes listed in 'ColFields', one for
+ // each column in the relation table. These are the instructions a key
+ // instruction will be transformed into.
+ list<list<string> > ValueCols = [];
+ }
+
+Sample Example
+--------------
+
+Let's say that we want to have a function
+``int getPredOpcode(uint16_t Opcode, enum PredSense inPredSense)`` which
+takes a non-predicated instruction and returns its predicated true or false form
+depending on some input flag, ``inPredSense``. The first step in the process is
+to define a relationship model that relates predicated instructions to their
+non-predicated form by assigning appropriate values to the ``InstrMapping``
+fields. For this relationship, non-predicated instructions are treated as key
+instruction since they are the one used to query the interface function.
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ def getPredOpcode : InstrMapping {
+ // Choose a FilterClass that is used as a base class for all the
+ // instructions modeling this relationship. This is done to reduce the
+ // search space only to these set of instructions.
+ let FilterClass = "PredRel";
+
+ // Instructions with same values for all the fields in RowFields form a
+ // row in the resulting relation table.
+ // For example, if we want to relate 'ADD' (non-predicated) with 'Add_pt'
+ // (predicated true) and 'Add_pf' (predicated false), then all 3
+ // instructions need to have same value for BaseOpcode field. It can be any
+ // unique value (Ex: XYZ) and should not be shared with any other
+ // instruction not related to 'add'.
+ let RowFields = ["BaseOpcode"];
+
+ // List of attributes that can be used to define key and column instructions
+ // for a relation. Key instruction is passed as an argument
+ // to the function used for querying relation tables. Column instructions
+ // are the instructions they (key) can transform into.
+ //
+ // Here, we choose 'PredSense' as ColFields since this is the unique
+ // attribute of the key (non-predicated) and column (true/false)
+ // instructions involved in this relationship model.
+ let ColFields = ["PredSense"];
+
+ // The key column contains non-predicated instructions.
+ let KeyCol = ["none"];
+
+ // Two value columns - first column contains instructions with
+ // PredSense=true while second column has instructions with PredSense=false.
+ let ValueCols = [["true"], ["false"]];
+ }
+
+TableGen uses the above relationship model to emit relation table that maps
+non-predicated instructions with their predicated forms. It also outputs the
+interface function
+``int getPredOpcode(uint16_t Opcode, enum PredSense inPredSense)`` to query
+the table. Here, Function ``getPredOpcode`` takes two arguments, opcode of the
+current instruction and PredSense of the desired instruction, and returns
+predicated form of the instruction, if found in the relation table.
+In order for an instruction to be added into the relation table, it needs
+to include relevant information in its definition. For example, consider
+following to be the current definitions of ADD, ADD_pt (true) and ADD_pf (false)
+instructions:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ def ADD : ALU32_rr<(outs IntRegs:$dst), (ins IntRegs:$a, IntRegs:$b),
+ "$dst = add($a, $b)",
+ [(set (i32 IntRegs:$dst), (add (i32 IntRegs:$a),
+ (i32 IntRegs:$b)))]>;
+
+ def ADD_Pt : ALU32_rr<(outs IntRegs:$dst),
+ (ins PredRegs:$p, IntRegs:$a, IntRegs:$b),
+ "if ($p) $dst = add($a, $b)",
+ []>;
+
+ def ADD_Pf : ALU32_rr<(outs IntRegs:$dst),
+ (ins PredRegs:$p, IntRegs:$a, IntRegs:$b),
+ "if (!$p) $dst = add($a, $b)",
+ []>;
+
+In this step, we modify these instructions to include the information
+required by the relationship model, <tt>getPredOpcode</tt>, so that they can
+be related.
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ def ADD : PredRel, ALU32_rr<(outs IntRegs:$dst), (ins IntRegs:$a, IntRegs:$b),
+ "$dst = add($a, $b)",
+ [(set (i32 IntRegs:$dst), (add (i32 IntRegs:$a),
+ (i32 IntRegs:$b)))]> {
+ let BaseOpcode = "ADD";
+ let PredSense = "none";
+ }
+
+ def ADD_Pt : PredRel, ALU32_rr<(outs IntRegs:$dst),
+ (ins PredRegs:$p, IntRegs:$a, IntRegs:$b),
+ "if ($p) $dst = add($a, $b)",
+ []> {
+ let BaseOpcode = "ADD";
+ let PredSense = "true";
+ }
+
+ def ADD_Pf : PredRel, ALU32_rr<(outs IntRegs:$dst),
+ (ins PredRegs:$p, IntRegs:$a, IntRegs:$b),
+ "if (!$p) $dst = add($a, $b)",
+ []> {
+ let BaseOpcode = "ADD";
+ let PredSense = "false";
+ }
+
+Please note that all the above instructions use ``PredRel`` as a base class.
+This is extremely important since TableGen uses it as a filter for selecting
+instructions for ``getPredOpcode`` model. Any instruction not derived from
+``PredRel`` is excluded from the analysis. ``BaseOpcode`` is another important
+field. Since it's selected as a ``RowFields`` of the model, it is required
+to have the same value for all 3 instructions in order to be related. Next,
+``PredSense`` is used to determine their column positions by comparing its value
+with ``KeyCol`` and ``ValueCols``. If an instruction sets its ``PredSense``
+value to something not used in the relation model, it will not be assigned
+a column in the relation table.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/InAlloca.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/InAlloca.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/InAlloca.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/InAlloca.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+==========================================
+Design and Usage of the InAlloca Attribute
+==========================================
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+The :ref:`inalloca <attr_inalloca>` attribute is designed to allow
+taking the address of an aggregate argument that is being passed by
+value through memory. Primarily, this feature is required for
+compatibility with the Microsoft C++ ABI. Under that ABI, class
+instances that are passed by value are constructed directly into
+argument stack memory. Prior to the addition of inalloca, calls in LLVM
+were indivisible instructions. There was no way to perform intermediate
+work, such as object construction, between the first stack adjustment
+and the final control transfer. With inalloca, all arguments passed in
+memory are modelled as a single alloca, which can be stored to prior to
+the call. Unfortunately, this complicated feature comes with a large
+set of restrictions designed to bound the lifetime of the argument
+memory around the call.
+
+For now, it is recommended that frontends and optimizers avoid producing
+this construct, primarily because it forces the use of a base pointer.
+This feature may grow in the future to allow general mid-level
+optimization, but for now, it should be regarded as less efficient than
+passing by value with a copy.
+
+Intended Usage
+==============
+
+The example below is the intended LLVM IR lowering for some C++ code
+that passes two default-constructed ``Foo`` objects to ``g`` in the
+32-bit Microsoft C++ ABI.
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ // Foo is non-trivial.
+ struct Foo { int a, b; Foo(); ~Foo(); Foo(const Foo &); };
+ void g(Foo a, Foo b);
+ void f() {
+ g(Foo(), Foo());
+ }
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+ %struct.Foo = type { i32, i32 }
+ declare void @Foo_ctor(%struct.Foo* %this)
+ declare void @Foo_dtor(%struct.Foo* %this)
+ declare void @g(<{ %struct.Foo, %struct.Foo }>* inalloca %memargs)
+
+ define void @f() {
+ entry:
+ %base = call i8* @llvm.stacksave()
+ %memargs = alloca <{ %struct.Foo, %struct.Foo }>
+ %b = getelementptr <{ %struct.Foo, %struct.Foo }>* %memargs, i32 1
+ call void @Foo_ctor(%struct.Foo* %b)
+
+ ; If a's ctor throws, we must destruct b.
+ %a = getelementptr <{ %struct.Foo, %struct.Foo }>* %memargs, i32 0
+ invoke void @Foo_ctor(%struct.Foo* %a)
+ to label %invoke.cont unwind %invoke.unwind
+
+ invoke.cont:
+ call void @g(<{ %struct.Foo, %struct.Foo }>* inalloca %memargs)
+ call void @llvm.stackrestore(i8* %base)
+ ...
+
+ invoke.unwind:
+ call void @Foo_dtor(%struct.Foo* %b)
+ call void @llvm.stackrestore(i8* %base)
+ ...
+ }
+
+To avoid stack leaks, the frontend saves the current stack pointer with
+a call to :ref:`llvm.stacksave <int_stacksave>`. Then, it allocates the
+argument stack space with alloca and calls the default constructor. The
+default constructor could throw an exception, so the frontend has to
+create a landing pad. The frontend has to destroy the already
+constructed argument ``b`` before restoring the stack pointer. If the
+constructor does not unwind, ``g`` is called. In the Microsoft C++ ABI,
+``g`` will destroy its arguments, and then the stack is restored in
+``f``.
+
+Design Considerations
+=====================
+
+Lifetime
+--------
+
+The biggest design consideration for this feature is object lifetime.
+We cannot model the arguments as static allocas in the entry block,
+because all calls need to use the memory at the top of the stack to pass
+arguments. We cannot vend pointers to that memory at function entry
+because after code generation they will alias.
+
+The rule against allocas between argument allocations and the call site
+avoids this problem, but it creates a cleanup problem. Cleanup and
+lifetime is handled explicitly with stack save and restore calls. In
+the future, we may want to introduce a new construct such as ``freea``
+or ``afree`` to make it clear that this stack adjusting cleanup is less
+powerful than a full stack save and restore.
+
+Nested Calls and Copy Elision
+-----------------------------
+
+We also want to be able to support copy elision into these argument
+slots. This means we have to support multiple live argument
+allocations.
+
+Consider the evaluation of:
+
+.. code-block:: c++
+
+ // Foo is non-trivial.
+ struct Foo { int a; Foo(); Foo(const &Foo); ~Foo(); };
+ Foo bar(Foo b);
+ int main() {
+ bar(bar(Foo()));
+ }
+
+In this case, we want to be able to elide copies into ``bar``'s argument
+slots. That means we need to have more than one set of argument frames
+active at the same time. First, we need to allocate the frame for the
+outer call so we can pass it in as the hidden struct return pointer to
+the middle call. Then we do the same for the middle call, allocating a
+frame and passing its address to ``Foo``'s default constructor. By
+wrapping the evaluation of the inner ``bar`` with stack save and
+restore, we can have multiple overlapping active call frames.
+
+Callee-cleanup Calling Conventions
+----------------------------------
+
+Another wrinkle is the existence of callee-cleanup conventions. On
+Windows, all methods and many other functions adjust the stack to clear
+the memory used to pass their arguments. In some sense, this means that
+the allocas are automatically cleared by the call. However, LLVM
+instead models this as a write of undef to all of the inalloca values
+passed to the call instead of a stack adjustment. Frontends should
+still restore the stack pointer to avoid a stack leak.
+
+Exceptions
+----------
+
+There is also the possibility of an exception. If argument evaluation
+or copy construction throws an exception, the landing pad must do
+cleanup, which includes adjusting the stack pointer to avoid a stack
+leak. This means the cleanup of the stack memory cannot be tied to the
+call itself. There needs to be a separate IR-level instruction that can
+perform independent cleanup of arguments.
+
+Efficiency
+----------
+
+Eventually, it should be possible to generate efficient code for this
+construct. In particular, using inalloca should not require a base
+pointer. If the backend can prove that all points in the CFG only have
+one possible stack level, then it can address the stack directly from
+the stack pointer. While this is not yet implemented, the plan is that
+the inalloca attribute should not change much, but the frontend IR
+generation recommendations may change.
Added: www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/LLVMBuild.txt
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/LLVMBuild.txt?rev=336152&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/LLVMBuild.txt (added)
+++ www-releases/trunk/6.0.1/docs/_sources/LLVMBuild.txt Mon Jul 2 16:21:43 2018
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+===============
+LLVMBuild Guide
+===============
+
+.. contents::
+ :local:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+This document describes the ``LLVMBuild`` organization and files which
+we use to describe parts of the LLVM ecosystem. For description of
+specific LLVMBuild related tools, please see the command guide.
+
+LLVM is designed to be a modular set of libraries which can be flexibly
+mixed together in order to build a variety of tools, like compilers,
+JITs, custom code generators, optimization passes, interpreters, and so
+on. Related projects in the LLVM system like Clang and LLDB also tend to
+follow this philosophy.
+
+In order to support this usage style, LLVM has a fairly strict structure
+as to how the source code and various components are organized. The
+``LLVMBuild.txt`` files are the explicit specification of that
+structure, and are used by the build systems and other tools in order to
+develop the LLVM project.
+
+Project Organization
+====================
+
+The source code for LLVM projects using the LLVMBuild system (LLVM,
+Clang, and LLDB) is organized into *components*, which define the
+separate pieces of functionality that make up the project. These
+projects may consist of many libraries, associated tools, build tools,
+or other utility tools (for example, testing tools).
+
+For the most part, the project contents are organized around defining
+one main component per each subdirectory. Each such directory contains
+an ``LLVMBuild.txt`` which contains the component definitions.
+
+The component descriptions for the project as a whole are automatically
+gathered by the LLVMBuild tools. The tools automatically traverse the
+source directory structure to find all of the component description
+files. NOTE: For performance/sanity reasons, we only traverse into
+subdirectories when the parent itself contains an ``LLVMBuild.txt``
+description file.
+
+Build Integration
+=================
+
+The LLVMBuild files themselves are just a declarative way to describe
+the project structure. The actual building of the LLVM project is
+handled by another build system (See: :doc:`CMake <CMake>`).
+
+The build system implementation will load the relevant contents of the
+LLVMBuild files and use that to drive the actual project build.
+Typically, the build system will only need to load this information at
+"configure" time, and use it to generate native information. Build
+systems will also handle automatically reconfiguring their information
+when the contents of the ``LLVMBuild.txt`` files change.
+
+Developers generally are not expected to need to be aware of the details
+of how the LLVMBuild system is integrated into their build. Ideally,
+LLVM developers who are not working on the build system would only ever
+need to modify the contents of the ``LLVMBuild.txt`` description files
+(although we have not reached this goal yet).
+
+For more information on the utility tool we provide to help interfacing
+with the build system, please see the :doc:`llvm-build
+<CommandGuide/llvm-build>` documentation.
+
+Component Overview
+==================
+
+As mentioned earlier, LLVM projects are organized into logical
+*components*. Every component is typically grouped into its own
+subdirectory. Generally, a component is organized around a coherent
+group of sources which have some kind of clear API separation from other
+parts of the code.
+
+LLVM primarily uses the following types of components:
+
+- *Libraries* - Library components define a distinct API which can be
+ independently linked into LLVM client applications. Libraries typically
+ have private and public header files, and may specify a link of required
+ libraries that they build on top of.
+- *Build Tools* - Build tools are applications which are designed to be run
+ as part of the build process (typically to generate other source files).
+ Currently, LLVM uses one main build tool called :doc:`TableGen/index`
+ to generate a variety of source files.
+- *Tools* - Command line applications which are built using the LLVM
+ component libraries. Most LLVM tools are small and are primarily
+ frontends to the library interfaces.
+
+Components are described using ``LLVMBuild.txt`` files in the directories
+that define the component. See the `LLVMBuild Format Reference`_ section
+for information on the exact format of these files.
+
+LLVMBuild Format Reference
+==========================
+
+LLVMBuild files are written in a simple variant of the INI or configuration
+file format (`Wikipedia entry`_). The format defines a list of sections
+each of which may contain some number of properties. A simple example of
+the file format is below:
+
+.. _Wikipedia entry: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file
+
+.. code-block:: ini
+
+ ; Comments start with a semi-colon.
+
+ ; Sections are declared using square brackets.
+ [component_0]
+
+ ; Properties are declared using '=' and are contained in the previous section.
+ ;
+ ; We support simple string and boolean scalar values and list values, where
+ ; items are separated by spaces. There is no support for quoting, and so
+ ; property values may not contain spaces.
+ property_name = property_value
+ list_property_name = value_1 value_2 ... value_n
+ boolean_property_name = 1 (or 0)
+
+LLVMBuild files are expected to define a strict set of sections and
+properties. A typical component description file for a library
+component would look like the following example:
+
+.. code-block:: ini
+
+ [component_0]
+ type = Library
+ name = Linker
+ parent = Libraries
+ required_libraries = Archive BitReader Core Support TransformUtils
+
+A full description of the exact sections and properties which are
+allowed follows.
+
+Each file may define exactly one common component, named ``common``. The
+common component may define the following properties:
+
+- ``subdirectories`` **[optional]**
+
+ If given, a list of the names of the subdirectories from the current
+ subpath to search for additional LLVMBuild files.
+
+Each file may define multiple components. Each component is described by a
+section who name starts with ``component``. The remainder of the section
+name is ignored, but each section name must be unique. Typically components
+are just number in order for files with multiple components
+(``component_0``, ``component_1``, and so on).
+
+.. warning::
+
+ Section names not matching this format (or the ``common`` section) are
+ currently unused and are disallowed.
+
+Every component is defined by the properties in the section. The exact
+list of properties that are allowed depends on the component type.
+Components **may not** define any properties other than those expected
+by the component type.
+
+Every component must define the following properties:
+
+- ``type`` **[required]**
+
+ The type of the component. Supported component types are detailed
+ below. Most components will define additional properties which may be
+ required or optional.
+
+- ``name`` **[required]**
+
+ The name of the component. Names are required to be unique across the
+ entire project.
+
+- ``parent`` **[required]**
+
+ The name of the logical parent of the component. Components are
+ organized into a logical tree to make it easier to navigate and
+ organize groups of components. The parents have no semantics as far
+ as the project build is concerned, however. Typically, the parent
+ will be the main component of the parent directory.
+
+ Components may reference the root pseudo component using ``$ROOT`` to
+ indicate they should logically be grouped at the top-level.
+
+Components may define the following properties:
+
+- ``dependencies`` **[optional]**
+
+ If specified, a list of names of components which *must* be built
+ prior to this one. This should only be exactly those components which
+ produce some tool or source code required for building the component.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ ``Group`` and ``LibraryGroup`` components have no semantics for the
+ actual build, and are not allowed to specify dependencies.
+
+The following section lists the available component types, as well as
+the properties which are associated with that component.
+
+- ``type = Group``
+
+ Group components exist purely to allow additional arbitrary structuring
+ of the logical components tree. For example, one might define a
+ ``Libraries`` group to hold all of the root library components.
+
+ ``Group`` components have no additionally properties.
+
+- ``type = Library``
+
+ Library components define an individual library which should be built
+ from the source code in the component directory.
+
+ Components with this type use the following properties:
+
+ - ``library_name`` **[optional]**
+
+ If given, the name to use for the actual library file on disk. If
+ not given, the name is derived from the component name itself.
+
+ - ``required_libraries`` **[optional]**
+
+ If given, a list of the names of ``Library`` or ``LibraryGroup``
+ components which must also be linked in whenever this library is
+ used. That is, the link time dependencies for this component. When
+ tools are built, the build system will include the transitive closure
+ of all ``required_libraries`` for the components the tool needs.
+
+ - ``add_to_library_groups`` **[optional]**
+
+ If given, a list of the names of ``LibraryGroup`` components which
+ this component is also part of. This allows nesting groups of
+ components. For example, the ``X86`` target might define a library
+ group for all of the ``X86`` components. That library group might
+ then be included in the ``all-targets`` library group.
+
+ - ``installed`` **[optional]** **[boolean]**
+
+ Whether this library is installed. Libraries that are not installed
+ are only reported by ``llvm-config`` when it is run as part of a
+ development directory.
+
+- ``type = LibraryGroup``
+
+ ``LibraryGroup`` components are a mechanism to allow easy definition of
+ useful sets of related components. In particular, we use them to easily
+ specify things like "all targets", or "all assembly printers".
+
+ Components with this type use the following properties:
+
+ - ``required_libraries`` **[optional]**
+
+ See the ``Library`` type for a description of this property.
+
+ - ``add_to_library_groups`` **[optional]**
+
+ See the ``Library`` type for a description of this property.
+
+- ``type = TargetGroup``
+
+ ``TargetGroup`` components are an extension of ``LibraryGroup``\s,
+ specifically for defining LLVM targets (which are handled specially in a
+ few places).
+
+ The name of the component should always be the name of the target.
+
+ Components with this type use the ``LibraryGroup`` properties in
+ addition to:
+
+ - ``has_asmparser`` **[optional]** **[boolean]**
+
+ Whether this target defines an assembly parser.
+
+ - ``has_asmprinter`` **[optional]** **[boolean]**
+
+ Whether this target defines an assembly printer.
+
+ - ``has_disassembler`` **[optional]** **[boolean]**
+
+ Whether this target defines a disassembler.
+
+ - ``has_jit`` **[optional]** **[boolean]**
+
+ Whether this target supports JIT compilation.
+
+- ``type = Tool``
+
+ ``Tool`` components define standalone command line tools which should be
+ built from the source code in the component directory and linked.
+
+ Components with this type use the following properties:
+
+ - ``required_libraries`` **[optional]**
+
+ If given, a list of the names of ``Library`` or ``LibraryGroup``
+ components which this tool is required to be linked with.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The values should be the component names, which may not always
+ match up with the actual library names on disk.
+
+ Build systems are expected to properly include all of the libraries
+ required by the linked components (i.e., the transitive closure of
+ ``required_libraries``).
+
+ Build systems are also expected to understand that those library
+ components must be built prior to linking -- they do not also need
+ to be listed under ``dependencies``.
+
+- ``type = BuildTool``
+
+ ``BuildTool`` components are like ``Tool`` components, except that the
+ tool is supposed to be built for the platform where the build is running
+ (instead of that platform being targeted). Build systems are expected
+ to handle the fact that required libraries may need to be built for
+ multiple platforms in order to be able to link this tool.
+
+ ``BuildTool`` components currently use the exact same properties as
+ ``Tool`` components, the type distinction is only used to differentiate
+ what the tool is built for.
More information about the llvm-commits
mailing list